[opensuse-translation-commit] r96704 - trunk/yast/nn/po

Author: minton Date: 2016-09-02 23:39:57 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96704 Added: trunk/yast/nn/po/journalctl.nn.po Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/add-on.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-client.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/base.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/bootloader.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/cio.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/cluster.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/control.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/country.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/crowbar.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/dhcp-server.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/docker.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/drbd.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/fcoe-client.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/firewall.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/firstboot.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/fonts.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/installation.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-client.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/kdump.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/live-installer.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/network.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/nfs.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/nis.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/packager.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/pkg-bindings.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/printer.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/rdp.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/rear.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/registration.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/reipl.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-client.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-server.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/security.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/services-manager.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/snapper.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/update.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/vm.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/vpn.nn.po Log: nn merged Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/add-on.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/add-on.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/add-on.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-05 14:16+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk \n" @@ -95,24 +95,21 @@ #. Create a summary #. return string #: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<li>Medium: %1 – adresse: %2 – produkt: %3</li>" -"\n" +msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" +msgstr "<li>Medium: %1 – adresse: %2 – produkt: %3</li>\n" -#. error report -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185 -msgid "Failed to add add-on product." -msgstr "Klarte ikkje leggja til tilleggsprodukt." - -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 +#. set addon specific sig-handling +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"" msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." msgstr "Gjer tillleggsproduktet «%1» tilgjengeleg via «%2»" +#. just report error +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 +msgid "Failed to add add-on product." +msgstr "Klarte ikkje leggja til tilleggsprodukt." + #. placeholder for unknown path #. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media #. placeholder for unknown directory @@ -298,17 +295,13 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" -"Select the repository to use.</p>" -"\n" +"Select the repository to use.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Val av pakkebrønn</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Val av pakkebrønn</b></big><br>\n" "Fann fleire pakkebrønner på det valde mediet.\n" -"Vel pakkebrønnen du vil bruka.</p>" -"\n" +"Vel pakkebrønnen du vil bruka.</p>\n" #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 msgid "Repositories &Found" @@ -350,17 +343,13 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" -"to install.</p>" -"\n" +"to install.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Produktval</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Produktval</big></b><br>\n" "Fann fleire produkt i pakkebrønnen. Vel produkta\n" -"du vil installera.</p>" -"\n" +"du vil installera.</p>\n" #. message popup #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 @@ -370,14 +359,12 @@ #. Help for add-on products #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" "To add a new product, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an already added one,\n" "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Installering av tilleggsprodukt</b></big><br/>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Installering av tilleggsprodukt</b></big><br/>\n" "Her er ei oversikt over alle tilleggsprodukta som vert installerte.\n" "Trykk <b>Legg til</b> for å leggja til eit nytt produkt eller\n" "<b>Fjern</b> for å fjerna eit produkt.</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-client.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -18,1110 +18,1666 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" -#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 -msgid "Authentication client configuration module" +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Realm name" msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 -msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 -msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Principal Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "User Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "" + +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter realm name." +msgstr "" + +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Reset" +msgstr "" + +#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 +msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Please enter server URI." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "Please enter DN of search base." +msgstr "" + +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" +"\n" +"Do you still wish to enable the cache?" +msgstr "" + +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +msgid "(not specified)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +msgid "Secure LDAP communication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +msgid "Do Not Use Security" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +msgid "Test Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +msgid "Extended Options" +msgstr "" + +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +msgid "All Authentication Realms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Add Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Edit Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Delete Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" +msgstr "" + +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "User Logon Management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Change Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "User Logon Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Full Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "Network Domain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "IP Addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +msgid "Identity Domains" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Extended options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Name filter:" +msgstr "" + #. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 msgid "None." msgstr "" #. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "" #. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "" +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "Global Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "Name switch" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Sudo" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Auto-Mount" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "SSH Public Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" +msgstr "" + #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" msgstr "" -#. Overview of all config sections -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "Global Configuration" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Daemon Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Stopped" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 -msgid "Sections" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 -msgid "New Service/Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "Create Home Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 -msgid "Delete Service/Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Enable domain data source:" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Join Domain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Leave Domain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "Clear Domain Cache" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +msgid "Service Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +msgid "Domain Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." +msgstr "" + +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "Use this domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. #. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 -msgid "Customisation - %s" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 +msgid "Options - %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Name" +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Please select a domain among the list." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "Value" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Description" +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 -msgid "More Parameters" +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "Name filter:" +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 msgid "" -"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" -"Your system is configured as OES client.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" -#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 -msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 -msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 +msgid "" +"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." msgstr "" +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 +msgid "" +"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." +msgstr "" + #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" -"Do you still wish to continue?" +"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 -msgid "No domain enabled" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 +msgid "No domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" -"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" -"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" +"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -#. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 -msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 +msgid "All cached data have been erased." msgstr "" -#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 -msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" msgstr "" -#. New service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 -msgid "Service" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Username" msgstr "" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 -msgid "Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 -msgid "Domain name (example.com):" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 -msgid "Identification provider:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 -msgid "Authentication provider:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 -msgid "Activate Domain" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 +msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" msgstr "" -#. Create new service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 -msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "(DNS error)" msgstr "" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 -msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "" +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Already enrolled" msgstr "" -#. Define Global Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 -msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 -msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Current status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Gathering status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 +msgid "Please enter both username and password." +msgstr "" + +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" +"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" -"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 +msgid "" +"The enrollment process failed.\n" +"\n" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Local SSSD file database" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "FreeIPA" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Generic Kerberos service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Domain name (such as example.com):" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "Enable the domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Please enter the domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +msgstr "" + +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" +msgstr "" + #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 -msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" msgstr "" -#. NSS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" -#. PAM configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" -#. SUDO configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#. SSH configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "" #. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" - -#. autofs may only start after sssd is started -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 -msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 -msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." -msgstr "" - -#. end Export -#. ################################################################ -#. ################################################################ -#. Summary() -#. returns html formated configuration summary -#. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 -msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 -msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 -msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 -msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -436,12 +436,12 @@ msgid "Configure Account for Replication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673 msgid "Password" msgstr "" @@ -467,8 +467,8 @@ msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "" @@ -557,8 +557,8 @@ msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" msgstr "" @@ -613,8 +613,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" "part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" -"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>" -"\n" +"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 @@ -641,8 +640,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>LDAPI</b> enables the \"LDAP over IPC\" interface for accessing the\n" "LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n" -"as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.</p>" -"\n" +"as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 @@ -652,8 +650,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p>Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\n" -"network ports or not.</p>" -"\n" +"network ports or not.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. First part of the Add Database Widget @@ -669,8 +666,7 @@ "<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n" "<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n" "<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>" -"\n" +"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 @@ -686,16 +682,14 @@ "administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the \n" "<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" "and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" -"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p>" -" " +"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n" -"entered earlier in the installation process.</p>" -" " +"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 @@ -705,8 +699,7 @@ "clients</b>. This will result in the hostname \"localhost\" and the above \n" "entered <b>Base DN</b> being written to the OpenLDAP client configuration \n" "file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" -"when creating the first database on a server.</p>" -"\n" +"when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 @@ -720,8 +713,7 @@ "<p>To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" -"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>" -"\n" +"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 @@ -731,8 +723,7 @@ "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "<b>Password Encryption</b>. \n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" -"set in the configuration.</p>" -"\n" +"set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 @@ -753,8 +744,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>" -"\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 @@ -784,8 +774,7 @@ "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" "in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" "needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" -"to manage passwords.</p>" -" " +"to manage passwords.</p> " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 @@ -794,8 +783,7 @@ "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" "locked. This notification might provide useful information to an\n" "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" -"option.</p>" -" \n" +"option.</p> \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 @@ -806,8 +794,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" -"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>" -"\n" +"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 @@ -827,39 +814,34 @@ "<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" "common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" -"of indexes.</p>" -"\n" +"of indexes.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" -"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>" -"\n" +"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n" -"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>" -"\n" +"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>" -"\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n" -"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>" -"\n" +"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 @@ -867,8 +849,7 @@ "<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" "written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" -"information for the database.</p>" -"\n" +"information for the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 @@ -878,23 +859,20 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" -"currently configured for the selected database</p>" -"\n" +"currently configured for the selected database</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" -"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n" -"delete an access control rule.</p>" -"\n" +"delete an access control rule.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 @@ -902,8 +880,7 @@ "<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" "accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" -"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>" -"\n" +"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 @@ -929,8 +906,7 @@ "has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" -"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>" -"\n" +"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 @@ -952,8 +928,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n" -"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>" -"\n" +"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 @@ -983,16 +958,14 @@ "<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" "interval how often this synchronization happens can be configured via the\n" -"<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" -"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>" -"\n" +"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 @@ -1002,8 +975,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>" -"\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 @@ -1016,8 +988,7 @@ "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" "By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" "This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" -"slave server is as slave server too. </p>" -"\n" +"slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help @@ -1027,25 +998,20 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p>" -" \n" +msgid "<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p> \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\n" -"informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>" -"\n" +"informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 @@ -1057,15 +1023,12 @@ msgid "" "<p>This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" -"Server module.</p>" -"\n" +"Server module.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p>" -" " +msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 @@ -1075,8 +1038,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" -"for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>" -"\n" +"for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 @@ -1087,15 +1049,13 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" -"no preparations for replication.</p>" -"\n" +"no preparations for replication.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" -"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>" -"\n" +"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 @@ -1117,24 +1077,21 @@ msgid "" "<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" -"to use.</p>" -"\n" +"to use.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>" -"\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n" -"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>" -"\n" +"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 @@ -1146,15 +1103,13 @@ "<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n" "<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n" -"textfields.</p>" -"\n" +"textfields.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" -"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 @@ -1189,8 +1144,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" -"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>" -"\n" +"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 @@ -1209,8 +1163,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" -"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>" -"\n" +"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 @@ -1221,31 +1174,27 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests</b>: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" -"prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>" -"\n" +"prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" -"authentication</p>" -"\n" +"authentication</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" -"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>" -"\n" +"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "<p><b>Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated</b>:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" -"connections.</p>" -"\n" +"connections.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" @@ -1255,8 +1204,7 @@ "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" "database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" "that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" -"the LDAP server itself.</p>" -"\n" +"the LDAP server itself.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 @@ -1267,8 +1215,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n" -"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>" -"\n" +"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 @@ -1280,8 +1227,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>" -"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 @@ -1299,9 +1245,7 @@ #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>" -"\n" +msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name @@ -1505,9 +1449,7 @@ #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p>" -"<p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref @@ -1875,8 +1817,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2250,7 +2191,7 @@ msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2318,7 +2259,7 @@ msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2479,237 +2420,237 @@ msgstr "" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634 msgid "The error message was: '" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714 msgid "Available Attribute Types" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" msgstr "" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221 msgid "Entry DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984 msgid "Select" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 msgid "Define the Access Level" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837 msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219 msgid "Subtree DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944 msgid "Group DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972 msgid "Target Objects" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993 msgid "Matching the filter:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000 msgid "LDAP Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035 msgid "Access Level" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033 msgid "Who" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036 msgid "Flow Control" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313 msgid "Up" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314 msgid "Down" msgstr "" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Target" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 msgid "" "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608 msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638 msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641 msgid "Days" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645 msgid "Hours" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666 msgid "Authentication DN" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687 msgid "Custom update referral" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703 msgid "Target Host" msgstr "" #. no updateref -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923 msgid "Invalid replication interval specified" msgstr "" #. test connection -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959 msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138 msgid "Operations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125 msgid "Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Enable Session Log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265 msgid "Replication Settings" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364 #, fuzzy msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Dette kan ta eit bel" @@ -58,14 +58,13 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. Import users configuration from the profile -#. +#. unique id #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -292,7 +291,7 @@ msgstr "Vel først ei fil frå tabellen." #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" @@ -304,79 +303,63 @@ "</p>" #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Progress" msgstr "Fremdrift" #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" msgstr "Konfigurasjon av systemet med innstillingane for autoinstallasjon" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated -#. list of unsupported sections of the profile -#. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unknown sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "Konfigurerer %1" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228 #, fuzzy msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "Konfigurerer ikkje %1" #. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280 #, fuzzy msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "Køyrar postskript" -#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. -#. bnc#937900 +#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services +#. bnc#955260 #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 +#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341 #, fuzzy msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Fullfører konfigurasjon" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447 #, fuzzy msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "handsamar ressursen %1" @@ -392,12 +375,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Please wait while the image is retrieved.</p>" -"\n" +"Please wait while the image is retrieved.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Vent medan diskbildet vert henta.</p>" -"\n" +"Vent medan diskbildet vert henta.</p>\n" #: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32 #, fuzzy @@ -447,8 +428,15 @@ "køyring av diskbildeskript mislukkast:\n" "%1" -#. import "Arch"; #. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. encoding: utf-8 #. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp #. Package: Auto-installation #. Author: Anas Nashif @@ -456,77 +444,61 @@ #. the system as described in the profile file. #. #. $Id$ -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>" -"\n" +"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Vent medan systemet vert for klargjort autoinstallasjon.</p>" -"\n" +"Vent medan systemet vert for klargjort autoinstallasjon.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 #, fuzzy msgid "Probe hardware" msgstr "Søk etter maskinvare" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 #, fuzzy msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File" msgstr "Hent og les kontrollfil" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 #, fuzzy msgid "Parse control file" msgstr "Analysar kontrollfil" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201 +#. Checking profile for unsupported sections. +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "Innledende konfigurasjon" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 #, fuzzy msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation" msgstr "Klargjer system for automatisk installasjon" #. progress bar length -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "Preprobing stage" msgstr "Analysefase" -#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193 -#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script -#. // -#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) { -#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true"); -#. symbol ret = processProfile(); -#. if( ret != `ok ) { -#. return ret; -#. } -#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok"); -#. profileFetched = true; -#. -#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) { -#. y2milestone("dasd found"); -#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) { -#. y2milestone("zfcp found"); -#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. } -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing hardware..." msgstr "Søkar etter maskinvare …" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" + #. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "Parsing control file" msgstr "Analyserer kontrollfil" @@ -576,66 +548,75 @@ #. Uwe Gansert #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 #, fuzzy msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>" msgstr "<p>Vent medan systemet vert for klargjort autoinstallasjon.</p>" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Køyr brukerskript før installasjon" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Konfigurer generelle innstillingar " -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Språkinnstillinger" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Opprett partisjonstabeller" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Konfigurer oppstartslaster" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration" msgstr "Spurnad" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Konfigurer programvareutvalg" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure users and groups" msgstr "Konfigurera volumgrupper" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +msgid "Import SSH keys/settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 #, fuzzy +msgid "Confirm License" +msgstr "Konfigurer diskar" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 +#, fuzzy msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Køyrer brukerskript før installasjon …" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Konfigurerer generelle innstillingar …" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Språkinnstillinger" @@ -645,17 +626,17 @@ msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Opprettar partisjonstabeller …" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "Konfigurerer oppstartslaster …" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 #, fuzzy msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Klonar systemet …" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Konfigurerer programvareutvalg …" @@ -669,8 +650,18 @@ msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 #, fuzzy +msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..." +msgstr "Importerer hurtigoppstartsfil …" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Confirming License..." +msgstr "Konfigurerer språk …" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#, fuzzy msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Klargjer system for automatisk installasjon" @@ -679,20 +670,20 @@ #. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the #. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc #. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "" #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Konfigurerer språk …" #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" @@ -701,8 +692,9 @@ "Feil under konfigurasjon av partisjoner.\n" "Freist igjen.\n" -#. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 +#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving +#. package dependencies. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" @@ -777,23 +769,19 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" -"installation messages.</p>" -" \n" +"installation messages.</p> \n" msgstr "" "<p>Avhengig av røynsle kan du deaktivere, logga og visa (med tidsavbrudd)\n" -"installasjonsmeldinger</p>" -" \n" +"installasjonsmeldinger</p> \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n" -"Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>" -"\n" +"Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Vi rår til å visa alle <b>meldingar</b> med tidsavbrudd.\n" -"Advarsler kan deaktiveres nokon stadar, men bør ikkje ignorerast.</p>" -"\n" +"Advarsler kan deaktiveres nokon stadar, men bør ikkje ignorerast.</p>\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 #, fuzzy @@ -802,45 +790,43 @@ #. Select packages #. @return [Symbol] -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "Programvareutvalg" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" "more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel éin av følgjande <b>grunnutvalg</b>, og klikk på <i>Detaljert<i> for å leggja til\n" "<b>tilleggsutvalg og -pakker</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); #. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; #. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" msgstr "Plassering av installasjonskilde (t.d. http://vertsmaskin/11.3/DVD1/)" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "Installasjonskilde for dette systemet (du kan ikkje oppretta diskbilder viss du vel dette)" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 #, fuzzy msgid "using that installation source failed" msgstr "installasjonskilden kunne ikkje brukast" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "Lesar pakkedatabase …" @@ -1140,6 +1126,11 @@ msgid "Volgroup device name" msgstr "Volumgruppens enhetsnavn" +#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? +#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 +msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while." +msgstr "" + #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value @@ -1152,8 +1143,7 @@ "on the command line and try again. Because of this error, you\n" "can only enter a URL to a profile and not to a directory. If you\n" "are using rules or host name-based control files, restart the\n" -"installation process and make sure the control files are accessible.</p>" -"\n" +"installation process and make sure the control files are accessible.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "En profil for denne maskina vart ikkje funnen eller kunne ikkje lastast.\n" @@ -1161,8 +1151,7 @@ "på kommandolinjen, og forsøk igjen. På grunn av denne feilen kan du\n" "berre leggja inn adressa til en profil, ikkje til ein katalog. Viss du\n" "brukar regler eller vertsmaskinnavn basert på kontrollfiler, må du starta\n" -"installasjonsprosessen på nytt og forsikra deg om at kontrollfilene er tilgjengelege.</p>" -"\n" +"installasjonsprosessen på nytt og forsikra deg om at kontrollfilene er tilgjengelege.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 #, fuzzy @@ -1290,36 +1279,28 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>I denne dialogen kan du definera kontrollfilklasser. </p>" -"\n" +msgid "<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n" +msgstr "<p>I denne dialogen kan du definera kontrollfilklasser. </p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n" -"a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.</p>" -"\n" +"a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Du kan til dømes definera ulike konfigurasjonsklasser for\n" -"avdelingar, arbeidsgrupper eller arbeidssteder i føretaket.</p>" -"\n" +"avdelingar, arbeidsgrupper eller arbeidssteder i føretaket.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>The order (priority) defines the hierarchy of a class\n" "and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Rekkjefølgda (prioriteten) definerer plassen til klassa i hierarkiet,\n" "og når han skal tilordnes ein kontrollfil som vert oppretta.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:243 #, fuzzy @@ -1429,12 +1410,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" -"file should belong.</p>" -"\n" +"file should belong.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Vel éin eller fleire av dei oppførde klassene som denne kontrollfilen\n" -"skal tilordnes.</p>" -"\n" +"skal tilordnes.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 #, fuzzy @@ -1717,13 +1696,11 @@ msgid "" "<P>If you are using the classes feature\n" "of Autoyast, also enter the class directory. This is where\n" -"all class files are stored.</p>" -"\n" +"all class files are stored.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P>Viss du brukar klassefunksjonen\n" "i Autoyast, må òg klassekatalogen angjevast, dvs. katalogen der\n" -"alle klassefiler er lagra.</p>" -"\n" +"alle klassefiler er lagra.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:78 #, fuzzy @@ -1874,7 +1851,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "Kontrollerer XML med RNG-validering …" @@ -1886,7 +1863,7 @@ msgstr "Seksjon %1:" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "Kontrollerer XML med RNC-validering …" @@ -2184,24 +2161,20 @@ msgid "" "<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" -"reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>" -"\n" +"reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Dette verktøyet brukar <em>xmllint</em> for å validera profilen mot DTDen, og\n" "kontrollerer om data manglar. Data kan iblant utelatast med føremål, og\n" -"rapporterte feil kan i så fall vert ignorert, til dømes når klasser opprettast.</p>" -"\n" +"rapporterte feil kan i så fall vert ignorert, til dømes når klasser opprettast.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Load a profile first. Otherwise an empty file\n" -"is validated.</p>" -"\n" +"is validated.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Du må først lasta en profil for å unngå at ei tom fil\n" -"vert validert.</p>" -"\n" +"vert validert.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:25 #, fuzzy @@ -2213,26 +2186,22 @@ msgid "" "<p>To import a Kickstart file, enter the path to the configuration file. \n" "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" -"to add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>" -"\n" +"to add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å importera ein hurtigoppstartsfil treng du berre å angje stigen til konfigurasjonsfilen. \n" "Den importerte informasjonen vil deretter lastast inn i konfigurasjonsadministrasjonssystemet \n" -"slik at fleire konfigurasjonsalternativer vert tilgjengelege for SUSA.</p>" -"\n" +"slik at fleire konfigurasjonsalternativer vert tilgjengelege for SUSA.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>" -"\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Dette verktøyet opprettar ein referanseprofil ved å lesa\n" "informasjon frå dette systemet. Vel ressursane som skal lesast frå dette systemet,\n" -"i tillegg til grunnressurser som partisjonering og pakkeutvalg.</p>" -"\n" +"i tillegg til grunnressurser som partisjonering og pakkeutvalg.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy @@ -2243,13 +2212,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Tabellen til høgre visar partisjonene som skal opprettast i målsystemet.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 #, fuzzy @@ -2334,88 +2301,14 @@ "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" "to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Les dokumentasjonen for oppsett av LVM og RAID, og legg konfigurasjonen\n" "inn i ein eksisterande kontrollfil. Du kan berre oppretta uformaterte LVM- og RAID-partisjoner som\n" "ei førebuing.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Kan ikkje finna nettadressen '%1' via protokollen HTTP(S). Serveren rapporterte koda %2." - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Kan ikkje finna nettadressen '%1' via protokollen FTP. Serveren rapporterte koda %2." - -#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" -msgstr "Lesing av fila på %1/%2 mislukkast.\n" - -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" -msgstr "Lesing av fila på %1 mislukkast.\n" - -#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Mounting %1 failed." -msgstr "Montering av %1 mislukkast." - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." -msgstr "Lesing av fil frå CD mislukkast. Filsti: %1/%2." - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" -msgstr "Den eksterne fila %1 kan ikkje hentast" - -#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 -#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now -#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) -#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 -#, fuzzy -msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" -msgstr "%1 er ikkje montert og montering mislukkast" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 -#, fuzzy -msgid "File %1 cannot be found" -msgstr "Fila %1 vart ikkje funnen" - -#. Device -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." -msgstr "Kan ikkje finna nettadressen '%1' via protokollen TFTP." - -#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unknown protocol %1." -msgstr "Ukjend protokoll %1." - #. Script Configuration #. @return script configuration dialog #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 @@ -2443,13 +2336,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"<h3>Preinstallation Scripts</h3>" -"\n" +"<h3>Preinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" "<P>Add commands to run on the system before the installation begins. </P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<h3>Preinstallasjonsskript</h3>" -"\n" +"<h3>Preinstallasjonsskript</h3>\n" "<P>Legg til kommandoar som skal køyrast i systemet før installasjonen byrjar. </P>\n" #. help 2/6 @@ -2457,15 +2348,13 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>" -"\n" +"<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" "<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "</P>" msgstr "" "\n" -"<h3>Postinstallasjonsskript</h3>" -"\n" +"<h3>Postinstallasjonsskript</h3>\n" "<P>Du kan òg leggja til kommandoar som skal køyrast i systemet etter at installasjonen\n" "er fullførd. Disse skriptene vert køyrd utanfor chroot-miljøet.\n" "</P>" @@ -2500,15 +2389,13 @@ "<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" "the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Det er mogleg å køyra chroot-skriptene seinare, og etter\n" "at oppstartslasteren er konfigurert, ved å bruka den boolske verdet \"chrooted\".\n" "Dette vil gjera at skriptene køyrast direkte i det installerte systemet. \n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help 5/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:108 @@ -2689,13 +2576,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" -"your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>" -"\n" +"your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Ved å leggja til skript i autoinstallasjonsprosessen kan du tilpassa installasjonen til\n" -"behova dine og styre ulike fasar av installasjonen.</p>" -"\n" +"behova dine og styre ulike fasar av installasjonen.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 #, fuzzy @@ -2725,13 +2610,13 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750 #, fuzzy msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "XML-analysen rapporterte ein feil under analysen av autoyast-profilen. Feilmeldinga var:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2748,54 +2633,54 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Vel profil" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 #, fuzzy msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil frå diskett." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil (%1) frå TFTP-servar: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil (%1) frå NFS-servar: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 #, fuzzy msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil (%1) frå HTTP-servar: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 #, fuzzy msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil (%1) frå FTP-servar: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Kopierer kontrollfil frå fil: %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 #, fuzzy msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Kopierer kontrollfil frå eining: /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Kopierer kontrollfil frå standardplassering." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 #, fuzzy msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Ukjend kjelde." @@ -2806,50 +2691,42 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>" -"\n" +"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" -"configured using the configuration management system.</p>" -"\n" +"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<h3>AutoYaST konfigurasjonsadministrasjonssystem</h3>" -"\n" +"<h3>AutoYaST konfigurasjonsadministrasjonssystem</h3>\n" "<p>Nesten alle ressursane i kontrollfilen kan\n" -"konfigurerast ved hjelp av konfigurasjonsadministrasjonssystemet.</p>" -"\n" +"konfigurerast ved hjelp av konfigurasjonsadministrasjonssystemet.</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Dei fleste modulane som vert brukte for å oppretta konfigurasjonen er identiske med modulane\n" "i YaST kontrollsenter. I staden for å konfigurera dette systemet kan informasjonen\n" "samlast og vert eksportert til ein kontrollfil. Denne kan deretter brukast for å\n" "installera eit anna system ved hjelp av AutoYaST.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" -"partitioning, general options, and software.</p>" -"\n" +"partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>I tillegg til dei eksisterande og velkjende modulane\n" "er nye dialogar for spesielle og kompliserte konfigurasjonar utvikla, til dømes\n" -"for partisjonering, generelle val og programvare.</p>" -"\n" +"for partisjonering, generelle val og programvare.</p>\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. #. @@ -2967,21 +2844,21 @@ msgstr "Ikkje importera nye GPG-nøklar" #. NTP syncing -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419 msgid "Syncing time..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421 msgid "Syncing time with %s." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425 #, fuzzy msgid "Time syncing failed." msgstr "Montering av %1 mislukkast." -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429 msgid "Cannot update system time." msgstr "" @@ -3004,45 +2881,45 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 #, fuzzy msgid "Drives" msgstr "Diskar" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "" #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 #, fuzzy msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Preinstallasjonsskript" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 #, fuzzy msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Postinstallasjonsskript" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 #, fuzzy msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "Chroot-skript" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 #, fuzzy msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "Init-skript" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 #, fuzzy msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "Skript etter partisjonering" @@ -3050,38 +2927,38 @@ #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 #, fuzzy msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pre" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "Post" msgstr "Post" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 #, fuzzy msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 #, fuzzy msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 #, fuzzy msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "Etter partisjonering" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukjent" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" @@ -3092,36 +2969,36 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "Kunne ikkje leggja til pakkebrønnen %1" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377 #, fuzzy msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Diskbilde kunne ikkje opprettast under installasjon av mønster. Kontrollar /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Opprettar diskbilde – installerer pakker" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395 #, fuzzy msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Diskbilde kunne ikkje opprettast under installasjon av pakker. Kontrollar /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406 #, fuzzy msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "Lagre diskbilde som …" #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" @@ -3130,18 +3007,18 @@ "Du kan framleis endra diskbildet i %1/\n" "Viss du trykkjer OK, vil diskbildet komprimerast og kan ikkje lenger endrast." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449 #, fuzzy msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Komprimering av diskbilde i '%1' mislukkast. Kontrollar /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456 #, fuzzy msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "Diskbildet er oppretta" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492 #, fuzzy msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" @@ -3151,35 +3028,35 @@ "Du kan oppretta fila med kommandoen 'ls -F > directory.yast' viss han manglar." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526 #, fuzzy msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "kan ikkje lesa '%1'. Vil du freista igjen?" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa '%1'. ISO kunne ikkje opprettast." #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574 #, fuzzy msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "Klargjer ISO-filstruktur …" #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623 #, fuzzy msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "Oppstartsoppsett for DVD" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627 #, fuzzy msgid "Ok" msgstr "OK" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" @@ -3190,51 +3067,51 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649 #, fuzzy msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "Lagre ISO-diskbilde som …" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "Opprettar ISO-fil …" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671 #, fuzzy msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "ISO er oppretta på %1" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 #, fuzzy msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "Valde mønster" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763 #, fuzzy msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "Valde enkeltpakker" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769 #, fuzzy msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "Pakkar som skal fjernast" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776 #, fuzzy msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "Vel spesiell kjernepakke" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871 #, fuzzy msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "Kunne ikkje definera mønster: %1." #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932 #, fuzzy msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "Køyringa av pakkeløseren mislukkast. Kontroller programvareseksjonen i autoyast-profilen." @@ -3287,7 +3164,7 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "Hentar konfigurasjonsdata …" @@ -3295,7 +3172,7 @@ #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Kryptert autoyast-profil. Angje passordet to gonger." @@ -3304,7 +3181,7 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540 #, fuzzy msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Kunne ikkje lagra seksjonen %1 i fila %2" @@ -3312,7 +3189,7 @@ #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Kryptert autoyast-profil. Angje riktig passord." @@ -3335,6 +3212,50 @@ msgstr "&OK" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." +#~ msgstr "Kan ikkje finna nettadressen '%1' via protokollen HTTP(S). Serveren rapporterte koda %2." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." +#~ msgstr "Kan ikkje finna nettadressen '%1' via protokollen FTP. Serveren rapporterte koda %2." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +#~ msgstr "Lesing av fila på %1/%2 mislukkast.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +#~ msgstr "Lesing av fila på %1 mislukkast.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +#~ msgstr "Montering av %1 mislukkast." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." +#~ msgstr "Lesing av fil frå CD mislukkast. Filsti: %1/%2." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" +#~ msgstr "Den eksterne fila %1 kan ikkje hentast" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" +#~ msgstr "%1 er ikkje montert og montering mislukkast" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +#~ msgstr "Fila %1 vart ikkje funnen" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." +#~ msgstr "Kan ikkje finna nettadressen '%1' via protokollen TFTP." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +#~ msgstr "Ukjend protokoll %1." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Configure runlevel" #~ msgstr "Konfigurer kjørenivåer" @@ -3365,8 +3286,7 @@ #~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.</P>\n" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ "<P>For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -3375,8 +3295,7 @@ #~ "behov. Viss du vil gjenbruka ein eksisterande partisjon, må du angje partisjonsnummeret for partisjonen som skal nyttast (lista startar med partisjon nummer 1), men ingen storleik.</P>\n" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "For partisjoner som tilhøyrer ein volumgruppe (ikkje dei logiske partisjonene i ein volumgruppe), må du velja partisjons-ID 0x8e og deretter velja volumgruppen. Volumgruppen må opprettast i AutoYaST.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ "<P>Den elektroniske dokumentasjonen inneheld meir informasjon.\n" #~ "</P>\n" @@ -3495,10 +3414,6 @@ #~ "</P>\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Configure Drives" -#~ msgstr "Konfigurer diskar" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Drive" #~ msgstr "&Disk" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/base.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/base.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/base.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-07-10 01:23+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk \n" @@ -74,79 +74,79 @@ msgstr "Denne YaST2-modulen støttar ikkje kommandolinjemodus." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "Bruk «help» for å få opp ei fullstendig oversikt over tilgjengelege kommandoar." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "Bruk «yast2 %1 help» for å få opp ei fullstendig oversikt over tilgjengelege kommandoar." #. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "Ukjend kommando: %1" #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "Valet «%1» manglar ein verdi." #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "Ukjent val for kommandoen «%1»: %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "Ugyldig verdi for valet «%1»: %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "Ugyldig verdi for valet «%1»: venta «%2», og fekk «%3»" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "Valet «%1» kan ikkje ha noko verdi. Oppgjeven verdi: %2" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "Bruk «%1 %2 help» for å få opp ei fullstendig oversikt over tilgjengelege vel." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "Bruk «yast2 %1 %2 help» for å få opp ei fullstendig oversikt over tilgjengelege vel." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "YaST-oppsettmodul %1\n" #. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "Inga hjelp tilgjengeleg" #. Process <command> "help" #. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "Kommando «%1»" #. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ " Val:" #. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ " Val av typen [streng] må skrivast på formatet «val=verdi»." #. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -173,140 +173,140 @@ " Eksempel:" #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 #, fuzzy #| msgid "This is a YaST2 module." msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "Dette er ein YaST2-modul." #. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "Grunnsyntaks:" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <kommando> [verbose] [val]" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <kommando> help" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <kommando> [val]" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <kommando> help" #. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "Kommandoar:" #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "Inga hjelp tilgjengeleg." #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." msgstr "Bruk «yast2 %1 <kommando> help» for å få opp ei oversikt over tilgjengelege val." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= command line option." msgstr "Manglar namnet på målfila (valet «xmlfile»). Bruk kommandolinjevalet xmlfile=." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile= command line option." msgstr "Namnet på målfila (valet «xmlfile») er tomt. Bruk kommandolinjevalet xmlfile=." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "ukjend" #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "eller «%1»" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "Spesifiser kommandoen «%1»." #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Spesifiser ein av kommandoane: %1." #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Spesifiser berre éin av kommandoane: %1." #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Det finst ikkje noko tilgjengeleg brukargrensesnitt for denne modulen." #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Klar" #. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Gjer klar" #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "Fullfører" #. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "Ferdig" #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "Avsluttar (utan endringar)" #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "ja eller nei?" #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "ja" #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "nei" @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ #. from YaST logs. #. #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Feil ved installering" @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "Det er ikkje definert nokon prosedyre for denne installasjonsmodusen." @@ -441,14 +441,14 @@ #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "&Hald fram installeringa" #. button label #. Button that will really abort the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "&Avbryt installeringa" @@ -480,14 +480,14 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "An internal error occured when integrating additional workflow." msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "Det oppstod ein intern feil ved integrering av tilleggsprosedyre." #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "Verdien til %1 er ugyldig." @@ -503,13 +503,11 @@ #. (both without quotes) #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" "<b>%1</b>. Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Start av teneste</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Start av teneste</big></b><br>\n" "Vel <b>%1</b> for å starta tenesta ved kvar oppstart av maskina.\n" "Elles, vel <b>%2</b>.</p>" @@ -521,14 +519,12 @@ #. (both without quotes) #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" "<b>%1</b>. To start the service via the xinetd daemon, set <b>%3</b>.\n" "Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Start av teneste</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Start av teneste</big></b><br>\n" "Vel <b>%1</b> for å starta tenesta ved kvar oppstart av maskina.\n" "Vel <b>%3</b> for å starta tenesta via xinetd-tenesta.\n" "Elles, vel <b>%2</b>.</p>" @@ -538,7 +534,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "Ved oppstart" @@ -547,7 +543,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuelt" @@ -557,22 +553,22 @@ msgstr "Via xinetd" #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "Via &xinetd" #. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "Start av teneste" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "Tenesta køyrer" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "Tenesta køyrer ikkje" @@ -581,15 +577,13 @@ #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" "<b>%1</b> or <b>%2</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Start og steng</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Start og steng</big></b><br>\n" "Bruk <b>%1</b> eller <b>%2</b> for å \n" "høvesvis starta eller stengja tenesta.</p>" @@ -597,77 +591,73 @@ #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "<p>To save all changes and restart the\n" -"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Bruk <b>%3</b> for å lagra alle\n" -"endringane og starta tenesta på nytt.</p>" -"\n" +"endringane og starta tenesta på nytt.</p>\n" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "Start tenesta no" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "Steng tenesta no" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Lagre endringane og start tenesta på nytt no" #. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "&Start tenesta no" #. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "S&teng tenesta no" #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "&Lagra endringane og start tenesta på nytt no" #. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Start og steng" #. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Status: " #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" "set <b>%1</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>LDAP-støtte</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>LDAP-støtte</big></b><br>\n" "Vel <b>%1</b> for å lagra innstillingane i LDAP\n" "i staden for i oppsettfilene til systemet.</p>" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP-støtte på" #. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP-støtte på" @@ -679,7 +669,7 @@ #. push button #. push button #. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" @@ -687,7 +677,7 @@ #. push button #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Ned" @@ -729,12 +719,12 @@ msgstr "Den valde fila finst alt. Vil du overskrive ho?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "TSIG-nøkkel-ID ikkje oppgjeven." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -743,7 +733,7 @@ "Vil du sletta han?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -752,27 +742,27 @@ "på disken. Vil du sletta han?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "Nøkkelen vert no laga. Vil du halda fram?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "Klarte ikkje laga TSIG-nøkkel." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "Den valde fila finst ikkje." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "Den valde fila inneheld ikkje nokon TSIG-nøkkel." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -783,92 +773,76 @@ "Dei gamle nøklane vert derfor sletta. Vil du halda fram?" #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" -"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>" -"\n" -"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n" +"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Administrasjon av TSIG-nøklar</b></big><br>" -"\n" -"I dette vindauget kan du administrera TSIG-nøklane.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Administrasjon av TSIG-nøklar</b></big><br>\n" +"I dette vindauget kan du administrera TSIG-nøklane.</p>\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n" -"containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Leggja til ein eksisterande TSIG-nøkkel</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Leggja til ein eksisterande TSIG-nøkkel</b></big><br>\n" "For å leggja til ein TSIG-nøkkel som alt er oppretta, vel du <b>filnamnet</b>\n" -"til fila som inneheld nøkkelen, og trykkjer så <b>Legg til</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"til fila som inneheld nøkkelen, og trykkjer så <b>Legg til</b>.</p>\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n" "create the key and the <b>Key ID</b> to identify the key then click\n" -"<b>Generate</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Generate</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Laga ein ny TSIG-nøkkel</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Laga ein ny TSIG-nøkkel</b></big><br>\n" "For å laga ein ny TSIG-nøkkel, vel du <b>filnamnet</b> der du\n" "vil lagra nøkkelen, samt ein <b>nøkkel-ID</b> for å identifisera\n" -"nøkkelen. Trykk så på <b>Lag</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"nøkkelen. Trykk så på <b>Lag</b>.</p>\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" "All keys in the same file are deleted.\n" "If a TSIG key is in use in the configuration\n" "of the server, it cannot be deleted. The server must stop using it\n" -"in the configuration first.</p>" -"\n" +"in the configuration first.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Fjerna ein TSIG-nøkkel</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Fjerna ein TSIG-nøkkel</b></big><br>\n" "For å fjerna ein oppsett TSIG-nøkkel, vel du nøkkelen og trykkjer <b>Slett</b>.\n" "Alle nøklar i same fil vert sletta.\n" "Viss ein TSIG-nøkkel er i bruk i tenaroppsettet,\n" -"kan du ikkje sletta han. Tenaren må først slutta å bruka han i oppsettet.</p>" -"\n" +"kan du ikkje sletta han. Tenaren må først slutta å bruka han i oppsettet.</p>\n" #. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "Leggja til ein eksisterande TSIG-nøkkel" #. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "Laga ein ny TSIG-nøkkel" #. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "&Nøkkel-ID" #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "&Lag" #. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "Gjeldande TSIG-nøklar" @@ -876,7 +850,7 @@ #. table header - GPG key ID #. table header - GPG key ID #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 @@ -884,22 +858,22 @@ msgstr "Nøkkel-ID" #. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Filnamn" #. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "&Valt alternativ" #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "Gjeldande alternativ: " #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "Det valde alternativet finst alt." @@ -925,13 +899,11 @@ #. help 1/4 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" "entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Redigera innstillingane</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Redigera innstillingane</big></b><br>\n" "For å redigera innstillingane, vel ei oppføring\n" "i tabellen og trykk <b>Rediger</b>.</p>" @@ -964,19 +936,19 @@ "for å endra rekkjefølgja på vala i lista.</p>" #. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Andre" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "Eininga er ikkje sett opp" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure" msgstr "Trykk <B>Rediger</B> for setja opp" @@ -1015,15 +987,13 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 1/ #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 msgid "" -"<p>1) <i>General</i><br>" -"\n" +"<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\n" "Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n" "the next element and [SHIFT] (or [ALT]) + [TAB] to move backwards.\n" "Select or activate elements with [SPACE] or [ENTER].\n" "Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>1) <i>Generelt</i><br>" -"\n" +"<p>1) <i>Generelt</i><br>\n" "Flytt mellom dialogelementa med «Tab» for å gåtil neste element og «Shift + Tab» (eller «Alt + Tab»)\n" "for å gå til førre element.\n" "Vel eller bruk elementa med «Space» eller «Enter».\n" @@ -1048,25 +1018,21 @@ #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 msgid "" "<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" -"menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>" -"\n" +"menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Trykk «Escape» for å lukka sprettoppvindauge (for\n" -"eksempel frå menyknappane) utan å velja noko.</p>" -"\n" +"eksempel frå menyknappane) utan å velja noko.</p>\n" #. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 msgid "" -"<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>" -"\n" +"<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\n" "<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n" "there is more than one way to navigate the dialog pages.\n" "If [TAB] and [SHIFT] (or [ALT]) + [TAB] do not work,\n" "move focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] + [B].</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>2) <i>Alternative tastar</i><br>" -"\n" +"<p>2) <i>Alternative tastar</i><br>\n" "<p>Fordi miljøet kan påverka bruken av tastaturet,\n" "kan du flytta gjennom dialogvindauga på meir enn éin måte.\n" "Viss «Tab» og «Shift + Tab» og (eller «Alt + Tab») ikkje verkar,\n" @@ -1087,17 +1053,14 @@ #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>" -#| "\n" +#| "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n" #| "F keys provide a quick access to main functions.\n" #| "Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog.</p>" msgid "" -"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>" -"\n" +"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n" "F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>3) <i>Funksjonstastar</i><br>" -"\n" +"<p>3) <i>Funksjonstastar</i><br>\n" "F-tastane gjev rask tilgang til viktige funksjonar. Trykk «F1»\n" "for å visa kva funksjonstastane gjer i det gjeldande vindauget.</p>" @@ -1109,43 +1072,26 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 msgid "" -"F1 = Help<br>" -"\n" -"F2 = Info or Description<br>" -"\n" -"F3 = Add<br>" -"\n" -"F4 = Edit or Configure<br>" -"\n" -"F5 = Delete<br>" -"\n" -"F6 = Test<br>" -"\n" -"F7 = Expert or Advanced<br>" -"\n" -"F8 = Back<br>" -"\n" -"F9 = Abort or Cancel<br>" -"\n" +"F1 = Help<br>\n" +"F2 = Info or Description<br>\n" +"F3 = Add<br>\n" +"F4 = Edit or Configure<br>\n" +"F5 = Delete<br>\n" +"F6 = Test<br>\n" +"F7 = Expert or Advanced<br>\n" +"F8 = Back<br>\n" +"F9 = Abort or Cancel<br>\n" "F10 = OK, Next, Finish, or Accept<br>" msgstr "" -"F1 = Hjelp<br>" -"\n" -"F2 = Info eller skildring<br>" -"\n" -"F3 = Legg til<br>" -"\n" -"F4 = Rediger eller set opp<br>" -"\n" +"F1 = Hjelp<br>\n" +"F2 = Info eller skildring<br>\n" +"F3 = Legg til<br>\n" +"F4 = Rediger eller set opp<br>\n" "F5 = Slett\n" -"F6 = Test<br>" -"\n" -"F7 = Ekspert eller avansert<br>" -"\n" -"F8 = Tilbake<br>" -"\n" -"F9 = Avbryt<br>" -"\n" +"F6 = Test<br>\n" +"F7 = Ekspert eller avansert<br>\n" +"F8 = Tilbake<br>\n" +"F9 = Avbryt<br>\n" "F10 = OK, neste, hald fram, fullfør eller stadfest<br>" #. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 @@ -1157,9 +1103,87 @@ "<p>I nokre miljø er ingen eller berre\n" "nokre av F-tastane tilgjengelege.</p>" +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Start" +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "Start av teneste" + +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status: " +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "Status: " + +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "During Boot" +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "Ved oppstart" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "running" +msgstr "Åtvaring" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Stop" +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "&Stopp" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Stop" +msgid "Start now" +msgstr "&Stopp" + #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1169,7 +1193,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1179,7 +1203,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1357,7 +1381,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Hopp over" @@ -1380,7 +1404,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Passord" @@ -1602,27 +1626,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avbryta installeringa?" #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avbryta YaST systemreparering?" #. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "Avbryt systemreparering" #. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "&Hald fram med systemreparering" #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1635,7 +1659,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1649,7 +1673,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1660,18 +1684,18 @@ "Du må installera då installera det på nytt." #. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "Er du sikker at du vil avbryta?" #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "Alle endringane går då tapt." #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detaljar …" @@ -1699,7 +1723,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" @@ -1710,7 +1734,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "Nei" @@ -1774,7 +1798,7 @@ msgstr "Loggfør feil: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Warning:" #| msgid_plural "Warnings:" @@ -1782,7 +1806,7 @@ msgstr "Åtvaring:" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error:" #| msgid_plural "Errors:" @@ -1791,8 +1815,8 @@ #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Message:" #| msgid_plural "Messages:" @@ -1848,7 +1872,7 @@ msgstr "&Slett" #. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "&Variabel" @@ -1884,12 +1908,10 @@ #. fill up the widget in init handler #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 msgid "" -"<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n" "The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>GPG-privatnøkkel</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>GPG-privatnøkkel</b></big><br>\n" "Tabellen inneheld ei oversikt over GPG-privatnøklar.</p>" #. Get widget description map @@ -1901,12 +1923,10 @@ #. fill up the widget in init handler #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 msgid "" -"<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n" "The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>GPG-offentlegnøkkel</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>GPG-offentlegnøkkel</b></big><br>\n" "Tabellen inneheld ei oversikt over GPG-offentlegnøklar.</p>" #. Get widget description map @@ -1917,14 +1937,12 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n" "<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Lag ein ny GPG-nøkkel</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Lag ein ny GPG-nøkkel</b></big><br>\n" "<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> er starta. Sjå manualsida for <tt>gpg</tt>\n" "for meir informasjon.\n" "Trykk «Ctrl+C» for å avbryta.\n" @@ -1938,12 +1956,10 @@ #. help text #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n" "Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Passfrase</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Passfrase</b></big><br>\n" "Skriv inn passfrasen for å låsa opp GPG-nøkkelen." #. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. @@ -1953,7 +1969,7 @@ msgstr "Skriv inn passfrase" #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "Skriv inn passfrasen for å låsa opp GPG-nøkkelen %1: " @@ -1968,27 +1984,21 @@ #. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 #: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Displayed Log</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Displayed Log</big></b><br>\n" "Use <b>Log</b> to select the log to display. It will be displayed in\n" -"the field below.</p>" -"\n" +"the field below.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Loggvising</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Loggvising</big></b><br>\n" "Bruk <b>Logg</b> for å velja kva logg du vil visa.\n" -"Han vert så vist i feltet nedanfor.</p>" -"\n" +"Han vert så vist i feltet nedanfor.</p>\n" #. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 #: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>The Log</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>The Log</big></b><br>\n" "This screen displays the log.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Loggen</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Loggen</big></b><br>\n" "Loggen vert vist i dette vindauget.</p>" #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label @@ -2018,13 +2028,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "To save the log into a file, click <b>Save Log</b> and select the file\n" -"to which to save the log.</p>" -"\n" +"to which to save the log.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "For å lagra loggen i ei fil, trykk <b>Lagra logg</b>\n" -"og vel fila du vil lagra loggen i.</p>" -"\n" +"og vel fila du vil lagra loggen i.</p>\n" #. menu button #. Get the buttons below the box with the log @@ -2069,6 +2077,235 @@ msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil ved lesing av loggen." +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +msgid "Unknown Zone" +msgstr "Ukjend sone" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" +"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" +msgstr "" +"Grensesnittet «%1» er ikkje tilordna ei brannmursone.\n" +"Du kan tilordna det manuelt under «Brannmur» i YaST2.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +msgid "External Zone" +msgstr "Ekstern sone" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +msgid "Internal Zone" +msgstr "Intern sone" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +msgid "Demilitarized Zone" +msgstr "Demilitarisert sone" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +msgid "TCP" +msgstr "TCP" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +msgid "UDP" +msgstr "UDP" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +msgid "RPC" +msgstr "RPC" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +msgid "IP" +msgstr "IP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" +"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" +"\n" +"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" +"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." +msgstr "" +"Grensesnittet «%1» er med i fleire brannmursoner.\n" +"Held du fram med oppsettet, kan det oppstå feil.\n" +"\n" +"Du bør avslutta oppsettet og retta det manuelt i\n" +"fila «/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall»." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Set opp brannmur" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +msgid "Check for network devices" +msgstr "Søk etter nettverkseiningar" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +msgid "Read current configuration" +msgstr "Les gjeldande oppsett" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" +msgstr "Sjå etter tenester i konflikt" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgstr "Søkjer etter nettverkseiningar …" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgstr "Les gjeldande oppsett …" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgstr "Ser etter tenester i konflikt …" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Lagrar brannmuroppsett" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Lagre brannmuroppsett" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgstr "Juster brannmurtenesta" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Lagrar brannmurinnstillingar …" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgstr "Tilpassar brannmurtenesta …" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +msgid "Writing settings failed" +msgstr "Klarte ikkje lagra innstillingane" + +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" +msgstr "Ukjend protokoll (%1)" + +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" +msgstr "" + +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service: %1" +msgid "Service: %{filename}" +msgstr "Teneste: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +msgid "Block Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +msgid "Drop Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +msgid "Home Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GPG Public Keys" +msgid "Public Zone" +msgstr "GPG-offentlegnøklar" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +msgid "Trusted Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +msgid "Work Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +msgid "The %{service_name} Service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +msgid "Unknown service '%1'" +msgstr "Ukjend teneste: «%1»" + #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 #, fuzzy @@ -2114,13 +2351,13 @@ msgstr "Grensesnittet er ikkje tilordna ei sone" #. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "&Nettverksgrensesnitt med open port i brannmur" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be unselected:\n" @@ -2133,7 +2370,7 @@ "%1" #. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2146,7 +2383,7 @@ "Vil du halda fram?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2162,8 +2399,8 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2178,29 +2415,29 @@ "Vil du halda fram?" #. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "&Nettverksgrensesnitt med vil open port i brannmur" #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "Merk &alle" #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "Merk &ingen" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2208,22 +2445,20 @@ #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" "set <b>%1</b>.<br>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Brannmurinnstillinger</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Brannmurinnstillinger</big></b><br>\n" "Vel <b>%1</b> for å opna brannmuren slik at eksterne maskiner\n" "har tilgang til tenesta.<br>" #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click <b>%2</b>.<br>" @@ -2232,7 +2467,7 @@ "som porten skal opnast for.<br>" #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled.</p>" @@ -2241,48 +2476,48 @@ "er slått på.</p>" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Opna port i brannmur" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "Brannmurdetaljar" #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "Opna port i &brannmur" #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "Brannmur&detaljar …" -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall Details" -msgid "Firewall Settings" +msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "Brannmurdetaljar" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "Brannmuren er open" #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Nettverkskort" @@ -2290,27 +2525,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukjend" @@ -2320,389 +2555,389 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Tilleggsadresse" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth-samband" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Bond-nettverk" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "CLAW (Common Link Access for Workstation)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN-kort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "CTC-grensesnitt (Channel to Channel)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL-samband" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Eksempel" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Eksempelnettverkseining" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "ESCON (Enterprise System Connector)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Ethernet-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fibertilkopling (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "HIPPI (High Performance Parallel Interface)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "HSI (Hipersockets Interface)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN-samband" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Infraraud nettverkseining" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Infraraud eining" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "IUCV (Inter User Communication Vehicle)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Loopback" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Loopback-eining" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Parallellinje" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Parallellinje-samband" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSANE-Express- eller QDIO-eining (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6 i IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6 i IPv4-innkapslingseining" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Serielinje" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Serielinje-samband" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Token Ring-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB-nettverkseining" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare-nettsverkseining" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Trådlaus" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Trådlaust nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP-nettverk" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Virtuelt lokalnett" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Bru" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Nettverksbru" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "Nettverkstunell" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Nettverks-TAP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "InfiniBand-eining" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Ukjend eining" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP-adresse" #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Inga IP-adresse tilordna" #. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "Einingstype" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Einingsnamn" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adresse" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Einings-ID" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Kopla til" #. label message #. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Søkjer etter vertsmaskiner i dette lokalnettverket …" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "&NFS-tenarar" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "&Eksterne maskiner" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "&Eksporterte mapper" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2716,7 +2951,7 @@ #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" msgid "" @@ -2725,7 +2960,7 @@ "or continue without network." msgstr "Start installeringa på nytt og set opp nettverket i Linuxrc" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2750,142 +2985,6 @@ "Eit portnummer kan vera eit tal mellom 0 og 65535.\n" "Du kan ikkje bruka mellomrom.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 -msgid "External Zone" -msgstr "Ekstern sone" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 -msgid "Internal Zone" -msgstr "Intern sone" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 -msgid "Demilitarized Zone" -msgstr "Demilitarisert sone" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 -msgid "TCP" -msgstr "TCP" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 -msgid "UDP" -msgstr "UDP" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 -msgid "RPC" -msgstr "RPC" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 -msgid "IP" -msgstr "IP" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 -msgid "Unknown Zone" -msgstr "Ukjend sone" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" -"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" -"\n" -"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" -"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." -msgstr "" -"Grensesnittet «%1» er med i fleire brannmursoner.\n" -"Held du fram med oppsettet, kan det oppstå feil.\n" -"\n" -"Du bør avslutta oppsettet og retta det manuelt i\n" -"fila «/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall»." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" -"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" -msgstr "" -"Grensesnittet «%1» er ikkje tilordna ei brannmursone.\n" -"Du kan tilordna det manuelt under «Brannmur» i YaST2.\n" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478 -msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "Set opp brannmur" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 -msgid "Check for network devices" -msgstr "Søk etter nettverkseiningar" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 -msgid "Read current configuration" -msgstr "Les gjeldande oppsett" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 -msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" -msgstr "Sjå etter tenester i konflikt" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 -msgid "Checking for network devices..." -msgstr "Søkjer etter nettverkseiningar …" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 -msgid "Reading current configuration..." -msgstr "Les gjeldande oppsett …" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 -msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." -msgstr "Ser etter tenester i konflikt …" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 -msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "Lagrar brannmuroppsett" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 -msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "Lagre brannmuroppsett" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 -msgid "Adjust firewall service" -msgstr "Juster brannmurtenesta" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 -msgid "Writing firewall settings..." -msgstr "Lagrar brannmurinnstillingar …" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 -msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." -msgstr "Tilpassar brannmurtenesta …" - -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 -msgid "Writing settings failed" -msgstr "Klarte ikkje lagra innstillingane" - -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 -msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" -msgstr "Ukjend protokoll (%1)" - #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" @@ -2974,63 +3073,14 @@ msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "Du installerer eit system via SSH, men du har ikkje opna SSH-porten i brannmuren." -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception -#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param map of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService() -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage() -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. $[ -#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" : [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], -#. ] -#. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 -msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" -msgstr "" - -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Service: %1" -msgid "Service: %{filename}" -msgstr "Teneste: %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 -msgid "Unknown service '%1'" -msgstr "Ukjend teneste: «%1»" - #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Desse pakkane må installerast:" +#. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 @@ -3044,35 +3094,77 @@ msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "&Avinstaller" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgid "Checking file conflicts..." +msgstr "Ser etter tenester i konflikt …" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +msgid "" +"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +msgid "" +"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" +"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" +"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +msgid "A File Conflict Detected" +msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +msgid "This message will be available at %s" +msgstr "" + #. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- #. defaults #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Laster ned pakken %1 (%2) …" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Laster ned pakken" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Integritetskontrollen viser at pakken %1 er øydelagd." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Vil du prøva å installera pakken på nytt?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Vil du avbryta installeringa?" @@ -3081,15 +3173,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Feil: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" @@ -3102,35 +3194,35 @@ "Du bør kontrollera system på nytt seinare, ved å køyra programvareinstallasjonsmodulen." #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Avinstallerer pakken %1 (%2) …" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Installerer pakken %1 (%2) …" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Avinstallerer pakke" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Installerer pakke" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Klarte ikkje fjerna pakken %1." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Feil ved installering av pakken %1." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3139,44 +3231,42 @@ "Du bør kontrollera system på nytt seinare, ved å køyra programvareinstallasjonsmodulen." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" "continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n" -"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>" -"\n" +"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Pakkebrønnen på den valde adressa har no ein annan medie-ID.\n" "Viss adressa framleis er rett, tyder dette at pakkebrønninnhaldet er endra. For å \n" "halda fram å bruka denne pakkebrønnen, bør du starta modulen <b>Pakkebrønnar</b> i \n" -"YaST og oppdatera pakkebrønnen.</p>" -"\n" +"YaST og oppdatera pakkebrønnen.</p>\n" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "side A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "side B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (plate %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (medium %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3185,7 +3275,7 @@ "«%1»" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3198,7 +3288,7 @@ "Kontrollar at mappa er tilgjengeleg." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3212,51 +3302,51 @@ #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Hopp over autooppdatering" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Løys ut" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Løys a&utomatisk ut CD-/DVD-medium" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Vil du prøva å installera på nytt?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Vil du hoppa over mediet?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Hoppar over ugyldig medium …" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&Adresse" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Legg til pakkebrønnen %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository." msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." @@ -3265,32 +3355,32 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Klarte ikkje henta skildring av ekstern pakkebrønn." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil ved henting av ny metadata." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Pakkebrønnen er ikkje gyldig." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Pakkebrønnen har ugyldige metadata." @@ -3298,92 +3388,92 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Vil du prøva på nytt?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Undersøkjer pakkebrønnen %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil ved gransking av pakkebrønnen." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Granskingsdetaljer." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Pakkebrønnen har ugyldige metadata." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Pakkebrønn %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Lastar ned delta-RPM-pakken %1 (%2) …" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Lastar ned delta-RPM-pakke" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Brukar delta-RPM-pakken %1 …" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Brukar delta-RPM-pakke" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Pakke: " #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Startar skriptet %1 (pakkeoppdatering %2) …" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Køyrer skript" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Pakkeoppdatering: " #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Skript: " #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Resultat av skriptet" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3392,7 +3482,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3407,36 +3497,36 @@ "nokre pakker mangla eller vera forelda." #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&Hopp over oppdatering" #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Lastar ned" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Laster ned: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Kontrollerer pakkedatabase" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Bygger opp att pakkedatabasen. Denne prosessen kan ta litt tid." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3445,16 +3535,16 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Konverterer pakkedatabasen. Dette kan ta litt tid." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3463,12 +3553,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Leser pakkedatabase …" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Finn installerte pakkar" @@ -3479,27 +3569,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Søkjer gjennom pakkedatabasen …" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Klarte ikkje gjera klar målet." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "Pakkedatabase lesen" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Brukerautentisering" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3510,20 +3600,20 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Brukernamn" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Vis &detaljar" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Storleik: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Prøver på nytt om: %1" @@ -3607,12 +3697,12 @@ "løysast manuelt i pakkehandsamaren." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Klarte ikkje installera nødvendige pakkar." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3623,12 +3713,12 @@ "kan det henda at YaST ikkje vil fungera skikkeleg.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "Kan ikkje halda utan å installera nødvendige pakkar." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3637,47 +3727,42 @@ "pakkane, kan det henda at YaST ikkje vil fungera skikkeleg.\n" #. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "Godta pakkelisens: %1" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "&Godta" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "&Ikkje godta" #. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" -"<br>" -"\n" +"<br>\n" "To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n" -"To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>" -"." +"To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>." msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lisensgodtaking</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Lisensgodtaking</big></b><br>\n" "Pakken nemnd i overskrifta krev at du uttrykkjeleg\n" "\n" "godtek dei tilhøyrande lisensvilkåra.\n" "Viss du avviser desse, vert ikkje pakke installert.\n" -"<br>" -"\n" +"<br>\n" "Trykk <b>Godta</b> for å godta lisensvilkåa,\n" "eller trykk <b>Ikkje godta</b> for å avslå vilkåra.</p>" #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" @@ -3692,7 +3777,7 @@ "\t\t kolonne, fordelt på kategoriar. Vel eit element for å visa skildringa.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3706,7 +3791,7 @@ "\t\t Du kan òg endra status for alle elementa i denne menyen.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3718,7 +3803,7 @@ "\t\t Her kan du visa og velja einskilde programvarepakkar.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" @@ -3739,134 +3824,134 @@ #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "Programvareutval og systemoppgåver" #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have #. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(fleire)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "Installeringa er fullførd" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "Feil ved pakkeinstallering" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "Feilmelding: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "Pakkar som ikkje kunne installerast: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Installerte pakkar: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "Oppdaterte pakkar: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "Fjerna pakkar: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Ikkje installerte pakker: %1" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Pakkar" #. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "Brukt tid: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "Samla installert storleik: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "Samla nedlastingsstorleik: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "Statistikk" #. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "Installasjonslogg" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detaljar" #. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installing Package" msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "Installerer pakke" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Finish" msgid "Finish" msgstr "&Fullfør" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "Fekk ikkje tilgang til programvarehandsaming" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Summary</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed packages.</P>" msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>" msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Installasjonssamandrag</B></BIG><BR>Her er ei oversikt over dei installerte pakkane.</P>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation Error" msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "Feil ved installering" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "Installerte pakkar" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "Oppdaterte pakkar" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "Fjerna pakkar" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "Gjenståande pakker" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3878,7 +3963,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3899,7 +3984,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file %1 from repository %2\n" @@ -3926,16 +4011,16 @@ "Vil du likevel bruka ho?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "Usignert pakke" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "Usignert fil" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" @@ -3959,7 +4044,7 @@ "Vil du likevel installera han?" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No checksum for file %1 was found the repository.\n" @@ -3983,72 +4068,72 @@ "Vil du likevel installera ho?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "Finn ikkje nokon kontrollsum" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "Fingeravtrykk: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "Namn: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "Laga: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "Utløpsdato: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 #, fuzzy #| msgid "ID: %1" msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name: %1" msgid "Name: " msgstr "Namn: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "Fingeravtrykk: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Created: %1" msgid "Created: " msgstr "Laga: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Expires: %1" msgid "Expires: " msgstr "Utløpsdato: %1" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Package %1 from repository %2\n" @@ -4083,7 +4168,7 @@ "Vil du likevel installera han?" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "File %1 from repository %2\n" @@ -4119,12 +4204,12 @@ "Vil du likevel bruka ho?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "Valideringskontroll mislukka" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4145,7 +4230,7 @@ "Vil du likevel installera han?" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4166,12 +4251,12 @@ "Vil du likevel installera ho?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "Ukjend GnuPG-nøkkel" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" @@ -4205,7 +4290,7 @@ "å hoppa over pakken." #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" @@ -4239,17 +4324,17 @@ "å hoppa over fila." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "Signert med ikkje tiltrudd offentlegnøkkel" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "&Stol på og importer nøkkelen" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4264,7 +4349,7 @@ "over programvara på systemet ditt dersom du importerer nøkkelen.</p>" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" @@ -4281,7 +4366,7 @@ "eigaren til nøkkelen <tt>%1</tt> utløysa åtvaringa.</p>" #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" @@ -4293,7 +4378,7 @@ "(%2):" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The GnuPG key %1\n" @@ -4318,7 +4403,7 @@ "nøkkelen verkeleg tilhøyrer denne eigaren før du importerer han." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "WARNING: The key has expired!\n" @@ -4329,19 +4414,19 @@ "Utløpsdato: %1" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Importer ikkje tiltrudd GnuPG-nøkkel" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 #, fuzzy msgid "&Trust" msgstr "S&tol på" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The expected checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4376,12 +4461,12 @@ "Vil du likevel bruka ho?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Feil samandrag" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4412,7 +4497,7 @@ "Vil du likevel bruka ho?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Ukjend samandrag" @@ -4421,84 +4506,84 @@ #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Installerer …" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medium" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remaining Packages" msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Gjenståande pakker" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "Tid" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Utførde handlingar:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<p>Please wait while packages are being installed.</p>" msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Vent mens pakkene vert installerte.</p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>" msgstr "<P><B>Avbryta installeringa</B> Du kan avbryta pakkeinstalleringa med <B>Avbryt</B>-knappen. Men viss ikkje alle grunnleggjande systemkomponentane er installerte enno, kan det henda at systemet vert inkonsistent eller ubrukeleg.</P>" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release &Notes" msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "&Versjonsmerknader" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +msgid "&Details" +msgstr "&Detaljar" + +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "&Lysbiletepresentasjon" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 -msgid "&Details" -msgstr "&Detaljar" - #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Installer" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Pakkeinstallering" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4507,7 +4592,7 @@ "avslutta installeringa?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Avbroten" @@ -5102,21 +5187,18 @@ msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "Bluetooth-eining" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" -#| "YaST might lose some of the changes" +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 msgid "" -"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" -"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" +"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" +"Error output: %{stderr}" msgstr "" -"Fila %1 er endra manuelt.\n" -"YaST kan mista nokre endringane." #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -5124,35 +5206,42 @@ "Filene %1 er endra manuelt.\n" "YaST kan mista nokre av endringane." -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 -msgid "Do not show this message anymore" -msgstr "Ikkje vis denne meldinga igjen" - -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" #| "YaST might lose some of the changes" msgid "" -"File %s has been created manually.\n" -"YaST might lose this file." +"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" +"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" msgstr "" "Fila %1 er endra manuelt.\n" "YaST kan mista nokre endringane." -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 +msgid "Do not show this message anymore" +msgstr "Ikkje vis denne meldinga igjen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" +#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" #| "YaST might lose some of the changes" msgid "" +"File %s has been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose this file." +msgid_plural "" "Files %s have been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose these files." -msgstr "" -"Filene %1 er endra manuelt.\n" -"YaST kan mista nokre av endringane." +msgstr[0] "" +"Fila %1 er endra manuelt.\n" +"YaST kan mista nokre endringane." +msgstr[1] "" +"Fila %1 er endra manuelt.\n" +"YaST kan mista nokre endringane." #. error report #: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 @@ -5160,7 +5249,7 @@ msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil ved oppretting av initrd." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5193,7 +5282,7 @@ "heksadesimalsiffer skilde med kolon." #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -5204,7 +5293,7 @@ "starta eller avslutta eit komponentnamn, og den siste komponenten kan ikkje begynna med eit tal." #. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -5307,13 +5396,13 @@ #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "…" #. covert a number to download rate string #. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "%1/s" @@ -5401,8 +5490,8 @@ #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 #, fuzzy msgid "Module" msgstr "Modul" @@ -6192,72 +6281,17 @@ "Det finst ikkje noka baklengs sone for %1 administrert av DNS-tenaren.\n" "Vertsnamnet %2 kan ikkje leggjast til." -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Service Start" -msgid "Service Status" -msgstr "Start av teneste" +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" +#~| "YaST might lose some of the changes" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Files %s have been created manually.\n" +#~ "YaST might lose these files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Filene %1 er endra manuelt.\n" +#~ "YaST kan mista nokre av endringane." -#. Content for the help -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>" -"\n" -"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>" -"\n" -"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Current Status: " -msgid "Current status:" -msgstr "Status: " - -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "During Boot" -msgid "Start During System Boot" -msgstr "Ved oppstart" - -#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 -msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Warning" -msgid "running" -msgstr "Åtvaring" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Stop" -msgid "Stop now" -msgstr "&Stopp" - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 -msgid "stopped" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Stop" -msgid "Start now" -msgstr "&Stopp" - #~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." #~ msgstr "Klarte ikkje montera pakkebrønnmediet." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/bootloader.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/bootloader.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/bootloader.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-16 20:31+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk \n" @@ -20,1476 +20,1267 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "Konfigurasjonsmodul for oppstartslaster" -#. command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48 +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 #, fuzzy -msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" -msgstr "Konfigurasjonssammendrag for oppstartslaster" +msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." +msgstr "Oppstartspartisjonen er av typen NFS. Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast." -#. command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 #, fuzzy -msgid "Delete a global option" -msgstr "&Detaljerte generelle val" +msgid "Boot Loader Settings" +msgstr "Oppstartslasterinnstillinger" -#. command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 #, fuzzy -msgid "Set a global option" -msgstr "&Detaljerte generelle val" +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +msgstr "Enhetskartet må innehalda minst éi eining" -#. command line help text for print action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75 +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 #, fuzzy -msgid "Print value of specified option" -msgstr "Skriv ut verdet for det spesifiserte alternativet" +msgid "Disk order settings" +msgstr "Innstillingar fir diskrekkefølge" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83 +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 #, fuzzy -msgid "The key of the option" -msgstr "Koda til alternativet" +msgid "D&isks" +msgstr "D&isker" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 #, fuzzy -msgid "The value of the option" -msgstr "Verdet til alternativet" +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "&Eining" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Value was not specified." -msgstr "Inkje verd spesifisert." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." +msgstr "" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 #, fuzzy -msgid "Option was not specified." -msgstr "Alternativ ikkje spesifisert." +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." +msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster …" -#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "Value: %s" -msgstr "Verd: %1" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Systemet vil slåast av.%1%2\n" +"Du finn meir informasjon i det aktuelle kapittelet \n" +"i dokumentasjonen. \n" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 #, fuzzy -msgid "Specified option does not exist." -msgstr "Det spesifiserte alternativet finst ikkje." +msgid "The system will reboot now..." +msgstr "Maskina vil startast på nytt no …" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23 +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br>" -"</p>" +msgid "&Boot Loader" +msgstr "&Oppstartslaster" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Oppstartsmeny</b></big><br>" -"</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>" -"\n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" -"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "" -"<b>Angje oppstartspartisjonen som aktiv i partisjonstabellen</b><br>" -"\n" -"Brukast for å aktivare partisjonen som inneheld oppstartslasteren. Den generiske MBR-koda vil då\n" -"starta opp den aktive partisjonen. Eldre BIOS-er krev at ein partisjon er aktiv sjølv om\n" -"oppstartslasteren er installert i MBR.</p>" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +msgid "Not Managed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 #, fuzzy +msgid "Default" +msgstr " (standard)" + +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>" "\n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>" +"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" +"might not start.\n" "\n" +"Proceed?\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tidsavbrudd i sekund</b><br>" "\n" -"Angjev kor lenge oppstartslasteren skal venta før standardkjernen lastast.</p>" +"Viss du ikkje installer nokon oppstartslaster, kan systemet\n" +"kanskje ikkje startast.\n" "\n" +"Vil du halda fram?\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" -"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" -"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" -"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" -"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" -"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" +"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" +"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p> Ved å klikka <b>Bruk som standard</b> markerer du den valde \n" -"seksjonen som standard. Ved oppstart vil oppstartslasteren visa ein \n" -"oppstartsmeny og vente på at brukaren skal velja ein kjerne eller anna \n" -"operativsystem som skal startast. Viss det ikkje vert trykt nokon tast før tidsavbruddet, vert \n" -"standardkjernen/operativsystemet lasta. Rekkjefølgda på seksjonane i oppstartslasteren \n" -"kan endrast ved hjelp av <b>Opp</b> og <b>Ned</b>-knappen.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Oppstartslastertype</b><br>\n" +"Vel om ein oppstartslaster skal installerast, og i så fall kva for ein\n" +"under <b>Oppstartslaster</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" -"boots the active partition).</p>" +msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" +msgstr "Oppstartslastertype: %1" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 +msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Skriv generisk oppstartskode til MBR</b></big><br>" -" erstattar «master boot record» på disken med generisk kode (OS-uavhengig kode som\n" -"startar opp den aktive partisjonen).</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" -"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "yes" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Start frå oppstartspartisjon</b> er eitt av dei tilrådde alternativa, det andre er \n" -"<b>Start frå rotpartisjon</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" -"installed on your computer</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "no" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Start frå hovedoppstartssektor</b> vert ikkje rådt til viss du har eit anna operativsystem\n" -"installert på datamaskina</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n" -"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start this section.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Start frå rotpartisjon</b> er det tilrådde alternativet når det i det heile finst ein eigna\n" -"partisjon. Du kan anten velja <b>Angje oppstartspartisjonen som aktiv i partisjonstabellen</b> og <b>Skriv generisk oppstartskode til MBR</b>\n" -" i <b>Oppstartslastervalg</b> for å oppdatera \"master boot record\" viss det er naudsynt, eller konfigurera den andre oppstartslasteren\n" -" til å starta denne seksjonen.</p>" +msgid "Status Location: %1" +msgstr "Status for plassering: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n" -"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>" -msgstr "" +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" +msgstr "Harddiskrekkefølge: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Med <b>Egendefinert oppstartspartisjon</b> kan du velja kva for ein partisjon du vil starta frå.</p>" +msgid " (extended)" +msgstr " (utvida)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n" -"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>MD-tilordning vert oppretta frå 2 diskar. <b>Aktivar redundans for MD-tilordning</b>\n" -"aktivum lagring av GRUB i MBR på begge diskar.</p>" +msgid " (MBR)" +msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Bruk seriell konsoll</b> kan du definera parametrar som skal brukast\n" -"for ein seriell konsoll. Du finn meir informasjon i grub-dokumentasjonen (<code>info grub</code>).</p>" +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Oppstart frå MBR er aktivert (deaktiver</a>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p>" -"<br>" -"\n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" -"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Terminaldefinisjon</b></p>" -"<br>" -"\n" -"Definerer typen terminal du vil bruka. For ein seriell terminal (t.d. ein seriell konsoll),\n" -" må du angje <code>seriell</code>. Du kan òg senda <code>konsoll</code> til\n" -" kommandoen, som <code>seriell konsoll</code>. I dette tilfellet vil det veljast ein terminal \n" -"der du kan trykkja ein kva for ein som helst tast, som GRUB-terminal.</p>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)" +msgstr "Oppstart frå MBR er deaktivert (aktiver</a>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n" -"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Reserveseksjoner viss standard mislukkast</b> inneheld ei liste med nummer \n" -"på seksjonar som vert brukt til oppstart viss filsystemet i standardseksjonen ikkje kan startast.</p>" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Oppstart frå /boot-partisjon er aktivert (deaktiver</a>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Viss du vel <b>Skjul meny ved oppstart</b>, vert skjult oppstartsmenyen.</p>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)" +msgstr "Oppstart frå /boot-partisjon er deaktivert (aktiver</a>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>" -"\n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>" -"YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Passord for oppstartslaster</b><br>" -"\n" -"Angje passordet som må brukast for å få tilgjenge til oppstartsmenyen. YaST godkjenner berre passordet når du gjentek det i\n" -" <b>Gjenta passordet</b>.</p>" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Oppstart frå «/»-partisjon er aktivert (deaktiver</a>" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>" -"\n" -"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" -"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n" -"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)" +msgstr "Oppstart frå «/»-partisjon er deaktivert (aktiver</a>" + +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Diskrekkefølge</b></big><br>" -"\n" -"Angje diskrekkefølgen i samsvar med rekkjefølgda i BIOS med\n" -"<b>opp</b>- og <b>ned</b>-knappane.\n" -"Bruk <b>Legg til</b> for å leggja til ein disk.\n" -"Nytte <b>Fjern</b> for å fjerne ein disk.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot Loader Locations" -msgstr "Plassering av oppstartslaster" +msgid "Change Location: %s" +msgstr "Endre plassering: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 #, fuzzy -msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "Angje oppstartspartisjonen som &aktiv i partisjonstabellen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 -#, fuzzy msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&Tidsavbrudd i sekund" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Default Boot Section" -msgstr "Standar&d oppstartsseksjon" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Tidsavbrudd i sekund</b><br>\n" +"Angjev kor lenge oppstartslasteren skal venta før standardkjernen lastast.</p>\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 #, fuzzy -msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" -msgstr "Skriv &generisk oppstartskode til MBR" +msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" +msgstr "Angje oppstartspartisjonen som &aktiv i partisjonstabellen" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 #, fuzzy -msgid "Custom Boot Partition" -msgstr "Egendefinert oppstartspartisjon" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<b>Angje oppstartspartisjonen som aktiv i partisjonstabellen</b><br>\n" +"Brukast for å aktivare partisjonen som inneheld oppstartslasteren. Den generiske MBR-koda vil då\n" +"starta opp den aktive partisjonen. Eldre BIOS-er krev at ein partisjon er aktiv sjølv om\n" +"oppstartslasteren er installert i MBR.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Start frå hovedoppstartssektor" +msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" +msgstr "Skriv &generisk oppstartskode til MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from Root Partition" -msgstr "Start frå rotpartisjon" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"boots the active partition).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>Skriv generisk oppstartskode til MBR</b></big><br> erstattar «master boot record» på disken med generisk kode (OS-uavhengig kode som\n" +"startar opp den aktive partisjonen).</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" -msgstr "Start frå oppstartspartisjon" +msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" +msgstr "&Skjul meny ved oppstart" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" -msgstr "Start frå utvida partisjon" +msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Viss du vel <b>Skjul meny ved oppstart</b>, vert skjult oppstartsmenyen.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" -msgstr "&Parametrar for seriell tilkobling" +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" -msgstr "Reserveseksjoner viss standard mislukkast" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" -msgstr "&Skjul meny ved oppstart" +msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" +msgstr "Andre kommandolinje¶metrar for kjernen" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 #, fuzzy -msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" -msgstr "Pa&ssord for menygrensesnitt" +msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Med <b>Andre kommandolinjeparametere for kjernen</b> kan du definera tilleggsparametere som skal sendast til kjernen.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" -msgstr "Feilsøk&ingsvalg" +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +msgid "&Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" -#. Validate function of a popup -#. @param [String] key any widget key -#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation -#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 +msgid "set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 +msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 #, fuzzy msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "B&eskytt oppstartslasteren med eit passord" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "" -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Password" -msgstr "&Passord" +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" +msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 #, fuzzy msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "Gjen&ta passordet" -#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" -#. -#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" -msgstr "Start frå &rotpartisjon" +msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgstr "Passordfeltet må ikkje vera tomt." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" -msgstr "Star&t frå oppstartspartisjon" +msgid "" +"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" +"do not match. Retype the password." +msgstr "" +"'Passord og Stadfest passord'\n" +"samsvarte ikkje. Skriv inn passordet på nytt." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 #, fuzzy -msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" -msgstr "E&gendefinert oppstartspartisjon" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Passord for oppstartslaster</b><br>\n" +"Angje passordet som må brukast for å få tilgjenge til oppstartsmenyen. YaST godkjenner berre passordet når du gjentek det i\n" +" <b>Gjenta passordet</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "Oppstartslasterens plassering" +msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" +msgstr "Vel ny fil for grafisk meny" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Start frå &Mastar Boot Record" +msgid "Use &graphical console" +msgstr "Nytte &seriell konsoll" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" -msgstr "Start frå utvid&eit partisjon" +msgid "&Console resolution" +msgstr "&Konsollargumenter" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 #, fuzzy -msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" -msgstr "Aktivar rei&undans for MD-tilordning" +msgid "&Console theme" +msgstr "&Konsollargumenter" -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Boot Code Options" -msgstr "Alternativ for oppstartslaster" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +msgid "Autodetect by grub2" +msgstr "" -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 #, fuzzy -msgid "Kernel Parameters" -msgstr "Ekstra kjerneparametere: %1" +msgid "Use &serial console" +msgstr "Nytte &seriell konsoll" -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 #, fuzzy -msgid "Bootloader Options" -msgstr "Alternativ for oppstartslaster" +msgid "&Console arguments" +msgstr "&Konsollargumenter" -#. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgstr "Alternativ for oppstartslaster" +msgid "&Default Boot Section" +msgstr "Standar&d oppstartsseksjon" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 -msgid "Secure Boot" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" +"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" +"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" +"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" +"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" +"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" msgstr "" +"<p> Ved å klikka <b>Bruk som standard</b> markerer du den valde \n" +"seksjonen som standard. Ved oppstart vil oppstartslasteren visa ein \n" +"oppstartsmeny og vente på at brukaren skal velja ein kjerne eller anna \n" +"operativsystem som skal startast. Viss det ikkje vert trykt nokon tast før tidsavbruddet, vert \n" +"standardkjernen/operativsystemet lasta. Rekkjefølgda på seksjonane i oppstartslasteren \n" +"kan endrast ved hjelp av <b>Opp</b> og <b>Ned</b>-knappen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 -msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot &Loader Location" +msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Oppstartslasterens plassering" -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 -msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack -#. -#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Med <b>Andre kommandolinjeparametere for kjernen</b> kan du definera tilleggsparametere som skal sendast til kjernen.</p>" +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +msgstr "Star&t frå oppstartspartisjon" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>VGA-modus</b> definerer VGA-modusen for <i>konsollen</i> kjernen skal stilla inn ved oppstart.</p>" +msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" +msgstr "Start frå rotpartisjon" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" -msgstr "" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Start frå &Mastar Boot Record" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" -msgstr "" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" +msgstr "Start frå utvid&eit partisjon" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 #, fuzzy -msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "Andre kommandolinje¶metrar for kjernen" +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" +msgstr "E&gendefinert oppstartspartisjon" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Vga Mode" -msgstr "&VGA-modus" +msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" +msgstr "Diskrekkefølge" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" +"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" +"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n" +"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>" msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>Diskrekkefølge</b></big><br>\n" +"Angje diskrekkefølgen i samsvar med rekkjefølgda i BIOS med\n" +"<b>opp</b>- og <b>ned</b>-knappane.\n" +"Bruk <b>Legg til</b> for å leggja til ein disk.\n" +"Nytte <b>Fjern</b> for å fjerne ein disk.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 -msgid "Protective MBR flag" -msgstr "" +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Kernel Parameters" +msgstr "Ekstra kjerneparametere: %1" -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 #, fuzzy -msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" -msgstr "%1x%2, %3 bitar sine (modus %4)" +msgid "Boot Co&de Options" +msgstr "Alternativ for oppstartslaster" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 #, fuzzy -msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." -msgstr "Standard skrifttypemodus med 8 piksler." +msgid "Boot&loader Options" +msgstr "Alternativ for oppstartslaster" -#. item of a combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 -msgid "Text Mode" -msgstr "Tekstmodus" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers +#. error report +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 #, fuzzy -msgid "Unspecified" -msgstr "Uspesifisert" +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast riktig med denne partisjoneringen." -#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 -msgid "set" -msgstr "" +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not install any boot loader" +msgstr "Ikkje installer nokon oppstartslaster" -#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 -msgid "remove" -msgstr "" +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting" +msgstr "Oppstart" -#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 -msgid "do not change" -msgstr "" +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Booting" +msgstr "&Oppstart" -#. Init function for console -#. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 -msgid "Autodetect by grub2" -msgstr "" +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Ingen oppstartslaster er valde for installasjon. Systemet vil kanskje ikkje kunna verta opp starta." -#. FATE: #110038: Serial console -#. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 #, fuzzy -msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" -msgstr "Vel ny fil for grafisk meny" +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast riktig med denne partisjoneringen" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 #, fuzzy -msgid "Use &graphical console" -msgstr "Nytte &seriell konsoll" +msgid "" +"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n" +"Reading current configuration...</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><BIG><B>Konfigurasjonsverktøy for oppstartslaster</B></BIG><BR>\n" +"Endre innstillingane for oppstartslasteren.</P>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Console resolution" -msgstr "&Konsollargumenter" +msgid "" +"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B><BIG>Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster </BIG></B><BR>\n" +"Vent…<br></p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 +#. grub2 is sooo cool... +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Console theme" -msgstr "&Konsollargumenter" +msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" +msgstr "Ein kombinasjon av maskinvareplattformen %1 og oppstartslasteren %2 vert ikkje støtta" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 #, fuzzy -msgid "Use &serial console" -msgstr "Nytte &seriell konsoll" +msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." +msgstr "Oppstartsenheten er på raid-typen: %1. Systemet vil ikkje starta opp." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 +#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Console arguments" -msgstr "&Konsollargumenter" +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Oppstartsenheten er plassert på programvarebasert RAID1. Vel ein anna plassering for oppstartslasteren, t.d. Mastar Boot Record." -#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 -msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 +msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" -#. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 #, fuzzy -msgid "Select File" -msgstr "Vel fil" +msgid "Check boot loader" +msgstr "Kontrollar oppstartslaster" -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 #, fuzzy -msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "Oppstartspartisjonen er av typen NFS. Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast." +msgid "Read partitioning" +msgstr "Les partisjonstabell" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot Loader Settings" -msgstr "Oppstartslasterinnstillinger" +msgid "Load boot loader settings" +msgstr "Last innstillingar for oppstartslaster" -#. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 #, fuzzy -msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." -msgstr "Ingen tilgjengelege val for denne oppstartslasteren." +msgid "Checking boot loader..." +msgstr "Kontrollerer oppstartslaster …" -#. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Boot Loader" -msgstr "&Oppstartslaster" +msgid "Reading partitioning..." +msgstr "Lesar partisjonstabell …" -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"\n" -"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" -"might not start.\n" -"\n" -"Proceed?\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Viss du ikkje installer nokon oppstartslaster, kan systemet\n" -"kanskje ikkje startast.\n" -"\n" -"Vil du halda fram?\n" +msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." +msgstr "Lastar innstillingar for oppstartslaster …" -#. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 +#. dialog header +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 #, fuzzy -msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" -msgstr "&Rediger konfigurasjonsfiler" +msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" +msgstr "Initialiserer konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Propose New Configuration" -msgstr "&Foreslå ny konfigurasjon" +msgid "Create initrd" +msgstr "Opprett initrd" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Start from Scratch" -msgstr "&Lag heilt ny" +msgid "Save boot loader configuration" +msgstr "Lagre konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslaster" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" -msgstr "&Bruk konfigurasjon frå disk" +msgid "Creating initrd..." +msgstr "Opprettar initrd …" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 #, fuzzy -msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" -msgstr "Gjenopprett MBR på harddisk" +msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." +msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster …" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 +#. progress line +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 #, fuzzy -msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" -msgstr "Skriv oppstartskode for oppstartslaster til disk" +msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" +msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster" -#. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 #, fuzzy -msgid "Other" -msgstr "Anna" +#~ msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurasjonssammendrag for oppstartslaster" -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 #, fuzzy -msgid "MBR restored successfully." -msgstr "MBR gjenopprettet." +#~ msgid "Delete a global option" +#~ msgstr "&Detaljerte generelle val" -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 #, fuzzy -msgid "Failed to restore MBR." -msgstr "MBR kunne ikkje gjenopprettes." +#~ msgid "Set a global option" +#~ msgstr "&Detaljerte generelle val" -#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 #, fuzzy -msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." -msgstr "Oppstartslasterinnstillingene kunne ikkje lagrast." +#~ msgid "Print value of specified option" +#~ msgstr "Skriv ut verdet for det spesifiserte alternativet" -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot &Loader Options" -msgstr "Oppstart sin&lastervalg" +#~ msgid "The key of the option" +#~ msgstr "Koda til alternativet" -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" -msgstr "&Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon" +#~ msgid "The value of the option" +#~ msgstr "Verdet til alternativet" -#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n" -"Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Konfigurasjonsverktøy for oppstartslaster</B></BIG><BR>\n" -"Endre innstillingane for oppstartslasteren.</P>" +#~ msgid "Value was not specified." +#~ msgstr "Inkje verd spesifisert." -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B><BIG>Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster </BIG></B><BR>\n" -"Vent…<br>" -"</p>" +#~ msgid "Option was not specified." +#~ msgstr "Alternativ ikkje spesifisert." -#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" -"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Under <B>Anna</B>\n" -"kan du redigera konfigurasjonsfilene for oppstartslasteren manuelt, sletta gjeldande \n" -"konfigurasjon og foreslå ein ny konfigurasjon, starta på nytt eller bruka\n" -"konfigurasjonen som er lagra på disken som utgangspunkt. %1</P>" +#~ msgid "Value: %s" +#~ msgstr "Verd: %1" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n" -"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>For å redigera konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslasteren\n" -"manuelt, klikk <B>Rediger konfigurasjonsfiler</B>.</P>" +#~ msgid "Specified option does not exist." +#~ msgstr "Det spesifiserte alternativet finst ikkje." -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n" -"in the boot menu.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P> I tabellen representerer kvar seksjon éin oppføring\n" -"i oppstartsmenyen.</P>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>Oppstartsmeny</b></big><br></p>" -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n" -"selected section.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P> Klikk <B>Rediger</B> for å vise eigenskapane til den\n" -"valde seksjonen.</P>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +#~ "<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Start frå oppstartspartisjon</b> er eitt av dei tilrådde alternativa, det andre er \n" +#~ "<b>Start frå rotpartisjon</b>.</p>" -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n" -"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" -"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" -"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" -"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" -"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Ved å klikka <b>Bruk som standard</b> markerer du den valde\n" -"seksjonen som standard. Ved oppstart vil oppstartslasteren visa \n" -"ein oppstartsmeny og vente på at brukaren skal velja ein kjerne eller \n" -"eit anna operativsystem som skal startast. Dersom ingen tast vert trykt inn før forseinkinga, vert standardkjernen \n" -"eller -operativsystemet lasta. Rekkjefølgda for seksjonane i oppstartsmenyen\n" -"kan endrast ved å bruka <B>Opp</B>- og <B>Ned</B>knappane.</P>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +#~ "installed on your computer</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Start frå hovedoppstartssektor</b> vert ikkje rådt til viss du har eit anna operativsystem\n" +#~ "installert på datamaskina</p>" -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n" -"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Klikk <B>Legg til</B> for å oppretta ein ny oppstartslasterseksjon\n" -"eller <B>Slett</B> for å slette den valde seksjonen.</P>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +#~ "partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n" +#~ "in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +#~ "to start this section.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Start frå rotpartisjon</b> er det tilrådde alternativet når det i det heile finst ein eigna\n" +#~ "partisjon. Du kan anten velja <b>Angje oppstartspartisjonen som aktiv i partisjonstabellen</b> og <b>Skriv generisk oppstartskode til MBR</b>\n" +#~ " i <b>Oppstartslastervalg</b> for å oppdatera \"master boot record\" viss det er naudsynt, eller konfigurera den andre oppstartslasteren\n" +#~ " til å starta denne seksjonen.</p>" -#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 -#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") -#. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>" -"\n" -"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Oppstartslasterplassering</b></big><br>" -"\n" -"Oppstartslasteren (%1) kan installerast på følgjande måtar:</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Med <b>Egendefinert oppstartspartisjon</b> kan du velja kva for ein partisjon du vil starta frå.</p>" -#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n" -"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" -"on the computer.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>- I <b>Mastar Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n" -"Dette vert ikkje rådt til dersom eit anna operativsystem er installert\n" -"på datamaskina.</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n" +#~ "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>MD-tilordning vert oppretta frå 2 diskar. <b>Aktivar redundans for MD-tilordning</b>\n" +#~ "aktivum lagring av GRUB i MBR på begge diskar.</p>" -#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" -"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n" -"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n" -"to update the master boot record\n" -"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start &product;.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"- I <b>Oppstartssektor</b> på <tt>/boot</tt>- eller <tt>/</tt> (root)\n" -"-partisjonen. Dette vert rådt til viss det finst ein eigna\n" -"partisjon. Vel anten <b>Aktivum oppstartslasterpartisjon</b> og\n" -"<b>Erstatt MBR med generisk kode</b> under <b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b>\n" -"for å oppdatera master boot record\n" -"viss dette er naudsynt, eller konfigurer den andre oppstartslasteren\n" -"for å starta &product;.</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n" +#~ "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Med <b>Bruk seriell konsoll</b> kan du definera parametrar som skal brukast\n" +#~ "for ein seriell konsoll. Du finn meir informasjon i grub-dokumentasjonen (<code>info grub</code>).</p>" -#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" -"when selecting this option.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"- På ein <b>annan</b> partisjon. Tenk på kva som er mogleg i systemet\n" -"viss du vel dette alternativet.</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n" +#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" +#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +#~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Terminaldefinisjon</b></p><br>\n" +#~ "Definerer typen terminal du vil bruka. For ein seriell terminal (t.d. ein seriell konsoll),\n" +#~ " må du angje <code>seriell</code>. Du kan òg senda <code>konsoll</code> til\n" +#~ " kommandoen, som <code>seriell konsoll</code>. I dette tilfellet vil det veljast ein terminal \n" +#~ "der du kan trykkja ein kva for ein som helst tast, som GRUB-terminal.</p>" -#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" -"limit that restricts booting to\n" -"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" -"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Dei fleste PC-er har til dømes avgrensingar i BIOS\n" -"som hindrar oppstart frå\n" -"harddisksylindre under 1024. Avhengig av oppstartslaster,\n" -"er det kanskje mogleg å starta opp frå ein logisk partisjon, og kanskje ikkje.</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n" +#~ "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Reserveseksjoner viss standard mislukkast</b> inneheld ei liste med nummer \n" +#~ "på seksjonar som vert brukt til oppstart viss filsystemet i standardseksjonen ikkje kan startast.</p>" -#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" -"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Angje partisjonens enhetsnavn (til dømes, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> eller\n" -"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) i feltet.</p>" +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Locations" +#~ msgstr "Plassering av oppstartslaster" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>" -"\n" -"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" -"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b><br>" -"\n" -"Nytte avanserte val for oppstartslasterinstallasjonen (til dømes\n" -"enhetsmapping) under <b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "Custom Boot Partition" +#~ msgstr "Egendefinert oppstartspartisjon" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>" -"\n" -"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" -"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Oppstartslastertype</b><br>" -"\n" -"Vel om ein oppstartslaster skal installerast, og i så fall kva for ein\n" -"under <b>Oppstartslaster</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" +#~ msgstr "Start frå hovedoppstartssektor" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>" -"\n" -"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" -"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Oppstartslastervalg</b><br>" -"\n" -"For velja alternativ for oppstartslasteren, t.d. forseinking, klikk på\n" -"<b>Oppstartslastervalg</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" +#~ msgstr "Start frå oppstartspartisjon" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n" -"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n" -"<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Avansert manuell konfigurasjon</B><BR>\n" -"Her kan du redigera oppstartslasterens konfigurasjon manuelt</P>\n" -"<P>Merk: Den endelege konfigurasjonsfilen treng ikkje å ha same tekstinnrykk.</P>" +#~ msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" +#~ msgstr "Start frå utvida partisjon" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>" -"\n" -"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" -"name must be unique.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Seksjonsnavn</b><br>" -"\n" -"Klikk på <b>Seksjonsnavn</b> for å angje oppstartslasterseksjonens namn. Seksjonsnavnet\n" -"må vera unikt.</p>" +#~ msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" +#~ msgstr "&Parametrar for seriell tilkobling" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>" -"\n" -"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Ny seksjonstype</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vel kva for ein ny seksjonstype som skal opprettast.</p>" +#~ msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" +#~ msgstr "Reserveseksjoner viss standard mislukkast" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n" -"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" -"selected section.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vel <b>Klon valt seksjon</b> for å kopiera den valde\n" -"seksjonen. Deretter kan du endra alternativ\n" -"som skal vera annleis.</p>" +#~ msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" +#~ msgstr "Pa&ssord for menygrensesnitt" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" -"to load and start.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vel <b>Diskbildeseksjon</b> for å leggja til ein ny Linux-kjerne eller eit anna diskbilde\n" -"som skal lastast og vert starta.</p>" +#~ msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" +#~ msgstr "Feilsøk&ingsvalg" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" -"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vel <b>Xen-seksjon</b> viss du vil leggja til ein ny Linux-kjerne eller eit anna diskbilde,\n" -"men starta han i eit XEN-miljø.</p>" +#~ msgid "&Password" +#~ msgstr "&Passord" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n" -"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vel <b>Anna system (Chainloader)</b> for å leggja til ein seksjon som \n" -"skal lasta og starta opp ein oppstartssektor på ein diskpartisjon. Dette valet vert nytta for å\n" -"starta opp andre operativsystemer.</p>" +#~ msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +#~ msgstr "Start frå &rotpartisjon" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vel <b>Menyseksjon</b> for å leggja til ein seksjon som\n" -"lastar oppsettsfilen (lista over oppstartsseksjoner) frå ein partisjon på disken. Dette vert nytta for å\n" -"starta opp andre operativsystemer.</p>" +#~ msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" +#~ msgstr "Aktivar rei&undans for MD-tilordning" -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 #, fuzzy -msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" -msgstr "Harddiskrekkefølge: %1" +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Options" +#~ msgstr "Alternativ for oppstartslaster" -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51 #, fuzzy -msgid "Do not install any boot loader" -msgstr "Ikkje installer nokon oppstartslaster" +#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Location" +#~ msgstr "Oppstartslasterens plassering" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 #, fuzzy -msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" -msgstr "Ikkje installer nokon oppstartslaster" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>VGA-modus</b> definerer VGA-modusen for <i>konsollen</i> kjernen skal stilla inn ved oppstart.</p>" -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 #, fuzzy -msgid "Install the default boot loader" -msgstr "Installer standard oppstartslaster" +#~ msgid "&Vga Mode" +#~ msgstr "&VGA-modus" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 #, fuzzy -msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" -msgstr "Installer standard oppstartslaster" +#~ msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" +#~ msgstr "%1x%2, %3 bitar sine (modus %4)" -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot loader" -msgstr "Oppstartslaster" +#~ msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." +#~ msgstr "Standard skrifttypemodus med 8 piksler." -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 -msgid "Boot Loader" -msgstr "Oppstartslastar" +#~ msgid "Text Mode" +#~ msgstr "Tekstmodus" -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This function is not available if the boot\n" -"loader is not specified." -msgstr "" -"Denne funksjonen er ikkje tilgjengeleg viss ikkje\n" -"oppstartslasteren er spesifisert." +#~ msgid "Unspecified" +#~ msgstr "Uspesifisert" -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" -"All changes will be lost.\n" -msgstr "" -"Er du sikker på at du vil avslutta konfigurasjonen av oppstartslasteren utan å lagra?\n" -"Alle endringar vil gå tapt.\n" +#~ msgid "Select File" +#~ msgstr "Vel fil" -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57 #, fuzzy -msgid "The password must not be empty." -msgstr "Passordfeltet må ikkje vera tomt." +#~ msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." +#~ msgstr "Ingen tilgjengelege val for denne oppstartslasteren." -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" -"do not match. Retype the password." -msgstr "" -"'Passord og Stadfest passord'\n" -"samsvarte ikkje. Skriv inn passordet på nytt." +#~ msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" +#~ msgstr "&Rediger konfigurasjonsfiler" -#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set -#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete -#. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 #, fuzzy -msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" -msgstr "%1Definer oppstartslasterens plassering?\n" +#~ msgid "&Propose New Configuration" +#~ msgstr "&Foreslå ny konfigurasjon" -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The name selected is already used.\n" -"Use a different one.\n" -msgstr "" -"Namnet er allereie i bruk.\n" -"Vel eit anna.\n" +#~ msgid "&Start from Scratch" +#~ msgstr "&Lag heilt ny" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"An error occurred during boot loader\n" -"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" -msgstr "" -"Ein feil oppstod under installasjon av\n" -"oppstartslasteren. Vil du freista å konfigurera oppstartslasteren på nytt?\n" +#~ msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" +#~ msgstr "&Bruk konfigurasjon frå disk" -#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of -#. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Warning!\n" -"\n" -"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" -"saved at %2.\n" -"\n" -"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" -"The partition table remains unchanged.\n" -"\n" -"Continue?\n" -msgstr "" -"Advarsel!\n" -"\n" -"Gjeldande MBR for %1 vil no verta overskrevet av MBR\n" -"lagra på %2.\n" -"\n" -"Berre oppstartskoden i MBR vil verta overskrevet.\n" -"Partisjonstabellen vil vera uendra.\n" -"\n" -"Vil du halda fram?\n" +#~ msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "Gjenopprett MBR på harddisk" -#. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" -msgstr "&Ja, overskriv" +#~ msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" +#~ msgstr "Skriv oppstartskode for oppstartslaster til disk" -#. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 #, fuzzy -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast riktig med denne partisjoneringen." +#~ msgid "Other" +#~ msgstr "Anna" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 #, fuzzy -msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" -msgstr "Enhetskartet må innehalda minst éi eining" +#~ msgid "MBR restored successfully." +#~ msgstr "MBR gjenopprettet." -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy -msgid "Disk order settings" -msgstr "Innstillingar fir diskrekkefølge" +#~ msgid "Failed to restore MBR." +#~ msgstr "MBR kunne ikkje gjenopprettes." -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 #, fuzzy -msgid "D&isks" -msgstr "D&isker" +#~ msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." +#~ msgstr "Oppstartslasterinnstillingene kunne ikkje lagrast." -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "&Eining" +#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Options" +#~ msgstr "Oppstart sin&lastervalg" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 -msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" +#~ msgstr "&Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon" -#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and -#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 -msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n" +#~ "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +#~ "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" +#~ "the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>Under <B>Anna</B>\n" +#~ "kan du redigera konfigurasjonsfilene for oppstartslasteren manuelt, sletta gjeldande \n" +#~ "konfigurasjon og foreslå ein ny konfigurasjon, starta på nytt eller bruka\n" +#~ "konfigurasjonen som er lagra på disken som utgangspunkt. %1</P>" -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 #, fuzzy -msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." -msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster …" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n" +#~ "manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>For å redigera konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslasteren\n" +#~ "manuelt, klikk <B>Rediger konfigurasjonsfiler</B>.</P>" -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" -"For details, read the related chapter \n" -"in the documentation. \n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Systemet vil slåast av.%1%2\n" -"Du finn meir informasjon i det aktuelle kapittelet \n" -"i dokumentasjonen. \n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n" +#~ "in the boot menu.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P> I tabellen representerer kvar seksjon éin oppføring\n" +#~ "i oppstartsmenyen.</P>" -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 #, fuzzy -msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "Maskina vil startast på nytt no …" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n" +#~ "selected section.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P> Klikk <B>Rediger</B> for å vise eigenskapane til den\n" +#~ "valde seksjonen.</P>" -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 #, fuzzy -msgid "Booting" -msgstr "Oppstart" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n" +#~ "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" +#~ "a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" +#~ "OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" +#~ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" +#~ "menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>Ved å klikka <b>Bruk som standard</b> markerer du den valde\n" +#~ "seksjonen som standard. Ved oppstart vil oppstartslasteren visa \n" +#~ "ein oppstartsmeny og vente på at brukaren skal velja ein kjerne eller \n" +#~ "eit anna operativsystem som skal startast. Dersom ingen tast vert trykt inn før forseinkinga, vert standardkjernen \n" +#~ "eller -operativsystemet lasta. Rekkjefølgda for seksjonane i oppstartsmenyen\n" +#~ "kan endrast ved å bruka <B>Opp</B>- og <B>Ned</B>knappane.</P>" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Booting" -msgstr "&Oppstart" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n" +#~ "or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>Klikk <B>Legg til</B> for å oppretta ein ny oppstartslasterseksjon\n" +#~ "eller <B>Slett</B> for å slette den valde seksjonen.</P>" -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 #, fuzzy -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Ingen oppstartslaster er valde for installasjon. Systemet vil kanskje ikkje kunna verta opp starta." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Oppstartslasterplassering</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "Oppstartslasteren (%1) kan installerast på følgjande måtar:</p>" -#. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 #, fuzzy -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast riktig med denne partisjoneringen" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n" +#~ "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" +#~ "on the computer.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>- I <b>Mastar Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n" +#~ "Dette vert ikkje rådt til dersom eit anna operativsystem er installert\n" +#~ "på datamaskina.</p>" -#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal -#. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 #, fuzzy -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Oppstart frå MBR er aktivert (deaktiver</a>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" +#~ "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +#~ "partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n" +#~ "<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n" +#~ "to update the master boot record\n" +#~ "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +#~ "to start &product;.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "- I <b>Oppstartssektor</b> på <tt>/boot</tt>- eller <tt>/</tt> (root)\n" +#~ "-partisjonen. Dette vert rådt til viss det finst ein eigna\n" +#~ "partisjon. Vel anten <b>Aktivum oppstartslasterpartisjon</b> og\n" +#~ "<b>Erstatt MBR med generisk kode</b> under <b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b>\n" +#~ "for å oppdatera master boot record\n" +#~ "viss dette er naudsynt, eller konfigurer den andre oppstartslasteren\n" +#~ "for å starta &product;.</p>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 #, fuzzy -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)" -msgstr "Oppstart frå MBR er deaktivert (aktiver</a>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" +#~ "when selecting this option.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "- På ein <b>annan</b> partisjon. Tenk på kva som er mogleg i systemet\n" +#~ "viss du vel dette alternativet.</p>" -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 #, fuzzy -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Oppstart frå /boot-partisjon er aktivert (deaktiver</a>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" +#~ "limit that restricts booting to\n" +#~ "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" +#~ "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Dei fleste PC-er har til dømes avgrensingar i BIOS\n" +#~ "som hindrar oppstart frå\n" +#~ "harddisksylindre under 1024. Avhengig av oppstartslaster,\n" +#~ "er det kanskje mogleg å starta opp frå ein logisk partisjon, og kanskje ikkje.</p>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)" -msgstr "Oppstart frå /boot-partisjon er deaktivert (aktiver</a>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Angje partisjonens enhetsnavn (til dømes, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> eller\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) i feltet.</p>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 #, fuzzy -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Oppstart frå «/»-partisjon er aktivert (deaktiver</a>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n" +#~ "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" +#~ "mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b><br>\n" +#~ "Nytte avanserte val for oppstartslasterinstallasjonen (til dømes\n" +#~ "enhetsmapping) under <b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b>.</p>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 #, fuzzy -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)" -msgstr "Oppstart frå «/»-partisjon er deaktivert (aktiver</a>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n" +#~ "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" +#~ "<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Oppstartslastervalg</b><br>\n" +#~ "For velja alternativ for oppstartslasteren, t.d. forseinking, klikk på\n" +#~ "<b>Oppstartslastervalg</b>.</p>" -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 #, fuzzy -msgid "Change Location: %s" -msgstr "Endre plassering: %1" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n" +#~ "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n" +#~ "<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B>Avansert manuell konfigurasjon</B><BR>\n" +#~ "Her kan du redigera oppstartslasterens konfigurasjon manuelt</P>\n" +#~ "<P>Merk: Den endelege konfigurasjonsfilen treng ikkje å ha same tekstinnrykk.</P>" -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" -msgstr "Oppstartslastertype: %1" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n" +#~ "Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" +#~ "name must be unique.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Seksjonsnavn</b><br>\n" +#~ "Klikk på <b>Seksjonsnavn</b> for å angje oppstartslasterseksjonens namn. Seksjonsnavnet\n" +#~ "må vera unikt.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 #, fuzzy -msgid " (extended)" -msgstr " (utvida)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "Select the type of the new section to create.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Ny seksjonstype</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Vel kva for ein ny seksjonstype som skal opprettast.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 #, fuzzy -msgid " (MBR)" -msgstr " (MBR)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n" +#~ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" +#~ "selected section.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Vel <b>Klon valt seksjon</b> for å kopiera den valde\n" +#~ "seksjonen. Deretter kan du endra alternativ\n" +#~ "som skal vera annleis.</p>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 #, fuzzy -msgid "Status Location: %1" -msgstr "Status for plassering: %1" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" +#~ "to load and start.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Vel <b>Diskbildeseksjon</b> for å leggja til ein ny Linux-kjerne eller eit anna diskbilde\n" +#~ "som skal lastast og vert starta.</p>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 -msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 #, fuzzy -msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" -msgstr "Ukjent oppstartslaster: %1" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" +#~ "but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Vel <b>Xen-seksjon</b> viss du vil leggja til ein ny Linux-kjerne eller eit anna diskbilde,\n" +#~ "men starta han i eit XEN-miljø.</p>" -#. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 #, fuzzy -msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "Ein kombinasjon av maskinvareplattformen %1 og oppstartslasteren %2 vert ikkje støtta" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n" +#~ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +#~ "booting other operating systems.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Vel <b>Anna system (Chainloader)</b> for å leggja til ein seksjon som \n" +#~ "skal lasta og starta opp ein oppstartssektor på ein diskpartisjon. Dette valet vert nytta for å\n" +#~ "starta opp andre operativsystemer.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" - -#. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 #, fuzzy -msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "Oppstartsenheten er på raid-typen: %1. Systemet vil ikkje starta opp." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n" +#~ "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +#~ "booting other operating systems.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Vel <b>Menyseksjon</b> for å leggja til ein seksjon som\n" +#~ "lastar oppsettsfilen (lista over oppstartsseksjoner) frå ein partisjon på disken. Dette vert nytta for å\n" +#~ "starta opp andre operativsystemer.</p>" -#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 #, fuzzy -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Oppstartsenheten er plassert på programvarebasert RAID1. Vel ein anna plassering for oppstartslasteren, t.d. Mastar Boot Record." +#~ msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" +#~ msgstr "Ikkje installer nokon oppstartslaster" -#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 -msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "" - -#. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 -msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." -msgstr "" - -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 #, fuzzy -msgid "Check boot loader" -msgstr "Kontrollar oppstartslaster" +#~ msgid "Install the default boot loader" +#~ msgstr "Installer standard oppstartslaster" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 #, fuzzy -msgid "Read partitioning" -msgstr "Les partisjonstabell" +#~ msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" +#~ msgstr "Installer standard oppstartslaster" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 #, fuzzy -msgid "Load boot loader settings" -msgstr "Last innstillingar for oppstartslaster" +#~ msgid "Boot loader" +#~ msgstr "Oppstartslaster" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +#~ msgid "Boot Loader" +#~ msgstr "Oppstartslastar" + #, fuzzy -msgid "Checking boot loader..." -msgstr "Kontrollerer oppstartslaster …" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This function is not available if the boot\n" +#~ "loader is not specified." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Denne funksjonen er ikkje tilgjengeleg viss ikkje\n" +#~ "oppstartslasteren er spesifisert." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 #, fuzzy -msgid "Reading partitioning..." -msgstr "Lesar partisjonstabell …" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" +#~ "All changes will be lost.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er du sikker på at du vil avslutta konfigurasjonen av oppstartslasteren utan å lagra?\n" +#~ "Alle endringar vil gå tapt.\n" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 #, fuzzy -msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." -msgstr "Lastar innstillingar for oppstartslaster …" +#~ msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" +#~ msgstr "%1Definer oppstartslasterens plassering?\n" -#. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 #, fuzzy -msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" -msgstr "Initialiserer konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The name selected is already used.\n" +#~ "Use a different one.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Namnet er allereie i bruk.\n" +#~ "Vel eit anna.\n" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 #, fuzzy -msgid "Create initrd" -msgstr "Opprett initrd" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error occurred during boot loader\n" +#~ "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ein feil oppstod under installasjon av\n" +#~ "oppstartslasteren. Vil du freista å konfigurera oppstartslasteren på nytt?\n" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 #, fuzzy -msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" -msgstr "Lagre konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslaster" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning!\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" +#~ "saved at %2.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" +#~ "The partition table remains unchanged.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Continue?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Advarsel!\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Gjeldande MBR for %1 vil no verta overskrevet av MBR\n" +#~ "lagra på %2.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Berre oppstartskoden i MBR vil verta overskrevet.\n" +#~ "Partisjonstabellen vil vera uendra.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Vil du halda fram?\n" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 #, fuzzy -msgid "Install boot loader" -msgstr "Installer oppstartslaster" +#~ msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" +#~ msgstr "&Ja, overskriv" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 #, fuzzy -msgid "Creating initrd..." -msgstr "Opprettar initrd …" +#~ msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" +#~ msgstr "Ukjent oppstartslaster: %1" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 #, fuzzy -msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." -msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslaster …" +#~ msgid "Install boot loader" +#~ msgstr "Installer oppstartslaster" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 #, fuzzy -msgid "Installing boot loader..." -msgstr "Installerer oppstartslaster …" +#~ msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." +#~ msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslaster …" -#. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 #, fuzzy -msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" -msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster" +#~ msgid "Installing boot loader..." +#~ msgstr "Installerer oppstartslaster …" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" @@ -1528,10 +1319,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Eit seksjonsnavn må spesifiserast." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Disk Order" -#~ msgstr "Diskrekkefølge" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Boot Menu" #~ msgstr "Oppstartsmeny" @@ -1814,24 +1601,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" -#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Første RAM-disk</b> definerer, viss utfylt, kva for ein RAM-DISK som skal verta først brukt. Skriv inn stigen og filnavnet\n" -#~ "direkte, eller vel ein disk ved hjelp av <b>Bla gjennom</b>.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "direkte, eller vel ein disk ved hjelp av <b>Bla gjennom</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Vel <b>Chainloader-seksjon</b> viss du vil definera ein seksjon for å starta eit anna operativsystem enn Linux.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p>" -#~ " will require a password to select this section.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Viss du angjev <b>Bruk passordbeskyttelse</p>" -#~ ", vil det krevjast eit passord for å velja denne seksjonen.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Viss du angjev <b>Bruk passordbeskyttelse</p>, vil det krevjast eit passord for å velja denne seksjonen.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>" @@ -1844,22 +1625,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Med <b>Blokkforskyvning for chainloading</b> kan du angje lista over blokker som skal startast. I dei fleste tilfelle bør du\n" -#~ "angje <code>+1</code> her. Du finn meir informasjon om blokklistenotasjon i grub-dokumentasjonen.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "angje <code>+1</code> her. Du finn meir informasjon om blokklistenotasjon i grub-dokumentasjonen.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" -#~ "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Vel <b>Xen-seksjon</b> viss du vil leggja til ein ny Linux-kjerne eller eit anna diskbilde\n" -#~ "som skal startast i eit Xen-miljø.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "som skal startast i eit Xen-miljø.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>" @@ -1898,18 +1675,15 @@ #~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n" #~ "Usually specified in global section</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Tillat forsøk på flytting</b></p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Tillat forsøk på flytting</b></p>\n" #~ "Verta vanlegvis angjeven i den generelle seksjonen</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n" #~ "Usually specified in global section</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Fremtving skrivebeskyttet montering av rotfilsystem</b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Fremtving skrivebeskyttet montering av rotfilsystem</b><br>\n" #~ "Verta vanlegvis angjeven i den globale seksjonen</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -1925,12 +1699,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" -#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Vel<b>Menyseksjon</b> for å leggja til ein meny i oppsettet.\n" -#~ "Menyseksjoner representerer ei liste over oppgåver som er gruppert saman</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Menyseksjoner representerer ei liste over oppgåver som er gruppert saman</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2105,18 +1877,10 @@ #~ msgstr " (\"/\")" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid " (default)" -#~ msgstr " (standard)" +#~ msgid "Sections:<br>%1" +#~ msgstr "Seksjoner:<br>%1" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Sections:<br>" -#~ "%1" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seksjoner:<br>" -#~ "%1" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" #~ msgstr "Ikkje installer oppstartslasteren – berre opprett konfigurasjonsfiler" @@ -2206,13 +1970,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br/>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br/>\n" #~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" #~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Angje ei gyldig plassering for oppstartslasteren før du held fram.<br/>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Angje ei gyldig plassering for oppstartslasteren før du held fram.<br/>\n" #~ "Enhetskartet inneheld meir enn 8 einingar, og oppstartsenheten er utanfor området.\n" #~ "Områdd er avgrensa i BIOS til dei første 8 einingane. Juster oppstartsrekkefølgen i BIOS (eller korriger rekkjefølgda i oppstartslasteroppsettet viss dette allereie er gjort)." @@ -2226,22 +1988,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n" #~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vel ei gyldig plassering for oppstartslasteren før du held fram.<br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Vel ei gyldig plassering for oppstartslasteren før du held fram.<br>\n" #~ "Viss det ikkje er mogleg å velja ei plassering, må du kanskje oppretta ein liten primær Apple HFS-partisjon." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n" #~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vel ei gyldig plassering for oppstartslasteren før du held fram.<br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Vel ei gyldig plassering for oppstartslasteren før du held fram.<br>\n" #~ "Viss det ikkje er mogleg å velja ei plassering, må du kanskje oppretta ein PReP Boot-partisjon." #, fuzzy @@ -2290,39 +2048,31 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Set level of verbosity [0-5]</b><br>" -#~ " Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" +#~ "<p><b>Set level of verbosity [0-5]</b><br> Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" #~ "in case of boot problems.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Angje detaljnivå [0-5]</b><br>" -#~ " Auk detaljnivået for ELILO\n" +#~ "<p><b>Angje detaljnivå [0-5]</b><br> Auk detaljnivået for ELILO\n" #~ "i tilfelle med oppstartsproblemer.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</b><br>\n" #~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" -#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Tilleggsstreng med globale kommandolinjevalg for kjernen</b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Tilleggsstreng med globale kommandolinjevalg for kjernen</b><br>\n" #~ "Her kan du definera globale tilleggsparametere som skal sendast til kjernen. Desse vert brukte\n" -#~ "viss ingen 'tillegg' er til steda i ein aktuell seksjon.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "viss ingen 'tillegg' er til steda i ein aktuell seksjon.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n" #~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" -#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Namn på standard initrd-fil</b> definerer, viss utfylt, kva for ein \n" #~ "RAM-DISK som skal verta først brukt. Skriv inn stigen og filnavnet direkte, eller bruk\n" -#~ " <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja ei fil.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ " <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja ei fil.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2336,42 +2086,34 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')</b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')</b><br>\n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Angje brukergrensesnitt for ELILO («enkelt» eller «tekstmeny»)</b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Angje brukergrensesnitt for ELILO («enkelt» eller «tekstmeny»)</b><br>\n" #~ "Forsiktig: «tekstmeny» har medført problem på einskilde maskiner.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Prevent EDD30 mode</b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Prevent EDD30 mode</b><br>\n" #~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" -#~ "avoid forcing the variable.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "avoid forcing the variable.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Hindre EDD30-modus</b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Hindre EDD30-modus</b><br>\n" #~ "Som standard vil ELILO prøva å setja variabelen til SANN viss EDD30 er av.\n" #~ "Einskilde kontrollera støtter likevel ikkje EDD30, og å bruka variabelen\n" #~ "kan difor føra til problem. Difor kan ein frå og med elilo 3.2 \n" -#~ "unngå å bruka variabelen.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "unngå å bruka variabelen.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b><br>\n" #~ "In case of memory allocation error at initial load point of\n" #~ "kernel, allow attempt to relocate (assume this kernel is relocatable).\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Tillat forsøk på flytting</b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Tillat forsøk på flytting</b><br>\n" #~ "I tillfeller av minnetilordningsfeil ved første innlastingspunkt i\n" #~ " kjernen, tillatast forsøk på flytting (føresett at kjernen kan flyttast).\n" #~ " </p>" @@ -2608,29 +2350,23 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</b><br>\n" #~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" -#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Tilleggsstreng med generelle kommandolinjevalg for kjernen</b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Tilleggsstreng med generelle kommandolinjevalg for kjernen</b><br>\n" #~ "Her kan du definera generelle tilleggsparametere som skal sendast til kjernen. Desse vert brukte\n" -#~ "viss ingen 'append'-verd finst i ein seksjon.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "viss ingen 'append'-verd finst i ein seksjon.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n" #~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" -#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Namn på standard initrd-fil</b> definerer, viss utfylt, kva for ein \n" #~ "RAM-DISK som skal verta først brukt. Skriv inn stigen og filnavnet direkte, eller bruk\n" -#~ " <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja ei fil.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ " <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja ei fil.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -138,15 +138,13 @@ "YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "YaST genererer standard CA og sertifikat automatisk. CA og sertifikatet\n" "vert nytta ved kommunikasjon med Apache-serveren.\n" "Her kan du endra innstillingar for dette CA og sertifikat, eller importera eit CA og sertifikat frå fil.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 @@ -595,14 +593,12 @@ "<p>\n" "In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and <b>certificates</b>\n" "while completing the installation.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Her kan du velja installasjonsmetode for <b>CA</b> og <b>sertifikat</b>\n" "medan installasjonen vert fullførd.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 #, fuzzy @@ -610,14 +606,12 @@ "<p>\n" "You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Du kan òg oppretta standard-CA og sertifikat i det installerte systemet \n" "viss du ikkje vil oppretta eller importera no.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Creates Country items #. @return a list country items formated for a UI table @@ -721,15 +715,13 @@ "YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the <b>Apache server</b>.\n" "Here, change these <b>default settings</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "YaST genererer <b>standard CA og sertifikat</b> automatisk. CA og sertifikatet\n" "vert nytta ved kommunikasjon med <b>Apache-serveren</b>.\n" "Her kan du endra desse <b>standardinnstillingene</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 #, fuzzy @@ -1617,12 +1609,8 @@ #. Translators: long help text - security information #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Warning!<br>" -"Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." -msgstr "" -"Advarsel!<br>" -"Ved å aktivera automatisk oppretting og eksport av CRL, vil CA-passordet lagrast i ein oppsettfil på disken. Passordet vil lagrast som rein tekst, fordi dette vert kravt for å oppretta ein CRL. Fila vil berre kunna lesast av rotbrukeren." +msgid "Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." +msgstr "Advarsel!<br>Ved å aktivera automatisk oppretting og eksport av CRL, vil CA-passordet lagrast i ein oppsettfil på disken. Passordet vil lagrast som rein tekst, fordi dette vert kravt for å oppretta ein CRL. Fila vil berre kunna lesast av rotbrukeren." #. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA #. @param selected CA @@ -2196,15 +2184,15 @@ #. Creating default CA/Certificate #. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "Opprettar sertifikat …" #. Creating server certificate #. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" @@ -2214,32 +2202,31 @@ "modulen CA-administrasjon.\n" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "Finish" msgstr "Fullfør" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 #, fuzzy msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil lagra konfigurasjonen?" #. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 #, fuzzy msgid "Exit" msgstr "Avslutt" #. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avslutta konfigurasjonen utan å lagra?" -#. Popup displaying openssl error messages -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 #, fuzzy msgid "Details" msgstr "Detaljer" @@ -2580,8 +2567,7 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "LDAP-p&assord:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 #, fuzzy msgid "Certificate &Password:" @@ -2732,12 +2718,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>" -"\n" +" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Importera vanleg serversertifikat (PKCS12- + CA-kjedeformat)\n" -" frå disk:</big></b> Vel eit filnavn og klikk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.</p>" -"\n" +" frå disk:</big></b> Vel eit filnavn og klikk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.</p>\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 @@ -2749,15 +2733,11 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Password:</b><br>" -"\n" -"Certificate password</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Password:</b><br>\n" +"Certificate password</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Passord:</b><br>" -"\n" -"Sertifikatpassord</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Passord:</b><br>\n" +"Sertifikatpassord</p>\n" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/cio.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/cio.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/cio.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "yes" +msgid "no" msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "no" +msgid "yes" msgstr "" #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/cluster.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/cluster.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/cluster.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "" @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" @@ -203,311 +203,246 @@ msgstr "" #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "" #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>" -"This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>" -"This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" -"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>" -"This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>" -"This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>" -"\n" -"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>" -"This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" -"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>" -"This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br>" -"</p>" -"\n" -"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>" -"This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" -"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>" -"This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" -"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>" -"Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" -"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>" -"Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>" -"This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b r></p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n" "\t\t\t" -"<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>" -"Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t\t" -"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>" -"Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>" -"The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>" -"The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>" -"Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>" -"\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>" -"A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>" -"The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>" -"The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>" -"A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>" -"\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -521,96 +456,96 @@ msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/control.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/control.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/control.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:02+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk \n" @@ -14,329 +14,668 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "</p>\n" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "</p>\n" +#| "\t" msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>" -"\n" -"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>" -"\n" -"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>" -"\n" -"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>" -"Your openSUSE Development Team</p>" -"\n" -" " +"<p>\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n" +"</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"</p>\n" +" " msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Gratulerer!</b></p>" -"\n" -"<p>openSUSE er no ferdig installert på maskina.\n" -"Etter at du har trykkja på <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logga på systemet.</p>" -"\n" -"<p>Besøk oss på %1.</p>" -"\n" -"<p>Ha det gøy!<br>" -"openSUSE-utviklarane</p>" -"\n" -" " +"<p>\n" +"Installeringa er ferdig.\n" +"Systemet er no klart til bruk.\n" +"Trykk «Fullfør» for å logga på systemet.\n" +"</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"Besøk oss på http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +"</p>\n" +"\t" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" -"Skrivebordsmiljøet på datamaskina er den grafiske\n" -"brukerflata, og har blant anna program for e-post\n" -"nettlesing, kontorarbeid, spel og verktøy for å\n" -"administrera datamaskina.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE tilbyr ulike skrivebordsmiljø. Dei mest\n" -"brukte miljøa er GNOME og KDE. Begge desse er like\n" -"godt støtta i openSUSE, og begge er enkle å bruka,\n" -"godt integrerte og elegant utforma. Dei to\n" -"skrivebordsmiljøa har kvart sitt særpreg, så det er\n" -"opp til deg kven av dei du føretrekkjer." +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 +msgid "CIM Server" +msgstr "CIM-tenar" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "GNOME-miljøet" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "KDE-miljøet" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "XFCE-miljøet" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "LXDE-miljøet" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "Minimalt grafisk grensesnitt" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "Enlightenment-miljøet" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Minimal tenar i tekstmodus" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Installasjonsinnstillingar" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversikt" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +msgid "Expert" +msgstr "Ekspert" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Innstillingar for live-installasjon" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Oppdateringsinnstillingar" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Nettverksoppsett" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Maskinvareoppsett" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Førebuing" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Last linuxrc-nettverksoppsett" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Automatisk nettverksoppsett" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Velkommen" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Nettverksoppsett" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Diskoppsett" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Systemanalyse" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Online Update" +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "Nettoppdateringar" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +msgid "Add-On Products" +msgstr "Tilleggsprodukt" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disk" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Tidssone" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Pakkebrønnar" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -msgid "Add-On Products" -msgstr "Tilleggsprodukt" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Skrivebordsval" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Brukarinnstillingar" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Installering" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Installasjonsoversikt" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Installer" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation" +msgid "Installer Cleanup" +msgstr "Installering" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installering" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "System som skal oppgraderast" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 msgid "Update" msgstr "Oppgrader" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +msgid "Update Summary" +msgstr "Oppgraderingssammendrag" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Oppgrader" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Oppsett" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Grunninstallasjon" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST-innstillingar" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Oppsett" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Systemoppsett" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "\n" -#~| "<p>\n" -#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#~| "</p>" -#~| "\n" -#~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#~| "</p>" -#~| "\n" -#~| "\t" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "<p>\n" -#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" -#~ " " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Installeringa er ferdig.\n" -#~ "Systemet er no klart til bruk.\n" -#~ "Trykk «Fullfør» for å logga på systemet.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Besøk oss på http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "\t" +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "</p>\n" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "</p>\n" +#| "\t" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"</p>\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"Installeringa er ferdig.\n" +"Systemet er no klart til bruk.\n" +"Trykk «Fullfør» for å logga på systemet.\n" +"</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"Besøk oss på http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +"</p>\n" +"\t" -#~ msgid "CIM Server" -#~ msgstr "CIM-tenar" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System for Update" +msgid "System Role" +msgstr "System som skal oppgraderast" -#~ msgid "Overview" -#~ msgstr "Oversikt" +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +msgid "" +"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" +"for the selected scenario." +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Expert" -#~ msgstr "Ekspert" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "" +"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" +"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" +"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n" +"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>" +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Oppsett av nettverkstenester" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Default System" +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Installation Summary" -#~ msgstr "Installasjonssamandrag" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "" +"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" +"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Update Summary" -#~ msgstr "Oppgraderingssammendrag" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" +msgstr "" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "" +"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initialization..." +msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" +msgstr "Gjer klar …" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +msgid "" +"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Oppsett av nettverkstenester" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Last linuxrc-nettverksoppsett" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "Installasjonssamandrag" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" +"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" +"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" +"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p><b>Gratulerer!</b></p>\n" +"<p>openSUSE er no ferdig installert på maskina.\n" +"Etter at du har trykkja på <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logga på systemet.</p>\n" +"<p>Besøk oss på %1.</p>\n" +"<p>Ha det gøy!<br>openSUSE-utviklarane</p>\n" +" " + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +#| "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +#| "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +#| "manage your computer.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +#| "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +#| "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +#| "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +#| "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +#| "is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgid "" +"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +"manage your computer.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n" +"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgstr "" +"Skrivebordsmiljøet på datamaskina er den grafiske\n" +"brukerflata, og har blant anna program for e-post\n" +"nettlesing, kontorarbeid, spel og verktøy for å\n" +"administrera datamaskina.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE tilbyr ulike skrivebordsmiljø. Dei mest\n" +"brukte miljøa er GNOME og KDE. Begge desse er like\n" +"godt støtta i openSUSE, og begge er enkle å bruka,\n" +"godt integrerte og elegant utforma. Dei to\n" +"skrivebordsmiljøa har kvart sitt særpreg, så det er\n" +"opp til deg kven av dei du føretrekkjer." + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "GNOME Desktop" +msgstr "GNOME-miljøet" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "KDE Desktop" +msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" +msgstr "KDE-miljøet" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgid "Server (Text Mode)" +msgstr "Minimal tenar i tekstmodus" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "XFCE Desktop" +msgid "Xfce Desktop" +msgstr "XFCE-miljøet" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "LXDE Desktop" +msgstr "LXDE-miljøet" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Minimal X Window" +msgstr "Minimalt grafisk grensesnitt" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +msgstr "Enlightenment-miljøet" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgstr "Minimal tenar i tekstmodus" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "Pakkebrønnar" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Skrivebordsval" + #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "Installering av tilleggsprodukt" @@ -350,12 +689,10 @@ #~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" #~| "Your system is ready for use.\n" #~| "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n" -#~| "</p>" -#~| "\n" +#~| "</p>\n" #~| "<p>\n" #~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#~| "</p>" -#~| "\n" +#~| "</p>\n" #~| "\t" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -363,12 +700,10 @@ #~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" #~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" #~ "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ "\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -376,17 +711,12 @@ #~ "Installeringa er ferdig.\n" #~ "Systemet er no klart til bruk.\n" #~ "Trykk <b>Fullfør</b> for å logga på systemet.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Besøk oss på http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ "\t" -#~ msgid "Initialization..." -#~ msgstr "Gjer klar …" - #~ msgid "Configuring network..." #~ msgstr "Set opp nettverk …" @@ -414,9 +744,6 @@ #~ msgid "Customer Center" #~ msgstr "Kundesenter" -#~ msgid "Online Update" -#~ msgstr "Nettoppdateringar" - #~ msgid "Release Notes" #~ msgstr "Versjonsnotat" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/country.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/country.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/country.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk \n" @@ -81,12 +81,8 @@ #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Desse innstillingane påverkar berre konsolltastaturet. Innstillingane for det grafiske miljøet må du setja opp med eit anna verktøy.</p>" -"\n" +msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Desse innstillingane påverkar berre konsolltastaturet. Innstillingane for det grafiske miljøet må du setja opp med eit anna verktøy.</p>\n" #. heading text #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 @@ -168,16 +164,14 @@ "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n" "For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel <b>tastaturoppsettet</b> du vil bruka ved\n" "installering og på det installerte systemet. \n" "Test oppsettet med<b>Test</b>.\n" "Vel <b>Avanserte innstillingar</b> for avanserte val som repetisjonsfart og forseinking.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. general help trailer #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 @@ -195,17 +189,13 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>" -"\n" -"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>" -"\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel <b>tastaturoppsettet</b> du vil bruka på systemet.\n" -"Vel <b>Avanserte innstillingar</b> for avanserte val som repetisjonsfart og forseinking.</p>" -"\n" -"<p>Du finn fleire val og fleire tastaturoppsett i tastaturverktøyet i skrivebordsmiljøet ditt.</p>" -"\n" +"Vel <b>Avanserte innstillingar</b> for avanserte val som repetisjonsfart og forseinking.</p>\n" +"<p>Du finn fleire val og fleire tastaturoppsett i tastaturverktøyet i skrivebordsmiljøet ditt.</p>\n" #. Screen title for keyboard screen #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 @@ -327,12 +317,8 @@ #. help for write dialog #: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>" -"Please wait...</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Lagrar oppsettet</b><br>" -"Vent litt …</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Lagrar oppsettet</b><br>Vent litt …</p>" #. summary label #: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 @@ -408,27 +394,23 @@ "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> to use during installation and for\n" "the installed system.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel <b>språket</b> du vil bruka under installeringa og etter at\n" "systemet er installert.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text, continued #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å gå vidare til neste steg.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text, continued #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 @@ -436,14 +418,12 @@ "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" "all your settings in the last installation dialog.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Ikkje noko vil skje med datamaskina før du stadfestar\n" "alle innstillingane i det siste installasjonssteget.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text, continued #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 @@ -451,13 +431,11 @@ "<p>\n" "You can select <b>Abort</b> at any time to abort the\n" "installation process.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Du kan velja å <b>avbryta</b> installeringa når som helst.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. different help text when called after installation #. in an installed system @@ -465,26 +443,22 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Language</b> for your system.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel nytt <b>språk</b> for systemet.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Primary Language</b> for your system.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel nytt <b>hovudspråk</b> for systemet.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 @@ -492,31 +466,25 @@ "<p>\n" "Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" "Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Kryss av for <b>Tilpass tastaturoppsett</b> for å tilpassa tastaturoppsettet til hovudspråket.\n" "Kryss av for <b>Tilpass tidssone</b> for å endra gjeldande tidssone i samsvar med hovudspråket. Viss tastaturoppsettet eller tidssona alt er tilpassa standardspråket, vert ikkje dei aktuelle tilgjengelege.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>" -"\n" +"<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\n" "In the selection box, specify additional languages to use on your system.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Tilleggsspråk</b><br>" -"\n" +"<b>Tilleggsspråk</b><br>\n" "Vel kva tilleggsspråk du vil bruka på systemet.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. error message - package solver failed #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 @@ -539,15 +507,13 @@ "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" "These settings are written into the file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Her kan du finjustera innstillingane for språkhandtering.\n" "Desse vert lagra i fila <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" "ruk standardverdiane om du ikkje er sikker på kva du skal velja.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 @@ -564,21 +530,15 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" "<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" -"are unset.<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>" -"\n" +"are unset.<br>\n" +"<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n" "<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Berre ctype</b>: Rotbrukaren får same LC_CTYPE som ein vanleg brukar. Dei andre verdiane vert ikkje definerte.<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Ja</b>: Rotbrukaren får same språk- og landinnstillingar som ein vanleg brukar.<br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Berre ctype</b>: Rotbrukaren får same LC_CTYPE som ein vanleg brukar. Dei andre verdiane vert ikkje definerte.<br>\n" +"<b>Ja</b>: Rotbrukaren får same språk- og landinnstillingar som ein vanleg brukar.<br>\n" "<b>Nei</b>: Ingen språk- og landvariablar vert definerte.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 @@ -693,7 +653,9 @@ #. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 -msgid "New value for hardware clock" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New value for hardware clock" +msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "Ny verdi for maskinvareklokka" #. summary label @@ -756,8 +718,7 @@ "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" "If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel om maskina er innstilt på lokal tid eller UTC under <b>Maskinvareklokke innstilt på</b>.\n" @@ -767,8 +728,7 @@ "UTC.\n" "Viss maskinvareklokka er innstilt på UTC, kan systemet byta frå normaltid\n" "til sommartid og tilbake automatisk.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text: extra note about localtime #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -883,49 +843,49 @@ "Ugyldig klokkeslett (DD-MM-YYYY) %1\n" "Vel rett dato.\n" -#. button text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Andre &innstillingar …" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Dato og klokkeslett (NTP er sett opp)" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Dato og klokkeslett" #. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "&Maskinvareklokka er innstilt på UTC" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Region" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "&Tidssone" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Dato og klokkeslett:" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>" @@ -934,24 +894,22 @@ "<p><b><big>Tidssone og klokke</big></b></p>" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n" "In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "For å velja tidssona du vil bruka på systemet, vel først <b>Region</b>.\n" "Under <b>Tidssone</b> vel du så tidssona, landet eller \n" "regionen.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n" @@ -962,12 +920,12 @@ "</p>" #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Klokke og tidssone" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Vel ei gyldig tidssone." @@ -1055,181 +1013,188 @@ #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" +msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" +msgstr "Spansk (Latin-Amerika)" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiensk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugisisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portugisisk (Brasil)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portugisisk (Brasil + US-aksentar)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Gresk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Nederlandsk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Dansk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Norsk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Svensk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finsk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Tsjekkisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Tsjekkisk (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Slovakisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Slovakisk (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Slovensk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Ungarsk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polsk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Russisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Serbisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Litauisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Tyrkisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Kroatisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japansk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belgisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Islandsk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ukrainsk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Khmer" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Koreansk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arabisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tadsjikisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Kinesisk – tradisjonell" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Kinesisk – forenkla" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Rumensk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 msgid "US International" msgstr "Engelsk (USA/internasjonalt)" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/crowbar.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/crowbar.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/crowbar.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 16:27+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk \n" @@ -24,19 +24,9 @@ msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "Oppsett av crowbar" -#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 -msgid "Common for All" -msgstr "" - #. target platform name -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 -msgid "SLES 11 SP3" -msgstr "" - -#. target platform name #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 -msgid "SLES 12" +msgid "SLES 12 SP1" msgstr "" #. combobox label @@ -46,19 +36,15 @@ #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109 msgid "" -"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" -" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>" -"It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" -"</p>" -"<p>\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"</p><p>\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n" +"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n" "<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-s...</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n" -"</p>" -"<p>\n" +"</p><p>\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -81,8 +67,7 @@ #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n" "<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -176,124 +161,132 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705 msgid "Ask On Error" msgstr "" -#. frame label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706 msgid "Target Platform" msgstr "" +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685 msgid "Server &URL" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703 msgid "Repository Name" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 msgid "&Ask On Error" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716 msgid "Repository &URL" msgstr "" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719 msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722 msgid "A&dd Repository" msgstr "" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792 +msgid "Local SMT Server" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794 msgid "Remote SMT Server" msgstr "" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796 msgid "SUSE Manager Server" msgstr "" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854 msgid "User Name" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858 msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888 msgid "User name cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903 msgid "" "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006 msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "" #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161 msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -301,91 +294,91 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182 msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213 msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." msgstr "" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326 msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333 msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518 msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526 msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569 msgid "Net&works" msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605 msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "" #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722 msgid "" "The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -394,36 +387,29 @@ msgstr "" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. Overview dialog help #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b>Crowbar Configuration Overview</b>\n" -"<br>" -"</p>" +"<br></p>" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help @@ -446,37 +432,37 @@ msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154 msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165 msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244 msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/dhcp-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/dhcp-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/dhcp-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -68,9 +68,7 @@ msgstr "Administrer alternativ for DHCP-undernettverk" #. command line help text for an option -#. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "Vis alle definerte vertsmaskiner med fast adresse" @@ -118,178 +116,184 @@ msgstr "IP-adresse (eller vertsnavn) til vertsmaskin med fast adresse" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "Vel nettverksgrensesnittet som skal brukast" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" msgstr "Skriv ut gjeldande grensesnitt og vis andre tilgjengelege grensesnitt" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "Print current options" msgstr "Skriv ut gjeldande alternativ" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "Definer eit globalt alternativ" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 #, fuzzy msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "Valgnøkkel (t.d. ntp-servar sine)" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 #, fuzzy msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "Valgverdi (t.d. IP address)" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "Lågaste IP-adresse i tildelingsområdet for dynamiske adresser" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 #, fuzzy msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "Høgaste IP-adresse i tildelingsområdet for dynamiske adresser" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "Standard tildelingstid i sekund" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 #, fuzzy msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "Maksimal tildelingstid i sekund" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "DHCP-serveren er aktivert" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "DHCP-serveren er deaktivert" #. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 #, fuzzy msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "Vertsmaskin %1" #. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address #. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "Maskinvare: %1" #. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "IP-adresse: %1" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "Vertsnavn ikkje spesifisert." #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 #, fuzzy msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "Han spesifiserte vertsmaskinen finst ikkje." #. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" #. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 #, fuzzy msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 #, fuzzy msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "Valde grensesnitt: %1" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 #, fuzzy msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "Andre grensesnitt: %1" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 #, fuzzy msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "Det spesifiserte grensesnittet finst ikkje." #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 #, fuzzy msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "Operasjon med grensesnittet ikkje spesifisert." #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 #, fuzzy msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "Ein alternativnøkkel må spesifiserast." #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 #, fuzzy msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "Eit verd må spesifiserast." #. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "Adresseområde: %1-%2" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "Standard tildelingstid: %1" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 #, fuzzy msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "Maksimal tildelingstid: %1" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "Konfigurasjonen kunne ikkje lagrast. Vil du endra innstillingane?" +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "Konfigurasjonen kunne ikkje lagrast. Vil du endra innstillingane?" + #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasjon av DHCP-servar" @@ -297,108 +301,108 @@ #. dialog caption #. Initialize the widget #. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 #, fuzzy msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Generelle alternativ" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 #, fuzzy msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "Subnettkonfigurasjon" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 #, fuzzy msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "Vert med fast adresse" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 #, fuzzy msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "Delt nettverk" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 #, fuzzy msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "Adresseutvalg" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 #, fuzzy msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "Gruppespesifikke alternativ" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 #, fuzzy msgid "Class" msgstr "Klasse" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 #, fuzzy msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "&Subnett" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 #, fuzzy msgid "&Host" msgstr "&Vertsmaskin" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "Delt &nettverk" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 #, fuzzy msgid "&Group" msgstr "&Gruppe" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 #, fuzzy msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "&Adresseutvalg" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 #, fuzzy msgid "&Class" msgstr "&Klasse" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 #, fuzzy msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "Deklarasjonstyper" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 #, fuzzy msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "Deklarasjonstype" #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 #, fuzzy msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "Grensesnittkonfigurasjon" #. dialog caption #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 #, fuzzy msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "Administrasjon av TSIG-nøkkel" @@ -428,7 +432,7 @@ msgstr "Sekunder" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "DHCP-servar: Oppstart" @@ -436,216 +440,168 @@ #. dialog caption #. tree item #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 #, fuzzy msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Oppstart" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "DHCP-servar: Val av kort" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "Val av kort" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "DHCP-servar: Generelle innstillingar" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "Generelle innstillingar" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "DHCP-servar: Dynamisk DHCP" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "Dynamisk DHCP" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "DHCP-servar: Vertsmaskinadministrasjon" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 #, fuzzy msgid "Host Management" msgstr "Vertsmaskinadministrasjon" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "DHCP-servar: Avanserte innstillingar" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 #, fuzzy msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Avanserte innstillingar" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "Under &oppstart" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manuelt" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 #, fuzzy msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Under oppstart" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 #, fuzzy msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuelt" -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 #, fuzzy -msgid "DHCP server is running" -msgstr "DHCP-serveren køyrer" - -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225 -#, fuzzy -msgid "DHCP server is not running" -msgstr "DHCP-serveren køyrer ikkje" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "&Start DHCP-serveren no" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233 -#, fuzzy -msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "S&topp DHCP-serveren no" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" -msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DHCP-serveren på nytt &no" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren no" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "Stopp DHCP-serveren no" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DHCP-serveren på nytt no" - -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371 -#, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "DHCP-servar: Oppstartsalternativer" #. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "Nettverkskort for DHCP-servar" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Selected" msgstr "Valde" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 #, fuzzy msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "Grensesnittnavn" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Enhetsnavn" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 #, fuzzy msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 #, fuzzy msgid "&Select" msgstr "&Vel" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 #, fuzzy msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "&Vel bort" #. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP-adresse" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "Minst eit nettverksgrensesnitt må veljast." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 #, fuzzy msgid "" "One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" @@ -657,70 +613,70 @@ #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 #, fuzzy msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "&LDAP-støytte" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "DHCP-servar&namn (valfritt)" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 #, fuzzy msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "&Domenenavn" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 #, fuzzy msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "&Primær navneserver-IP" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 #, fuzzy msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "&Sekundær navneserver-IP" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "Standard &systemport (ruter) " #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 #, fuzzy msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTP-&tidsserver" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 #, fuzzy msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "&Utskriftsserver" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 #, fuzzy msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "&WINS-servar" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "Standard tilde&lingstid" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 #, fuzzy msgid "&Units" msgstr "&Einingar" @@ -729,41 +685,41 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 #, fuzzy msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "Det spesifiserte verdet er ikkje eit gyldig vertsnavn eller IP-adresse." #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 #, fuzzy msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Subnettkonfigurasjon" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 #, fuzzy msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "Gjeldande &nettverk" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "Maska til&gjeldande nettverk" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 #, fuzzy msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "Nettverksmaskebi&ts" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Min&imum IP Address" @@ -771,13 +727,13 @@ #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "Hø&yeste IP-adresse" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "IP-adresseområde" @@ -786,10 +742,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 #, fuzzy msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "&Første IP-adresse" @@ -798,71 +754,71 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 #, fuzzy msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "&Siste IP-adresse" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 #, fuzzy msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "Tillat dynamisk &BOOTP" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 #, fuzzy msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "Tildelingstid" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Standard" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 #, fuzzy msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "&Maks. tildelingstid" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 #, fuzzy msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "Enhe&ter" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 #, fuzzy msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Opprett ny DNS-sone" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "Rediger Gjeldande DNS-sone" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 #, fuzzy msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "Hent informasjon om gjeldande sone" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 #, fuzzy msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "&Synkroniser DNS-servar …" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 #, fuzzy msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" @@ -873,8 +829,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "Angje start- og sluttverdier for IP-adresseområdet." @@ -883,8 +839,8 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" @@ -894,149 +850,149 @@ "IP '%1' samsvarer ikkje med nettverket %2/%3." #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 #, fuzzy msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "Registrert vertsmaskin" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 #, fuzzy msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Maskinvareadresse" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 #, fuzzy msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 #, fuzzy msgid "List Setup" msgstr "Oppsettliste" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 #, fuzzy msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Namn" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 #, fuzzy msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-Adresse" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "&Maskinvareadresse" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 #, fuzzy msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "&Ethernet" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 #, fuzzy msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "&Tokenring" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 #, fuzzy msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "E&ndre i liste" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 #, fuzzy msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "Sleit&te frå liste" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 #, fuzzy msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 #, fuzzy msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Tokenring" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 #, fuzzy msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "Maskinvareadressen er ugyldig.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 #, fuzzy msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "Maskinvareadressen må vera unik." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 #, fuzzy msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "Du må angje eit vertsnavn." #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 #, fuzzy msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "Ein vertsmaskin med namnet %1 finst allereie." #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "Angje IP for vertsmaskin." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 #, fuzzy msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "Maskinvareadressen må spesifiserast." #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "Vel ein vertsmaskin først." #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 #, fuzzy msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "Verdet må spesifiserast." #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" @@ -1057,17 +1013,17 @@ "Vil du halda fram?" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 #, fuzzy msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "\"-%1\" er ikkje eit gyldig kommandolinjevalg for DHCP-serveren" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "Kommandolinjevalget \"-%1\" for DHCP-serveren krev eit argument" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" @@ -1087,7 +1043,7 @@ "Vil du halda likevel fram?\n" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "Veiviser for DHCP-servar (%1 av 4)" @@ -1099,8 +1055,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "<b>First IP Address</b> defines\n" "the starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\n" "the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\n" @@ -1109,11 +1064,9 @@ "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" "string. <tt>%i</tt> can be used only once in <b>Hostname Base</b>.\n" "<b>Start</b> defines the first number that is used for the first\n" -"hostname. Hostnames are created incrementally.</p>" -"\n" +"hostname. Hostnames are created incrementally.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Leggja til eit nytt område for DNS-oppføringer</b></big><br />" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Leggja til eit nytt område for DNS-oppføringer</b></big><br />\n" "<b>Første IP-adresse</b> angjev\n" "startadressen for området. <b>Siste IP-adresse</b> angjev\n" "den siste. <b>Vertsnavnbase</b> er ein streng som definerer korleis vertsnavn\n" @@ -1122,98 +1075,79 @@ "Viss ingen <tt>%i</tt> er definert, vil verdet leggjast til på slutten av\n" "strengen. <tt>%i</tt> kan berre nyttast éin gong i <b>Vertsnavnbase</b>.\n" "<b>Start</b> angjev det første verdet som vert for brukt første\n" -"vertsnavn. Vertsnavn vert oppretta inkrementelt.</p>" -"\n" +"vertsnavn. Vertsnavn vert oppretta inkrementelt.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>DNS Wizard</big></b><br />" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>DNS Wizard</big></b><br />\n" "In this wizard, create a new DNS zone\n" "directly from the DHCP server configuration. This DNS zone is important\n" "if you want to identify your DHCP clients by hostname. The DNS zone\n" "translates names to the assigned IP addresses. You can also\n" -"create a reverse zone that translates IP addresses to names.</p>" -"\n" +"create a reverse zone that translates IP addresses to names.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>DNS-veiviser</b></big><br />" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>DNS-veiviser</b></big><br />\n" "Med denne veiviseren kan du enkelt oppretta ein ny DNS-sone\n" "direkte frå DHCP-serverkonfigurasjonen. Denne DNS-sona er viktig\n" "viss du òg vil identifisera DHCP-klientane med vertsnavn. DNS-sona\n" "omset namn til IP-adresser som er tilordnet til dei. Du kan òg\n" -"oppretta ein baklengssone, som omset IP-adresser til namn.</p>" -"\n" +"oppretta ein baklengssone, som omset IP-adresser til namn.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>" -"\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Namn på ny sone</b> eller <b>Namn på baklengssone</b>\n" -"verta frå henta gjeldande DHCP-servar og nettverksinnstillinger, og kan difor ikkje endrast.</p>" -"\n" +"verta frå henta gjeldande DHCP-servar og nettverksinnstillinger, og kan difor ikkje endrast.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Also Create Reverse Zone</b> to create a zone \n" -"to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.</p>" -"\n" +"to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Kryss av for <b>Opprett òg baklengssone</b> viss du vil\n" -"oppretta ei sone som inneheld reverserte oppføringer i tilhøve til hoved-DNS-sona.</p>" -"\n" +"oppretta ei sone som inneheld reverserte oppføringer i tilhøve til hoved-DNS-sona.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Name Servers</b></big><br />" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Name Servers</b></big><br />\n" "Name servers are needed for proper DNS server functionality.\n" -"They administer all the DNS zone records.</p>" -"\n" +"They administer all the DNS zone records.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Navneservere</b></big><br />" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Navneservere</b></big><br />\n" "Navneservere vert kravd for at DNS-serveren skal fungera riktig.\n" -"Desse administrerer alle oppføringer i DNS-sona.</p>" -"\n" +"Desse administrerer alle oppføringer i DNS-sona.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>DNS Queries</big></b><br />" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>DNS Queries</big></b><br />\n" "Every DNS query (for example searching an IP address for a\n" "hostname in a DNS zone) first asks the parent zone\n" "(<tt>com</tt> for <tt>example.com</tt>) for the current zone\n" "name servers. Then it sends a DNS query to these name servers requesting\n" -"the desired IP address.<br />" -"\n" +"the desired IP address.<br />\n" "Therefore, always specify the current DNS server hostname as one of\n" -"the zone name servers.</p>" -"\n" +"the zone name servers.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>DNS-førespurnader</b></big><br />" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>DNS-førespurnader</b></big><br />\n" "Alle DNS-førespurnader som t.d. må finna ein IP-adresse for eit\n" "vertsnavn i ein DNS-sone, søkjer først i den overordna sona\n" "(<tt>com</tt> til dømes.com <tt></tt>) over\n" "navneservere for gjeldande sone, og sender deretter ein DNS-førespurnad til desse navneserverne for å få\n" -"eit svar med den aktuelle IP-adressa.<br />" -"\n" +"eit svar med den aktuelle IP-adressa.<br />\n" "Difor må du bruka vertsnavnet til gjeldande DNS-servar som ein av\n" -"sonenavneserverne.</p>" -"\n" +"sonenavneserverne.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 @@ -1222,14 +1156,12 @@ "<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n" "then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" -"during the zone creation.</p>" -"\n" +"during the zone creation.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å leggja til ein <b>Ny navneserver</b>, klikk <b>Legg til</b>, fyll ut skjemaet\n" "og klikk deretter <b>OK</b>. Viss det nye navneservernavnet vert omfatta av gjeldande\n" "DNS-sone, må IP-adressa verta òg angjeven. Dette er obligatorisk fordi informasjonen vil brukast\n" -"når sona vert oppretta.</p>" -"\n" +"når sona vert oppretta.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) @@ -1238,74 +1170,60 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\n" -"<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å redigera eller slette ein oppføring, vel henne og klikk\n" -"på <b>Rediger</b>- eller <b>Slett</b>-knappen.</p>" -"\n" +"på <b>Rediger</b>- eller <b>Slett</b>-knappen.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" "the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" -"and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>" -"\n" +"and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>DNS-oppføringer</b></big><br />" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>DNS-oppføringer</b></big><br />\n" "Her definerer du DNS-vertsnavn for alle DHCP-klientar. Du treng ikkje å definera\n" "alle vertsnavn kvar for seg. Du kan definera éin eller fleire enkle regler om korleis\n" "vertsnavn skal opprettast. Desse reglene angjev område for IP-adresser som skal brukast\n" -"og ein streng som skal brukast for å generera vertsnavn for eit område.</p>" -"\n" +"og ein streng som skal brukast for å generera vertsnavn for eit område.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "For example, create a set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n" "to <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> with IP addresses from <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n" -"to <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>" -"\n" +"to <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Område for DNS-oppføringer</b></big><br />" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Område for DNS-oppføringer</b></big><br />\n" "Du kan til dømes oppretta eit sett vertsnavn frå <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n" "til <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> med IP-adresser frå <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n" -"til <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>" -"\n" +"til <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To add a new range of DNS records, click <b>Add</b>,\n" -"complete the form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"complete the form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å leggja til eit nytt område for DNS-oppføringer, klikk <b>Legg til</b>,\n" -"fyll ut skjemaet og klikk <b>OK</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"fyll ut skjemaet og klikk <b>OK</b>.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>This is a summary of all data\n" -"entered in the configuration wizard so far.</p>" -"\n" +"entered in the configuration wizard so far.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Her finn du eit oversyn over alt\n" -"du har lagt inn i konfigurasjonsveiviseren.</p>" -"\n" +"du har lagt inn i konfigurasjonsveiviseren.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 @@ -1314,32 +1232,26 @@ "<p>Click <b>Accept</b> to save the settings for\n" "the DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\n" "The settings are not saved permanently until you complete the \n" -"DHCP server configuration.</p>" -"\n" +"DHCP server configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Klikk <b>Godta</b> for å lager innstillingane for\n" "DNS-serveren og gå tilbake til DHCP-serverkonfigurasjonen.\n" "Innstillingane vert ikkje lagra permanent før du fullfører \n" -"DHCP-serverkonfigurasjonen.</p>" -"\n" +"DHCP-serverkonfigurasjonen.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>DNS Synchronization</big></b><br />" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>DNS Synchronization</big></b><br />\n" "This is an advanced tool for editing DNS server settings to match your\n" "DHCP settings. Only 'A' records--DNS records that convert hostnames to\n" -"IP addresses--are maintained here.</p>" -"\n" +"IP addresses--are maintained here.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>DNS-synkronisering</b></big><br />" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>DNS-synkronisering</b></big><br />\n" "Dette er eit avansert verktøy for redigering av gjeldande DNS-serverinnstillinger slik at dei samsvarer med\n" "DHCP-innstillingane. Bara 'A'-oppføringer – DNS-oppføringer som omset vertsnavn til\n" -"IP-adresser – kan verta her administrerte.</p>" -"\n" +"IP-adresser – kan verta her administrerte.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 @@ -1348,14 +1260,12 @@ "<b>Current Subnet</b> and <b>Netmask</b> show the current network settings.\n" "<b>Domain</b> is taken from the current DHCP configuration.\n" "<b>First IP Address</b> and <b>Second IP Address</b> match the current\n" -"Dynamic DHCP range.</p>" -"\n" +"Dynamic DHCP range.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<b>Gjeldande undernettverk</b> og <b>Nettverksmaske</b> viser gjeldande nettverksinnstillinger.\n" "<b>Domane</b> er henta frå gjeldande DHCP-konfigurasjon.\n" "<b>Første IP-adresse</b> og <b>Andre IP-adresse</b> tilsvarer gjeldande\n" -"dynamiske DHCP-område.</p>" -"\n" +"dynamiske DHCP-område.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 @@ -1363,13 +1273,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "To create a DNS zone from scratch, use <b>Run Wizard</b>\n" -"from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Viss du vil oppretta ein heilt ny DNS-sone, vel <b>Køyr veiviser</b>\n" -"i menyen <b>Spesielle oppgåver</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"i menyen <b>Spesielle oppgåver</b>.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 @@ -1382,8 +1290,7 @@ "reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n" "Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n" "from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" -"<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" " For å oppretta eller fjerne ein einskild DNS-oppføring,\n" @@ -1392,8 +1299,7 @@ "baklengssonen, vel <b>Synkroniser med baklengssone</b>.\n" "Vel <b>Fjern sansvarssone for DNS-oppføringer</b> \n" "under <b>Spesielle oppgåver</b> for å slette eventuell informasjon i samband med dette IP-adresseområdet frå DNS-serveren. For å oppretta eit nytt område fro DNS-oppføringer, vel\n" -"<b>Legg til nytt område for DNS-oppføringer</b> under <b>Spesielle oppgåver</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Legg til nytt område for DNS-oppføringer</b> under <b>Spesielle oppgåver</b>.</p>\n" #. old_range: $[ #. "base" : "dhcp-%", @@ -1451,7 +1357,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 #, fuzzy msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "Den siste IP-adressa må vera høgare enn den første." @@ -1481,7 +1387,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Ugyldig vertsnavn." @@ -1493,9 +1399,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "Ugyldig IP-adresse." @@ -1515,20 +1421,20 @@ "IP-adresser (%2-%3) som er definerte for DHCP-serveren.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 #, fuzzy msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "Genererer DNS-soneoppføringer på nytt …" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "Leggja til ny DNS-oppføring" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hostname" @@ -1536,29 +1442,29 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "Legger til DHCP-område %1-%2 for DNS-servar …" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "Fjerne samsvarsområde for DNS-oppføringer" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "Fjernar oppføringer i området %1-%2 frå DNS-servar …" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name #. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" @@ -1568,7 +1474,7 @@ "DNS-serveren kan ikkje lagra oppføringer her.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" @@ -1579,20 +1485,20 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "Kan ikkje oppretta sona %1." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "Synkroniserer reverserte DNS-oppføringer …" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" @@ -1602,73 +1508,73 @@ "Vil du verkeleg avbryta denne handlinga?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 #, fuzzy msgid "&Domain" msgstr "&Domane" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 #, fuzzy msgid "&Network" msgstr "&Nettverk" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 #, fuzzy msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Maska til&nettverk" #. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 #, fuzzy msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "DNS-soneoppføringer" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Vertsnavn" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 #, fuzzy msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "Tilordnet IP" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 #, fuzzy msgid "&Add..." msgstr "Le&gg til …" #. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 #, fuzzy msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "&Spesielle oppgåver" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 #, fuzzy msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "Legg til nytt område for DNS-oppføringer" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 #, fuzzy msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Køyr veiviseren for å oppretta DNS-sona på nytt" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "Synkroniser med baklengssone %1" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "DHCP-servar: Synkronisering av DNS-servar" @@ -1918,12 +1824,8 @@ #. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Range: %1-%2<br />" -"Hostname Base: %3, Starting With: %4" -msgstr "" -"Område: %1-%2<br />" -"Vertsnavnbase: %3, startar med: %4" +msgid "Range: %1-%2<br />Hostname Base: %3, Starting With: %4" +msgstr "Område: %1-%2<br />Vertsnavnbase: %3, startar med: %4" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 @@ -1998,38 +1900,31 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av DHCP-servar</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av DHCP-servar</big></b><br>\n" "Vent…</p>" #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for DHCP-servar</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for DHCP-servar</big></b><br>\n" "Vent…</p>" #. help text 1/2 -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" "<b>Available Interfaces</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Nettverksgrensesnitt</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Nettverksgrensesnitt</big></b><br>\n" "Vel nettverksgrensesnittene som DHCP-serveren skal lytta på\n" "<b>Tilgjengelege grensesnitt</b>.</p>" @@ -2037,40 +1932,24 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from \n" "remote computers through the selected interface, set\n" "<b>Open Firewall for Selected Interface</b>. \n" "This option is only available if the firewall\n" "is enabled.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Brannmurinnstillinger</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Brannmurinnstillinger</big></b><br>\n" "Du kan opna brannmuren for å gje tilgjenge til tenesta frå eksterne maskiner\n" "via det valde grensesnittet ved å velja\n" "<b>Opne brannmur for valt grensesntt</b>.\n" "Dette alternativet er tilgjengeleg berre dersom brannmuren\n" "er aktivert.</p>" -#. help text 1/5 +#. help text 2/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>" -"\n" -"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" -"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Start DHCP-servar</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"For å køyra DHCP-serveren kvar gong datamaskina startar opp, vel\n" -"<b>Start DHCP-servar</b>.</p>" - -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" "<p>\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" "<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" @@ -2082,7 +1961,7 @@ "aukar tryggleiken og rådast til sterkt.</p>" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" @@ -2094,7 +1973,7 @@ "aktivum <b>LDAP-støytte</b>.</p>" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n" @@ -2110,111 +1989,97 @@ "Vel ein deklarasjon og klikk <b>Slett</b> for å slette henne.</p>" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n" "Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" "change network interfaces to which the DHCP server listens,\n" "or manage TSIG keys that can be used for authentication of \n" "dynamic DNS updates.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avanserte funksjonar</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avanserte funksjonar</big></b><br>\n" "Bruk <b>Avansert</b> for å vise loggen for DHCP-serveren,\n" "endra nettverksgrensesnittene som DHCP-serveren lyttar på\n" "eller administrera TSIG-nøklar som kan brukast ved autentisering av \n" "dynamiske DNS-oppdateringar.</p>" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Nettverksadresse og nettverksmaske</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Nettverksadresse og nettverksmaske</big></b><br>\n" "Angje <b>Nettverksadresse</b> og <b>Nettverksmaske</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" "special options in <b>Hostname</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Vertsmaskin med fast adresse</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Vertsmaskin med fast adresse</big></b><br>\n" "Angje namnet på vertsmaskinen som skal tilordnes den faste adressa eller andre\n" "spesielle val.</p>" #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n" "It is just for your identification.\n" "The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Gruppespesifikke val</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Gruppespesifikke val</big></b><br>\n" "Angje eit namn for deklarasjonsgruppen under <b>Gruppenavn</b>. \n" " Dette er berre for identifikasjonsformål.\n" "Namnet påverkar ikkje funksjonen til DHCP-serveren.</p>" #. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n" "It is just for your identification.\n" "The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Adresseutvalg</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Adresseutvalg</big></b><br>\n" "Angje eit namn for adresseutvalget under <b>Namn på utval</b>. \n" ". Dette er berre for identifikasjonsformål.\n" "Namnet påverkar ikkje funksjonen til DHCP-serveren.</p>" #. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n" "It is just for your identification.\n" "The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Delt nettverk</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Delt nettverk</big></b><br>\n" "Vel eit namn for det delte nettverket under <b>Namn på delt nettverk</b>. \n" ". Dette er berre for identifikasjonsformål.\n" "Namnet påverkar ikkje funksjonen til DHCP-serveren.</p>" #. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Klasse</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Klasse</big></b><br>\n" "Angje eit namn for vertsmaskinklassen under <b>Klassenavn</b>.</p>" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" @@ -2230,7 +2095,7 @@ "eit alternativ, vel alternativet og klikk <b>Slett</b>.</p>" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" @@ -2240,101 +2105,87 @@ "Bruk <b>Dynamisk DNS</b> for å justera dynamisk DNS for vertsmaskinene i subnettet.</p>" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" "<b>Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Aktivering av dynamisk DNS</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aktivering av dynamisk DNS</big></b><br>\n" "For å aktivare dynamiske DNS-oppdateringar for dette subnettet, vel\n" "<b>Aktivum dynamisk DNS for dette subnettet</b>.</p>" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" "<b>TSIG Key</b> to select the key to use for authentication. The key must\n" "be the same for both DHCP and DNS servers. Specify the key for both forward\n" "and reverse zone.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>TSIG-nøkkel</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>TSIG-nøkkel</big></b><br>\n" "For å utføra dynamiske DNS-oppdateringar må autentiseringskoden definerast. Nytte\n" "<b>TSIG-nøkkel</b> for å velja koda som skal verta for brukt autentisering. Koda må\n" "vera identisk for DHCP- og DNS-serveren. Spesifiser koda for både framlengs\n" "og baklengs navnesone.</p>" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" "DNS work properly. To do it automatically, set\n" "<b>Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Generelle innstillingar for DHCP-servar</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Generelle innstillingar for DHCP-servar</big></b><br>\n" "Generelle innstillingar for DHCP-servar må oppdaterast for at dynamisk\n" "DNS skal fungera riktig. Du kan gjera dette automatisk med valet\n" "<b>Oppdater generelle innstillingar for dynamisk DNS</b>.</p>" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" "their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Sonar som skal oppdaterast</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Sonar som skal oppdaterast</big></b><br>\n" "Spesifiser framlengs- og baklengssonene som skal oppdaterast. Spesifiser òg\n" "den primære navneserveren for begge. Viss navneserveren køyrer på same vertsmaskin som DHCP-\n" "serveren, kan du la felta vera tomme.</p>" #. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n" "Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" "(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppstartsargumenter for DHCP-servar</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppstartsargumenter for DHCP-servar</big></b><br>\n" "Her kan du definera parametrar som DHCP-serveren skal starta med \n" "(t.d. \"-p 1234\") for å laut på ein annan port ein standardporten). Du finn ei skildring av alle moglege val\n" "på manualsiden for dhcpd. Standardverdier vil brukast dersom ingen argument vert angjevne.</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Val av nettverkskort</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vel eit eller fleire nettverkskort som skal verta for brukt DHCP-serveren.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Val av nettverkskort</big></b><br>\n" +"Vel eit eller fleire nettverkskort som skal verta for brukt DHCP-serveren.</p>\n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n" @@ -2344,20 +2195,18 @@ "(namnet på LDAP-objektet dhcpServer) dersom dette avvik frå vertsnavnet.\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Generelle innstillingar</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Generelle innstillingar</big></b><br>\n" "Her kan du definera fleire DHCP-innstillingar.</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" @@ -2367,7 +2216,7 @@ "tildeler IP-adresser til klientane.</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n" @@ -2379,7 +2228,7 @@ "Desse verda må vera IP-adresser.</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n" @@ -2389,7 +2238,7 @@ "verdet som standardrute i klientane sine rutingtabell.</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n" @@ -2397,13 +2246,13 @@ msgstr "<p><b>Tidsserver</b> fortel klientane at dei skal bruka denne serveren til tidssynkronisering.</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Utskriftsserver</b> definerer standard utskriftsserver.</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n" @@ -2413,7 +2262,7 @@ "(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" @@ -2423,63 +2272,51 @@ "slik at klienten må be om ein ny IP-adresse.</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" "netmask, minimum and maximum IP addresses available for the clients.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Subnettinformasjon</big></b></br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Subnettinformasjon</big></b></br>\n" "Her kan du visa informasjon om valt undernettverk, som adresse\n" "og nettverksmaske og dessutan høgaste og lågaste IP-adresser som er tilgjengeleg for klientane.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n" "of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" -"assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>" -".\n" +"assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>IP-adresseområde</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>IP-adresseområde</big></b><br>\n" "Her angjev du <b>Første IP-adresse</b> og <b>Siste IP-addresse</b>\n" "som klientane skal tildelast. Desse adressene må ha same nettverksmaske,\n" "til dømes <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> og <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Kryss av for\n" "<b>Tillat dynamisk BOOTP</b>for å tilordne adresser dynamisk til BOOTP-klientar \n" -"og ordinære DHCP-klientar.</p>" -"\n" +"og ordinære DHCP-klientar.</p>\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n" -"which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients.<br>" -"</p>" +"which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients.<br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Tildelingstid</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Tildelingstid</big></b><br>\n" "Her angjev du <b>Standard</b> tildelingstid for det gjeldande IP-adresseområdet.\n" -"Dette definerer han optimale IP-oppdateringstiden for klientane.<br>" -"</p>" +"Dette definerer han optimale IP-oppdateringstiden for klientane.<br></p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" @@ -2489,63 +2326,57 @@ "når denne IP-adressa er sperra på DHCP-serveren for klienten.</p>" #. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" "<b>DHCP Server Expert Configuration</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avansert konfigurasjon</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avansert konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" "For å konfigurera DHCP-serveren manuelt, klikk\n" "<b>Avansert konfigurasjon av DHCP-servar</b>.</p>" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Administrasjon av vertsmaskin</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Administrasjon av vertsmaskin</big></b><br>\n" "Bruk denne dialogen for å redigera vertsmaskiner med statisk adressebinding.</p>" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n" "<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n" -"then click <b>Add</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"then click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" "<p>To modify a configured host, select it in the table,\n" "change all values, and click <b>Change in List</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>For å leggja til ein ny vertsmaskin, angje <b>Namn</b>,\n" "<b>Maskinvareadress</b> og <b>IP-adresse</b>.\n" -"Klikk deretter <b>Legg til</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"Klikk deretter <b>Legg til</b>.</p>\n" "<p>For å endra ein konfigurert vertsmaskin, vel henne i tabellen,\n" "rediger alle verda og klikk <b>Endre i liste</b>.</p>" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>For å fjerne ein vertsmaskin, vel henne og klikk <b>Slett frå liste</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>" msgstr "<p>Vel deklarasjonstypen som skal verta til lagd.</p>" #. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To add a network declaration,\n" @@ -2555,7 +2386,7 @@ "vel <b>Subnett</b>.</p>" #. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n" @@ -2565,7 +2396,7 @@ "(vanlegvis ei fast adresse), vel <b>Vertsmaskin</b>.</p>" #. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n" @@ -2575,7 +2406,7 @@ "fleire logiske nettverk), vel <b>Delt nettverk</b>.</p>" #. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" @@ -2585,7 +2416,7 @@ "fordi dei deler nokre innstillingar, vel <b>Gruppe</b>.</p>" #. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" @@ -2597,7 +2428,7 @@ "subnett, vel <b>Adresseutvalg</b>.</p>" #. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n" @@ -2611,25 +2442,25 @@ #. selection box #. selection box #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 #, fuzzy msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "A&dressar" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 #, fuzzy msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "Denne adressa er ikkje gyldig." #. message popup #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 #, fuzzy msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "Minst éi adresse må spesifiserast." @@ -2640,110 +2471,110 @@ #. @param [String] key string option key #. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 #, fuzzy msgid "&Values" msgstr "&Verd" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 #, fuzzy msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "Desse adressene er ikkje gyldige." #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 #, fuzzy msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "Minst eit adressepar må spesifiserast." #. table item, means switched on #. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 #, fuzzy msgid "On" msgstr "På" #. table item, means switched off #. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 #, fuzzy msgid "Off" msgstr "Av" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 #, fuzzy msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "Eit verd må spesifiserast." #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 #, fuzzy msgid "&New Address" msgstr "&Ny adresse" #. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 #, fuzzy msgid "&New Value" msgstr "&Nytt Verd" #. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 #, fuzzy msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "Adressene må vera adskilt av mellomrom." #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 #, fuzzy msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "&Legg til adressepar" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 #, fuzzy msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "Den lågaste adressa må vera lågare enn den høgaste." #. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 #, fuzzy msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "Viss du endrar dette, må du òg oppdatera syslog-konfigurasjonen." #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "&Maskinvaretype" #. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, #. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 #, fuzzy msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "&MAC-adresse" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 #, fuzzy msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "&Lågaste IP-adresse" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 #, fuzzy msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "&Høgaste IP-adresse" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" @@ -2753,7 +2584,7 @@ "vil alle endringar vil gå tapt. Vil du avslutta likevel?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" @@ -2765,7 +2596,7 @@ "Vil du halda fram?" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" @@ -2777,7 +2608,7 @@ "De kan tilordnes ei sone i brannmurmodulen i YaST." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" @@ -2788,8 +2619,8 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" @@ -2798,236 +2629,222 @@ "Denne funksjonen er ikkje tilgjengeleg under\n" "førebuingar til autoinstallasjon." -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren på nytt" - -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DHCP-serveren på nytt" - #. tree widget #. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 #, fuzzy msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "&Konfigurerte deklarasjonar" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "&Dynamisk DNS" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 #, fuzzy msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "TSIG-&nøkkel for forlengssone" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 #, fuzzy msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "TSIG-&nøkkel for baklengssone" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 #, fuzzy msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "Vel fila med autentiseringsnøkkelen" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Start DHCP Server" -msgstr "&Start DHCP-serveren" +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 #, fuzzy msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "&Køyr DHCP-serveren i Chroot-varetekt" -#. menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 #, fuzzy msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "A&vansert" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 #, fuzzy msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "Vis &logg" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 #, fuzzy msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "&Grensesnittkonfigurasjon" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 #, fuzzy msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "&Nettverksadresse" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 #, fuzzy msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "Maska til&nettverk" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 #, fuzzy msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "Gruppe&namn" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 #, fuzzy msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "&Namn på utval" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 #, fuzzy msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "&Namn på delt nettverk" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 #, fuzzy msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "Klasse&namn" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "Tilgjengelege grensesnitt" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 #, fuzzy msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "Opne &brannmur for valde grensesnitt" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "&Aktiver dynamisk DNS for dette subnettet" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 #, fuzzy msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "&Oppdater globale dynamiske DNS-innstillingar" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 #, fuzzy msgid "&Zone" msgstr "&Sone" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 #, fuzzy msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "&Primær DNS-servar" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 #, fuzzy msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "&Baklengssone" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 #, fuzzy msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "PR&imær DNS-servar" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "&Avansert konfigurasjon av DHCP-servar …" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett av DHCP-servar" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 #, fuzzy msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Kontroller miljøet" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 #, fuzzy msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Les brannmurinnstillinger" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 #, fuzzy msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "Les innstillingar for DHCP-servar" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 #, fuzzy msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "Les innstillingar for DNS-servar" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Kontrollerer miljøet …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Lesar brannmurinnstillinger …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Les innstillingar for DHCP-servar …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "Les innstillingar for DNS-servar …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" @@ -3044,8 +2861,8 @@ "\n" "Avsluttar." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" @@ -3055,7 +2872,7 @@ "DHCP-servar vil ikkje vera tilgjengeleg." #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" @@ -3065,103 +2882,103 @@ "konfigurert enno. Vil du oppretta ein ny konfigurasjon?" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for DHCP-servar" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 #, fuzzy msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "Les innstillingar for DHCP-servar" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 #, fuzzy msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren på nytt" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 #, fuzzy msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "Lagre innstillingar for DNS-servar" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Lagrar innstillingar for DHCP-servar …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Lagrar brannmurinnstillinger …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "Startar DHCP-serveren på nytt …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "Lagrar innstillingar for DNS-servar …" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under omstart av DHCP-nissen." #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 #, fuzzy msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "DHCP-serveren startar når systemet vert opp starta" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 #, fuzzy msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "DHCP-ein startar ikkje når systemet vert opp starta" #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 #, fuzzy msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "Lote på: %1" #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 #, fuzzy msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "Dynamisk adresseområde: %1" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Ugyldig LDAP-konfigurasjon. Kan ikkje bruka LDAP." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 #, fuzzy msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "Støtte for fleire dhcpServiceDN er ikkje implementert." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "DN for DHCP-teneste ikkje spesifisert." @@ -3170,32 +2987,86 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under uppretting av %1." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppdatering av %1." #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppretting av cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under lagring av /etc/dhcpd.conf." #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DHCP server is running" +#~ msgstr "DHCP-serveren køyrer" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DHCP server is not running" +#~ msgstr "DHCP-serveren køyrer ikkje" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "&Start DHCP-serveren no" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "S&topp DHCP-serveren no" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" +#~ msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DHCP-serveren på nytt &no" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren no" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Stopp DHCP-serveren no" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DHCP-serveren på nytt no" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n" +#~ "<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" +#~ "<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Start DHCP-servar</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "For å køyra DHCP-serveren kvar gong datamaskina startar opp, vel\n" +#~ "<b>Start DHCP-servar</b>.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Restart DHCP Server" +#~ msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren på nytt" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" +#~ msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DHCP-serveren på nytt" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server" +#~ msgstr "&Start DHCP-serveren" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" #~ "IP address %1 does not match\n" #~ "the current network %2/%3\n" #~ msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -356,8 +356,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -440,11 +439,10 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 #, fuzzy msgid "Value" msgstr "Verd" @@ -465,7 +463,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 #, fuzzy msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" @@ -476,9 +474,9 @@ #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 #, fuzzy msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" @@ -493,8 +491,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 #, fuzzy msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "Videresendere" @@ -529,12 +527,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 #, fuzzy msgid "Zone" msgstr "Sone" @@ -568,7 +565,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 #, fuzzy msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "E-postserver" @@ -576,7 +573,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 #, fuzzy msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioritet" @@ -649,8 +646,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 #, fuzzy msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "DNS-sonar" @@ -676,7 +673,7 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 #, fuzzy msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP-støytte aktivert" @@ -706,146 +703,97 @@ msgstr "&Avansert konfigurasjon av DNS-servar …" #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 #, fuzzy msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "DNS-servar" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Apply Changes" -msgstr "E&ndre" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Start-Up" -msgstr "Oppstart" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "Grunnleggjande val" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Logging" -msgstr "Logging" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ACLs" -msgstr "ACLer" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 -#, fuzzy -msgid "TSIG Keys" -msgstr "TSIG-nøklar" - #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasjon av DNS-servar" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "Tilpassa regler" #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 #, fuzzy msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "Sonenavneservere" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 #, fuzzy msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "Sonenavneservere" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 #, fuzzy msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "Legg til IP-adresse" #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "IPv4- eller IPv6-&adresse" #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 #, fuzzy msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "&Liste over videresendere" #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "Finn ikkje lokal ekvivalent for IP %1" #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" @@ -857,12 +805,12 @@ "er endra til den lokale ekvivalenten sin %2." #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "Ugyldig IPv4- eller IPv6-adresse." -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 #, fuzzy msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" @@ -872,53 +820,53 @@ "og eit eller fleire kolon." #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 #, fuzzy msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "Denne videresenderen finst allereie." #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 #, fuzzy msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "Legg til eller endre alternativ" #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ption" msgstr "A<ernativ" #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 #, fuzzy msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Verd" #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "C&hange" msgstr "E&ndre" #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Options" msgstr "Gjeldande alternativ" #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 #, fuzzy msgid "Option" msgstr "Alternativ" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Really set this\n" @@ -928,7 +876,7 @@ "alternativet utan noko verd?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" @@ -938,7 +886,7 @@ "Er du sikker på at du vil bruka %2?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" @@ -948,7 +896,7 @@ "Er du sikker på at du vil bruka %2?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" @@ -958,7 +906,7 @@ "Er du sikker på at du vil bruka %1?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" @@ -968,7 +916,7 @@ "Er du sikker på at du vil bruka %1?\n" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" @@ -978,91 +926,91 @@ "Er du sikker på at du vil leggja til endå eit alternativ?\n" #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 #, fuzzy msgid "Log Type" msgstr "Loggtype" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 #, fuzzy msgid "&System Log" msgstr "&Systemlogg" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 #, fuzzy msgid "&File" msgstr "&Fil" #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 #, fuzzy msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "Maksimal &storleik (MB)" #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 #, fuzzy msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "Maksimalt mengd &versjonar" #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "Andre typar logging" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 #, fuzzy msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "Logg alle DNS-&førespurnader" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 #, fuzzy msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "Logg sona&oppdateringar" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 #, fuzzy msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "Logg sona&overføringar" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 #, fuzzy msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "Vel loggfil" #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 #, fuzzy msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "Vel alternativ" #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 #, fuzzy msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Namn" #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 #, fuzzy msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "Gjeldande ACL-liste" #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 #, fuzzy msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" @@ -1072,13 +1020,13 @@ "Vil du verkeleg fjerne henne?\n" #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 #, fuzzy msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "Denne ACL-oppføringen finst allereie." #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 #, fuzzy msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "Legg til ny sone " @@ -1088,8 +1036,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 #, fuzzy msgid "Master" msgstr "Hoved" @@ -1100,9 +1048,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 #, fuzzy msgid "Slave" msgstr "Slave" @@ -1112,39 +1060,39 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 #, fuzzy msgid "Forward" msgstr "Framlengs" #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "Konfigurerte DNS-soner" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 #, fuzzy msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "Ei sone med dette namnet er allereie konfigurert." #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "Konfigurasjonen kunne ikkje lagrast. Vil du endra innstillingane?" #. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "Lagre konfigurasjonsfiler" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 #, fuzzy msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" @@ -1153,46 +1101,95 @@ "Alle endringar vil gå tapt.\n" "Vil du verkeleg avbryta konfigurasjonen av DNS-serveren utan å lagra?" +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "E&ndre" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "Oppstart" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "Grunnleggjande val" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "Logging" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +#, fuzzy +msgid "ACLs" +msgstr "ACLer" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +#, fuzzy +msgid "TSIG Keys" +msgstr "TSIG-nøklar" + #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 #, fuzzy msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "T&illat dynamiske oppdateringar" #. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 #, fuzzy msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "TSIG-&nøkkel" #. check box #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "Aktivar &sonetransport" #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "Generer oppføringer a&utomatisk frå" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "Son&e" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "Tilkoblede baklengssoner" #. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" @@ -1202,39 +1199,39 @@ "førebuingar til autoinstallasjon.\n" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 #, fuzzy msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "Ingen TSIG-nøkkel er definert." #. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 #, fuzzy msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "&Navneserver som skal verta til lagd" #. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers #. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 #, fuzzy msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "Na&vneserverliste" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 #, fuzzy msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "Denne navneserveren finst allereie." #. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 #, fuzzy msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "E-postserver som skal verta til lagd" #. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 #, fuzzy msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adresse" @@ -1243,137 +1240,137 @@ #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 #: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 #, fuzzy msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Prioritet" #. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 #, fuzzy msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "Liste over E-postsystemer" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 #, fuzzy msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "Det angjevne verdet er ikkje eit gyldig vertsnavn eller ein IP-adresse." #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 #, fuzzy msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "Denne ea-postserveren finst allereie." #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 #, fuzzy msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sekunder" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 #, fuzzy msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minutt" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 #, fuzzy msgid "Hours" msgstr "Timar" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 #, fuzzy msgid "Days" msgstr "Dagar" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 #, fuzzy msgid "Weeks" msgstr "Veker" #. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 #, fuzzy msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "Seri&e" #. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 #, fuzzy msgid "TT&L" msgstr "TT&L" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "&Unit" msgstr "&Eining" #. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 #, fuzzy msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "Opp&dater" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 #, fuzzy msgid "Un&it" msgstr "Ein&heitte" #. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 #, fuzzy msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "Prøv &igjen" #. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 #, fuzzy msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "Utlø&pstid" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 #, fuzzy msgid "U&nit" msgstr "E&nhet" #. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 #, fuzzy msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Minimum" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 #, fuzzy msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "Enh&eit" #. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 #, fuzzy msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "Eit serienummer for sona må angjevast." #. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 #, fuzzy msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "Serienummeret kan innehalda maksimalt %1 siffer." #. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" @@ -1389,9 +1386,9 @@ #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 #, fuzzy msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "&Oppføringsnøkkel" @@ -1399,9 +1396,9 @@ #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "T&ype" msgstr "T&ype" @@ -1409,102 +1406,102 @@ #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 #, fuzzy msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "Ver&di" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 #, fuzzy msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Teneste" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 #, fuzzy msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokoll" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 #, fuzzy msgid "&Weight" msgstr "&Vekt" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 #, fuzzy msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Port" #. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 #, fuzzy msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A: Omsetjing av IPv4-domenenavn" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 #, fuzzy msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "AAAA: Omsetjing av IPv6-domenenavn" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 #, fuzzy msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME: Alias for domenenavn" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 #, fuzzy msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "NS: Navneserver" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 #, fuzzy msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "MX: E-postsystem" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 #, fuzzy msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR: Bakleies omsetjing" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 #, fuzzy msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "SRV: Tjenesteoppføring" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 #, fuzzy msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "TXT: Tekstoppføring" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "" #. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 #, fuzzy msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "Oppføringsinnstillinger" #. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "Konfigurerte oppføringer" #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 #, fuzzy msgid "Record Key" msgstr "Oppføringsnøkkel" #. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" @@ -1518,14 +1515,14 @@ "eller relativt format til gjeldande sone." #. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "Ugyldig IPv6-adresse." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" @@ -1538,7 +1535,7 @@ #. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length #. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" @@ -1548,59 +1545,59 @@ "Denne meldinga inneheld %2 teikn." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 #, fuzzy msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "CNAME kan ikkje peika på seg sjølv." #. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 #, fuzzy msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "Det har oppstått ein intern feil." #. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 #, fuzzy msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "Soneredigering" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 #, fuzzy msgid "&Basics" msgstr "&Grunnleggjande" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 #, fuzzy msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "NS-oppføring&er" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 #, fuzzy msgid "&SOA" msgstr "&SOA" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 #, fuzzy msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "O&ppføringer" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 #, fuzzy msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "M&X-oppføringer" @@ -1608,22 +1605,15 @@ #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 #, fuzzy msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "Soneinnstillinger" -#. ); -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Ad&vanced" -msgstr "A&vansert" - #. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 #, fuzzy msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "Minst éin NS-servar må angjevast." @@ -1632,7 +1622,7 @@ #. #. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate #. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" @@ -1642,19 +1632,19 @@ "Deaktiver funksjonen 'Generer oppføringer automatisk frå' for å endra oppføringer." #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 #, fuzzy msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "&Hoved-DNS-servar-IP" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 #, fuzzy msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "Hovedserver manglar" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" @@ -1666,37 +1656,37 @@ "Viss du held fram, vil gjeldande sone fjernast." #. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 #, fuzzy msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "Ingen hoved-DNS-servar er definerte." #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 #, fuzzy msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "Denne hovednavneserveren er ikkje ein gyldig IP-adresse." #. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 #, fuzzy msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "IP-adresse for &ny vidaresender" #. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 #, fuzzy msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "Gjeldande &sonevideresendere" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 #, fuzzy msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "Rediger sonevideresendere" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" @@ -1727,53 +1717,41 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" +"<p><b><big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av DNS-servar</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vent…<br>" -"</p>" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av DNS-servar</big></b><br>\n" +"Vent…<br></p>" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" "Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" +"<p><b><big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for DNS-servar</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vent…<br>" -"</p>" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for DNS-servar</big></b><br>\n" +"Vent…<br></p>" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" "Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>" @@ -1782,13 +1760,11 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Start DNS Server</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Start DNS Server</big></b><br>\n" "To run the DNS server every time your computer is started, set\n" "<b>Start DNS Server</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Start DNS-servar</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Start DNS-servar</big></b><br>\n" "For å køyra DNS-serveren kvar gong maskina startar opp, vel\n" "<b>Start DNS-servar</b>.</p>" @@ -1796,14 +1772,12 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" "To run the DNS server in chroot jail, set\n" "<b>Run DNS Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" "is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Chroot-varetekt</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Chroot-varetekt</big></b><br>\n" "For å køyra DNS-serveren i chroot-varetekt, vel\n" "<b>Køyr DNS-servar i chroot-varetekt</b>. Å starta alle nissar i choot-varetekt\n" "aukar tryggleiken og rådast til sterkt.</p>" @@ -1812,15 +1786,13 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing DNS Zones</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n" "To edit settings of a DNS zone, choose the appropriate\n" "entry of the table and click <B>Edit</B>.\n" "To add a new DNS zone, use <B>Add</B>. To remove\n" "a configured DNS zone, select it and click <B>Delete</B>.</P>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Redigering av DNS-sonar</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Redigering av DNS-sonar</big></b><br>\n" "For å redigera innstillingane for ein DNS-sone, vel ein oppføring\n" "i tabellen og klikk <B>Rediger</B>.\n" "For å leggja til ein ny DNS-sone, bruk <B>Legg til</B>. For å slette\n" @@ -1830,16 +1802,14 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n" "To edit global options,\n" "adjust firewall settings,\n" "manage the TSIG keys for dynamic updates of the zones,\n" "or display the log of the DNS server,\n" "use <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avanserte funksjonar</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avanserte funksjonar</big></b><br>\n" "For å redigera generelle alternativ,\n" "justera brannmurinnstillingene,\n" "{administrera TSIG-nøklar for dynamisk oppdatering av sonene\n" @@ -1851,28 +1821,24 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the name of the zone (domain) in <b>Zone Name</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Sonenavn</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Sonenavn</big></b><br>\n" "Angje sonenavnet (domenet) under <b>Sonenavn</b>.</p>" #. help 2/5, alt. 1 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big></b><br>\n" "The zone can be updated automatically, usually because of dynamically\n" "assigned IP addresses by DHCP server. To allow DDNS updates, set\n" "<b>Allow Dynamic Updates</b> and the <b>TSIG Key</b>\n" "to use for authentication. The key must be the same for\n" "both DHCP and DNS servers.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Dynamisk oppdatering av DNS-sonar</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Dynamisk oppdatering av DNS-sonar</big></b><br>\n" "Sona kan oppdaterast automatisk, normalt på grunn av dynamisk\n" "tildelte IP-addresser frå DHCP-serveren. For å tillata DNS-oppdateringar, vel\n" "<b>Tillat dynamiske oppdateringar</b> og angje <b>TSIG-nøkkelen</b>\n" @@ -1883,13 +1849,11 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing a DNS Zone</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing a DNS Zone</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\n" "entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Redigering av ein DNS-sone</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Redigering av ein DNS-sone</big></b><br>\n" "For å redigera soneinnstillingene, vel ein\n" "oppføring i tabellen og klikk <b>Rediger</b>.</p>" @@ -1907,13 +1871,11 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>SOA Record</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>SOA Record</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\n" "<b>Edit SOA</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>SOA-oppføring</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>SOA-oppføring</big></b><br>\n" "For å redigera SOA-oppføringen (Start of Authority) for sona, klikk\n" "<b>Rediger SOA</b>.</p>" @@ -1921,14 +1883,12 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n" "Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</b>\n" "to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete</b>\n" "to remove an existing one.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Hovedservere</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Hovedservere</big></b><br>\n" "Vel IP-addresser for hovednavneserverne for denne sona. Bruk <b>Legg til</b>\n" "for å leggja til ein ny hovednavneserver. Vel ein eksisterande navneserver og klikk <b>Slett</b>\n" "for å slette henne.</p>" @@ -1937,15 +1897,13 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" "select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</b>\n" "or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Sonetype</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Sonetype</big></b><br>\n" "For å gjera denne navneserveren til sona si primære datakilde,\n" "vel <b>Hoved</b>. For å gjera han til sekundær navneserver, vel <b>Slave</b>\n" "eller <b>Stub</b>, slik at dataet til sona vert spegla frå hovedsoneserveren.\n" @@ -1955,16 +1913,13 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n" "DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (<b>Forward</b>) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" -"(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>" -"\n" +"(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Soneretning</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Soneretning</big></b><br>\n" "DNS vert nytta til å omsetja domenenavn til IP-addresser og omvend.\n" "Definer om denne sona skal omsetja domenenavn til IP-\n" "addresser (vel <b>Framlengs>) eller frå IP-addresser til domenenavn\n" @@ -1975,14 +1930,11 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Interface Classes</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Interface Classes</big></b><br>\n" "Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n" -"interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.</p>" -"\n" +"interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Grensesnittklasser</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Grensesnittklasser</big></b><br>\n" "Vel kva for grensesnittklasser som skal gje tilgjenge til DNS-serveren.\n" "Grensesnittklassene vert definerte i\n" "konfigurasjonsmodulen for brannmur.</p>" @@ -1991,15 +1943,12 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\n" "via all network interfaces to which it listens, check\n" -"<b>Adapt Firewall Settings</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Adapt Firewall Settings</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Tilpassa brannmurinnstillinger</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Tilpassa brannmurinnstillinger</big></b><br>\n" "For å tilpassa brannmurinnstillingene slik at det er tilgjenge til DNS-serveren\n" "via alle nettverksgrensesnitt han lyttar på, kryssar du av for\n" "<b>Tilpass brannmurinnsinnstillinger.</p>" @@ -2010,12 +1959,10 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:137 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:386 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>SOA Record Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>SOA Record Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Set the entries of the SOA record.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon av SOA-oppføring</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon av SOA-oppføring</big></b><br>\n" "Rediger innhaldet i SOA-oppføringen.</p>" #. help text 2/9 - TTL @@ -2043,8 +1990,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Administrator's Mail</b> must contain the e-mail address of\n" -"the administrator responsible for the zone.</p>" -"\n" +"the administrator responsible for the zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>E-post til administrator</b> må innehalda e-postadressen til\n" "administratoren som er ansvarleg for sona.</p>" @@ -2055,8 +2001,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" "the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" -"entire zone).</p>" -"\n" +"entire zone).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Serienummer</b> vert brukt for å avgjera om sona er endra på\n" "hovedservere (slik at slaveserverne ikkje alltid må synkronisera\n" @@ -2112,16 +2057,14 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:178 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" "<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Administrasjon av TSIG-nøklar</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Administrasjon av TSIG-nøklar</big></b><br>\n" "Definer TSIG-nøklane som vert til brukte dynamiske soneoppdateringer.\n" "For å leggja til ein ny TSIG-nøkkel, bruk tekstfeltet \n" "<b>Filnavn> eller <b>Bla gjennom</b>-knappen, og klikk deretter <b>Legg til</b>.\n" @@ -2132,29 +2075,23 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\n" -"<b>On</b>. Otherwise set <b>Off</b>.</p>" -" " +"<b>On</b>. Otherwise set <b>Off</b>.</p> " msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppstart</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppstart</big></b><br>\n" "For å starta DNS-serveren kvar gong maskina vert opp starta, vel\n" -"<b>På</b>. Viss ikkje, vel <b>Av</b>.</p>" -" " +"<b>På</b>. Viss ikkje, vel <b>Av</b>.</p> " #. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" "set <b>LDAP Support Active</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>LDAP-støytte</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>LDAP-støytte</big></b><br>\n" "For å lager DNS-sonar i LDAP i staden for i lokale konfigurasjonsfiler,\n" "vel <b>LDAP-støtte aktivert</b>.</p>" @@ -2162,35 +2099,27 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" "To start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \n" "<b>Start DNS Server Now</b> or\n" -"<b>Stop DNS Server Now</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Stop DNS Server Now</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Slå Av eller På</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Slå Av eller På</big></b><br>\n" "For å starta eller stoppa DNS-serveren straks, bruk \n" "<b>Start DNS-serveren no</b> eller\n" -"<b>Stopp DNS-serveren no</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Stopp DNS-serveren no</b>.</p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Forwarders</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Forwarders</big></b><br>\n" "Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n" -"it cannot answer.</p>" -"\n" +"it cannot answer.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Videresendere</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Videresendere</big></b><br>\n" "Videresendere er DNS-servera som din DNS-servar skal senda førespurnader han ikkje\n" -"kan besvare til.</p>" -"\n" +"kan besvare til.</p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 #. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full @@ -2212,12 +2141,10 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Rediger alternativ for DNS-servar</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Rediger alternativ for DNS-servar</big></b><br>\n" "Bruk denne dialogen for å redigera alternativa for DNS-serveren.</p>" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 @@ -2225,18 +2152,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To add new options, select the <b>Option</b>,\n" -"enter its <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"enter its <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" "<p>To modify a configured option, select it in the table,\n" -"change the <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Change</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"change the <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Change</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å leggja til nye alternativ, vel eit <b>Alternativ</b>,\n" -"angje eit <b>Verd</b> og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"angje eit <b>Verd</b> og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>\n" "<p>For å endra eit konfigurert alternativ, vel alternativet i tabellen,\n" -"rediger <b>verdet</b> og klikk <b>Endre</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"rediger <b>verdet</b> og klikk <b>Endre</b>.</p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 @@ -2248,12 +2171,10 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n" "Bruk denne dialogen for å definera ulike loggalternativer for DNS-serveren.</p>" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 @@ -2266,16 +2187,14 @@ "<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log and \n" "the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n" "The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n" -"to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>" -"\n" +"to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel <b>Lager i systemlogg</b> for å lager systemmeldinger for DNS-serveren i systemloggen.\n" "For å lager loggmeldinger for DNS-serveren i ein eiga fil, vel <b>Lager i fil</b> og angje eit <b>Filnavn</b> der loggen skal verta samt lagra \n" "<b>Maksimal storleik</b> for loggfilen.\n" "DNS-serveren skiftar ut loggfilene automatisk. Bruk <b>Maksimalt mengd versjonar</b>\n" -"for å angje kor mange loggfiler som skal lagrast.</p>" -"\n" +"for å angje kor mange loggfiler som skal lagrast.</p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252 @@ -2287,8 +2206,7 @@ "<b>Log Zone Updates</b> logs when DNS has been updated.\n" "<b>Log Zone Transfers</b> logs when zone is completely transferred to the \n" "secondary\n" -"name server.</p>" -"\n" +"name server.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Andre typar logging</b>\n" "Angje kva for handlingar som skal loggast. Vanlege handlingar vert alltid logga.\n" @@ -2296,24 +2214,19 @@ "Vel <b>Logg soneoppdateringer</b> for å logga DNS-oppdateringar.\n" "Vel <b>Logg soneoverføringer</b> for å logga når overføring av sona til ein \n" "sekundær\n" -"navneserver er fullførd.</p>" -"\n" +"navneserver er fullførd.</p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, define access control lists to control\n" -"access to zones.</p>" -"\n" +"access to zones.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>ACLer</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>ACLer</big></b><br>\n" "I denne dialogen kan du definera tilgangskontrollister for å kontrollera\n" -"tilgjenget til sonar.</p>" -"\n" +"tilgjenget til sonar.</p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268 @@ -2321,31 +2234,25 @@ msgid "" "<p>To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's <b>Name</b>\n" "and <b>Value</b> then click <b>Add</b>. To remove an \n" -"ACL entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"ACL entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Legg til ein ACL-oppføring ved å angje namnet til <b>Valet</b>\n" "og <b>Verd</b>. Klikk deretter på <b>Legg til</b>. For å slette ein ACL-oppføring \n" -"som allereie er definert, vel henne og klikk <b>Slett</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"som allereie er definert, vel henne og klikk <b>Slett</b>.</p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>TSIG Keys</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>TSIG Keys</big></b><br>\n" "TSIG keys are used for authentication when remotely\n" "changing the configuration of the DNS server. This is needed\n" -"for the dynamic updates of DNS zones (DDNS).</p>" -"\n" +"for the dynamic updates of DNS zones (DDNS).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>TSIG-nøklar</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>TSIG-nøklar</big></b><br>\n" "TSIG-nøklar vert nytta til autentisering når DNS-serverens\n" "konfigurasjon skal endrast eksternt. Dette er naudsynt\n" -"for dynamisk oppdatering av DNS-soner (DDNS).</p>" -"\n" +"for dynamisk oppdatering av DNS-soner (DDNS).</p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281 @@ -2354,14 +2261,12 @@ "<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n" "(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the <b>Filename</b> and the <b>Key ID</b>\n" -"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>" -"\n" +"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å leggja til ein eksisterande nøkkel, angje <b>Filnavn</b>\n" "(eller bruk <b>Bla gjennom</b>-knappen for å velja fila), og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.\n" "For å generera ein ny nøkkel, angje <b>Filnavn</b> og <b>Nøkkel-ID</b>.\n" -"Klikk deretter på <b>Generer</b>. Den nye nøkkelen vil genererast og lagt til.</p>" -"\n" +"Klikk deretter på <b>Generer</b>. Den nye nøkkelen vil genererast og lagt til.</p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 @@ -2377,27 +2282,21 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n" +"Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>DNS-sonar</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"I denne dialogen kan du administrera DNS-sonene.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>DNS-sonar</big></b><br>\n" +"I denne dialogen kan du administrera DNS-sonene.</p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n" -"and click <b>Add</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å leggja til ei sone, angje <b>Sonenavn</b>, vel <b>Sonetype</b>\n" -"og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 @@ -2406,14 +2305,12 @@ "<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" -"the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å leggja til ein ny IPv4-baklengs sone, legg til ein del av ein baklengs IPv4-adresse følgt av\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> som <b>sonenavn</b> (t.d. sonenavn\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for nettverket <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>). Vel\n" -"<b>sonetype</b> og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>sonetype</b> og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 #. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples @@ -2425,16 +2322,14 @@ "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" -"(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).</p>" -"\n" +"(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å leggja til ein ny IPv6-baklengssone, angje ein del av IPv6-baklengsadressen etterfulgt av\n" "<tt>%1</tt> som <b>Sonenavn</b>. Fleire format for angivelse av sonenavn\n" "vert støtta: Standardform: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Videreformidlingsform: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Videreformidlingsform utan nettverksmaskebits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" -"(som standard vert nytta<tt>64</tt> nettverksmaskebits).</p>" -"\n" +"(som standard vert nytta<tt>64</tt> nettverksmaskebits).</p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326 @@ -2442,29 +2337,23 @@ msgid "" "<p>To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n" "mail servers, select it, and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"To remove a configured zone, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"To remove a configured zone, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å endra innstillingar for ei sone, t.d. sonetransport og dessutan navne- og\n" "e-postservere, vel ei sone og klikk <b>Rediger sone</b>.\n" -"For å fjerne ei konfigurert sone, vel henne og klikk <b>Slett sone</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"For å fjerne ei konfigurert sone, vel henne og klikk <b>Slett sone</b>.</p>\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" -"to the zone.</p>" -"\n" +"to the zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>DNS og sonetransport</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>DNS og sonetransport</big></b><br>\n" "Bruk denne dialogen for å endra dynamiske DNS-innstillingar for sona og kontrollera tilgjenget\n" -"til sona.</p>" -"\n" +"til sona.</p>\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342 @@ -2473,14 +2362,12 @@ "<p>\n" "To allow dynamic updates of the zone, set <b>Allow Dynamic Updates</b>\n" "and select the <b>TSIG Key</b>. At least one TSIG key must be defined\n" -"before the zone can be updated dynamically.</p>" -"\n" +"before the zone can be updated dynamically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "For å tillata dynamisk oppdatering av sona, vel <b>Tillat dynamiske oppdateringar</b>\n" "og vel ein <b>TSIG-nøkkel</b>. Minst éin TSIG-nøkkel må definerast\n" -"før dynamisk oppdatering av sona er mogleg.</p>" -"\n" +"før dynamisk oppdatering av sona er mogleg.</p>\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350 @@ -2505,8 +2392,7 @@ "<p>\n" "Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n" "Select the <b>Automatically Generate Records From</b>\n" -"check-box and choose the zone to generate the records from.</p>" -"\n" +"check-box and choose the zone to generate the records from.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Oppføringer for ein baklengssone kan genererast frå ein annan hovedsone.\n" @@ -2529,39 +2415,31 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n" "To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" -"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>NS-oppføringer</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>NS-oppføringer</big></b><br>\n" "For å leggja til ein ny navneserver, angje navneserverens adresse og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.\n" "For å slette ein av navneserverne på lista, vel henne og klikk\n" -"<b>Slett</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Slett</b>.</p>\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>\n" "To add a new mail server, enter the <b>Address</b> and <b>Priority</b>\n" "and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To remove one of the listed mail servers, select it and click\n" -"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>MX-oppføringer</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>MX-oppføringer</big></b><br>\n" "For å leggja til ei ny e-postserver, angje e-postserverens <b>Adresse</b> og <b>Prioritet</b>\n" "og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.\n" "Vel ei e-postserver på lista og klikk\n" -"<b>Slett</b> for å slette henne.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Slett</b> for å slette henne.</p>\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 @@ -2570,8 +2448,7 @@ "<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" "the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" -"entire zone).</p>" -"\n" +"entire zone).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Seriell</b> vert brukt for å avgjera om sona er endra på\n" "hovedservere (slik at slaveserverne ikkje alltid må synkronisera\n" @@ -2604,14 +2481,12 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, edit the resource records of the zone. To add new resource\n" "records, set the <b>Record Key</b>, <b>Type</b>, and <b>Value</b> then\n" "click <b>Add</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppføringer</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppføringer</big></b><br>\n" "I denne dialogen kan du redigera ressursoppføringene for sona. For å leggja til nye\n" "ressursoppføringer, angje <b>Oppføringsnøkkel</b>, <b>Type</b> og <b>Verd</b> og\n" "klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>" @@ -2633,12 +2508,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>" -"\n" +"Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Kvar oppføringstype har sin eigen syntaks som er definert i RFC.</p>" -"\n" +"Kvar oppføringstype har sin eigen syntaks som er definert i RFC.</p>\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 @@ -2663,16 +2536,14 @@ "qualified hostname followed by a dot.\n" "<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n" "qualified hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by\n" -"an A record.</p>" -"\n" +"an A record.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>CNAME: Alias for domenenavn</b>\n" "<b>Oppføringsnøkkel</b> er eit vertsnavn relativt til gjeldande sone eller eit\n" "gyldig vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum.\n" "<b>Verd</b> er eit vertsnavn relativt til gjeldande sone eller eit\n" "gyldig vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum. Verdet må representerast av\n" -"ein A-oppføring.</p>" -"\n" +"ein A-oppføring.</p>\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) @@ -2683,15 +2554,13 @@ "<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" -"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>" -"\n" +"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>NS: Navneserver</b>\n" "<b>Oppføringsnøkkel</b>er eit sonenavn relativt til gjeldande sone eller eit absolutt\n" "domenenavn etterfulgt av eit punktum.\n" "<b>Verd</b> er eit vertsnavn relativt til gjeldande sone eller eit gyldig\n" -"vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum. Verdet må representerast av ein A-oppføring.</p>" -"\n" +"vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum. Verdet må representerast av ein A-oppføring.</p>\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 @@ -2701,15 +2570,13 @@ "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname or zone name relative to the current zone\n" "or an absolute hostname or zone name followed by a dot.\n" "<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" -"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>" -"\n" +"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>MX: E-postsystem</b>\n" "<b>Oppføringsnøkkel</b> er eit vertsmaskin- eller sonenavn relativt til gjeldande sone\n" "eller eit absolutt vertsmaskin- eller sonenavn etterfulgt av eit punktum.\n" "<b>Verd</b> er eit vertsnavn relativt til gjeldande sone eller eit gyldig\n" -"vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum. Verdet må representerast av ein A-oppføring.</p>" -"\n" +"vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum. Verdet må representerast av ein A-oppføring.</p>\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 @@ -2722,8 +2589,7 @@ " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" -"<b>Value</b> is a fully qualified hostname followed by a dot.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Value</b> is a fully qualified hostname followed by a dot.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>PTR: Bakleies omsetjing</b>\n" "<b>Oppføringsnøkkel</b> er eit gyldig bakleies sonenavn (konvertert frå IP-addressen)\n" @@ -2732,22 +2598,17 @@ " eller ein del av eit bakleies sonenavn relativt til gjeldande sone\n" "(t.d. <tt>1</tt> for IP-adressa <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> i sona\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" -"<b>Verd</b> er eit gyldig vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Verd</b> er eit gyldig vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum.</p>\n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>" -"\n" -"<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p>" -" \n" +"<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p> \n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Fullføra konfigurasjonen</big></b></p>" -"\n" -"<p>Kontrollar innstillingane før du fullfører konfigurasjonen.</p>" -" \n" +"<p><b><big>Fullføra konfigurasjonen</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>Kontrollar innstillingane før du fullfører konfigurasjonen.</p> \n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 @@ -2765,13 +2626,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n" -"start-up behavior to <b>On</b>. Otherwise set it to <b>Off</b>.</p>" -" \n" +"start-up behavior to <b>On</b>. Otherwise set it to <b>Off</b>.</p> \n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "For å starta DNS-serveren kvar gong maskina vert opp starta, vel\n" -"<b>På</b>. Viss ikkje, vel <b>Av</b>.</p>" -" " +"<b>På</b>. Viss ikkje, vel <b>Av</b>.</p> " #. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 @@ -2801,13 +2660,11 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Slave DNS Zone</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Slave DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n" "Each slave zone must have the master name server defined. Use\n" "<b>Master DNS Server IP</b> to define the master name server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Slave-DNS-sone</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Slave-DNS-sone</b></big><br>\n" "Ein hovednavneserver må definerast for kvar slavesone. Nytte\n" "<b>Hoved-DNS-serverens IP</b> for å definera hovednavneserveren.</p>" @@ -2815,15 +2672,13 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Zone Transport</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Zone Transport</b></big><br>\n" "To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n" "and select the <b>ACLs</b> to check when a remote host\n" "attempts to transfer the zone. At least one ACL must be defined\n" "to allow zone transports.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Sonetransport</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Sonetransport</b></big><br>\n" "Vel <b>Aktivum sonetransport</b> for å tillata transport av sona,\n" "og vel <b>ACLer</b> som skal kontrollerast når ein ekstern vertsmaskin\n" "freistar å transportera sona. Minst éin ACL må definerast\n" @@ -2833,13 +2688,11 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Forward DNS Zone</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Forward DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n" "This type of DNS zone only forwards DNS queries to forwarders\n" "defined in it.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>DNS-sone for vidaresending</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>DNS-sone for vidaresending</b></big><br>\n" "Denne DNS-sonetypen vidaresender berre DNS-førespurnader til videresendere\n" "som er definert for sona.</p>" @@ -2970,66 +2823,66 @@ msgstr "&E-postsystem" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett av DNS-servar" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 #, fuzzy msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Kontroller miljøet" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 #, fuzzy msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "Tøm mellomlagre for DNS-nissen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 #, fuzzy msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Les brannmurinnstillinger" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 #, fuzzy msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "Les innstillingane" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Kontrollerer miljøet …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 #, fuzzy msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Tømmer mellomlagre for DNS-nissen …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Lesar brannmurinnstillinger …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "Les innstillingane …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" @@ -3039,85 +2892,85 @@ "Feil: " #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for DNS-servar" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 #, fuzzy msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "Lagre konfigurasjonsfiler" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "Start DNS-nissen på nytt" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 #, fuzzy msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "Oppdater sonefiler" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 #, fuzzy msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "Tilpass DNS-tenesta" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 #, fuzzy msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "Køyr netconfig" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjonsfiler …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Startar DNS-nissen på nytt …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "Oppdaterer sonefiler …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 #, fuzzy msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "Tilpassar DNS-tenesta …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 #, fuzzy msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "Køyrar netconfig …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Lagrar brannmurinnstillinger …" #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" @@ -3127,49 +2980,49 @@ "Feil: " #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 #, fuzzy msgid "Stub" msgstr "Stub" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 #, fuzzy msgid "Hint" msgstr "Hitt" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 #, fuzzy msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "DNS-serveren startar under oppstart av systemet" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 #, fuzzy msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "DNS-serveren startar ikkje under oppstart av systemet" #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "Konfigurerte soner: %s" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Ugyldig LDAP-konfigurasjon. Kan ikkje bruka LDAP." #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "Vil du aktivera LDAP-støtte?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" @@ -3179,36 +3032,40 @@ "LDAP-støtte vil ikkje aktiverast." #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "Ukjend feil ved LDAP-initialisering." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppretting av %1." #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppretting av cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP vil ikkje brukast." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppdatering av %1." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppretting av %1. LDAP vil ikkje brukast." #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Ad&vanced" +#~ msgstr "A&vansert" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "When &Booting" #~ msgstr "Under &oppstart" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/docker.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/docker.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/docker.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -19,6 +19,110 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Changes in Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Path" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Commit Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +msgid "Tag" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "Author" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Ok" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Inject Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Target Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" +msgstr "" + #. Only root can start process #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." @@ -60,14 +164,6 @@ msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 -msgid "Repository" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 -msgid "Tag" -msgstr "" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "" @@ -88,15 +184,11 @@ msgid "Image" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 msgid "Ports" msgstr "" @@ -132,10 +224,59 @@ msgid "&Commit" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 -msgid "&Exit" -msgstr "" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +msgid "Run Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Host" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "Volumes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +msgid "Choose directory to share" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Choose target directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +msgid "Choose external port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +msgid "Choose internal port" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/drbd.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/drbd.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/drbd.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -179,65 +179,45 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vent…<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>\n" +"Vent…<br></p>\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" +"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vent…<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>\n" +"Vent…<br></p>\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" "Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:54 #, fuzzy @@ -251,162 +231,97 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"<p><b>Booting:</b></p>" -"\n" -"\t\t\t" -"<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t\t" -"<p>checking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Booting:</b></p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p>checking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>Switch On and Off:</b></p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p>Starting or Stopping DRBD Server right now</p>\n" "\t\t" -"<p><b>Switch On and Off:</b></p>" -"\n" -"\t\t\t" -"<p>Starting or Stopping DRBD Server right now</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 #, fuzzy msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Globalt oppsett for DRBD</big></b></p>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>" -"\n" +"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n" "\t\t" -"<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b>Protocol</b></p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>" -"\n" +"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>" +"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>" +"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n" "\n" +"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n" "\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n" "\t\t" -"<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Globalt oppsett for DRBD</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>" -"\n" -"\t\t" -"<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>" -"\t\t" -"<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>" -"\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" +"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\t" -"<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>" -"\t\t" -"<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>" +"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t" -"<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>" -"\t\t" -"<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>" +"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" "\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n" "\n" "\t\t" -"<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>" -"\n" -"\n" -"\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Globalt oppsett for DRBD</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>" msgstr "<p>Kryss av for <b>Deaktiver IP-verifisering\"</b> for å deaktivere ein av gyldighetskontrollene i drbdadm</p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" @@ -423,7 +338,7 @@ " Dialogen vil oppdatera telleverdien i samsvar med sekundverdien i 'Oppdater dialog'.\n" " Bruk 0 for å deaktivere oppdatering av skjermen heilt. </p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n" @@ -439,200 +354,239 @@ " som denne fila angjev. </p>" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Configure drbd here.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Sett opp drbd her.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>\n" +"Sett opp drbd her.<br></p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" "If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" -"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Legg til ein drbd:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Legg til ein drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Vel ein drbd frå lista over registrerte drbd.\n" "Viss ein drbd ikkje vart registrert, bruk <b>Andre (ikkje registrert)</b>.\n" -"Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" -"the configuration opens.</p>" -"\n" +"the configuration opens.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n" "Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, får du opp ein ny dialog der\n" -"du kan endra konfigurasjonen.</p>" -"\n" +"du kan endra konfigurasjonen.</p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" -"edit their configurations.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oversyn over drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Oversyn over drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>\n" "Her finn du eit oversyn over installerte drbd-er. Du kan òg\n" -"redigera oppsetta.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"redigera oppsetta.<br></p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Legg til ein drbd:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Legg til ein drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp ein drbd.</p>" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" -"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>" -"\n" +"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>\n" "Vel ein drbd du vil endra eller sletta.\n" -"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter ønske.</p>" -"\n" +"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter ønske.</p>\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" -"<br>" -"</p>" +"<br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, første del</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, første del</big></b><br>\n" "Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.\n" -"<br>" -"</p>" +"<br></p>" #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Velja noko:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Velja noko:</big></b><br>\n" "Du må hacke litt før du kan velja noko :-)\n" "</p>" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" -"<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, andre del</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, andre del</big></b><br>\n" "Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.\n" -"<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<br></p>\n" #. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 #, fuzzy msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Globalt oppsett av DRBD" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +msgid "Use LVM metad" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "Ressursnavn" -#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter -#. Ignore the removed disk -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 +msgid "Nodes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "" + +#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 #, fuzzy msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokoll" -#. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 #, fuzzy -msgid "Node names must be different." +msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "Andre nodenavn må angjevast." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 +#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." +msgstr "" + +#. IPv6 should including port +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. Checking the port is number +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +msgid "Please enter a valid port number." +msgstr "" + +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 #, fuzzy msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Fyll ut alle felt." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." +msgstr "" + +#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +msgid "Enter the node name:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Node name must be different." +msgstr "Andre nodenavn må angjevast." + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Package: Configuration of heartbeat #. Authors: Martin Lazar @@ -751,92 +705,92 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer DRBD-oppsett" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Les globale innstillingar" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 #, fuzzy msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Les ressursar" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 #, fuzzy msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "Drbd-oppsett" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Les nissestatus" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 #, fuzzy msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Les globale innstillingar" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Les globale innstillingar …" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Les ressursar …" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "Lagrar DRBD-oppsett" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Lesar nissestatus …" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar DRBD-oppsett" @@ -845,57 +799,57 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 #, fuzzy msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Lagre generelle innstillingar" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 #, fuzzy msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Lagre ressursane" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "Lagrar DRBD-oppsett" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 #, fuzzy msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Definer nissestatus" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "Lagre generelle innstillingar" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Lagrar generelle innstillingar …" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Lagrar ressursar …" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "Lagrar DRBD-oppsett" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Definerer nissestatus …" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Lagrar generelle innstillingar …" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/fcoe-client.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/fcoe-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/fcoe-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -367,130 +367,90 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av fcoe-klient</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vent…<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av fcoe-klient</big></b><br>\n" +"Vent…<br></p>\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" +"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar oppsett for fcoe-klient</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vent…<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar oppsett for fcoe-klient</big></b><br>\n" +"Vent…<br></p>\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" "Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>FcoeClient Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Configure fcoe-client here.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>FcoeClient Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Configure fcoe-client here.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppset av FcoeClient</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Sett opp fcoe-klienten her.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppset av FcoeClient</big></b><br>\n" +"Sett opp fcoe-klienten her.<br></p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a fcoe-client from the list of detected fcoe-clients.\n" "If your fcoe-client was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" -"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein fcoe-klient:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein fcoe-klient:</big></b><br>\n" "Vel ein fcoe-klient frå lista over fcoe-klientar som er funnen. \n" "Viss fcoe-klienten ikkje vart funnen, bruk <b>Annan (ikkje funnet)</b>.\n" -"Trykk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"Trykk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" -"the configuration opens.</p>" -"\n" +"the configuration opens.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n" "Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, får du opp ein ny dialog der\n" -"du kan endra konfigurasjonen.</p>" -"\n" +"du kan endra konfigurasjonen.</p>\n" #. Services dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br>" -"</b><br>" -"Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>" +msgid "<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Start av tenester</big><br>" -"</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Start av tenester</big><br></b><br>\n" "Du kan aktivera eller deaktivere start av tenestene\n" -"<b>fcoe</b> og <b>lldpad</b> ved oppstart av systemet.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>fcoe</b> og <b>lldpad</b> ved oppstart av systemet.</p>\n" #. Services dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 @@ -511,20 +471,13 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "<p><b><big>Network interface overview</big></b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oversyn over nettverksgrensesnitt</big></b><br>" -"</p>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>Oversyn over nettverksgrensesnitt</big></b><br></p>" #. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>" -"FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>" -"For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Grensesnittdialogen viser alle registrerte nettverkskort og dessutan status for VLAN- og FCoE-oppsettet.<br>" -"FCoE kan nyttast viss VLAN-grensesnittet er sett opp for FCoE (avkryssingsboks). For alle nettverkskort (nettverksgrensesnitt) visast dette i kolonnen <i>«FCoE VLAN-grensesnitt</i>».</p>" +msgid "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Grensesnittdialogen viser alle registrerte nettverkskort og dessutan status for VLAN- og FCoE-oppsettet.<br>FCoE kan nyttast viss VLAN-grensesnittet er sett opp for FCoE (avkryssingsboks). For alle nettverkskort (nettverksgrensesnitt) visast dette i kolonnen <i>«FCoE VLAN-grensesnitt</i>».</p>" #. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 @@ -534,19 +487,11 @@ #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br>" -"<b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br>" -"<b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>" -"Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>" -"If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" +msgid "<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Detaljert om verda for <i>FCoE VLAN-grensesnitt</i>:<br>" -"\n" -"<b>ikkje tilgjengeleg</b> tyder at FCoE ikkje kan nyttast (må aktiverast ved å kryssa av først)<br>" -"\n" -"<b>ikkje sat opp</b>: FCoE kan nyttast men er ikkje aktiverte enno. Trykk på <b>Opprett FCoE VLAN-grensesnitt</b> for å gjera dette.<br>" -"\n" +"<p>Detaljert om verda for <i>FCoE VLAN-grensesnitt</i>:<br>\n" +"<b>ikkje tilgjengeleg</b> tyder at FCoE ikkje kan nyttast (må aktiverast ved å kryssa av først)<br>\n" +"<b>ikkje sat opp</b>: FCoE kan nyttast men er ikkje aktiverte enno. Trykk på <b>Opprett FCoE VLAN-grensesnitt</b> for å gjera dette.<br>\n" " Viss FCoE VLAN-grensesnittet allereie er oppretta, vert vist namnet i kolonnen, t.d. eth3.200.</p>" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 @@ -571,21 +516,13 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>The values are:<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>" -"This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br>" -"<b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>" -"Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" +"<p>The values are:<br>\n" +"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Verda er:<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Feilsøking</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>" -"\n" -"Dette vert brukt for å aktivare feilsøkingsmeldinger frå fcoe-tenesta si skript og <i>fcoemon</i>»<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Nytte syslog</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>" -"\n" +"<p>Verda er:<br>\n" +"<b>Feilsøking</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>\n" +"Dette vert brukt for å aktivare feilsøkingsmeldinger frå fcoe-tenesta si skript og <i>fcoemon</i>»<br>\n" +"<b>Nytte syslog</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>\n" " Meldingar vert send til systemloggen viss <i>ja</i> er vald (data loggast i /var/log/messages).</p>" #. edit dialog help 1/3 @@ -597,9 +534,7 @@ #. Edit dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>" -"There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" +msgid "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><i>fcoemon</i>-nissen les desse oppsettfilene under initialisering.\n" " Det er ei fil for kvart grensesnitt, og verda viser om FCoE-instansar\n" @@ -608,27 +543,14 @@ #. Edit dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>The values are:<br>" -"<b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>" -"Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br>" -"<b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>" -"The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br>" -"<b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>" -"If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>" +msgid "<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Verda er:<br>" -" \n" -" Aktivar FCoE: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>" -"\n" -" Aktivar eller deaktiver skiping av FCoE-instansar. <br>" -"\n" -" DCB krevjast: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>" -"\n" -" Standardinnstillingen er <i>ja</i>. DCB vert vanlegvis kravde.<br>" -"\n" -"<b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>" -"\n" +"<p>Verda er:<br> \n" +" Aktivar FCoE: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>\n" +" Aktivar eller deaktiver skiping av FCoE-instansar. <br>\n" +" DCB krevjast: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>\n" +" Standardinnstillingen er <i>ja</i>. DCB vert vanlegvis kravde.<br>\n" +"<b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>\n" "Viss <i>ja</i>, vil 'fcoemon' automatisk oppretta VLAN-\n" "grensesnitt.</p>" @@ -691,36 +613,36 @@ msgstr "<p>Vil du installera han no?</p>" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Finn ingen einingar." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "Finn ingen einingar." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "Finn ingen einingar." #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" @@ -732,133 +654,133 @@ "VLAN-grensesnittet på nytt for å laga eit gyldig oppsett." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett for fcoe-klient" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 #, fuzzy msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Kontrollar installerte pakker" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 #, fuzzy msgid "Check services" msgstr "Kontroller tenester" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 #, fuzzy msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Søk etter nettverkskort" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 #, fuzzy msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Les /etc/fcoe/config" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Søkar etter installerte pakker …" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Søkar etter tenester …" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Søkar etter nettverkskort …" #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Lesar /etc/fcoe/config" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 #, fuzzy msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Start av tenester mislukkast." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Finn ingen einingar." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa /etc/fcoe/config." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for fcoe-klient" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Lagre innstillingane" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Start FCoE-tenestene på nytt" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 #, fuzzy msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Tilpass start av tenester" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Lagrar innstillingane …" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Startar FCoE-tenestene på nytt …" #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 #, fuzzy msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Tilpassar start av tenester …" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Kan ikkje lagra innstillingar i /etc/fcoe/config." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" @@ -868,50 +790,50 @@ "Du finn meir informasjon i /var/log/YaST2/y2log" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Start av tenester mislukkast." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa /etc/fcoe/cfg-fil for %1" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 #, fuzzy msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>" msgstr "<b>Generelt FCoE-oppsett</b>" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 #, fuzzy msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>" msgstr "<b>Grensesnitt</b>" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 #, fuzzy msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:" msgstr "<i>Nettverkskort</i>:" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 #, fuzzy msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>" msgstr "<b>Start av tenester</b>" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 #, fuzzy msgid "enabled" msgstr "aktivert" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 #, fuzzy msgid "disabled" msgstr "deaktivert" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/firewall.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/firewall.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/firewall.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -19,6 +19,16 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: message popup #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 #, fuzzy @@ -205,7 +215,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 #, fuzzy msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "Nivå for logging" @@ -235,58 +245,46 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"Please wait...</p>" +"<br>Please wait...</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Lesar brannmurkonfigurasjon</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"Vent…</p>" +"<br>Vent…</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"Please wait...</p>" +"<br>Please wait...</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Lagrar brannmurkonfigurasjon</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"Vent..</p>" +"<br>Vent..</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Interfaces</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\n" -"by selecting the device in the table and clicking <b>Change</b>.</p>" +"<br>Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\n" +"by selecting the device in the table and clicking <b>Change</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" "<p>Enter special strings, like <tt>any</tt>, using \n" "<b>Custom</b>. You can also enter interfaces not yet configured here.\n" -"If you need masquerading, the string <tt>any</tt> is not allowed.</p>" +"If you need masquerading, the string <tt>any</tt> is not allowed.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" "<p>Every network device should be assigned to a firewall zone.\n" -"Network traffic through any unassigned interface is blocked.</p>" -"\n" +"Network traffic through any unassigned interface is blocked.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Grensesnitt</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"Her kan du tilordne nettverksenhetene til brannmursoner\n" -"ved å velja ei eining i tabellen og klikka på <b>Endre</b>.</p>" +"<br>Her kan du tilordne nettverksenhetene til brannmursoner\n" +"ved å velja ei eining i tabellen og klikka på <b>Endre</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" "<p>Angje spesielle kommandoar som <i>any</i> ved å bruka \n" "<b>Egendefinert</b>. Her kan du òg angje grensesnitt som ikkje er konfigurert enno.\n" -"Viss du vil bruka maskering, er ikkje kommandoen <i>any</i> tillate.</p>" +"Viss du vil bruka maskering, er ikkje kommandoen <i>any</i> tillate.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" "<p>Alle nettverksenheter bør tilordnes ein brannmursone.\n" -"Nettverkstrafikk via eit grensesnitt som ikkje er tilordnet, vil blokkerast.</p>" -"\n" +"Nettverkstrafikk via eit grensesnitt som ikkje er tilordnet, vil blokkerast.</p>\n" #. Network Manager #. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? @@ -304,36 +302,27 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Allowed Services</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n" -"Networks are divided into firewall zones.</p>" +"<br>Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n" +"Networks are divided into firewall zones.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" "<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n" "<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" "<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\n" "protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" -"be unprotected.</p>" -"\n" +"be unprotected.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Tillatne tenester</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"Her spesifiserer du tenester eller portar som skal vera tilgjengelege frå nettverket.\n" -"Nettverk er delt inn i brannmursoner.</p>" +"<br>Her spesifiserer du tenester eller portar som skal vera tilgjengelege frå nettverket.\n" +"Nettverk er delt inn i brannmursoner.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" "<p>For å tillata ei teneste, vel <b>Sone</b> og\n" -"<b>Tillati teneste</b>, og klikk på <b>Legg til</b>.</p>" +"<b>Tillati teneste</b>, og klikk på <b>Legg til</b>.</p>\n" +"For å fjerne ei tillati teneste, vel <b>Sone</b> og <b>Tillati teneste<b>, og klikk på <b>Fjern</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -"For å fjerne ei tillati teneste, vel <b>Sone</b> og <b>Tillati teneste<b>, og klikk på <b>Fjern</b>.</p>" -"\n" -"\n" "<p>Fjern avkryssingen for <b>Deaktiver brannmur for intern sone</b> for å fjerne\n" -"vernet for heile sona. Alle tenester og portar i denne sona vil vera ubeskyttet.</p>" -"\n" +"vernet for heile sona. Alle tenester og portar i denne sona vil vera ubeskyttet.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 @@ -341,47 +330,39 @@ msgid "" "<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\n" "Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" -"IP protocols.</p>" -"\n" +"IP protocols.</p>\n" "<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" "RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Fleire innstillingar kan konfigurerast under <b>Avansert</b>.\n" "Oppføringer må vera adskilt av eit eit mellomrom. Her kan du aktivera TCP-, UDP- og RPC-portar og dessutan\n" -"IP-protokollar.</p>" -"\n" +"IP-protokollar.</p>\n" "<p>TCP- og UDP-portar kan angjevast som portnavn (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "portnummer (<tt>3128</tt>) og portområder (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" "RPC-portar må angjevast som tjenestenavn (<tt>portmap</tt> eller <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Angje IP-protokollar med protokollnavnet (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" "your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n" -"to the external network.</p>" -"\n" +"to the external network.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Maskering</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"Maskering er ein funksjon som skjuler det interne nettverket ditt bak brannmuren, men gjev\n" +"<br>Maskering er ein funksjon som skjuler det interne nettverket ditt bak brannmuren, men gjev\n" "det interne nettverket transparent tilgjenge til eksterne nettverk, til dømes Internett. Førespurnader\n" "frå det eksterne nettverket til det interne vert blokkert.\n" "Vel <b>Maskar nettverk</b> for å maskera nettverka\n" -"for eksterne nettverk.</p>" -"\n" +"for eksterne nettverk.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 @@ -390,183 +371,142 @@ "<p>\n" "Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" "transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>" +"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" -"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Sjølv om førespurnader frå det eksterne nettverket ikkje når fram til det interne nettverket, er det mogleg å\n" "tillata transparent omdirigering av alle forespurte portar i brannmuren til kva for ein som helst intern IP.\n" -"Legg til ein ny omdirigeringsregel ved å klikka på <b>Legg til</b> og fylla ut omdirigeringsskjemaet.</p>" +"Legg til ein ny omdirigeringsregel ved å klikka på <b>Legg til</b> og fylla ut omdirigeringsskjemaet.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" -"<p>Ein omdirigeringsregel kan fjernast ved å velja han i tabellen og klikka på <b>Slett</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<p>Ein omdirigeringsregel kan fjernast ved å velja han i tabellen og klikka på <b>Slett</b>.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" +"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" "<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" "ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" -"particular zones.</p>" +"particular zones.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" "<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" "To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\n" -"for the desired zones.</p>" -"\n" +"for the desired zones.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Kringkastingskonfigurasjon</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"Kringkasta pakker er spesielle UDP-pakker som vert til send heile nettverket for å finne \n" +"<br>Kringkasta pakker er spesielle UDP-pakker som vert til send heile nettverket for å finne \n" "tilkoblede datamaskiner eller for å senda informasjon til alle maskinene i nettverket.\n" -"CUP sin-servera sendar til dømes informasjon om utskriftskøer ved hjelp av kringkasta pakker." -"<p>\n" +"CUP sin-servera sendar til dømes informasjon om utskriftskøer ved hjelp av kringkasta pakker.<p>\n" "\n" "<p>SuSEfirewall2-tenester som er valde for tillatne grensesnitt, legg automatisk til naudsynte\n" "kringkastingsporter her. For å fjerne nokon av desse eller leggja til andre kan du redigera lister med portar adskilt av komene for\n" -"spesielle soner.</p>" +"spesielle soner.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" "<p>Andre avviste kringkasta pakker vert logga. I store nettverk kan dette dreia seg om mange pakker.\n" "For å stansa loggingen av desse pakkene, fjern avkryssingen for <b>Ikkje logg avviste kringkasta pakker</b>\n" -"for aktuelle soner.</p>" -"\n" +"for aktuelle soner.</p>\n" #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\n" "Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" "<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" "button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" -"some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>" -"\n" +"some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Kringkastingssvar<big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Kringkastingssvar<big></b><br>\n" "Brannmuren forkastar vanlegvis pakker som er send frå andre maskiner som svar\n" -"på kringkasta pakker frå ditt eige system, t.d., Samba- eller SLP-søk.</p>" +"på kringkasta pakker frå ditt eige system, t.d., Samba- eller SLP-søk.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" "<p>Her kan du angje kva for pakker som vert tillatne å passera gjennom brannmuren. Bruk <b>Legg til</b>-\n" "knappen for å leggja til ein ny regel. Du må velja brannmursone og dessutan velja éin eller\n" -"fleire tenester som allereie er definert, eller definera ein eigen regel heilt manuelt.</p>" -"\n" +"fleire tenester som allereie er definert, eller definera ein eigen regel heilt manuelt.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" +"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" -"<b>Enabled</b>.</p>" +"<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" "<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>" -"\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>IPsec-støytte</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"IPsec er kryptert kommunikasjon mellom pålitelege vertsmaskiner eller nettverk vigd upålitelige nettverk, til dømes Internett. Denne dialogen opnar IPsec for ei ekstern sone viss du vel\n" -"<b>Aktivert</b>.</p>" +"<br>IPsec er kryptert kommunikasjon mellom pålitelege vertsmaskiner eller nettverk vigd upålitelige nettverk, til dømes Internett. Denne dialogen opnar IPsec for ei ekstern sone viss du vel\n" +"<b>Aktivert</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" "<p>Under <b>Detaljar</b> konfigurerer du korleis IPsec-pakkar med godkjent\n" -"dekryptering skal handterast. Dei kan til dømes handterast som om komer frå den interne sona.</p>" -"\n" +"dekryptering skal handterast. Dei kan til dømes handterast som om komer frå den interne sona.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>" +"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" "<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" "You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\n" "packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n" -"for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>" -"\n" +"for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Nivå for logging</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"Dette er ein grunnleggjande dialog for logging av IP-pakker. Her\n" -"konfigurerer du korleis innkommende tilkoblingspakker skal loggast. Utgående pakker vert ikkje logga i det heile.</p>" +"<br>Dette er ein grunnleggjande dialog for logging av IP-pakker. Her\n" +"konfigurerer du korleis innkommende tilkoblingspakker skal loggast. Utgående pakker vert ikkje logga i det heile.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" "<p>IP-pakkar som kan loggast, vert delt inn i to grupper: <b>Godkjende pakker</b> og <b>Ikkje godkjende pakker</b>.\n" "For kvar gruppe kan du velja mellom tre nivå for logging: <b>Logg alle</b> for å logga alle\n" "pakkar, <b>Logg berre kritiske</b> for å logga berre interessante pakker eller <b>Ikkje logg nokon</b>\n" -"for å deaktivere all logging. Du bør i det minste logga kritiske, godkjende pakker.</p>" -"\n" +"for å deaktivere all logging. Du bør i det minste logga kritiske, godkjende pakker.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" +"<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" "This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" -"Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>" +"Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" "<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" -"<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>" +"<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\n" "\n" +"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>" +"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" -"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>" -"\n" -"\n" "<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" "TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" -"ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>" -"\n" +"ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Sammendrag</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"Her finn du eit sammendrag av konfigurasjonsinnstillingene.\n" +"<br>Her finn du eit sammendrag av konfigurasjonsinnstillingene.\n" "Sammendraget er delt inn ein generell del og sammendrag for kvar enkelt brannmursone.\n" -"Alle eksisterande soner er oppførde her.</p>" +"Alle eksisterande soner er oppførde her.</p>\n" "\n" -"\n" "<p><b>Oppstart av brannmur</b> viser om brannmuren vert aktivert ved oppstart\n" -"<b>av maskina</b> eller berre <b>manuelt</b>.</p>" +"<b>av maskina</b> eller berre <b>manuelt</b>.</p>\n" "\n" +"<p>Brannmursonene må ha eit tilordnet nettverksgrensesnitt for at elementa nedanfor skal inngå i sammendraget:</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Brannmursonene må ha eit tilordnet nettverksgrensesnitt for at elementa nedanfor skal inngå i sammendraget:</p>" -"\n" -"\n" "<p><b>Grensesnitt</b>: Alle grensesnitt er oppførde med konfigurasjonsnavn og enhetsnavn.\n" "\n" "<p><b>Opne tenester, portar og protokollar</b>: Her er alle nettverkstjenester og dessutan ekstra\n" "TCP- (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP- (User Datagram Protocol) og RPC-portar (Remote Procedure Call)\n" -"og IP-portar (Internet Protocol) oppført.</p>" -"\n" +"og IP-portar (Internet Protocol) oppført.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 @@ -648,101 +588,81 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />" -"\n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Brannmur</big></b><br />" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Brannmur</big></b><br />\n" "Ein brannmur er ein forsvarsmekanisme som vernar maskina mot angrep via nettverket.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Custom Rules</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Custom Rules</big></b><br>\n" "Set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n" -"matching these rules.</p>" -"\n" +"matching these rules.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Egendefinerte regler</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Egendefinerte regler</big></b><br>\n" "Her kan du definera regler for brannmuren som tillèt samband\n" -"som samsvarer med desse reglene." -"<p>" +"som samsvarer med desse reglene.<p>" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 #. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Source Network</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Source Network</b><br>\n" "Network or IP address where the connection comes from,\n" "e.g., <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> or <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" -"or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> or <tt>0/0</tt> (which means <tt>all</tt>).</p>" -"\n" +"or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> or <tt>0/0</tt> (which means <tt>all</tt>).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Kildenettverk</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Kildenettverk</b><br>\n" "Nettverk eller IP-adresse som tilkoblingen kjem frå,\n" "f.eks <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> eller <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" -"eller <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> eller <tt>0/0</tt> (som tyder <tt>alle</tt>)." -"<p>" +"eller <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> eller <tt>0/0</tt> (som tyder <tt>alle</tt>).<p>" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 #. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Protocol</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Protocol</b><br>\n" "Protocol used by that packet. Special protocol <tt>RPC</tt> is used for\n" "RPC services.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Protokoll</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Protokoll</b><br>\n" "Kva for ein protokoll pakka nyttar. Spesialprotokollen <tt>RPC</tt> vert nytta\n" -"for RPC-tenester." -"<p>" +"for RPC-tenester.<p>" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 #. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Destination Port</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Destination Port</b><br>\n" "Port name, port number or range of ports that are allowed to be\n" "accessed, e.g., <tt>smtp</tt> or <tt>25</tt> or <tt>100:110</tt>.\n" "In case of <tt>RPC</tt> protocol, use the RPC service name.\n" "This entry is optional.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Målport</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Målport</b><br>\n" "Portnavn, portnummer eller eit område av portar som det er tillate\n" "å aksessera, f.eks <tt>smtp</tt> eller <tt>25</tt> eller <tt>100:110</tt>.\n" "Viss det gjeld <tt>RPC</tt>-protokollen, nytt RPC-tjenestenavnet.\n" -"Dette valet er valfritt." -"<p>" +"Dette valet er valfritt.<p>" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 #. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Source Port</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Source Port</b><br>\n" "Port name, port number or range of ports where the packet\n" "originates from. This entry is optional.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Kildeport</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Kildeport</b><br>\n" "Portnavn, portnummer eller område av portar som\n" -"avsenderport. Dete valet er valfritt." -"<p>" +"avsenderport. Dete valet er valfritt.<p>" #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 #, fuzzy @@ -860,7 +780,7 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 #, fuzzy msgid "Source Network" msgstr "Kildenettverk" @@ -872,8 +792,8 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 #, fuzzy msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokoll" @@ -937,7 +857,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 #, fuzzy msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "Forsp. IP" @@ -945,7 +865,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 #, fuzzy msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "Foresp. port" @@ -953,7 +873,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 #, fuzzy msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "Omdir. til IP" @@ -961,7 +881,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 #, fuzzy msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "Omdir. til port" @@ -1098,10 +1018,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 #, fuzzy msgid "Zone" msgstr "Sone" @@ -1684,258 +1604,260 @@ msgstr "Vel eit element som skal slettes." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "Brannmurkonfigurasjon" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Oppstartsinnstillinger" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "Kjende brannmursoner" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 #, fuzzy msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasjon av nettverksgrensesnitt" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "Tillatne tenester, portar og protokollar" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 #, fuzzy msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "Innstillingar for kringkasta pakker" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 #, fuzzy msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "Maskeringsinnstillinger" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 #, fuzzy msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "Omdiriger førespurnader til maskert IP" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "Innstillingar for logging" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "Sammendrag av brannmurkonfigurasjon" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "Spesiell brannmurkommando" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 #, fuzzy msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "Vis gjeldande innstillingar" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 #, fuzzy msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "Aktiver brannmur ved oppstart av maskina" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 #, fuzzy msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "Aktiver brannmur manuelt" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "Vis konfigurerte oppføringer" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 #, fuzzy msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "Kort sonenavn" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 #, fuzzy msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "Legg til ein ny oppføring" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "Fjern ein oppføring" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "Namn på konfigurasjon for nettverksgrensesnitt" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 #, fuzzy msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "Logging av godkjende pakker (all|crit|none)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "Logging av ikkje godkjende pakker (all|crit|none)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 #, fuzzy msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "Logging av kringkasta pakker (ja|nei)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 #, fuzzy msgid "Set value" msgstr "Spesifiser verd" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 #, fuzzy msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Portnavn eller -nummer; fleire portar adskilt av komene" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "Kjende brannmurtjenester; fleire tenester adskilt av komene" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 #, fuzzy msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "TCP-portnavn eller -nummer; fleire portar adskilt av komene" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 #, fuzzy msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "UDP-portnavn eller -nummer; fleire portar adskilt av komene" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 #, fuzzy msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "RPC-portnavn; fleire portar adskilt av komene" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 #, fuzzy msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "IP-protokollnavn; fleire protokollar adskilt av komene" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 #, fuzzy msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "Spesifiser sonebeskyttelse (ja|nei)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 #, fuzzy msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "Detaljert informasjon" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Aktiver alternativ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Deaktiver alternativ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "Kildenettverk, t.d. 0/0 eller 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "Protokoll (tcp|udp)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 #, fuzzy msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "Forespurt ekstern IP (valfritt)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 #, fuzzy msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "Forespurt portnavn eller -nummer" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 #, fuzzy msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "Omdiriger til intern IP" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "Omdiriger til port på intern IP (valfritt)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 #, fuzzy msgid "Record number" msgstr "Oppføringsnummer" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "Nytte portnavn i staden for portnummer" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "Ukjend sone %1." @@ -1949,27 +1871,27 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 #, fuzzy msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "Parameteren %1 må spesifiserast." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 #, fuzzy msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "Viser kjende brannmursoner:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 #, fuzzy msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "Snarveg" @@ -1977,21 +1899,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 #, fuzzy msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "Sonenavn" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Sammendrag:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 #, fuzzy msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Berre éin parameter er tillaten." @@ -1999,161 +1921,161 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 #, fuzzy msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "Oppstart:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "Aktiverer brannmur ved oppstart av maskina …" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "Brannmur vert ikkje aktivert under oppstart av maskina …" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "Brannmurport vert aktivert ved oppstart av maskina" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "Brannmuren må aktiverast manuelt" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "Nettverksgrensesnitt i brannmursoner:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 #, fuzzy msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "Spesiell brannmurkommando" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 #, fuzzy msgid "Interface" msgstr "Grensesnitt" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Enhetsnavn" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "Legger til spesialkommandoen %1 for sona %2 …" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "Legger til grensesnittet %1 for sona %2 …" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "Fjernar spesialkommandoen %1 frå sona %2 …" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "Fjernar grensesnittet %1 frå sona %2 …" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 #, fuzzy msgid "Log all" msgstr "Logg alt" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 #, fuzzy msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "Logg berre kritiske" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "Ikkje logg nokon" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 #, fuzzy msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "Globale innstillingar for logging:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 #, fuzzy msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "Regeltype" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 #, fuzzy msgid "Value" msgstr "Verd" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 #, fuzzy msgid "Accepted" msgstr "Godkjent" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 #, fuzzy msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "Ikkje godkjend" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 #, fuzzy msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "Logging av kringkasta pakker:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 #, fuzzy msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "Logging aktivert" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 #, fuzzy msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "Logging deaktivert" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 #, fuzzy msgid "Short" msgstr "Kort" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 #, fuzzy msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "Status for logging" @@ -2163,91 +2085,91 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 #, fuzzy msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "Verdet %1 er ikkje tillate for alternativet %2." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 #, fuzzy msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "Tillatne kringkastingsporter:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 #, fuzzy msgid "Port" msgstr "Port" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 #, fuzzy msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "Berre éin handlingskommando er tillate her." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 #, fuzzy msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "Spesifiserte brannmurtjenester:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 #, fuzzy msgid "Service Name" msgstr "Namn på teneste" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 #, fuzzy msgid "TCP port" msgstr "TCP-port" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "UDP port" msgstr "UDP-port" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "RPC port" msgstr "RPC-port" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 #, fuzzy msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "IP-protokoll" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 #, fuzzy msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "Tillatne tenester i soner:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 #, fuzzy msgid "All services" msgstr "Alle tenester" @@ -2255,105 +2177,116 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 #, fuzzy msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "Heile sona ubeskyttet" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 #, fuzzy msgid "Service ID" msgstr "Teneste-ID" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "Fleire tillatne portar:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 #, fuzzy msgid "All ports" msgstr "Alle portar" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 #, fuzzy msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "Fleire tillatne IP-protokollar i soner:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 #, fuzzy msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "Alle IP-protokollar" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "IP-protokoll" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "Ukjend teneste %1." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 #, fuzzy msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "Vern kan berre spesifiserast for interne soner." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 #, fuzzy msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "Minst éin av %1 må spesifiserast." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 #, fuzzy msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "Minst éin handlingskommando frå %1 må spesifiserast." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 #, fuzzy msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "Omdiriger førespurnader til maskert IP:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "Ukjent portnavn %1." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 #, fuzzy msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "Maskeringsinnstillinger:" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +msgid "everywhere" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +msgid "in the %1 zone" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547 +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 #, fuzzy -msgid "Masquerading is %1" +msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "Maskering er %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 #, fuzzy msgid "enabled" msgstr "aktivert" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 #, fuzzy msgid "disabled" msgstr "deaktivert" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/firstboot.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/firstboot.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/firstboot.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:24+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk \n" @@ -37,15 +37,11 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>" -"\n" -"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>" -"\n" +"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" +"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Kryss av for <b>Set opp ved første oppstart</b> for å starta firstboot-verktøyet ved første oppstart av systemet.</p>" -"\n" -"<p>Sjå hjelpeteksten til modulen yast2-firstboot for meir informasjon.</p>" -"\n" +"<p>Kryss av for <b>Set opp ved første oppstart</b> for å starta firstboot-verktøyet ved første oppstart av systemet.</p>\n" +"<p>Sjå hjelpeteksten til modulen yast2-firstboot for meir informasjon.</p>\n" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -117,13 +113,13 @@ msgstr "Namn" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Module Name" -msgstr "Modulnamn" - -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +msgid "Module Name" +msgstr "Modulnamn" + #. translators: dialog text #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" @@ -136,15 +132,11 @@ #. help text fro desktop dialog #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 msgid "" -"<p>" -"<h3>Desktop Selections</h3>" -"\n" +"<p><h3>Desktop Selections</h3>\n" "This system has more than one desktop environment installed. Select\n" "the desktop to enable as the default desktop.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>" -"<h3>Skrivebordsval</h3>" -"\n" +"<p><h3>Skrivebordsval</h3>\n" "Dette systemet har meir enn eitt skrivebordsmiljø installert.\n" "Vel kva skrivebord du vil bruka som standard.</p>" @@ -175,12 +167,10 @@ #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 msgid "" "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>" -"\n" +"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>&product; er no installert på maskina di.\n" -"Når du har trykt <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logga inn på systemet.</p>" -"\n" +"Når du har trykt <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logga inn på systemet.</p>\n" #. congratulation text 3/4 #. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language @@ -191,12 +181,8 @@ #. congratulation text 4/4 #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 -msgid "" -"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>" -"Your SuSE Development Team</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ha det gøy!<br>" -"SuSE-utviklarane</p>" +msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SuSE Development Team</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ha det gøy!<br>SuSE-utviklarane</p>" #. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 @@ -207,24 +193,19 @@ #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\n" -"to the login screen.</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Trykk <b>Fullfør</b> for å avslutta YaST-installeringa gå til innloggingsvindauget.</p>" -"\n" +"to the login screen.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Trykk <b>Fullfør</b> for å avslutta YaST-installeringa gå til innloggingsvindauget.</p>\n" #. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" -"our SuSE Welcome Dialog.</p>" -"\n" +"our SuSE Welcome Dialog.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Viss du vel KDE, det grafiske standardskrivebordet, kan du\n" "tilpassa nokre KDE-innstillingar til maskinvara di. Sjå òg\n" -"velkomstvindauget.</p>" -"\n" +"velkomstvindauget.</p>\n" #. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 @@ -232,14 +213,12 @@ "<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" "modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start\n" "after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" -"return to this installation sequence.</p>" -"\n" +"return to this installation sequence.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Viss du er ein avansert brukar, har du no tilgang til alle oppsettmodulane i SuSE no.\n" "Kryss av for <b>Start YaST kontrollsenter</b> for å opna dette\n" "etter at du trykkjer <b>Fullfør</b>. Merk at kontrollsenteret ikkje har nokon tilbakeknapp for å\n" -"gå tilbake tilbake til denne installasjonsprosessen.</p>" -"\n" +"gå tilbake tilbake til denne installasjonsprosessen.</p>\n" #. popup text #: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 @@ -278,27 +257,23 @@ "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to be used during\n" "configuration and in the installed system.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel <b>språk</b> og <b>tastaturoppsettet</b> du vil bruka under\n" "oppsettet og etter at systemet er installert.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å gå vidare til neste steg.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 @@ -306,17 +281,15 @@ "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" "installation process at any time.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel <b>Avbryt</b> for å avbryta\n" "installeringa når som helst.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "Du har ikkje nok ledig plass til å installera alle tilleggspakkane." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/fonts.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/fonts.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/fonts.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:12+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk \n" @@ -20,59 +20,59 @@ #. in case of changing profiles, please reflect #. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.* #. otherwise testsuite will fail -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59 msgid "Bitmap Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104 msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107 msgid "Black and White Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124 msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127 msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144 msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standard" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164 msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167 msgid "CFF Fonts" msgstr "CFF-skrifter" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207 msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210 msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227 msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 msgid "Subpixel Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255 msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." msgstr "" @@ -115,9 +115,7 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:342 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<p><b>Specimen for %s</b></p>" -msgid "" -"<p><b>Scripts</b>" -"<ul>" +msgid "<p><b>Scripts</b><ul>" msgstr "<p><b>Skriftprøve for %s</b></p>" #. nothing to do nowadays @@ -347,9 +345,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030 -msgid "" -"This setting can be changed:" -"<ul>" +msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031 @@ -369,9 +365,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037 -msgid "" -"User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li>" -"</ul>" +msgid "User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038 @@ -393,9 +387,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: " -"<ul>" +msgid "<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045 @@ -456,12 +448,8 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097 #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118 -msgid "" -"<p>See: %s" -"<p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Sjå: %s" -"<p>" +msgid "<p>See: %s<p>" +msgstr "<p>Sjå: %s<p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1087 msgid "<h3>Hinting</h3>" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -61,10 +61,9 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -115,17 +114,17 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" @@ -133,24 +132,24 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "Authentification" +msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Ca&ncel" msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "" @@ -159,176 +158,184 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 -msgid "Authentification file" +msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 -msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." +msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 -msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 -msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "retries" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "weights" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "expire" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "" -#. Validation check before switch to authentification -#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "" #. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "" #. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "" #. Validation check before switch to basic #. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 -msgid "Failed to create authentification file " +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 +msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 -msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +msgid "Authentication file " msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +msgid " created successfully." +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 -msgid "Authentification Configuration" +msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/installation.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/installation.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/installation.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 16:28+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk \n" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: progress message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Gjer klar …" @@ -111,29 +111,29 @@ "skjermbileta er ikkje like dei i bruksrettleiinga.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275 msgid "Start service %1" msgstr "Start tenesta %1" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 msgid "Starting service %1..." msgstr "Startar tenesta %1 …" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295 msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" msgstr "Tilpassar nettverksoppsett" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301 msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." msgstr "Nettverksoppsettet vert tilpassa." #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354 msgid "" "The previous installation has failed.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ "Merk at du kanskje må leggja inn noko informasjon på nytt." #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362 msgid "" "The previous installation has been aborted.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ #. popup headline (#x1) #. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process #. dialog cotent (progress information) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 msgid "Starting Installation..." msgstr "Startar installering …" @@ -201,28 +201,28 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>" msgstr "<p>Viss du er usikker, kan du gå tilbake og sjå over desse vala på nytt.</p>" #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121 msgid "Confirm Update" msgstr "Stadfest oppgradering" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125 msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>" msgstr "<p>All nødvendig informasjon for oppgraderinga er no klar.</p>" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 msgid "Start &Update" msgstr "Start &oppgradering" @@ -272,51 +272,7 @@ msgstr "Svartelistar einingar …" #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 -msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." -msgstr "Genererer om nødvendig AutoYaST-profil …" - -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bruk <b>Klon systemoppsett</b> viss du vil oppretta ein AutoYaST-profil.\n" -"Med AutoYaST kan heile installeringa gjerast utan medverknad frå brukaren.\n" -"AutoYaST treng en profil for å veta korleis det installerte systemet skal sjå ut.\n" -"Når du kryssar av for dette, vert det lagra ein profil for systemet i <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" - -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 -msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "Vil du lagra AutoYaST-profilen til «/root/autoinst.xml» ved slutten av installeringa?" - -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 -msgid "Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "Klon systemoppsett" - -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 -msgid "&Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "&Klon sytemoppsett" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen vert lagra til «/root/autoinst.xml» (ikkje lagra han</a>)." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (write it</a>)." -msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen vert ikkje lagra (lagra han</a>)." - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Kopierer filer til installert system …" @@ -396,14 +352,12 @@ "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" "selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" -"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>" -"\n" +"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Med <b>installering frå diskbilete</b> går installeringa raskare.\n" "Diskbilete er komprimerte kopiar av eit installert system basert på ei\n" "samling pakkar. Andre pakkar (som ikkje finst i diskbiletet) vert installerte\n" -"som enkeltpakkar på vanleg måte.</p>" -"\n" +"som enkeltpakkar på vanleg måte.</p>\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" @@ -516,7 +470,7 @@ msgstr "Oppdateringar for %1 %2" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Ukjent produkt" @@ -545,140 +499,137 @@ "Vel om du vil køyra ei oppdatering frå Internett no.\n" "Du kan hoppa over dette steget no, og køyra oppdateringa seinare.\n" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 +#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, +#. keyboard and accepting the license. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "Språk, tastatur og lisensavtale" -#. combo box label -#. combobox -#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 -msgid "&Language" -msgstr "&Språk" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "&Versjonsmerknadar …" -#. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 -msgid "&Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "&Tastaturoppsett" - -#. bnc #359456 -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 -msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "Eg &godkjenner lisensavtala." - -#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 -msgid "K&eyboard Test" -msgstr "&Tastaturtest" - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 -msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "Lisensavtale" - -#. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 -msgid "License &Translations..." -msgstr "Lisens&omsetjingar …" - #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" "installation and for the installed system.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel <b>språket</b> og <b>tastaturoppsettet</b> du vil bruka\n" "under installeringa og etter at systemet er installert.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" "Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Du må godkjenna lisensavtala før du kan halda fram med installeringa.\n" "Vel <b>Lisensomsetjingar</b> for å vise alle tilgjengelege omsetjingar av avtala.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel <b>Neste</b> for å gå vidare til neste steg.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" "all your settings in the last installation dialog.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Ikkje noko vil skje med datamaskina før du stadfestar\n" "alle innstillingane i det siste installasjonssteget.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" "installation process at any time.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Du kan når som helst velja <b>Avbryt</b>\n" "for å avbryta installeringa.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" -#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) -#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first -#. exit codes (see "man curl"): -#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. -#. 28 = Operation timeout. -#. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "&Versjonsmerknadar …" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "Lisensavtale" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 +#. combo box label +#. combobox +#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 +msgid "&Language" +msgstr "&Språk" + +#. combo box label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "&Tastaturoppsett" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "Eg &godkjenner lisensavtala." + +#. Report error about missing license acceptance +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "Du må godta lisensvilkåra for å kunna installera produktet" +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep +#. the translation VERY short. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the installed system..." +msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" +msgstr "Kontrollerer det installerte systemet …" + +#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "&Tastaturtest" + +#. TRANSLATORS: button label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +msgid "License &Translations..." +msgstr "Lisens&omsetjingar …" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -688,12 +639,10 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n" -"the ZMD service during system start.</p>" -"\n" +"the ZMD service during system start.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Vel <b>Slå av ZMD-tenesta</b> for å stengja og\n" -"deaktivera ZMD-tenesta under oppstart av systemet.</p>" -"\n" +"deaktivera ZMD-tenesta under oppstart av systemet.</p>\n" #. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST #. profile in /root/autoinst.xml @@ -715,12 +664,10 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 msgid "" "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>" -"\n" +"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>&product; er no ferdig installert på maskina.\n" -"Når du trykkjer <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logga inn på systemet.</p>" -"\n" +"Når du trykkjer <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logga inn på systemet.</p>\n" #. congratulation text 3/4 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 @@ -729,12 +676,8 @@ #. congratulation text 4/4 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 -msgid "" -"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>" -"Your SUSE Development Team</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ha det gøy!<br>" -"Helsing SUSE-utviklarane</p>" +msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ha det gøy!<br>Helsing SUSE-utviklarane</p>" #. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196 @@ -745,25 +688,21 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198 msgid "" "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and take you\n" -"to the login screen.</p>" -"\n" +"to the login screen.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Vel <b>Fullfør</b> for å fullføra installeringa og\n" -"gå til innloggingsbiletet.</p>" -"\n" +"gå til innloggingsbiletet.</p>\n" #. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203 msgid "" "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" -"our SUSE Welcome Dialog.</p>" -"\n" +"our SUSE Welcome Dialog.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Viss du vel KDE, det grafiske standardskrivebordet, kan du\n" "tilpassa nokre KDE-innstillingar til maskinvara di. Sjå òg\n" -"velkomstvindauget.</p>" -"\n" +"velkomstvindauget.</p>\n" #. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 @@ -793,7 +732,7 @@ msgstr "Pakken «autoyast2» er ikkje installert. Kloning ikkje mogleg." #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "Maskina vert no starta på nytt …" @@ -802,16 +741,16 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "Tek i bruk diskbilete …" #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" @@ -820,7 +759,7 @@ "Avbryt installeringa …\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." @@ -829,20 +768,20 @@ "Opnar ein pakkehandsamar, slik at du kan kontrollera gjeldande status for pakkar." #. unknown image -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "Laster ned diskbilete med farten %1/s" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "Laster ned diskbiletet %1 med farten %2/s" #. reset the label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "Tek i bruk diskbilete …" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "Tek i bruk diskbiletet %1 …" @@ -859,42 +798,45 @@ msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "&Disk å bruka" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "Vel disken du vil leggja diskbiletet på. Alle data som finst på disken frå før vil då gå tapt, og han vert partisjonert som definert i diskbiletet." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "Hardisk å leggja diskbilete på" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Søkjer etter tilgjengelege kontrollarar" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Diskbruk" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "Set opp &DASD-diskar" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "Set opp &ZFCP-diskar" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Set opp &FCoE-diskar" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Set opp &iSCSI-diskar" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 -msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" +#. Finish +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "Endra &nettverksoppsett" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -913,7 +855,7 @@ #. bug #302384 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Gjer klar" @@ -938,71 +880,74 @@ msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "Vis &pakkeoppdateringer" +#. a fallback busy message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98 +msgid "Calling step %1..." +msgstr "Køyrer steg %1 …" + +#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112 +msgid " * %1" +msgstr " * %1" + +#. get the latest errors +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253 +msgid "Installation Error" +msgstr "Feil ved installering" + #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Fullfører grunninstallasjon" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Laga oversikt over fullføringsskript som skal køyrast …" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Ferdig" + #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Kopier filer til installert system" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Lagra oppsett" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Lagra installasjonsinnstillingar" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Installer oppstartslaster" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Klargjer systemet for første oppstart" -#. merge steps from add-on products -#. bnc #438678 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 +#. some steps are called in live installer only +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549 +msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Kontrollerer steg: %1 …" -#. a fallback busy message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 -msgid "Calling step %1..." -msgstr "Køyrer steg %1 …" - -#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 -msgid " * %1" -msgstr " * %1" - -#. Anything else -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Ferdig" - -#. get the latest errors -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 -msgid "Installation Error" -msgstr "Feil ved installering" - #. Button to accept a license agreement #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" @@ -1024,27 +969,27 @@ msgstr "Klargjer første systemoppsett …" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "Installasjonsval" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "&Legg til pakkebrønnar før installering" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "&Ta med tilleggsprodukt frå andre medium" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>" msgstr "<p><big><b>Installasjonsval</b></big></p>" #. help text for installation option -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" @@ -1055,20 +1000,18 @@ "foreslåtte eksterne pakkebrønnar under installeringa eller oppgraderinga.</p>" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" -"<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel <b>Ta med tilleggsprodukt frå andre medium</b> for òg å installera\n" -"andre tilleggsprodukt saman med &product;.</p>" -"\n" +"andre tilleggsprodukt saman med &product;.</p>\n" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>" msgstr "<p>Viss du treng eigne maskinvaredrivarar for installeringa, sjå <i>http://drivers.suse.com/</i>.</p>" @@ -1117,23 +1060,19 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>The current installation system does not\n" -"have a configured network.</p>" -"\n" +"have a configured network.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Det er ikkje sett opp noko nettverk\n" -"for systemet.</p>" -"\n" +"for systemet.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>" -"\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Du må setja opp nettverket dersom du ønskjer å bruka eksterne pakkebrønnar\n" -"eller tilleggsprodukt. Viss du ikkje vil bruka dette, kan du hoppa over oppsettet.</p>" -"\n" +"eller tilleggsprodukt. Viss du ikkje vil bruka dette, kan du hoppa over oppsettet.</p>\n" #. error popup #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 @@ -1199,7 +1138,7 @@ #. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used #. BNC #439104 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installerer pakker …" @@ -1227,15 +1166,13 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260 msgid "" "<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" -"summary of new features and changes.</p>" -"\n" +"summary of new features and changes.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Versjonsmerknadene</b> for det installerte Linux-systemet\n" -"inneheld eit kort oversikt over endringar og nye funksjonar.</p>" -"\n" +"inneheld eit kort oversikt over endringar og nye funksjonar.</p>\n" #. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455 msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ingen versjonsmerknader vart installerte.</p>" @@ -1243,12 +1180,10 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 msgid "" "<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n" -"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>" -"\n" +"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Vel det bruksområdet som best svarar til behova dine.\n" -"Du kan velja fleire program seinare i installeringa.</p>" -"\n" +"Du kan velja fleire program seinare i installeringa.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 @@ -1262,88 +1197,88 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Analyserer datamaskina" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "Søk etter USB-einingar" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "Søkjer etter USB-einingar …" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "Søk etter FireWire-einingar" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "Søkjer etter FireWire-einingar …" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Søk etter diskettstasjonar" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Søkjer etter diskettstasjonar …" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Søk etter harddiskkontrollarar" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Søkjer etter harddiskkontrollarar …" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Last kjernemodular for harddiskkontrollarar" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Laster kjernemodular for harddiskkontrollarar …" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Søk etter harddiskar" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Søkjer etter harddiskar …" #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Søk etter systemfiler" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Søkjer etter systemfiler …" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Gjer klar pakkehandsamaren" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Gjer klar pakkehandsamaren …" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Maskinvare- og systemoppdaging" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "Søkjer no etter maskinvare og installerte system." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." @@ -1352,7 +1287,7 @@ "Sjå «http://drivers.suse.com/» viss du treng eigne maskinvaredrivarar for installeringa." #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1362,7 +1297,7 @@ "Kontroller maskinvara.\n" "%1\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1373,7 +1308,7 @@ "(spesielt på S/390- og iSCSI-system).\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1386,7 +1321,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1394,6 +1329,52 @@ "Klarte ikkje gjera klar pakkebrønnar.\n" "Avbryt installeringa." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +msgid "" +"A valid update could not be found at\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +msgid "" +"Could not fetch update from\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand +#. +#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, +#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; +#. false if the network is not configured. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Would you like to check your network configuration\n" +"and try installing the updates again?" +msgstr "" + +#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, +#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +msgid "" +"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" +"%s\n" +"failed.\n" +"\n" +"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n" +"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n" +"\n" +"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n" +"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1447,8 +1428,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Endra …" @@ -1646,29 +1627,25 @@ msgid "" "<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n" "use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n" -"<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>" -"\n" +"<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>\n" " \n" msgstr "" "<p>Det gjenstår nokre få steg før systemet er klart til\n" "bruk. YaST vil no rettleia deg gjennom grunnoppsettet.\n" -"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.</p>" -"\n" +"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.</p>\n" " \n" #. help ttext #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85 msgid "" "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\n" -"basic configuration of the system.</p>" -"\n" +"basic configuration of the system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å starta\n" -"grunnoppsett av systemet.</p>" -"\n" +"grunnoppsett av systemet.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "Ingen prosedyre er definert for denne installasjonstypen." @@ -1688,7 +1665,7 @@ msgstr "Set opp snøgglager for programkopling …" #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "Lagrar nettverksoppsett …" @@ -1742,6 +1719,26 @@ msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Lagrar maskinvareoppsett …" +#. normal=configuration in an installed system +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 +msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system." +msgstr "" + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Clone System Configuration" +msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "Klon systemoppsett" + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Clone System Configuration" +msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "&Klon sytemoppsett" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." @@ -1809,39 +1806,56 @@ msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." msgstr "Kopierer loggfiler til installert system …" +#. Event callback for the 'ok' button +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device" +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "Eining" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} +#. is a string like /dev/sda1 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Export Configuration" +msgid "Import SSH Configuration" +msgstr "&Eksporter oppsett" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "Krympar PREP-partisjon …" #. question in a popup box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil tilbakestille alt til standardvala?" #. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206 msgid "You will lose all changes." msgstr "Alle endringane dine går då tapt." -#. while input loop -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 -msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "Plassering til lagra oppsett" - -#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want -#. to store profile after installation -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "Klarte ikkje lagra oppsett. Du finn meir informasjon i loggen." - #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Hoppar over oppsett etter ønske frå brukar" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1850,25 +1864,25 @@ "retta før du kan halda fram.\n" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Tilpassar forslaget til gjeldande innstillingar …" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Analyserer systemet …" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "Feil: Ingen forslag" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1881,42 +1895,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&Hopp over oppsett" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&Bruk dette oppsettet" -#. menu button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 -msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "&Eksporter oppsett" - #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Trykk på ei overskrift for å endra, eller bruk menyen «Endra» nedanfor." -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Trykk på overskriftene for å endra noko." #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Tilbakestill til standardvala" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Oppgradering" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Installer" @@ -1931,106 +1939,92 @@ "<p>\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" "or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Du kan endra verdiane ved å trykkja på overskriftene,\n" "eller ved å bruka menyen <b>Endra</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Help text for installation proposal, continued #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Harddisken er ikkje endra enno, så du kan framleis trygt avbryta installeringa.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel <b>Installer</b> for starta installeringa med desse vala.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel <b>Oppgrader</b> for å starta oppgraderinga med desse vala.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å ta i bruk nettverksinnstillingane.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å ta i bruk tenesteinnstillingane.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å ta i bruk maskinvareinnstillingane.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>Forslag til UML-installasjon</B></P>" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" @@ -2041,17 +2035,15 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å bruka desse vala.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Text to display #. @@ -2060,6 +2052,11 @@ msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "Gjer klar for fjernadministrering …" +#. A Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." +msgstr "" + #. Writes configuration #. #. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and @@ -2067,19 +2064,111 @@ #. #. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; #. otherwise it returns false. -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "Lagar augeblinksbilete av rotfilsystemet …" +#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if +#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer +#. +#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 +msgid "No previous Linux installation found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 +msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 +msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 +msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 +msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 +msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 +msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 +msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 +msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" +msgstr "" + +#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 +#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now +#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) +#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 +msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 +msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +msgstr "" + +#. Device +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." +msgstr "" + +#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Product" +msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +msgstr "Ukjent produkt" + #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "Klarte ikkje lesa informasjon om installasjonsdiskbilete" #. count megabytes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "Tek i bruk …" @@ -2087,19 +2176,19 @@ #. #. @see #all_supported_types #. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "Lagrar brukarinnstillingar …" #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. #. #. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "Gjenoppretter brukarinnstillinger …" #. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." @@ -2107,19 +2196,46 @@ "Klarte ikkje løysa pakkekonfliktene automatisk.\n" "Opnar programhandsamaren, slik at du kan løysa dei manuelt." +#~ msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." +#~ msgstr "Genererer om nødvendig AutoYaST-profil …" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Bruk <b>Klon systemoppsett</b> viss du vil oppretta ein AutoYaST-profil.\n" +#~ "Med AutoYaST kan heile installeringa gjerast utan medverknad frå brukaren.\n" +#~ "AutoYaST treng en profil for å veta korleis det installerte systemet skal sjå ut.\n" +#~ "Når du kryssar av for dette, vert det lagra ein profil for systemet i <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" +#~ msgstr "Vil du lagra AutoYaST-profilen til «/root/autoinst.xml» ved slutten av installeringa?" + +#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (do not write it</a>)." +#~ msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen vert lagra til «/root/autoinst.xml» (ikkje lagra han</a>)." + +#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (write it</a>)." +#~ msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen vert ikkje lagra (lagra han</a>)." + +#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Plassering til lagra oppsett" + +#~ msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." +#~ msgstr "Klarte ikkje lagra oppsett. Du finn meir informasjon i loggen." + #~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" #~ msgstr "Feil: Manglar tittel" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Some proposals might be\n" #~ "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" -#~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Nokre forslag kan vera låste av systemadministratoren, og\n" #~ "kan såleis ikkje endrast. Ta kontakt med systemadministratoren\n" -#~ "dersom du ønskjer å endra eit låst forslag.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "dersom du ønskjer å endra eit låst forslag.</p>\n" #~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." #~ msgstr "Gjer klar installasjonsmiljøet …" @@ -2226,9 +2342,6 @@ #~ msgid "Network Card" #~ msgstr "Nettverkskort" -#~ msgid "Device" -#~ msgstr "Eining" - #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "Maskinvareinformasjon om valt nettverkskort" @@ -2245,13 +2358,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>To configure a network card, select it from the list\n" #~ "and click the <b>Next</b> button.\n" -#~ "Otherwise, click <b>Cancel</b>.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Otherwise, click <b>Cancel</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Dersom du vil setja opp eit nettverkskort,\n" #~ "vel det frå lista og trykk <b>Neste</b>.\n" -#~ "Trykk elles <b>Avbryt</b>.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Trykk elles <b>Avbryt</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgid "IP address cannot be empty." #~ msgstr "IP-adressa kan ikkje vera tom." @@ -2340,48 +2451,36 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><big><b>Network Setup</b></big>\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "Configure your network card.\n" +#~ "<br>Configure your network card.\n" #~ "Select either DHCP or static setup. DHCP fits for most cases.\n" #~ "For details contact your Internet provider or your network\n" -#~ "administrator.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "administrator.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Nettverksoppsett</b></big>\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "Set opp nettverkskortet.\n" +#~ "<br>Set opp nettverkskortet.\n" #~ "Vel anten DHCP eller ei statisk adresse. DHCP passar i dei tilfelle.\n" #~ "Kontakt nettleverandøren eller nettverksadministratoren din\n" -#~ "viss du treng meir informasjon.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "viss du treng meir informasjon.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><big><b>Proxy</b></big>\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "Proxy is a server-based cache for accessing the web.\n" +#~ "<br>Proxy is a server-based cache for accessing the web.\n" #~ "In most cases, if you have a direct connection to the Internet,\n" -#~ "you do not need to use one.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "you do not need to use one.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Mellomtenar</b></big>\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "Ein mellomtenar er ei maskin om står mellom maskina di og Internett.\n" +#~ "<br>Ein mellomtenar er ei maskin om står mellom maskina di og Internett.\n" #~ "I dei fleste tilfella har du direkte tilgang til Internett, slik at det ikkje er\n" -#~ "nødvendig å bruka ein mellomtenar.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "nødvendig å bruka ein mellomtenar.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Command: <tt>%1</tt> has failed.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>Command: <tt>%1</tt> has failed.</p>\n" #~ "<p>The output of the command was:\n" -#~ "<pre>%2</pre>" -#~ "</p>" +#~ "<pre>%2</pre></p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Feil med kommandoen <tt>%1</tt>.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>Feil med kommandoen <tt>%1</tt>.</p>\n" #~ "<p>Resultat frå kommandoen:\n" -#~ "<pre>%2</pre>" -#~ "</p>" +#~ "<pre>%2</pre></p>" #~ msgid "Setting up Network Failed" #~ msgstr "Feil ved oppsett av nettverk" @@ -2546,15 +2645,13 @@ #~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Vel <b>Nyinstallering</b> viss det ikkje finst noko Linux-system på\n" #~ "maskina frå før, eller viss du vil byta ut eit eksisterande Linux-systemet\n" #~ "og alle tilhøyrande innstillingar.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -2575,15 +2672,13 @@ #~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n" #~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n" #~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n" -#~ "configuration.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "configuration.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Vel <b>Bruk automatisk oppsett</b> for å la installasjonsprogrammet\n" #~ "setja opp nettverk og maskinvare automatisk. Viss ikkje, vil du\n" #~ "få eit forslag til oppsett der du kan justera alle innstillingane manuelt.\n" -#~ "Me rår uerfarne brukarar til å velja automatisk oppsett.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Me rår uerfarne brukarar til å velja automatisk oppsett.</p>\n" #~ msgid "<p>Update mode does not support automatic configuration.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Du kan ikkje bruka automatisk oppsett ved oppgradering.</p>" @@ -2591,13 +2686,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>The feature <b>Update</b> is only\n" #~ "available if an existing Linux system has been detected.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Funksjonen <b>Oppgrader</b> er berre tilgjengeleg viss\n" #~ "installasjonsprogrammet fann eit eksisterande Linux-system.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgid "&Show Release Notes" #~ msgstr "&Vis versjonsmerknader" @@ -2609,13 +2702,11 @@ #~ "<p><b>These are the release notes for the initial release. They are\n" #~ "part of the installation media. During installation, if a connection\n" #~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" -#~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Dette er versjonsmerknadene laga for den opphavlege versjonen,\n" #~ "og følgjer med på installasjonsmediet. Viss du har tilgang til Internett under\n" -#~ "installeringa, kan du lasta ned oppdaterte versjonsmerknader frå nettet.</b></p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "installeringa, kan du lasta ned oppdaterte versjonsmerknader frå nettet.</b></p>\n" #~ msgid "Configuring the superuser's environment..." #~ msgstr "Set opp miljø for superbrukar …" @@ -2726,13 +2817,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><tt>SuSEconfig</tt> must write the configuration\n" #~ "of your &product; system. Depending on the CPU and the amount of memory,\n" -#~ "this process can take some time.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "this process can take some time.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Må lagra oppsettet for &product;-systemet.\n" #~ "Avhengig av CPU og minnekapasitet, kan denne\n" -#~ "prosessen ta litt tid.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "prosessen ta litt tid.</p>\n" #~ msgid "Progress" #~ msgstr "Framgang" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-client.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -126,7 +126,6 @@ msgid "Add" msgstr "Legg til" -#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit" @@ -195,47 +194,63 @@ msgid "Startup" msgstr "Oppstart" +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +msgid "manual" +msgstr "Manuelt" + +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +msgid "onboot" +msgstr "" + +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +msgid "automatic" +msgstr "" + #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adresse" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 #, fuzzy msgid "Port" msgstr "Port" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 #, fuzzy msgid "Key" msgstr "Nøkkel" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 #, fuzzy msgid "Value" msgstr "Verd" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 #, fuzzy msgid "Service" msgstr "Teneste" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 #, fuzzy msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Tilkoblede mål" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 #, fuzzy msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "Mål som vart funne" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 #, fuzzy msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "Oversyn over iSCSI-initiator" @@ -243,7 +258,7 @@ #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 #, fuzzy @@ -253,9 +268,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 #, fuzzy msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "Søk etter iSCSI-initiator" @@ -264,164 +279,114 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:38 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjonen til vent men av iSCSI-initiator initialiseres…</big></b></p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b><big>Konfigurasjonen til vent men av iSCSI-initiator initialiseres…</big></b></p>\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:42 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" +"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Vent medan konfigurasjon av iSCSI-initiator vert lagra…</big></b></p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b><big>Vent medan konfigurasjon av iSCSI-initiator vert lagra…</big></b></p>\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>\n" "Avbryt lagringsprosedyren ved å trykkja <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" " Ein ny dialogboks forteljar deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n" -" </p>" -"\n" +" </p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Configure an iSCSI initiator here.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Configure an iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon av iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Konfigurer ein iSCSI-initiator her.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon av iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>\n" +"Konfigurer ein iSCSI-initiator her.<br></p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" "Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n" "If your iSCSI initiator was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" -"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>\n" "Vel ein iSCSI-initiator frå lista over oppdaga initiatorer.\n" " Viss iSCSI-initiatoren ikkje vart oppdaga, brukar du <b>Anna (ikkje funnet)</b>.\n" -" Klikk deretter <b>Konfigurer</b>.</p>" -"\n" +" Klikk deretter <b>Konfigurer</b>.</p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" -"the configuration opens.</p>" -"\n" +"the configuration opens.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, vert vist ein ny dialogboks der du kan endra konfigurasjonen.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette</big></b><br>\n" +"Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, vert vist ein ny dialogboks der du kan endra konfigurasjonen.</p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n" -"edit their configurations.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oversyn over iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Oversyn over iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>\n" "Få eit oversyn over installerte iSCSI-initiatorer. Du kan òg\n" -" redigera konfigurasjonen.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +" redigera konfigurasjonen.<br></p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å konfigurera ein iSCSI-initiator.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>\n" +"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å konfigurera ein iSCSI-initiator.</p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n" -"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>" -"\n" +"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette</big></b><br>\n" "Vel ein iSCSI-initiator du vil endra eller sletta.\n" -" Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter ønske.</p>" -"\n" +" Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter ønske.</p>\n" #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"<p>List of current sessions.</p>" -"<p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>" -"Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>" -"To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. Warning @@ -433,12 +398,8 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Når du brukar ein iSCSI-eining med <b>LESA</b>/<b>SKRIVA</b>-rettar, må desse rettane vera eksklusive for å unngå risiko for øydelagte data.</p>" -"\n" +msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Når du brukar ein iSCSI-eining med <b>LESA</b>/<b>SKRIVA</b>-rettar, må desse rettane vera eksklusive for å unngå risiko for øydelagte data.</p>\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 #, fuzzy @@ -483,20 +444,15 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" -"default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>" -"\n" +"default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n" "<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" -"root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>" -"\n" +"root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n" "<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" -"starts up.</p>" -"\n" +"starts up.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>manual</b> inneber at iSCSI-mål ikkje kan tilkobles som standard. Brukaren må gjera det manuelt</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>manual</b> inneber at iSCSI-mål ikkje kan tilkobles som standard. Brukaren må gjera det manuelt</p>\n" "<p><b>onboot</b> inneber at iSCSI-mål tilkobles ved oppstart, dvs. dersom root er på\n" -"iSCSI. Dei vil då vurderast av initrd.</p>" -"\n" +"iSCSI. Dei vil då vurderast av initrd.</p>\n" "<p><b>automatic</b> inneber at iSCSI-mål tilkobles når sjølve iSCSI-tenesta\n" "startar.</p>" @@ -506,21 +462,12 @@ msgstr "Ingen autentisering" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p>" -"<p><b>Please note:</b><br>" -"'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>" +msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p>" -"<p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br>" -"<b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>" -"To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br>" -" <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p>" -"<p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>" +msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 @@ -565,31 +512,29 @@ msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under utlogging frå det valde målet." -#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252) #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266 #, fuzzy msgid "No record found." msgstr "Finn ingen oppføring." #. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 #, fuzzy msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "Ingen gyldig IP-adresse" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "Port-feltet kan ikkje vera tomt" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 #, fuzzy msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "Initiatornavn" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -610,14 +555,19 @@ "Døme:\n" "iqn.2007-04.no.servar:storage.disk.sdb\n" -#. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Angje IP-adressa." +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" +msgstr "" + #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Angje porten." @@ -626,41 +576,41 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 #, fuzzy msgid "True" msgstr "Sann" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 #, fuzzy msgid "False" msgstr "Usann" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 #, fuzzy msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "Målet med dette målnavnet er allereie tilkoblet. Passar på at Multipath er aktivert for å unngå øydelagte data." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 #, fuzzy msgid "Continue" msgstr "Hald fram" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 #, fuzzy msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Avbryt" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 #, fuzzy msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "Målet er allereie tilkoblet." @@ -766,7 +716,7 @@ msgstr "" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 #, fuzzy msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" @@ -778,13 +728,14 @@ "Gammalt initiatornavn vil erstattast med verdet frå iBFT, og det vil opprettast ein sikkerhetskopi.\n" "Viss du vil bruka eit anna initiatornavn, kan du endra det i BIOS." -#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Konfigurasjonssammendrag …" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "" @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 msgid "LUN" msgstr "" @@ -98,194 +98,190 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 -msgid "Add" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 -msgid "Edit" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 +msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Client" +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "Initiator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Lun Mapping" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "" #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" #. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 msgid "Username" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "TPG Status" +msgstr "" + #. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "" #. expert dialog #. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "" #. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "" -#. discovery authentication dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 -msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" msgstr "" #. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "" #. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 @@ -297,71 +293,56 @@ #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Configure an iSCSI target here.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Configure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n" "If your target was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" -"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" -"the configuration opens.</p>" -"\n" +"the configuration opens.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" -"edit their configurations.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n" -"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>" -"\n" +"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" -"<br>" -"</p>" +"<br></p>" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 @@ -369,8 +350,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:101 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:113 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -378,12 +358,9 @@ #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" -"<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. discovery authentication @@ -393,21 +370,24 @@ #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>" -"After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" +"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>" msgstr "" #. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" "To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>." @@ -415,12 +395,12 @@ #. edit target #. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -429,19 +409,19 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -450,202 +430,208 @@ "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" "If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." msgstr "" #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "" #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251 -msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 +msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 msgid "Path:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Browse" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 -msgid "Client Lun" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +msgid "Initiator LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 msgid "Change:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 -msgid "Client name:" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 +msgid "Initiator name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 -msgid "Client name must not be empty!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 +msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "" #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 -msgid "Client name already exists!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 +msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "" -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 -msgid "New client name:" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 +msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 msgid "None" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 msgid "" -"There isn't any client specified.\n" -"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"There isn't any initiator specified.\n" +"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" "use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" "(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" -"Really want to continue without client access?" +"Really want to continue without initiator access?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 -msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 +msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 -msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 -msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 +msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 -msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 +msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 -msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 +msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -659,11 +645,11 @@ msgstr "" #. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/nn/po/journalctl.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/journalctl.nn.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/journalctl.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +# Norwegian Nynorsk translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2016. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: nn\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/kdump.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/kdump.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/kdump.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -428,10 +428,8 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. start kdump at boot #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 #, fuzzy msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Maskina må startast på nytt for å aktivare endringar." @@ -870,42 +868,29 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n" " Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" -" To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +" To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Aktiver/deaktiver Kdump</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Aktiver/deaktiver Kdump</b><br>\n" " Aktivar eller deaktiver kdump. Oppstartsvalget crashkernel er lagd til/fjerna.\n" -" Maskina må startast på nytt for å aktivare endringane.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +" Maskina må startast på nytt for å aktivare endringane.<br></p>\n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Kdump Memory</b><br>" -"\n" -" Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. <br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Kdump Memory</b><br>\n" +" Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. <br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Kdump-minne</b><br>" -"\n" -" Tilordnet minne for kdump-kjerne.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Kdump-minne</b><br>\n" +" Tilordnet minne for kdump-kjerne.<br></p>\n" #. T: help text for a combo box #. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" -"<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n" " Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -913,33 +898,24 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Dump Level</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Dump Level</b><br>\n" " Specify the type of necessary page for analysis.\n" " Pages of the specified type are copied to dumpfile. \n" -" The page type marked in the following table is included. <br>" -"</p>" +" The page type marked in the following table is included. <br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Dumpnivå</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Dumpnivå</b><br>\n" " Angje type for påkrevet side som skal analyserast.\n" " Sider av angjeven type vert kopierte til dumpfilen. \n" -" Sidetypen angjeven i den følgjande tabellen er inkludert. <br>" -"</p>" +" Sidetypen angjeven i den følgjande tabellen er inkludert. <br></p>" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 msgid "" -"<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>" -"\n" -" <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>" -"\n" -" <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>" -"\n" -" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>" -"\n" -" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n" +" <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n" +" <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n" +" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n" +" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -947,16 +923,11 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>" -"\n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br>" -"</p>" +"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n" +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Lagringsmål for Kdump-diskbilde</b><br>" -"\n" -" Målet der kdump-diskbilder skal lagrast. Vel måltypen der dumper skal mælast.<br>" -"</p>" -" " +"<p><b>Lagringsmål for Kdump-diskbilde</b><br>\n" +" Målet der kdump-diskbilder skal lagrast. Vel måltypen der dumper skal mælast.<br></p> " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 @@ -965,15 +936,12 @@ "<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n" -" <br>" -"</p>" +" <br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Lokalt filsystem</b> – Lager kdump-bilete på det lokalet filsystemet.\n" " <i>Katalog for lagring av dumper</i> – Stigen der kdump-bilete skal lagrast.\n" " Val av katalog for lagring av kdump-bilete vigde dialogvindu ved å trykkja <i>Bla gjennom</i>\n" -" <br>" -"</p>" -" " +" <br></p> " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 @@ -984,16 +952,14 @@ " <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br>" -"</p>" +" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>FTP</b> – Lager kdump-bilete vigde FTP.\n" " <i>Servernavn</i> – Namnet til ftp-serveren.\n" " <i>Port</i> – Portnummeret for sambandet.\n" " <i>Katalog på servar</i> – Stigen der kdump-bilete skal lagrast.\n" " <i>Aktivar anonym tilkobling</i> Aktiverer anonym tilkobling til serveren.\n" -" <i>Brukernavn</i> for ftp-tilkoblingen. <i>Passord</i> for ftp-tilkoblingen.<br>" -"</p>" +" <i>Brukernavn</i> for ftp-tilkoblingen. <i>Passord</i> for ftp-tilkoblingen.<br></p>" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -1004,16 +970,13 @@ " <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n" -" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>SSH</b> – Lager kdump-diskbilde vigde SSH.\n" " <i>Servernavn</i> – Namnet til serveren.\n" " <i>Port</i> – Portnummeret for sambandet.\n" " <i>Katalog på servar</i> – Filstien der kdump-diskbilder skal lagrast.\n" -" <i>Brukernavn</i> for ssh-sambandet. <i>Passord</i> for ssh-sambandet.<br>" -"</p>" +" <i>Brukernavn</i> for ssh-sambandet. <i>Passord</i> for ssh-sambandet.<br></p>" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 @@ -1024,16 +987,13 @@ " <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n" -" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>SSH</b> – Lager kdump-diskbilde vigde SSH.\n" " <i>Servernavn</i> – Namnet til serveren.\n" " <i>Port</i> – Portnummeret for sambandet.\n" " <i>Katalog på servar</i> – Filstien der kdump-diskbilder skal lagrast.\n" -" <i>Brukernavn</i> for ssh-sambandet. <i>Passord</i> for ssh-sambandet.<br>" -"</p>" +" <i>Brukernavn</i> for ssh-sambandet. <i>Passord</i> for ssh-sambandet.<br></p>" #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 msgid "" @@ -1048,13 +1008,11 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n" -" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br>" -"</p>" +" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>NFS</b> – Lager kdump-bilete på NFS.\n" " <i>Servernavn</i> – Namnet til NFS-serveren.\n" -" <i>Katalog på servar</i> – Stigen der kdump-bilete skal lagrast.<br>" -"</p>" +" <i>Katalog på servar</i> – Stigen der kdump-bilete skal lagrast.<br></p>" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 @@ -1065,16 +1023,14 @@ " <i>Exported Share</i> - The windows share name.\n" " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " <i>Use Authentication</i> enables authenticated connection to server.\n" -" <i>User Name</i> for connection. <i>Password</i> for connection.<br>" -"</p>" +" <i>User Name</i> for connection. <i>Password</i> for connection.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>CIFS</b> – Lager kdump-bilete vigde CIFS.\n" " <i>Servernavn</b> – Namnet til serveren.\n" " <i>Delt ressurs</i> – Namnet til windows-ressursen.\n" " <i>Katalog på servar</i> – Stigen der kdump-bilete skal lagrast.\n" " <i>Nytte autentisering</i> aktiverer brukerautentisering mot servar.\n" -" <i>Brukernavn</i> for sambandet. <i>Passord</i> for sambandet<br>" -"</p>" +" <i>Brukernavn</i> for sambandet. <i>Passord</i> for sambandet<br></p>" #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 @@ -1082,25 +1038,21 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n" " The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]</i>\n" -" Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br>" -"</p>" +" Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tilpassa Kdump-kinna</b> Brukaren kan angje ein tilpassa kjerne.\n" " Navnemønsteret er: <i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]</i>\n" -" Angje berre <i>kernel_string</i>.<br>" -"</p>" +" Angje berre <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>" #. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n" -" Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br>" -"</p>" +" Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kdump kommandolinje</b>\n" -" Tilleggsargumenter til kexec. <br>" -"</p>" +" Tilleggsargumenter til kexec. <br></p>" #. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 @@ -1109,29 +1061,22 @@ "<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n" " Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" " The string will be appended if the <i>Kdump Command Line</i>\n" -" is set. <br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +" is set. <br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><br>" -"Kdump-kommandolinjetillegg</b>\n" +"<p><br>Kdump-kommandolinjetillegg</b>\n" " Dette tyder at verd vert _lagt til_ standardstrengen for kommandolinjen.\n" " Strengen vert òg lagd til viss <i>Kdump-kommandolinje</i>\n" -" er definert. <br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +" er definert. <br></p>\n" #. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n" -" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br>" -"</p>" +" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Aktivar umiddelbar omstart etter at kjernen er lagra</b> – \n" -" Aktivum umiddelbar omstart etter at kjernen er lagra i kdump.<br>" -"</p>" +" Aktivum umiddelbar omstart etter at kjernen er lagra i kdump.<br></p>" #. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 @@ -1139,13 +1084,11 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br>" -"</p>" +" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Aktiver sletting av gamle dumper</b> – \n" " Aktivum sletting av gamle dumper. Viss mengda dumpfiler i \n" -" <i>Mengd gamle dumpfiler</i> overskrid dette talet, skal eldre dumpfiler fjernast.<br>" -"</p>" +" <i>Mengd gamle dumpfiler</i> overskrid dette talet, skal eldre dumpfiler fjernast.<br></p>" #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 @@ -1155,16 +1098,13 @@ " If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n" " debugging information (if installed) are copied into the dump\n" " directory. The default is \"off\". It is useful to have\n" -" everything in place for debugging.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +" everything in place for debugging.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Aktivar kopiering av kjerne til dump-katalog</b> – \n" " Viss dette er val vil sleva kjernen samg\n" " feilsøkingsinformasjon (viss installert) vert kopiert til dump-\n" " katalogen. Standardverdien er «av». Det er nyttig å aktivera\n" -" alle feilsøkingsfunksjoner.<br>" -"</p>" +" alle feilsøkingsfunksjoner.<br></p>" #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 @@ -1177,8 +1117,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>" -"\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Brukernavn</b> for SMTP-autentisering viss <i>SMTP-servar</i> er vald. Dette er valfritt,\n" " og utan brukernavn/passord vil enkel SMTP brukast.</p>" @@ -1188,8 +1127,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>" -"\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Passord</b> for SMTP-autentisering viss <i>SMTP-servar</i> er valt. Dette er valfritt,\n" " og utan brukernavn/passord vil enkel SMTP brukast.</p>" @@ -1197,9 +1135,7 @@ #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>" -"\n" +msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Varsling til</b> e-postadressen til han som skal varslast når ei dump er\n" " lagra.</p>" @@ -1209,8 +1145,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>" -"\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Varslingskopi</b> er ei liste over e-postadresser, adskilt av mellomrom, dit kopiar av varslingen\n" " skal sendast via e-post når ei dump er lagra.</p>" @@ -1227,161 +1162,115 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av Kdump</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vennligst vent…<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av Kdump</big></b><br>\n" +"Vennligst vent…<br></p>\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" +"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar oppsett av Kdump</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vennligst vent…<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar oppsett av Kdump</big></b><br>\n" +"Vennligst vent…<br></p>\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" "Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Configure kdump here.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Configure kdump here.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppset av Kdump</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Sett opp kdump her.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppset av Kdump</big></b><br>\n" +"Sett opp kdump her.<br></p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" "If your kdump was not detected, select <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" -"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Legg til Kdump:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Legg til Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Vel ein kdump frå lista over registrerte kdump.\n" "Viss ein kdump ikkje er registrert, nytte <b>Andre (ikkje registrerte)</b>.\n" -"Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" -"the configuration opens.</p>" -"\n" +"the configuration opens.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n" "Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, får du opp ein ny dialog der\n" -"du kan endra oppsettet.</p>" -"\n" +"du kan endra oppsettet.</p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n" -"edit their configurations.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oversyn over Kdump-oppsett</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Oversyn over Kdump-oppsett</big></b><br>\n" "Her finn du eit oversyn over installerte dumper. Du kan òg\n" -"redigera oppsetta.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"redigera oppsetta.<br></p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein Kdump:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Trykk på <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp ein kdump.</p>" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" -"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>" -"\n" +"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>\n" "Vel ein kdump du vil endra eller sletta.\n" -"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter ønske.</p>" -"\n" +"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter ønske.</p>\n" #. definition UI terms for saveing dump target #. @@ -1481,172 +1370,187 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 #, fuzzy msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "Kjernevalget inkluderer fleire område. Vil du lagra på nytt?" #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "" +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +msgid "" +"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" +"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" +"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n" +"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +msgid "Kdump not supported" +msgstr "" + #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer kdump-oppsett" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Lesar oppsettsfil …" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Les oppstartsvalg for kjernen …" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Les diskane sine partisjoner …" #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "Les tilgjengeleg minne …" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa oppsettsfilen /etc/sysconfig/kdump" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa oppstartsvalg for kjerne." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa tilgjengeleg minne." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar kdump-oppsett" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Lagre innstillingane" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Oppdater oppstartsvalg" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Lagrar innstillingane …" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Oppdaterer oppstartsvalg …" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan ikkje lagra innstillingane." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Legger til crashkernel-parameter for oppstartslasterfeil." #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump-status: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 #, fuzzy msgid "enabled" msgstr "aktivert" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 #, fuzzy msgid "disabled" msgstr "deaktivert" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 #, fuzzy msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Verd for crashkernel-val: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Dump-format: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Dump-mål: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Mengd dumpar: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." @@ -1674,18 +1578,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n" #~ " <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page.\n" -#~ " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dumpfile in the ELF format<br>" -#~ "</p>" +#~ " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dumpfile in the ELF format<br></p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Dumpformat</b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Dumpformat</b><br>\n" #~ " <i>Komprimert format</i> – Komprimer dumpdata etter kvar side.\n" -#~ " <i>ELF-format</i> – Opprett dumpfil i ELF-format<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ " " +#~ " <i>ELF-format</i> – Opprett dumpfil i ELF-format<br></p> " #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/live-installer.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/live-installer.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/live-installer.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-18 20:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk \n" @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ #. #. Progress::NextStage (); #. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy...")); -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59 msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..." msgstr "Undersøkjer filsystem som skal kopierast …" -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgstr "Kopierer rotfilsystem …" -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63 msgid "Copying live image..." msgstr "Kopierer live-diskbilete …" #. Copy all the symlinks as needed #. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151 msgid "Copying %1..." msgstr "Kopierer %1 …" #. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226 msgid "" "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n" "\n" @@ -69,71 +69,53 @@ "diskpartisjon for installering av live-systemet." #. generic error report -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254 msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed." msgstr "Feil ved kopiering live-diskbilete til harddisken." #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Installasjonsinnstillingar" #. label -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46 msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgstr "Analyserer systemet …" #. partitioning summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux" msgstr "Bruk %1 %% av disken %2 til Linux" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Do not use disk %1" msgstr "Ikkje bruk disken %1" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partisjonering" #. end of partitioning summary -#. bootloader summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "System start-up" -msgstr "Oppstart av systemet" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" -msgstr "Spør om Linux eller det eksisterande systemet skal startast" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150 -msgid "Boot only Linux" -msgstr "Start berre Linux" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158 -msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" -msgstr "Ventetid før systemstart: %1 sekund" - -#. end of bootloader summary #. keyboard entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Tastatur" #. end of keyboard entry #. timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Tidssone" #. end of timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155 msgid "Change Installation Settings" msgstr "Endra installasjonsinnstillingar" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>" @@ -142,20 +124,18 @@ "Vel <b>Stadfest</b> for å starta ei ny installasjon med desse verdiane.</p>" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To change the values, click the respective headline\n" -"or select <b>Change Installation Settings</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"or select <b>Change Installation Settings</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Du kan endra verdiane ved å trykkja på overskrifta\n" -"eller på <b>Endra installasjonsinnstillingar</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"eller på <b>Endra installasjonsinnstillingar</b>.</p>\n" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n" @@ -169,12 +149,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_live_welcome.rb:37 msgid "" "<p>Welcome to the &product; installation.\n" -"Press <b>Next</p>" -" to run the installation wizard.</p>" +"Press <b>Next</p> to run the installation wizard.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Velkomen til installeringa av &product;.\n" -"Trykk <b>Neste</p>" -" for å starta installasjonsvegvisaren.</p>" +"Trykk <b>Neste</p> for å starta installasjonsvegvisaren.</p>" #. dialog caption, %1 is product name (typically openSUSE) #: src/clients/inst_live_welcome.rb:43 @@ -272,7 +250,7 @@ "du må bruka «Reset»-knappen til dette." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76 +#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Kopierer filer til installert system …" @@ -295,3 +273,15 @@ #: src/clients/live_save_config_finish.rb:80 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Lagrar tidssone …" + +#~ msgid "System start-up" +#~ msgstr "Oppstart av systemet" + +#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" +#~ msgstr "Spør om Linux eller det eksisterande systemet skal startast" + +#~ msgid "Boot only Linux" +#~ msgstr "Start berre Linux" + +#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" +#~ msgstr "Ventetid før systemstart: %1 sekund" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -103,37 +103,31 @@ "\n" "<p>How are you connected to the Internet? With a dial-up connection,\n" "mails will not be sent immediately but rather after invoking\n" -"<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Kva slags internettforbindelse har du? Dersom du har eit oppringt samband,\n" "vil ikkje e-post sendast med ein gong, men etter aktivering av\n" -"<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>\n" #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>" -"\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>E-postserveren vil startast sjølv om du vel <b>Ingen forbindels</b>.\n" -"Men berre lokal e-postoverføring vil vera mogleg. E-postsystemet lyttar på localhost.</p>" -"\n" +"Men berre lokal e-postoverføring vil vera mogleg. E-postsystemet lyttar på localhost.</p>\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>" -"\n" +"<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Her definerer du omskrivingen av avsenderadressen for kvar enkelt brukar.</p>" -"\n" +"<p>Her definerer du omskrivingen av avsenderadressen for kvar enkelt brukar.</p>\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 @@ -142,14 +136,12 @@ "\n" "<p>Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" "enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" -"simply leave these fields empty.</p>" -"\n" +"simply leave these fields empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Nokre servera krev autentisering for utgående e-post. Her kan du\n" "leggja inn informasjon for dette alternativet. Viss du du ikkje ynskjer å bruka autentisering,\n" -"kan du la desse felta vera tomme.</p>" -"\n" +"kan du la desse felta vera tomme.</p>\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 @@ -157,38 +149,32 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Utgående e-postservere er vanlegvis berekna på oppringte samband.\n" "Legg inn internettleverandørens SMTP-servar, t.d.\n" -"<b>smtp.leverandor.com</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>smtp.leverandor.com</b>.</p>\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>" -"\n" +"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Legg inn brukernavnet du har fått av leverandøren i <b>Brukernavn</b>-feltet.</p>" -"\n" +"<p>Legg inn brukernavnet du har fått av leverandøren i <b>Brukernavn</b>-feltet.</p>\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"<p>Enter your password in the <b>Password</b> field.</p>" -"\n" +"<p>Enter your password in the <b>Password</b> field.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Angje passordet ditt i <b>Passord</b>-feltet.</p>" -"\n" +"<p>Angje passordet ditt i <b>Passord</b>-feltet.</p>\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 @@ -197,14 +183,12 @@ "\n" "<p>Note: For simplicity, only one server is displayed in this dialog,\n" "although there may be more of them in your configuration file.\n" -"They will not be lost.</p>" -"\n" +"They will not be lost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Merk: For å gjera det enkelt verta berre vist éin servar i denne dialogen\n" "sjølv om det kan finnast fleire i konfigurasjonsfilen.\n" -"Øvrige servera vil ikkje fjernast.</p>" -"\n" +"Øvrige servera vil ikkje fjernast.</p>\n" #. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 @@ -212,13 +196,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p>These are parameters for downloading mail from\n" -"a POP or an IMAP server using <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"a POP or an IMAP server using <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Dette er parametrar for nedlasting av e-post frå ein \n" -"POP- eller ein IMAP-servar vigd <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"POP- eller ein IMAP-servar vigd <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>\n" #. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 @@ -227,14 +209,12 @@ "\n" "<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>" -"\n" +"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Denne tabellen omadresserer e-post som leverast lokalt.\n" "Omadresser henne til ein annan lokal brukar (nyttig for systemkontoer, \n" -"spesielt for <b>rotbrukeren</b>), til ei ekstern adresse eller til ein adresseliste.</p>" -"\n" +"spesielt for <b>rotbrukeren</b>), til ei ekstern adresse eller til ein adresseliste.</p>\n" #. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 @@ -242,13 +222,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p>See the aliases(5) manual page\n" -"for a description of advanced features.</p>" -"\n" +"for a description of advanced features.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Meir avanserte funksjonar er\n" -"skildra på manualsiden aliases(5).</p>" -"\n" +"skildra på manualsiden aliases(5).</p>\n" #. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 @@ -257,14 +235,12 @@ "\n" "<p>This table redirects incoming mail. Unlike the alias table,\n" "it also considers the domain\n" -"part of the address.</p>" -"\n" +"part of the address.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Denne tabellen omadresserer innkommende post. I motsetnad til aliastabellen \n" "vurderer han òg domenet som \n" -"ein del av adressa.</p>" -"\n" +"ein del av adressa.</p>\n" #. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 @@ -272,13 +248,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p>It allows hosting multiple \"virtual domains\"\n" -"on a single machine.</p>" -"\n" +"on a single machine.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Han tillèt vertskap for fleire \"virtuelle domener\"\n" -"på same maskin.</p>" -"\n" +"på same maskin.</p>\n" #. Translators: continue/cancel dialog #. %1 is a sysconfig variable name @@ -366,80 +340,86 @@ #. Translators: dialog caption #. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 #, fuzzy msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "Utgående e-post" -#. TLS +#. OUTGOING NOMX #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." +msgstr "Du kan ikkje definera lokale domener for e-postserveren." + +#. TLS +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 #, fuzzy msgid "No" msgstr "Nei" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 #, fuzzy msgid "Use" msgstr "Bruk" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 #, fuzzy msgid "Enforce" msgstr "Bruk alltid" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 #, fuzzy msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "&Maskering" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 #, fuzzy msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "&Autentisering" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 #, fuzzy msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "Innkommende e-post" #. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 #, fuzzy msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detaljer …" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 #, fuzzy msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "Start &fetchmail" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "manual" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "daemon" msgstr "" #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "&Nedlasting" #. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 #, fuzzy msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "&Aliaser …" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 #, fuzzy msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "&Virtuelle domener …" @@ -448,7 +428,7 @@ #. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) #. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) #. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" @@ -463,7 +443,7 @@ #. correct and complete. The login name may contain only #. certain characters and must begin with a letter. #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" @@ -477,45 +457,45 @@ "Prøv igjen.\n" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 #, fuzzy msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "Omskriving av avsenderadresse" #. Translators: text entry label #. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local user" msgstr "&Lokal brukar" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "&Display as" msgstr "&Vis som" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 #, fuzzy msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "Adressa til denne brukaren er allereie definert." #. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 #, fuzzy msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "E-postadressen har feil format." #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 #, fuzzy msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "Maskering" #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 #, fuzzy msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "Maskar &lokale domener" @@ -526,26 +506,26 @@ #. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) #. ), #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 #, fuzzy msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "Ma&sker andre domener" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 #, fuzzy msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "Do&meiner som skal maskerast" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 #, fuzzy msgid "Local user" msgstr "Lokal brukar" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 #, fuzzy msgid "Display as" msgstr "Vis som" @@ -555,26 +535,26 @@ #. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), #. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf")) #. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 #, fuzzy msgid "A&dd" msgstr "&Legg til" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 #, fuzzy msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Rediger" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 #, fuzzy msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "S&lett" #. Translators: error popup #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 #, fuzzy msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "Domenenavnet er feil" @@ -583,125 +563,125 @@ #. list<string> lmod = []; #. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 #, fuzzy msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "Utgående serverautentisering" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 #, fuzzy msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "Utgående &servar" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 #, fuzzy msgid "&User name" msgstr "&Brukernavn" #. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 #, fuzzy msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Passord" #. Translators: popup dialog heading #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 #, fuzzy msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "Nedlasting av e-post" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 #, fuzzy msgid "Server" msgstr "Servar" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 #, fuzzy msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokoll" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 #, fuzzy msgid "User" msgstr "Brukar" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 #, fuzzy msgid "De&lete" msgstr "&Slett" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 #, fuzzy msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "Omadressering av innkommende e-post" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 #, fuzzy msgid "&Alias" msgstr "&Alias" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 #, fuzzy msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "&Bestemmelsessteder" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 #, fuzzy msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "Alias er feilformatert." #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 #, fuzzy msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "Bestemmelsesstedene for dette aliaset er allereie definert." #. Translators: dialog caption #. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 #, fuzzy msgid "Aliases" msgstr "Aliaser" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 #, fuzzy msgid "Alias" msgstr "Alias" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 #, fuzzy msgid "Destinations" msgstr "Bestemmelsessteder" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 #, fuzzy msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "Virtuelle domener" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 #, fuzzy msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "E-postkonfigurasjon" #. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiserer …" @@ -725,14 +705,12 @@ "\n" "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" "Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as\n" -"<b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Ein utgående e-postserver er vanlegvis berekna på oppringte samband.\n" "Legg inn internettleverandørens SMTP-servar, t.d.\n" -"<b>smtp.leverandor.com</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>smtp.leverandor.com</b>.</p>\n" #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 @@ -747,14 +725,12 @@ "\n" "<p>You may want the mail you sent to appear as if it originated from\n" "<b>company.com</b> instead of <b>pc-042.company.com</b>.\n" -"Use the text box provided or a more detailed dialog.</p>" -"\n" +"Use the text box provided or a more detailed dialog.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Det kan hende du ynskjer at e-posten du sender skal sjå ut som han kjem frå\n" "<b>selskap.com</b> i staden for <b>PC-042.selskap.com</b>.\n" -"Bruk tekstboksen eller ein meir detaljert dialog.</p>" -"\n" +"Bruk tekstboksen eller ein meir detaljert dialog.</p>\n" #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 @@ -769,14 +745,12 @@ "\n" "<p>Here, specify the domains for which the mail\n" "will be delivered locally. If you enter nothing,\n" -"the local host name is assumed.</p>" -"\n" +"the local host name is assumed.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Her angjev du domener for lokal levering\n" "av e-post. Dersom du ikkje skriv noko, vil \n" -"localhost veljast automatisk.</p>" -"\n" +"localhost veljast automatisk.</p>\n" #. check box label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 @@ -810,32 +784,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" -"with AMaViS.</p>" -"\n" +"with AMaViS.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Viss du aktiverer virusskanning, vil innkommende og utgående e-post kontrollerast\n" -"av AMaViS.</p>" -"\n" +"av AMaViS.</p>\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: </p>" -"\n" -"<p><b>Spamassassin</b> SPAM scanner</p>" -"\n" -"<p><b>DKIM</b> checks Domain Key signed incomming mails</p>" -"\n" +"<p>Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: </p>\n" +"<p><b>Spamassassin</b> SPAM scanner</p>\n" +"<p><b>DKIM</b> checks Domain Key signed incomming mails</p>\n" "<p><b>Clamav</b> open source virus scanner engine</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Aktivering av AMaViS vil òg aktivera følgjande modular: </p>" -"\n" -"<p><b>Spamassassin</b>, ein spamskanner</p>" -"\n" -"<p><b>DKIM</b>, som kontrollerer domennøkkelsignerte innkommnede mldinger</p>" -"\n" +"<p>Aktivering av AMaViS vil òg aktivera følgjande modular: </p>\n" +"<p><b>Spamassassin</b>, ein spamskanner</p>\n" +"<p><b>DKIM</b>, som kontrollerer domennøkkelsignerte innkommnede mldinger</p>\n" "<p><b>Clamav</b>, ein virusskanner med opi kjeldekode</p>" #. help text @@ -844,13 +810,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p>If AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be installed\n" -"automatically.</p>" -"\n" +"automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Dersom AMaViS ikkje er installert og du vil bruka programmet, vil pakka installerast\n" -"automatisk.</p>" -"\n" +"automatisk.</p>\n" #. checkbox label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 @@ -863,13 +827,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.</b></p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.</b></p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Viss du aktiverer virusskanning, vil innkommende og utgående e-post kontrollerast\n" -"av AMaViS.</p>" -"\n" +"av AMaViS.</p>\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 @@ -881,8 +843,7 @@ "'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" "authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" -"the domain key.</p>" -"\n" +"the domain key.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Å aktivera DKIM for utgående meldingar krev fleire handlingar. Ein SSL-nøkkel\n" @@ -890,8 +851,7 @@ "'submersion'-teneste vil setjast opp i Postfix. Etter at dette er sett opp, kan du senda\n" "e-post med tenesta 'submersion' frå 'mynetworks' med aktivert SASL-\n" "autorisasjon. Bara meldingar som vert send med denne nye tenesta, vil signerast med\n" -"domenenøkkelen.</p>" -"\n" +"domenenøkkelen.</p>\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 @@ -904,8 +864,7 @@ "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" "running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" -"automatically.</p>" -"\n" +"automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Den offentlege nøkkelen i domenenøkkelen må tilbydast av ein\n" @@ -914,8 +873,7 @@ "samsvarande domenenavntjeneste. Viss det køyrer ein navnetjeneste\n" "på den serveren som er autorisasjonsserver for det aktuelle domenet, vil\n" "den offentlege nøkkelen automatisk leggjast til som ein TXT-oppføring\n" -"for dette domenet.</p>" -"\n" +"for dette domenet.</p>\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 @@ -1045,13 +1003,13 @@ msgstr "Til Cyrus IMAP-servar" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 #, fuzzy msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Antivirusprogrammet AMaViS vil installerast.\n" #. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" @@ -1063,57 +1021,57 @@ "Vil du konfigurera ein skannar manuelt." #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 #, fuzzy msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Fetchmail, eit nedlastingsverktøy for e-post, vil installerast.\n" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 #, fuzzy msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Cyrus-imapd, ein IMAP-servar, vil installerast.\n" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer e-postkonfigurasjon" #. Translators: progress label #. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 #, fuzzy msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "Avgjer MTA (e-postsystem)" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "Les generelle innstillingar" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "Lesar maskeringsinnstillinger" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "Lesar nedlastingsinnstillinger" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "Lesar aliastabeller" #. Translators: progress label #. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "Les innstillingar for autentisering …" @@ -1121,7 +1079,7 @@ #. Translators: error message, #. %1 is a file name, #. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" @@ -1133,20 +1091,20 @@ "%2" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 #, fuzzy msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "Feil under lagring av fetchmail-konfigurasjon." #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 #, fuzzy msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "Feil under lagring av fila %1" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 #, fuzzy msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "Feil under køyring av av SuSEconfig." @@ -1154,25 +1112,25 @@ #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 #, fuzzy msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "Feil under aktivering av tenesta %1." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "Lagrar generelle innstillingar" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "Lagrar maskeringsinnstillinger" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "Lagrar aliastabeller" @@ -1180,144 +1138,144 @@ #. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to #. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "Lagrar nedlastingsinnstillinger" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "Lagrar innstillingar for autentisering …" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 #, fuzzy msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "Fullfører lagring av konfigurasjonsfiler" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 #, fuzzy msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "Køyrar SuSEconfig" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "Startar tenester på nytt" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "Lagrar e-postkonfigurasjon" #. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 #, fuzzy msgid "Other" msgstr "Anna" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 #, fuzzy msgid "Permanent" msgstr "Permanent" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 #, fuzzy msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "Oppringt" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 #, fuzzy msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" #. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 #, fuzzy msgid "MTA" msgstr "MTA" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 #, fuzzy msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "Tilkoblingstype" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 #, fuzzy msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "Utgående e-postserver" #. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 #, fuzzy msgid "From Header" msgstr "Frå-meldingshode" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "Lokale domener" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 #, fuzzy msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "Maskar andre domener" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "Maskar brukarar" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 #, fuzzy msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "Godkjenn eksterne SMTP-tilkoplinger" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 #, fuzzy msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 #, fuzzy msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "Nytte AMaViS" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 #, fuzzy msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "Bruk DKIM" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 #, fuzzy msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "Fetchmail" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 #, fuzzy msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "Virtuelle brukarar" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 #, fuzzy msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autentisering" @@ -1364,15 +1322,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<P><B>Mail Server Configuration</B><BR>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Oppset av E-postserver</b></p>" -#~ "<BR>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Oppset av E-postserver</b></p><BR>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<P>This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the Cyrus IMAP server.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Denne modulen set opp og aktiverer Postfix og viss naudsynt, Cyrus IMAP-serveren." -#~ "<p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Denne modulen set opp og aktiverer Postfix og viss naudsynt, Cyrus IMAP-serveren.<p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -1381,12 +1335,10 @@ #~ "features of their email application to send and\n" #~ "receive email. They do not need this module.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Merk:</b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Merk:</b><br>\n" #~ "Dei fleste hjemmebrukere kan nytta dei innebygde\n" #~ "funksjonane i e-postklienten for å senda og\n" -#~ "motta e-post. Dei treng ikkje å bruka denne modulen.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "motta e-post. Dei treng ikkje å bruka denne modulen.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -1394,8 +1346,7 @@ #~ "email on your local system or for some special cases.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Du treng Postfix berre viss du vil lagra\n" -#~ "e-posten lokalt eller i andre spesielle tilfelle.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "e-posten lokalt eller i andre spesielle tilfelle.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Skip this page in the future" @@ -1948,10 +1899,6 @@ #~ "Prøv igjen." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "Du kan ikkje definera lokale domener for e-postserveren." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Defined Domains" #~ msgstr "Definerte domener" @@ -2005,382 +1952,267 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Administrator Authorization</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Administrator Authorization</big></b><br>\n" #~ "To use the YaST mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n" -#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services.<br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too.<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services.<br>\n" +#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too.<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Administratorautorisasjon</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Administratorautorisasjon</big></b><br>\n" #~ "For å bruk e-postserverkomponenten i YaST, må systemet bruka LDAP\n" -#~ "til lagring av brukar- og gruppekontoer og til DNS-tenester.<br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Nokre av innstillingane for e-postserveren vil òg lagrast i LDAP.<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "til lagring av brukar- og gruppekontoer og til DNS-tenester.<br>\n" +#~ "Nokre av innstillingane for e-postserveren vil òg lagrast i LDAP.<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Set Up Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Set Up Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Sett opp e-postserver </big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Vent…<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Sett opp e-postserver </big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Vent…<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Please wait...<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av e-postserver </big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Vent…<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av e-postserver </big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Vent…<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Please wait...<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for e-postserver </big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Vent…<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for e-postserver </big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Vent…<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" #~ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" #~ "Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Server Identification:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Server Identification:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "This is the SMTP server's greeting banner.</b>.\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Serveridentifikasjon:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Serveridentifikasjon:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Dette er velkomstbildet for SMTP-serveren.</b>.\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Size:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Size:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and getting),\n" #~ "including envelope information.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Meldingsstørrelse:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Meldingsstørrelse:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Denne parameteren avgrensar den totale storleiken på ei melding i byte (sending og mottak),\n" #~ "inkludert metainformasjon.\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Outgoing Mails:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Outgoing Mails:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Set the transport type for outgoing mails.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Ugående meldingar:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Ugående meldingar:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "vel transporttype for utgående meldingar.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Manage Mail Routing</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Manage Mail Routing</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Add or modify mail transport routes.\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Administrer meldingsruting</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Administrer meldingsruting</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Legg til eller endre rutingen for meldingstransport.\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Defined Mail Transport Routes</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Defined Mail Transport Routes</big></b><br>\n" #~ "This is the list of the defined mail transports.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Definerte meldingstransportruter</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Definerte meldingstransportruter</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Dette er ei liste over definerte meldingstransportmetoder.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>SPAM Prevention</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>SPAM Prevention</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" #~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists or RBL\n" #~ "(real-time blackhole list) name servers. \n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Søppelpostblokkering</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Søppelpostblokkering</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Postfix har ei rekkje parametrar som avgrensar levering av uønska kommersiell e-post (UCE).\n" #~ "I denne dialogen kan du konfigurera desse innstillingane, til dømes definera tilgangslister eller RBL-\n" #~ "navneservere (liste over svarte hol i sanntid). \n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for viruses and and for spam.\n" #~ "The virus scanner engine <b>Clamavd</b> and the spam finder <b>SpamAssassin</b> will be installed \n" #~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus scanner engines.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Start antivirusprogrammet AMAVIS:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Start antivirusprogrammet AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Viss du startar antivirusprogrammet AMAVIS, vil e-postmeldingene dine skannast for virus og søppelpost.\n" #~ "Virusskannermotoren <b>Clamavd</b> og søppelpostrenseren <b>SpamAssassin</b> vil òg installerast \n" #~ "og sett opp. Du kan òg installera andre (kommersialle) antivirussystemer.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery method is <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n" #~ "In this case the shared folders <b>NewSpam</b> and <b>NoSpam</b> will be created. Spam email \n" #~ "which was not detected by <b>SpamAssassin</b> should be put into the folder <b>NewSpam</b>.\n" #~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-spam email into\n" #~ "the folder <b>NoSpam</b>. The emails in this folder cannot be read by anyone.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Sett opp innlæringstillegg for søppelpost:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Sett opp innlæringstillegg for søppelpost:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Innlæringstillegget for søppelpost kan berre verta opp sette dersom den lokale leveringsmetoden er <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n" #~ "I så fall vil dei delte mappene <b>NewSpam</b> og <b>NoSpam</b> opprettast. Søppelpost \n" -#~ "som ikkje vart oppdaga av <b>SpamAssassin</b>, bør plasserast i mappen " -#~ "<p>NewSpam</p>" -#~ ".\n" +#~ "som ikkje vart oppdaga av <b>SpamAssassin</b>, bør plasserast i mappen <p>NewSpam</p>.\n" #~ "Viss du vil at søppelpostprogrammet skal fungera mest mogleg effektivt, bør du òg plassera meldingar som ikkje er søppelpost, i\n" -#~ "mappen " -#~ "<p>NoSpam</p>" -#~ ". Meldingane i denne mappen kan ikkje lesast av nokon.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "mappen <p>NoSpam</p>. Meldingane i denne mappen kan ikkje lesast av nokon.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Trusted Local Networks:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Trusted Local Networks:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Clients from these networks can use your mail server for mail relaying.\n" #~ "(Sending non-local mails)\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Pålitelege lokalnettverk:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Pålitelege lokalnettverk:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Klientar frå desse nettverka kan bruka e-postserveren til overføring av meldingar. \n" #~ "(senda meldingar til eksterne adresser)\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Require SASL Authentication:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Require SASL Authentication:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "If set to true, clients must authenticate to use\n" #~ "the mail server for mail relaying. \n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Krev SASL-autentisering:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Krev SASL-autentisering:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Viss 'Ja', må klientane autentisere seg for å bruka\n" #~ "e-postserveren til overføring av meldingar. \n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Local Delivery Type</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Local Delivery Type</big></b><br>\n" #~ "In this frame, choose the local mail delivery method. \n" #~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or IMAP\n" -#~ "protocol, choose <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>" -#~ ". \n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "protocol, choose <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>. \n" +#~ "<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Lokal leveringstype</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Lokal leveringstype</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Her kan du velja ein metode for lokal meldingslevering. \n" #~ "For at klientar skal kunna koble til e-postserveren via POP- eller IMAP-\n" -#~ "protokollen, må du velja <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>" -#~ ". \n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "protokollen, må du velja <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>. \n" +#~ "<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Depending on the local delivery method, you have\n" #~ "different possibilities of settings.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Avhengig av lokal leveringsmetode, kan\n" #~ "ulike innstillingar vera tilgjengelege.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big></b><br>\n" #~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this regularly\n" #~ "at defined time intervals and by connecting to the Internet.\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Planlegg meldingshenting</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Planlegg meldingshenting</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Viss du har postboksar hos ein internettleverandør, kan du henta meldingar regelmessig\n" #~ "ved å koble til Internett med definerte intervall.\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Note: If you have not defined any local delivery type, you cannot\n" #~ "define mail fetching jobs.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Merk: Viss du ikkje har definert nokon lokal leveringstype, Kan du ikkje\n" #~ "definera hentejobber for meldingar.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Server Domains</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Server Domains</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Here, define the domains for which your mail server considers itself \n" #~ "the final destination.\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>E-postserverdomener</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>E-postserverdomener</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Her definerer du kva for domener e-postserveren skal definera seg sjølv \n" #~ "som sluttdestinasjon for.\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Note: You can create and set up the domains with the YaST \n" #~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the properties\n" #~ "concerning the mail server.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Merk: Du kan oppretta og konfigurera domener i modulen \n" #~ "DNS-servar i YaST. I denne modulen kan du berre definera innstillingane\n" #~ "for e-postserveren.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Type:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Type:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "You can define virtual and local domains. In virtual domains, only users\n" #~ "assigned an email address in the domain can receive emails.\n" #~ "In local domains, all users can get emails. Assign virtual email \n" #~ "addresses in the YaST user module.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Type:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Type:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Du kan definera virtuelle og lokale domener. I virtuelle domener kan bara brukarar\n" #~ "som er tilordnet ei e-postadresse i domenet, motta meldingar.\n" #~ "I lokale domener kan alle brukarar motta meldingar. Du kan tilordne virtuelle \n" #~ "e-postadresser i brukermodulen i YaST.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "The server uses &TLS." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/network.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/network.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/network.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -142,14 +142,12 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" "SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Brannmur og SSH</big></b><br />" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Brannmur og SSH</big></b><br />\n" "Ein brannmur er ein forsvarsmekanisme som vernar maskina mot angrep via nettverket.\n" "SSH er ei teneste som tillèt innlogging på denne datamaskina via ein spesiell\n" "SSH-klient</p>" @@ -248,7 +246,7 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:123 +#: src/clients/host.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Vertsmaskiner, oppsettssammendrag:" @@ -282,36 +280,30 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Here, view the progress of the\n" -"Internet connection test.</p>" -"\n" +"Internet connection test.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Her vert vist fremdriften for\n" -"kontrollen av internettforbindelsen.</p>" -"\n" +"kontrollen av internettforbindelsen.</p>\n" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>The test can be aborted by pressing\n" -"<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Du kan avbryta testen ved å klikka på\n" -"<b>Avbryt test</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Avbryt test</b>.</p>\n" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n" -"and correct the settings.</p>" -"\n" +"and correct the settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Gå tilbake til nettverksoppsett og korriger\n" -"innstillingane viss testen mislukkast.</p>" -"\n" +"innstillingane viss testen mislukkast.</p>\n" #. Label for result of internet test #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288 @@ -396,14 +388,14 @@ msgstr "Installasjon av nedlastede versjonsmerknader mislukkast." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780 #, fuzzy msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "Tilkobling" #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" @@ -413,14 +405,14 @@ "loggar med meir informasjon.\n" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 #, fuzzy msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "Ingen nettadresse for versjonsmerknader er angjevne. Internett-testen kan ikkje utførast." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" @@ -438,7 +430,7 @@ "nettverksoppsettet og klikk 'Avbryt'." #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" @@ -448,13 +440,13 @@ "logg for meir informasjon." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 #, fuzzy msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "Søk etter oppgraderinger" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" @@ -464,7 +456,7 @@ "loggar med meir informasjon.\n" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 #, fuzzy msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "Frakobling av samband" @@ -571,7 +563,7 @@ #. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) #. we'll keep values from installation #. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "Oppsettfeil: Grensesnitt er ikkje initialisert!" @@ -674,7 +666,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473 #, fuzzy msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Rutingoppsett" @@ -780,7 +772,7 @@ msgstr "Systemport" #. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Nettverksmaske" @@ -801,91 +793,91 @@ #. Handler for action "list" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:423 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:422 #, fuzzy msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "Ingen oppføring for destinasjon '%1' i rutingtabell" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:262 #, fuzzy msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "IP-overføring er aktiverte" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 #, fuzzy msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "IP-overføring er deaktivert" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:269 #, fuzzy msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Aktiverer IP-overføring …" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:273 #, fuzzy msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Deaktiverer IP-overføring …" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:279 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "IP-overføring:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "IP-overføring:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "IP-overføring:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." msgstr "Minst destinasjon og IP-adresser for systemport vert spesifiserte" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:330 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "Legg destinasjonen '%1' til rutingtabell …" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "IP-adresse for destinasjon må spesifiserast" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 #, fuzzy msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "Minst éin av følgjande parametrar (systemport, nettverksmaske, eining, val) må angjevast" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "Oppdaterer destinasjonen '%1' i rutingtabellen …" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:414 #, fuzzy msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "Slettar destinasjonen '%1' frå rutingtabellen …" #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 #, fuzzy msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Advarsel: ingen kryptering vert nytta." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 #, fuzzy msgid "Change." msgstr "Endre." @@ -1005,7 +997,7 @@ msgstr "Trådlaust USB-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "Ukjent nettverksenhet" @@ -1013,74 +1005,74 @@ #. Modem status (%1 is device) #. ISDN device status (%1 is device) #. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "Sat opp som %1" #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "Sat opp som %1 med leverandør %2" #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "Sat opp som %1 med leverandør %2 (protokoll %3)" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "Konfigurert utan adresse (INGEN)" #. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "Konfigurert utan adresse" #. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "Sat opp med adressa %1" #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "Sat opp med adressa %1 (ekstern %2)" #. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "Sat opp med %1" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "Sat opp som %1 med adressa %2" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "Sat opp som %1 med adressa %2 (ekstern %3)" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "Sat opp som %1 med %2" #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 #, fuzzy msgid "Managed" msgstr "Styrt" @@ -1242,21 +1234,21 @@ msgstr "&Vel logg:" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "Tilleggsadresser" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv4 Address Label" msgstr "IP-adresse" #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adresse" @@ -1264,8 +1256,8 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 #, fuzzy msgid "Ad&d" @@ -1275,8 +1267,8 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 #, fuzzy @@ -1287,39 +1279,39 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "De&lete" msgstr "&Slett" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "&Namn på grensesnitt" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>" msgstr "<p>TODO er liten ulla!</p>" #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "Tilordne grensesnitt til &brannmursone" #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "&Obligatorisk grensesnitt" #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "&Device Type" @@ -1327,147 +1319,147 @@ #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 #, fuzzy msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "&Oppsettsnavn" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "Tunneleier" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 #, fuzzy msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "Tunnelgruppe" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 #, fuzzy msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Bru-einingar" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 #, fuzzy msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "Ekste grensesnitt for &VLAN" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 #, fuzzy msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "VLAN-id" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 #, fuzzy msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "Bond-slavar og rekkjefølgd" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 #, fuzzy msgid "Up" msgstr "Opp" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Down" msgstr "Ned" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "Bond-&slavar" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 #, fuzzy msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "Val for &bond-driv" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>" msgstr "<p>Vel alternativ for bond-drivaren, og rediger ved behov. </p>" #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813 #, fuzzy msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "Tilkoblings- og IP-oppsett manglar (bonding-slavar)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 #, fuzzy msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "Nytte iBFT-verd" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "Dynamisk IP-adresse" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "DHCP-versjon 4 og 6" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "Berre DHCP-versjon 4" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "Berre DHCP-versjon 6" #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "Statisk tildelt IP-adresse" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 #, fuzzy msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-Adresse" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 #, fuzzy msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "&Nettverksmaske" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "&Vertsmaskinnavn" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 #, fuzzy msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "E&kstern IP-adresse" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "Den eksterne IP-adressa er ugyldig." #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "&S/390" msgstr "&S/390" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" @@ -1479,14 +1471,14 @@ "du er sikker på at feil grensesnittype vart funnen." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "Oppsettet %1 finst allereie." #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" @@ -1501,23 +1493,23 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 #, fuzzy msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "Ugyldig IP-adresse." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 #, fuzzy msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "Ugyldig nettverksmaske eller prefikslengde." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Ugyldig vertsnavn." #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" @@ -1533,7 +1525,7 @@ "Vil du likevel ikkje angje noko vertsnavn?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" @@ -1544,96 +1536,103 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 #, fuzzy msgid "&General" msgstr "&Generelt" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Enhetsaktivering" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Brannmursone" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 #, fuzzy msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Største overføringsenhet (MTU)" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>" msgstr "<p>Vel detaljerte innstillingar for nettverkskort her.</p>" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 #, fuzzy msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adresse" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>" msgstr "<p>Sett opp IP-adressa di.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Maskinvare" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 #, fuzzy msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Bond-slavar" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 #, fuzzy msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Trådlaust" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 #, fuzzy msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Ifplugd-prioritet" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p>" -" \n" +"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" "<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" " used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n" " then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" -" set the priority of each interface. </p>" -"\n" +" set the priority of each interface. </p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p>" -" \n" +"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" "<p> Alle grensesnitt sat opp med <b>Kabelforbindelse</b> og med IFPLUGD_pRIORITY != 0 vil brukast uavhengig av kvarandre. Viss fleire enn eitt av desse grensesnitta er <b>Kabelforbindelse</b>,\n" " må det kjennast kva for eit grensesnitt som skal nyttast. Difor må\n" -" det angjevast ein prioritet for kvart grensesnitt. </p>" -"\n" +" det angjevast ein prioritet for kvart grensesnitt. </p>\n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Nettverkskortoppsett" +#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +msgid "" +"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" +"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?\n" +msgstr "" + #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86 #, fuzzy msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" @@ -1867,26 +1866,26 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266 #, fuzzy msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "Ugyldig verd for bootproto!" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290 #, fuzzy msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "Ugyldig verd for startmode!" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "Valet «ip» vert kravt for eit statisk oppsett!" #. Handler for action "delete" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Eininga er sletta." @@ -1953,7 +1952,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" @@ -1966,7 +1965,7 @@ "Legg først til CD-ein som pakkebrønn i YaST, og gå tilbake \n" "til denne oppsettdialogen.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" @@ -1984,23 +1983,23 @@ #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "Installerer fastvare" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 #, fuzzy msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "For å installera fastvare må skriptet 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' køyrast. Vil du køyra skriptet no?" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under installasjon av fastvare." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" @@ -2016,13 +2015,13 @@ "vil det ikkje lengjer kunna styrast via NetworkManager.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453 #, fuzzy msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "Den valde eininga har STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vil du verkeleg slette henne?" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Oppsettsmetode for nettverk" @@ -2032,7 +2031,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Nettverksinnstillinger" @@ -2068,12 +2067,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n" -"your network device here.</p>" -"\n" +"your network device here.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Angje maskinvarespesifikke val for \n" -"nettverksenheten her.</p>" -"\n" +"nettverksenheten her.</p>\n" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID @@ -2111,13 +2108,11 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>" -"\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kjernemodul</b>. Angje kjernemodulnavnet (driv) \n" "for nettverksenheten her. Viss eininga allereie er sett opp, kontrollar om det er meir enn éin drivar tilgjengeleg for\n" -"eininga i nedtrekkslisten. Du kan om naudsynt velja ein driv frå lista, men normalt fungerer standardverdien bra.</p>" -"\n" +"eininga i nedtrekkslisten. Du kan om naudsynt velja ein driv frå lista, men normalt fungerer standardverdien bra.</p>\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 @@ -2125,34 +2120,26 @@ msgid "" "<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>" -"\n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Du kan òg angje <b>Val</b> for kjernemodulen i følgjande format: <i>val</i>=<i>verd</i>. Kvar oppføring skal vera adskilt\n" "av mellomrom, til dømes, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Merk:</b> Viss to kort er sette opp\n" -"med same modulnavn, vil vala slåast saman ved lagring.</p>" -"\n" +"med same modulnavn, vil vala slåast saman ved lagring.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Viss du skriv inn noko under <b>Ethtool.val</b>, vil ifup senda ein kommando med desse vala til ethtool.</p>" -"\n" +msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Viss du skriv inn noko under <b>Ethtool.val</b>, vil ifup senda ein kommando med desse vala til ethtool.</p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n" -"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>" -"\n" +"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Viss du har eit <b>PCMCIA</b>-nettverkskort, vel PCMCIA.\n" -"Viss du har eit <b>USB</b>-nettverkskort, vel USB.</p>" -"\n" +"Viss du har eit <b>USB</b>-nettverkskort, vel USB.</p>\n" #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 @@ -2160,12 +2147,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" -"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>" -"\n" +"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Her kan du setja opp nettverksenheten. Verda vert\n" -"lagra i <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> eller <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>" -"\n" +"lagra i <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> eller <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 @@ -2257,7 +2242,7 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 #, fuzzy msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Nettverkskort" @@ -2269,7 +2254,7 @@ msgstr "&Søk" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -2279,7 +2264,7 @@ "Vel eit anna namn." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 #, fuzzy msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Oppset av S/390-nettverkskort" @@ -2288,168 +2273,165 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 #, fuzzy msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "Innstillingar for S/390-eining" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 #, fuzzy msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Portnavn" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 #, fuzzy msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Portnummer" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "&Aktiver IPA-overtakelse" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Vil du aktivera &Layer 2-støytte" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 #, fuzzy msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "&MAC-adresse for Layer2" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Lesekanal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Skrivekanal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 #, fuzzy msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Kontrollkanal" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>" msgstr "<p>Angje <b>portnavnet</b> for dette grensesnittet (det skilst mellom små og store bokstavar).</p>" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>" msgstr "<p>Angje eventuelle ekstra <b>Alternativ</b> for dette grensesnittet (adskilt av mellomrom).</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Vel <b>Aktivum IPA-overtakelse</b> viss overtakelse av IP-adresse skal aktiverast for dette grensesnittet.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>Vel <b>Aktivum Layer 2-støytte</b> viss dette kortet er sett opp med Layer 2-støytte.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>Angje <b>MAC-adresse for Layer 2-støytte</b> viss dette kortet er sett opp med Layer 2-støytte.</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 #, fuzzy msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&Portnummer" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 #, fuzzy msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&LANCMD-tidsavbrudd" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Vel <b>portnummeret</b> for dette grensesnittet.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Angje <b>LANCMD-tidsavbrudd</b> for dette grensesnittet.</p>" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 #, fuzzy msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Kompatibilitetsmodus" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Utvida modus" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-basert tty (Linux til Linux-samband)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 #, fuzzy msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Kompatibilitetsmodus med OSAR/390 og z/OSAR" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 #, fuzzy msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokoll" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Vel <b>protokollen</b> for dette grenssnittet.</p>" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 #, fuzzy msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "Namn på &anna maskin" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" -"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>" -"\n" +"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Angje namnet til ein annan IUCV-maskin,\n" -"til dømes z/VM-brukernavnet som skal brukast ved tilkobling (det skilst mellom små og store bokstavar).</p>" -"\n" +"til dømes z/VM-brukernavnet som skal brukast ved tilkobling (det skilst mellom små og store bokstavar).</p>\n" -#. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" @@ -2460,7 +2442,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Maskinvaredialog" @@ -2470,91 +2452,65 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Network Card\n" -"Configuration</big></b><br>" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett for\n" -"nettverkskort</big></b><br>" -"Vent…<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"nettverkskort</big></b><br>Vent…<br></p>\n" #. Network cards read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialiseringen:</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Du kan trygt avslutta oppsettsverktøyet ved å klikka <B>Avbryt</B> no.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialiseringen:</big></b><br>\n" +"Du kan trygt avslutta oppsettsverktøyet ved å klikka <B>Avbryt</B> no.</p>\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Network Card\n" -"Configuration</big></b><br>" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Lagrar oppsett for\n" -"nettverkskort</big></b><br>" -"Vent…<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"nettverkskort</big></b><br>Vent…<br></p>\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n" +"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.</p>\n" #. Network setup method help #. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Use the <b>NetworkManager</b> as a desktop applet\n" "managing connections for all interfaces. It is well suited\n" -"for switching among wired and wireless networks.</p>" -"\n" +"for switching among wired and wireless networks.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppsettmetode for nettverk</big></b></p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppsettmetode for nettverk</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Vel <b>NetworkManager</b> for bruka eit skrivebordsprogram\n" "til å kontrollera tilkoblingene for alle grensesnitt. Dette er praktisk\n" -"for å byte mellom kabelnettverk og ulike trådlause nettverk.</p>" -"\n" +"for å byte mellom kabelnettverk og ulike trådlause nettverk.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n" -"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>" -"\n" +"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Bruk <b>Tradisjonell metode med <tt>ifup</tt></b>\n" "viss du ikkje køyrer eit grafisk skrivebordsmiljø (GNOME eller KDE),\n" -"eller viss du har behov for å bruka fleire grensesnitt samstundes.</p>" -"\n" +"eller viss du har behov for å bruka fleire grensesnitt samstundes.</p>\n" #. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678) #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 @@ -2562,70 +2518,52 @@ "<p><b>NetworkManager</b> is not part of every base\n" "installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n" "Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n" -"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>" -"\n" +"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" -"edit their configuration.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"edit their configuration.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oversyn over nettverkskort</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Oversyn over nettverkskort</big></b><br>\n" "Her finn du eit oversyn over installerte nettverkskort. Du kan òg\n" -"redigera oppsettet.<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"redigera oppsettet.<br></p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Legg til eit nettverkskort:</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp eit nytt nettverkskort manuelt.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Legg til eit nettverkskort:</big></b><br>\n" +"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp eit nytt nettverkskort manuelt.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" -"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>" -"\n" +"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n" "Vel eit nettverkskort som skal endrast eller vert sletta.\n" -"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b>.</p>\n" #. IPv6 help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" "module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" -"time can be faster.</p>" -"\n" +"time can be faster.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Innstillingar for IPv6-protokollen</big></b></p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Innstillingar for IPv6-protokollen</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Kryss av for <b>Aktivum IPv6</b> for å aktivare IPv6-modulen i kjernen.\n" "Det er mogleg å bruka IPv6 saman med IPv4, og dette er standarvalget.\n" "For å deaktivere IPv6, fjern avkryssingen (dette vil svartelista kjernemodulen\n" @@ -2645,27 +2583,23 @@ "The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" "If any other entry exists that matches the required address, it is\n" "used instead of the default route. The idea of the default route is simply\n" -"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>" -"\n" +"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Rutingen kan verta opp sette i denne dialogen.\n" "<b>Standard systemport</b> samsvarer med alle moglege bestemmelsessteder, men ikkje særleg presist. \n" "Viss det finst andre verd som samsvarer med adressa, vil desse brukast i staden for standardruten. Prinsippet bak standardruten er ganske enkelt\n" -"å gje melding om at \"alt anna skal verta hit sendt\".</p>" -"\n" +"å gje melding om at \"alt anna skal verta hit sendt\".</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>" -"\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For kvar rute angjev du destinasjonsnettverkets IP-adresse, systemportens adresse\n" "og nettverksmasken. Nytte bindestrek «-» for å kanne over nokon av desse verda. Vel\n" -"òg eininga som trafikken til det angjevne nettverket skal rutast gjennom. Nytte «-» som alias for kva for eit som helst nettverk.</p>" -"\n" +"òg eininga som trafikken til det angjevne nettverket skal rutast gjennom. Nytte «-» som alias for kva for eit som helst nettverk.</p>\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105 @@ -2687,8 +2621,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" -"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>" -"\n" +"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Aktivar <b>IP-vidaresending</b> (vidaresending av pakker frå eksterne nettverk\n" "til det interne) viss dette systemet er ein ruter. Både IPv4- og IPv6-samband \n" @@ -2704,15 +2637,13 @@ "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" "However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" "Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" -"different hostnames.</p>" -" " +"different hostnames.</p> " msgstr "" "<p>Viss du brukar DHCP for å få ein IP-adresse, vel om du òg vil motta\n" "eit vertsnavn vigd DHCP. Vertsnavnet vil veljast automatisk av DHCP-klienten.\n" "Det kan likevel forvirra det grafiske skrivebordsmiljøet å endra vertsnavn under køyring. \n" "Difor bør du fjerne denne avkryssingen viss du kobler til ulike nettverk sine som tilordner \n" -"ulike vertsnavn.</p>" -" " +"ulike vertsnavn.</p> " #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 #, fuzzy @@ -2721,8 +2652,7 @@ "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" "useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" "without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" -"if this computer provides some network services.</p>" -"\n" +"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tilordne vertsnavn til Loopback-IP</b> knyter ditt vertsnavn til IP-adressa \n" "<tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dette er eit \n" @@ -2734,12 +2664,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" -"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>" -"\n" +"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Angje navneserverne og domenesøkelisten for \n" -"vertsnavn. Desse kan vanlegvis hentast via DHCP.</p>" -"\n" +"vertsnavn. Desse kan vanlegvis hentast via DHCP.</p>\n" #. resolver dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 @@ -2747,13 +2675,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n" -"(for example, 192.168.0.42), not as a hostname.</p>" -"\n" +"(for example, 192.168.0.42), not as a hostname.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Ein navneserver er ei datamaskin som omset vertsnavn til\n" "IP-adresser. Dette verdet må skrivast inn som ein <b>IP-adresse</b>\n" -"(t.d. 192.168.0.42), ikkje som eit vertsnavn.</p>" -"\n" +"(t.d. 192.168.0.42), ikkje som eit vertsnavn.</p>\n" #. resolver dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 @@ -2762,14 +2688,12 @@ "<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" "your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" -"(such as suse.com). Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>" -"\n" +"(such as suse.com). Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Søkedomenet er domenenavnet der søking etter vertsnavn startar.\n" "Primært søkedomene er vanlegvis det same som domenenavnet for\n" "datamaskina di (t.d. susa.dei). Det kan vera fleire søkedomener\n" -"(t.d. susa.com). Domener skal vera adskilt av komma eller mellomrom.</p>" -"\n" +"(t.d. susa.com). Domener skal vera adskilt av komma eller mellomrom.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 #, fuzzy @@ -2793,8 +2717,7 @@ "by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" "etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n" -"configurations.</p>" -"\n" +"configurations.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Vel korleis DNS-oppsettet (navneservere, søkeliste, innhaldet i \n" "fila <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) skal endrast. Normalt vert handtert dette av skriptet <i>netconfig</i>,\n" @@ -2812,8 +2735,7 @@ "including wildcards, with STATIC and STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special\n" "values. For more information, see the <i>netconfig</i> manual page. Note:\n" "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the <b> Only Manually</b>\n" -"policy.</p>" -"\n" +"policy.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Vel<b>Berre manuelt</b> viss du ikkje vil at<i>netconfig</i> lengjer skal kunna endra \n" "<i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. Du kan redigera fila manuelt i staden. vel <b>Bruk egendefinert praksis</b> \n" @@ -2827,38 +2749,28 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" -"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>" -"\n" +"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Adresseoppsett</big></b></p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Adresseoppsett</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Vel <b>Ikkje adresseoppsett</b> viss du ikkje ynskjer nokon IP-adresse for denne eininga.\n" -"Dette er spesielt nyttig for bond-nettverkskort.</p>" -"\n" +"Dette er spesielt nyttig for bond-nettverkskort.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kryss av for <b>iBFT</b> viss du vil at nettverket skal setjast opp i BIOS.</p>" -"\n" +msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Kryss av for <b>iBFT</b> viss du vil at nettverket skal setjast opp i BIOS.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n" -"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>" -"\n" +"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Vel <b>Dynamisk adresse</b> viss du ikkje har fått tildelt ein statisk IP-adresse \n" -"frå systemadministroren eller internettleverandøren.</p>" -"\n" +"frå systemadministroren eller internettleverandøren.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 @@ -2866,13 +2778,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" -"are then automatically obtained from the server.</p>" -"\n" +"are then automatically obtained from the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Du kan velja ein av metodane for dynamisk adressetildeling. Vel <b>DHCP</b>\n" "viss du har ein <b>DHCP-servar</b> som køyrer på lokalnettverket. Nettverksadresser vert då \n" -"henta automatisk frå han serveren.</p>" -"\n" +"henta automatisk frå han serveren.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 @@ -2880,13 +2790,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n" -"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å søkja etter ein IP-adresse for statisk tildeling, vel \n" "
<b>Zeroconf</b>. For å bruka DHCP, men ha zeroconf som reserveløsning, vel <b>DHCP + Zeroconf</b>.\n" -"Viss ikkje, må adressa tildelast <b>statisk</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"Viss ikkje, må adressa tildelast <b>statisk</b>.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 @@ -2894,12 +2802,10 @@ msgid "" "<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" -"for your peer.</p>" -"\n" +"for your peer.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Angje ein <b>IP-adresse</b> (t.d. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for datamaskina di og ein <b>Ekstern IP-adresse</b> (t.d. <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>4)\n" -"for ein anna maskin.</p>" -"\n" +"for ein anna maskin.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 @@ -2907,13 +2813,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>" -"\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For <b>Statisk adresseoppsett</b>, angje den statiske IP-adressa for datamaskina (til dømes: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) og\n" "nettverksmasken (vanlegvis <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>, eller berre lengda på prefikset<tt>/24</tt>). Du kan òg angje\n" -"eit vertsnavn for denne IP-adressa. Vertsnavnet vil lagrast i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>" -"\n" +"eit vertsnavn for denne IP-adressa. Vertsnavnet vil lagrast i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 @@ -2937,8 +2841,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" "select a zone, the firewall will be enabled. If you do not and other \n" "firewalled interfaces exist, the firewall\n" @@ -2946,8 +2849,7 @@ "interface. If you do not select a zone and no others exist, \n" "the firewall will be disabled.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Brannmursone</big></b></p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Brannmursone</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Vel ein brannmursone å plassera grensesnittet i. Viss du\n" "vel ei sone, vil brannmuren aktiverast. Viss ikkje, avheng dette av\n" "om det finst andre brannmurbeskyttede grensesnitt. I så fall vil brannmuren\n" @@ -2963,23 +2865,19 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" "especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" -"values or define another one.</p>" -"\n" +"values or define another one.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Største overføringsenhet</big></b></p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Største overføringsenhet</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Største overføringsenhet (<b>MTU</b>) angjev kor stor pakke som\n" "vert overført via nettverket per overføringsvindu. Det er normalt ikkje naudsynt å\n" "angje MTU, men ein redusert MTU-verd, kan forbetra nettverksytelsen,\n" "spesielt ved treige oppringte samband. Vel ein av dei tilrådde verda, eller\n" -"angje ein egendefinert verd.</p>" -"\n" +"angje ein egendefinert verd.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 #, fuzzy @@ -3019,13 +2917,11 @@ "<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" -"according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>" -"\n" +"according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n" "Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n" "contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n" "to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" -"If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>" -"\n" +"If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Overført vertsnavn</b> angjev strengen som vert brukt for valgfeltet for \n" "vertsnavn når dhcpcd sender meldingar til ein DHCP-servar. Einskilde \n" @@ -3034,22 +2930,17 @@ "Einskilde DHCP-servera krev òg at alternativfeltet <b>Overførd vertsnavn</b>\n" "inneheld ein bestemd streng i DHCP-meldingar frå klientar. La verdet vera <i>AUTO</i>\n" "for å senda gjeldande vertsnavn (dvs. namnet som er definert i <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" -"La feltet stå tomt viss vertsnavn ikkje skal sendast.</p>" -"\n" +"La feltet stå tomt viss vertsnavn ikkje skal sendast.</p>\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>" -"\n" -"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Tilleggsadresser</big></b></p>" -"\n" -"<p>Sett opp tilleggsadresser for eit grensesnitt (aliaser) i denne tabellen.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Tilleggsadresser</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>Sett opp tilleggsadresser for eit grensesnitt (aliaser) i denne tabellen.</p>\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280 @@ -3086,37 +2977,29 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n" -"<br>" -"<b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" -"<br>" -"<b>ASCII</b>: The ASCII values of the characters entered constitute the\n" +"<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" +"<br><b>ASCII</b>: The ASCII values of the characters entered constitute the\n" "key. Enter 5 characters for 64-bit keys, up to 13\n" "characters for 128-bit keys, up to 16 characters for 156-bit keys, and\n" "up to 29 characters for 256-bit keys.\n" -"<br>" -"<b>Hexadecimal</b>: Enter the hex codes of the key directly. Enter\n" +"<br><b>Hexadecimal</b>: Enter the hex codes of the key directly. Enter\n" "10 hex digits for 64-bit keys, 26 digits for 128-bit keys, 32 digits\n" "for 156-bit keys, and 58 digits for 256-bit keys. You can\n" "use hyphens <tt>-</tt> to separate pairs or groups of digits, for example,\n" "<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" -"</p>" -" \n" +"</p> \n" msgstr "" "<p>Vel blant tre <b>Nøkkelangivelsestyper</b> for nøkkelen\n" -"<br>" -"<b>Passfrase</b>: Nøkkelen vert generert ut frå frasen som vert angjeven.\n" -"<br>" -"<b>ASCII</b>: ASCII verdet for teikna som vert angjevne, dannar\n" +"<br><b>Passfrase</b>: Nøkkelen vert generert ut frå frasen som vert angjeven.\n" +"<br><b>ASCII</b>: ASCII verdet for teikna som vert angjevne, dannar\n" "nøkkelen Angje fem teikn for 64-bitsnøkler, inntil 13\n" "teikn for128-bitsnøkler, inntil 16 teikn for 156-bitsnøkler og.\n" "inntil 29 teikn for 256-bitsnøkler.\n" -"<br>" -"<b>Heksadesimal</b>: Angje nøkkelen sin hekskoder direkte. Angje\n" +"<br><b>Heksadesimal</b>: Angje nøkkelen sin hekskoder direkte. Angje\n" "10 hekssiffer for 64-bitsnøkler, 26 siffer for 128-bitsnøkler, 32 siffer for 156-bitsnøkler og 58 siffer for 256-bitsnøkler. Du kan\n" "bruka bindestreker <tt>-</tt> mellom sifferpar eller siffergrupper, til dømes\n" "<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 @@ -3135,15 +3018,13 @@ "can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" "<b>Managed</b> (network managed by an access point, sometimes also\n" "called <i>Infrastructure Mode</i>), or <b>Master</b> (the network card\n" -"acts as an access point).</p>" -"\n" +"acts as an access point).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Driftsmodus</b> avheng av nettverket sitt topologi. Modusen\n" "kan vera <b>Ad-hoc</b> (direkte samband utan aksesspunkt),\n" "<b>Styrt</b> (nettverk som vert styrd av eit aksesspunkt, iblant òg\n" "kalla <i>Infrastrukturmodmodus</i>) eller <b>Master</b> (nettverkskortet\n" -"fungerer som aksesspunkt).</p>" -"\n" +"fungerer som aksesspunkt).</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 #, fuzzy @@ -3154,8 +3035,7 @@ "you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" -"signal strength.</p>" -"\n" +"signal strength.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Spesifiser eit <b>Nettverksnavn (ESSID)</b> som skal brukast for å identifisera\n" "celler som tilhøyrar same virtuelle nettverk. Alle stasjonar i eit\n" @@ -3163,8 +3043,7 @@ "du vel driftsmodusen <b>Styrt</b> og ingen <b>WPA</b>-autentiseringsmodus,\n" "kan du la dette feltet vera tomt eller bruka verdet <tt>any</tt>. I så\n" "fall vil WLAN-korta koble seg til det aksesspunktet som har dei\n" -"sterkaste signala.</p>" -"\n" +"sterkaste signala.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331 #, fuzzy @@ -3184,8 +3063,7 @@ "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" -"<b>Managed</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>I nokre nettverk må du angje ein <b>Autentiseringsmodus</b>.\n" "Denne avheng av sikkerhetsteknologien som vert brukt, WEP eller WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n" @@ -3201,8 +3079,7 @@ "innført for å tette sikkerhetshullene, men ikkje all maskinvare støttar\n" "WPA. Viss du vil bruka WPA, vel <b>WPA-PSK</b> eller <b>WPA-EAP</b>som\n" "autentiseringsmodus. Dette er berre mogleg i driftsmodusen\n" -"<b>Styrt</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Styrt</b>.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 #, fuzzy @@ -3211,14 +3088,12 @@ "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" "length of 64, 128, 156, or 256 bits, but not all sizes are\n" "supported by all devices. Of these keys, 24 bits\n" -"are dynamically generated, so you only need to enter 40 to 232 bits.</p>" -"\n" +"are dynamically generated, so you only need to enter 40 to 232 bits.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å bruka WEP, angje\n" "WEP-krypteringsnøkkelen som skal brukast. Han kan ha ein nøkkellengde\n" "på 64, 128, 156 eller 256 bitar sine (24 bitar genererast dynamisk,\n" -"så du treng berre å angje 40 til 232 bitar).</p>" -"\n" +"så du treng berre å angje 40 til 232 bitar).</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 @@ -3229,27 +3104,23 @@ "key is used for authentication and encryption keys are generated from\n" "it. These are not vulnerable to known attacks against WEP keys, but\n" "dictionary attacks are still possible. Do not use a word that is\n" -"easy to guess as the passphrase.</p>" -"\n" +"easy to guess as the passphrase.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å bruka WPA-PSK (iblant kalla WPA Home),\n" "angje den forhåndsdelte nøkkelen. Denne\n" "nøkkelen vert til brukt autentisering, og han genererer krypteringsnøkler.\n" "Desse er ikkje sårbare overfor kjende angrep mot WEP-nøklar, men\n" "ordbokangrep er framleis mogleg. Ikkje bruk ord som er \n" -"enkle å gjetta som passfrase.</p>" -"\n" +"enkle å gjetta som passfrase.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" -"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>" -"\n" +"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å bruka WPA-EAP (iblant kalla WPA Enterprise)\n" -"må du angje nokon tilleggsparametere i neste dialog.</p>" -"\n" +"må du angje nokon tilleggsparametere i neste dialog.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368 #, fuzzy @@ -3265,33 +3136,33 @@ "same katalog.</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IP-adresse" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 #, fuzzy msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Maska til&nettverk" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 #, fuzzy msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "For lang nemning." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 #, fuzzy msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "IP-adressa er ugyldig." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 #, fuzzy msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "Ugyldig nettverksmaske." @@ -3351,13 +3222,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n" "are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n" -"perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.</p>" -"\n" +"perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>WPA-EAP nytter ein RADIUS-servar for å autentisere brukarar. Det\n" "er ulike metodar i EAP for å koble til serveren og\n" -"utføra autentiseringen, TLS, TTLS og PEAP.</p>" -"\n" +"utføra autentiseringen, TLS, TTLS og PEAP.</p>\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98 @@ -3371,14 +3240,12 @@ "<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n" "and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For TTLS og PEAP, angje <b>Identitet</b>\n" "og <b>Passord</b> slik dei er sette opp på serveren.\n" "Viss du har spesielle krav med omsyn til brukernavn brukt som\n" -"<b>Anonym identitet</b>, kan du angje dette her. Dette er normalt ikkje naudsynt.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Anonym identitet</b>, kan du angje dette her. Dette er normalt ikkje naudsynt.</p>\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110 @@ -3406,15 +3273,13 @@ "password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n" -"the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>" -"\n" +"the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>TLS brukar eit <b>Klientsertifikat</b> i staden for ein brukernavn- og\n" "passordkombinasjon for autentisering. Eit offentleg og privat nøkkelpar vert nytta\n" "for å kryptera tilkoblingen, og difor treng du i tillegg\n" "ein <b>Klientnøkkel</b>-fil som inneheld den private nøkkelen din og dessutan\n" -"eit <b>Klientnøkkelpassord</b> for denne fila.</p>" -"\n" +"eit <b>Klientnøkkelpassord</b> for denne fila.</p>\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143 @@ -3441,13 +3306,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n" "a <b>Server Certificate</b>. It is used\n" -"to validate the server's authenticity.</p>" -"\n" +"to validate the server's authenticity.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å auka tryggleiken vert rådd til det å setja opp eit\n" "a <b>Serversertifikat</b>. Det vert nytta\n" -"for å stadfesta serverens identitet.</p>" -"\n" +"for å stadfesta serverens identitet.</p>\n" #. push button label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211 @@ -3476,14 +3339,12 @@ "<p>Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n" "method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n" "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" -"authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>" -"\n" +"authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Her kan du setja opp den interne autentiseringensmetoden (òg kalla fase 2).\n" "Som standard er alle metodar tillate. Viss du vil avgrensa\n" "metodane som skal tillatast eller viss du har problem med\n" -"autentiseringen, kan du velja ein intern autentiseringsmetode.</p>" -"\n" +"autentiseringen, kan du velja ein intern autentiseringsmetode.</p>\n" #. radio button group label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249 @@ -3495,12 +3356,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" -"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>" -"\n" +"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Viss du brukar PEAP, kan du òg velja at ein spesifikk PEAP skal nyttast\n" -"(versjon 0 eller 1). Dette bør normalt ikkje vera naudsynt.</p>" -"\n" +"(versjon 0 eller 1). Dette bør normalt ikkje vera naudsynt.</p>\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255 @@ -3510,150 +3369,150 @@ #. Wireless authentication modes: #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353 #, fuzzy msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "Ingen kryptering" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 #, fuzzy msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "WEP – Open" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 #, fuzzy msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "WEP – Delt nøkkel" #. ComboBox item #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA-versjon 1 eller 2)" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 #, fuzzy msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA-versjon 1 eller 2)" #. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390 #, fuzzy msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Oppset av trådlaust nettverkskort" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420 #, fuzzy msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "Innstillingar for trådlaust nettverk" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429 #, fuzzy msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "D&riftsmodus" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432 #, fuzzy msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-hoc" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 #, fuzzy msgid "Master" msgstr "Mastar" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445 #, fuzzy msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Ne&ttverksnavn (ESSID)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448 #, fuzzy msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "Skann nettverk" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "&Autentiseringsmodus" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462 #, fuzzy msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "&Krypteringsnøkkel" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471 #, fuzzy msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "&Avanserte innstillingar" #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "&WEP-nøklar" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 #, fuzzy msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "WPA-autentiseringsmodus er berre mogleg i styrt driftsmodus." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "Angje nettverksnavnet for denne modusen." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576 #, fuzzy msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "Nettverksnavnet må ikkje innehalda meir enn 32 teikn." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 #, fuzzy msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "Passfrasen må innehalda mellom 8 og 63 teikn (totalt)." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 #, fuzzy msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "Nøkkelen må ha %1 heksadesimalsiffer." #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 #, fuzzy msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "Krypteringsnøkkelen er ugyldig." #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 #, fuzzy msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "Krypteringsnøkkelen må angjevast for denne autentiseringsmodusen." #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" @@ -3687,14 +3546,12 @@ "<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n" "for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" -"points in that case.</p>" -"\n" +"points in that case.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Viss du vil bruka eit trådlaust nettverkskort i master- eller Ad-hoc-modus,\n" "kan du definera ein <b>Kanal</b> som korta skal bruka her. Dette er ikkje naudsynt\n" "for styrt modus. Korta vil søkja gjennom kanalane etter aksesspunkter\n" -"i denne modusen.</p>" -"\n" +"i denne modusen.</p>\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708 @@ -3722,13 +3579,11 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n" "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" -"be disconnected from AC power.</p>" -"\n" +"be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Vel <b>Bruk strømstyring</b> for å aktivare strømsparefunksjoner.\n" "Dette er vanlegvis ein fordel, spesielt viss du brukar ein berbar PC\n" -"som iblant ikkje er kopla til strømnettet.</p>" -"\n" +"som iblant ikkje er kopla til strømnettet.</p>\n" #. Combobox item #. Combobox item @@ -3768,31 +3623,31 @@ msgstr "AP ScanMode" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "Angje krypteringsnøkkel" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903 #, fuzzy msgid "&Key" msgstr "&Nøkkel" #. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927 #, fuzzy msgid "Help" msgstr "Hjelp" #. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976 #, fuzzy msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "Trådløsnøkler" #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" @@ -3808,7 +3663,7 @@ "éin nøkkel.</p>" #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" @@ -3824,50 +3679,50 @@ "verdet til 64.</p>" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 #, fuzzy msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "WEP-nøklar" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018 #, fuzzy msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "&Nøkkellengde" #. Table header label #. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "No." msgstr "Nr." #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 #, fuzzy msgid "Key" msgstr "Nøkkel" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030 #, fuzzy msgid "Default" msgstr "Standard" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 #, fuzzy msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "Definer som st&andard" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "Vel eit sertifikat" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" @@ -3877,7 +3732,7 @@ "som er usikkert og sårbart. Vil du halda fram utan CA ?" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" @@ -3887,55 +3742,55 @@ "eller klientsertifikatet." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "WPA-EAP" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353 #, fuzzy msgid "Any" msgstr "Udefinert" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 #, fuzzy msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 #, fuzzy msgid "GTC" msgstr "GTC" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 #, fuzzy msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 #, fuzzy msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 #, fuzzy msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "MSCHAPv1" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 #, fuzzy msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "MSCHAPv2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 #, fuzzy msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "WPA-EAP-informasjon" @@ -3954,52 +3809,57 @@ #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" msgstr "&Tillat ekstern administrasjon" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" +msgstr "&Tillat ekstern administrasjon" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80 +#, fuzzy msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "&Ikkje tillat ekstern administrasjon" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" -"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>" -"\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n" +"<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" +"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" +"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" +"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Innstillingar for ekstern administrasjon</big></b></p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Innstillingar for ekstern administrasjon</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Viss denne funksjonen er aktivert, kan du\n" "administrera denne maskina frå ein anna maskin. Du kan bruka ein VNC-\n" "klient, til dømes krdc (koble til <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>) eller\n" "ein javakompatibel nettleser (koble til <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" -"Denne typen ekstern administrasjon er mindre sikker enn SSH.</p>" -"\n" +"Denne typen ekstern administrasjon er mindre sikker enn SSH.</p>\n" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Innstillingar for ekstern administrasjon" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Følgjande pakker må installerast:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" @@ -4012,121 +3872,59 @@ "\n" "Vil du freista igjen?\n" -#. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 +#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. +#. +#. This list is used when selecting <ol> +#. <li> detected unconfigured cards, +#. there we want to see the link status </li> +#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there +#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li> +#. </ol> +#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion +#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) +#. @return a list of items +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukjent" -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Oppsettet er lagra" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 -#, fuzzy -msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "DNS-oppsettet er lagra" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 -#, fuzzy -msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "DSL-oppsettet er lagra" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Vertsmaskinoppsettet er lagra" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 -#, fuzzy -msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "ISDN-oppsettet er lagra" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Oppsettet for nettverkskort er lagra" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Modemoppsettet er lagra" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Mellomserveroppsettet er lagra" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Leverandøroppsettet er lagra" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Rutingoppsettet er lagra" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configure mail now?" -msgstr "Vil du setja opp e-postsystemet no?" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Run configuration of %1?" -msgstr "Vil du setja opp %1?" - #. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service #. #. see bnc#433084 #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Nettverkskort" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 #, fuzzy msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modem" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 #, fuzzy msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN-kort" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 #, fuzzy msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL-einingar" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 #, fuzzy msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Alle nettverksenheter" @@ -4134,7 +3932,7 @@ #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387 #, fuzzy msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "Vertsnavnet er ugyldig." @@ -4221,8 +4019,8 @@ #. Frame label #. dialog caption #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "Vertsmaskin- og domenenavn" @@ -4252,32 +4050,32 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "På grunn av multikast-DNS vert rådde til det ikkje å bruka .local som domenenavn. Vil du bruka det likevel?" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513 #, fuzzy msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "Søkelisten kan ha maksimalt %1 domener." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519 #, fuzzy msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "Søkelisten kan ha maksimalt %1 teikn." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528 #, fuzzy msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "Søkedomenet '%1' er ugyldig." #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "Vertsnavn- og navneserveroppsett" @@ -4311,39 +4109,37 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Enter a host <b>IP Address</b>, a <b>Hostname</b>, and optional\n" -"<b>Host Aliases</b>, separated by spaces.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Host Aliases</b>, separated by spaces.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Angje ein <b>IP-adresse</b> for vertsmaskinen, eit <b>vertsnavn</b> og\n" -"<b>vertsmaskinaliaser</b> (valfritt) adskilt av mellomrom.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>vertsmaskinaliaser</b> (valfritt) adskilt av mellomrom.</p>\n" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Hosts" msgstr "Gjeldande vertsmaskiner" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostnames" msgstr "Vertsnavn" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "Vertsmaskinaliaser" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340 #, fuzzy msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "Ver&tsmaskinaliaser" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403 #, fuzzy msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "Aliasnavnet \"%1\" er ugyldig." @@ -4386,47 +4182,47 @@ #. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry #. @param [Array] devs available devices #. @return route or nil, if canceled -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163 #, fuzzy msgid "&Destination" msgstr "&Bestemmelsessted" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Ge&nmask" msgstr "Ge&nmaske" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "&Gateway" msgstr "&Systemport" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188 #, fuzzy msgid "De&vice" msgstr "Ein&heitte" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247 #, fuzzy msgid "Destination is invalid." msgstr "Destinasjonen er ugyldig." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255 #, fuzzy msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." msgstr "Systemportens IP-adresse er ugyldig." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263 #, fuzzy msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." msgstr "Nettverksmasken er ugyldig." #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422 #, fuzzy msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "Standard systemport er ugyldig." @@ -4469,15 +4265,13 @@ "change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" -"to change the prefix.</p>" -"\n" +"to change the prefix.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Viss <b>Linje ut, regulært uttrykk</b> er valt, kan brukarane\n" "endra linje ut-verdet i KInternet dersom han samsvarer med uttrykket.\n" "Verdet <tt>[09]?</tt> rådast til. Han tillèt <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n" "og dessutan inga linje ut. Viss uttrykket er tomt, kan ikkje brukarane\n" -"endra linje ut-verdet.</p>" -"\n" +"endra linje ut-verdet.</p>\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69 @@ -4543,12 +4337,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Manually</b>: You control the interface manually\n" -"via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>" -"\n" +"via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Manuelt</b>: Du kontrollerer grensesnittet manuelt\n" -"via 'ifup' eller 'qinternet' (sjå 'Brukerstyrt' nedanfor).</p>" -".\n" +"via 'ifup' eller 'qinternet' (sjå 'Brukerstyrt' nedanfor).</p>.\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125 @@ -4619,19 +4411,15 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p>" -" \n" +"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n" "<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n" "<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n" -"%1</p>" -"\n" +"%1</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Enhetsaktivering</big></b></p>" -" \n" +"<p><b><big>Enhetsaktivering</big></b></p> \n" "<p>Vel når nettverksgrensesnittet skal aktiverast. Vel <b>Ved oppstart av maskina</b> viss grensesnittet skal aktiverast når maskina startar.\n" "Vel <b>Aldri</b> viss eininga ikkje skal aktiverast.\n" -"%1</p>" -"\n" +"%1</p>\n" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235 msgid "IPoIB Device Mode" @@ -4713,41 +4501,41 @@ "(knetworkmanager for KDE og NM-applet for GNOME).\n" "Viss det ikkje allereie køyrer, start det manuelt." -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 #, fuzzy msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "Generelt nettverksoppsett" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "IPv6-protokollinnstillinger" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Aktivar IPv6" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Ukjend eining" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP-adresse" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 #, fuzzy msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Ingen IP-adresse tilordnet" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 #, fuzzy msgid "" "%1 \n" @@ -4757,13 +4545,13 @@ "%2 – %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "&Endre eining" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Val av nettverksenhet" @@ -4773,7 +4561,7 @@ #. to "0.0.0.0/32" #. #. translators: a note that listed device is already configured -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "configured" msgstr "Ikkje sat opp" @@ -4830,7 +4618,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537 #, fuzzy msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Oppdater mellomserveroppsett" @@ -4857,7 +4645,7 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Oppdaterer mellomserveroppsett …" @@ -4871,119 +4659,119 @@ msgstr "Oppdaterer /etc/resolve.conf …" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Vertsnavn: Definert av DHCP" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Vertsnavn: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "Vertsnavnet vil ikkje lagrast i /etc/hosts" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 #, fuzzy msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Navneservere: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 #, fuzzy msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Søkeliste: %1" #. Check if there is anything to do -#: src/modules/Host.rb:138 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:165 #, fuzzy msgid "Update /etc/hosts" msgstr "Oppdater /etc/hosts" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:140 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar vertsnavnoppsett" #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#: src/modules/Host.rb:145 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." msgstr "Oppdaterer /etc/hosts …" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer nettverksoppsett" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "Søk etter nettverksenheter" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Les driverinformasjon" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 #, fuzzy msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Les enhetsoppsett" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Les nettverksoppsett" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 #, fuzzy msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Les brannmurinnstillinger" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Les vertsnavn og DNS-oppsett" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Les installasjonsinformasjon" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303 #, fuzzy msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Les rutingoppsett" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305 #, fuzzy msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "Søk etter gjeldande status" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Søkjer for ndiswrapper …" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" @@ -4994,7 +4782,7 @@ "men det vart ikkje køyrt modprobe for kjernemodulen.\n" "Vil du køyra modprobe for ndiswrapper?\n" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 #, fuzzy msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" @@ -5004,395 +4792,390 @@ "Kontroller oppsettet manuelt." #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "Søkar etter nettverksenheter …" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Lesar enhetsoppsett …" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Lesar nettverksoppsett …" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Lesar brannmurinnstillinger …" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Lesar vertsnavn og DNS-oppsett …" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Lesar installasjonsinformasjon …" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Lesar rutinginformasjon …" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "Søkar etter gjeldande status …" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 #, fuzzy msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "Start maskina på nytt for å aktivare denne endringa." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar nettverksoppsett" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 #, fuzzy msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Lagre driverinformasjon" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 #, fuzzy msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Lagre enhetsoppsett" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 #, fuzzy msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Lagre nettverksoppsett" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Lagre rutingoppsett" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Lagre vertsnavn og DNS-oppsett" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 #, fuzzy msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Sett opp nettverkstjenester" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 #, fuzzy msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534 #, fuzzy msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Aktivar nettverkstjenester" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "Lagrar /etc/modprobe.conf …" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Lagrar enhetsoppsett …" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Lagrar nettverksoppsett …" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Lagrar rutinginformasjon …" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Lagrar vertsnavn og DNS-oppsett …" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Set opp nettverkstjenester …" #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Lagrar brannmurinnstillinger …" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606 #, fuzzy msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Aktiverer nettverkstjenester …" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "No network running" msgstr "Ingen nettverk er aktiverte" -#. Import data -#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 -msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." -msgstr "" - #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Nettverksmodus" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764 #, fuzzy msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Grensesnitt som vert kontrollerte av NetworkManager" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "Deaktiver NetworkManager" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770 #, fuzzy msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "Tradisjonelt nettveksoppsett med NetControl – ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "Aktivar NetworkManager" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779 #, fuzzy msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "Støtte for IPv6-protokollen er aktivert" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "Deaktiver IPv6" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785 #, fuzzy msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "Støtte for IPv6-protokollen er deaktivert" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198 #, fuzzy msgid "connected" msgstr "Ikkje tilkoblet" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 #, fuzzy msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Starta automatisk ved oppstart" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 #, fuzzy msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Starta automatisk vigde kabelforbindelse" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 #, fuzzy msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Nytte NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Vil ikkje startast i det heile" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 #, fuzzy msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Starta manuelt" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "IP-adresse tildelt vigde" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP-adresse: %1/%2" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "IP-adresse %1, nettverksmaske %2" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 #, fuzzy msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Ikkje sat opp" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Enhetsnavn: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 #, fuzzy msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Bond Vert slava" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 #, fuzzy msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Ikkje tilkoblet" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 #, fuzzy msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Ingen maskinvareinfo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "<p>Kunne ikkje setja opp nettverkskortet fordi kjerneenheten (eth0, wlan0) ikkje finst. Dette vert vanlegvis skulda manglande fastvare (for wlan-einingar). Sjå resultatet av dmesg-kommandoen.</p>" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" "<p>Eininga er ikkje sett opp. Klikk <b>Rediger</b>\n" -"for å gå til oppsett.</p>" -"\n" +"for å gå til oppsett.</p>\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 #, fuzzy msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Naudsynt fastvare" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 #, fuzzy msgid "unknown" msgstr "ukjent" #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 msgid "" "Package %{package} is not installed\n" "firewall settings will be disabled." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Sett opp vindushandsamar" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Start tenesta på nytt" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar oppsett av ekstern administrasjon" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Set opp vindushandsamar …" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Startar tenesta på nytt …" -#. Enable xinetd -#. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 +#. Install required packages +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 +msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -5400,35 +5183,35 @@ msgstr "" #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Ekstern administrasjon er aktivert." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Ekstern administrasjon is deaktivert." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "Lagre oppsett for IP-overføring" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 #, fuzzy msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "Lagre oppsett for ruter" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for ruter" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for IP-overføring …" @@ -5438,25 +5221,25 @@ #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for ruter …" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454 #, fuzzy msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "Systemport: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "IP-overføring:" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "IP-overføring:" @@ -5480,6 +5263,54 @@ msgstr "(ubeskyttet" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Oppsettet er lagra" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "DNS-oppsettet er lagra" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "DSL-oppsettet er lagra" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Vertsmaskinoppsettet er lagra" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "ISDN-oppsettet er lagra" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Oppsettet for nettverkskort er lagra" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Modemoppsettet er lagra" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Mellomserveroppsettet er lagra" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Leverandøroppsettet er lagra" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Rutingoppsettet er lagra" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configure mail now?" +#~ msgstr "Vil du setja opp e-postsystemet no?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?" +#~ msgstr "Vil du setja opp %1?" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Device boot protocol" #~ msgstr "Enhetsoppstartsprotokoll" @@ -5498,12 +5329,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>To specify the <b>Frequency</b> instead of\n" -#~ "the channel, select the desired value.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "the channel, select the desired value.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>For å spesifisera <b>frekvensen</b> i staden for\n" -#~ "kanalen, kan du velja eit verd.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "kanalen, kan du velja eit verd.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Frequency" @@ -5701,11 +5530,9 @@ #~ "You can abort the save process by pressing <B>Abort</B>. An additional\n" #~ "dialog may inform you whether it is safe to do so.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>. Ein annan\n" -#~ "dialog vil gje deg melding om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "dialog vil gje deg melding om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "The provider %1 is in use." @@ -5766,12 +5593,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Here, set the most important settings\n" -#~ "for the DSL connection.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "for the DSL connection.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Her gjer du dei viktigaste innstillingane\n" -#~ "for DSL-tilkoblingen.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "for DSL-tilkoblingen.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -5802,14 +5627,12 @@ #~ "<p>The <b>PPP Mode-Dependent Settings</b> are settings required to set up\n" #~ "your DSL connection. <b>VPI/VCI</b> makes sense only for <i>PPP over ATM</i>\n" #~ "connections, <b>Ethernet Card</b> is needed for <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>\n" -#~ "connections.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "connections.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Innstillingane for PPP-modus</b> er obligatoriske for\n" #~ "DSL-sambandet. <b>VPI/VCI</b> er berre aktuelt for <i>PPP vigd ATM</i>-\n" #~ "tilkoblinger. Eit <b>Ethernet-kort</b> må installerast for <i>PPP vigd Ethernet</i>-\n" -#~ "tilkoblinger.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "tilkoblinger.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -5919,11 +5742,9 @@ #~ "You can abort the save procedure by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n" #~ "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" -#~ "Ein annan dialog vil gje deg melding om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Ein annan dialog vil gje deg melding om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Select the item to edit." @@ -6024,74 +5845,60 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines are\n" -#~ "allowed to connect to this interface.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "allowed to connect to this interface.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Ekstern telefonnummerliste</b> kontrollerer kva for eksterne maskiner som\n" -#~ "kan kopla til dette grensesnittet.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "kan kopla til dette grensesnittet.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Deselect <b>Only Listed Numbers Allowed</b> \n" -#~ "to allow all caller IDs.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "to allow all caller IDs.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Fjern markeringa i <b>Berre angjevne nummer tillate</b>-ruta\n" -#~ "for gje alle oppringings-Ider tilgjenge.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "for gje alle oppringings-Ider tilgjenge.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>off</b>, calls are handled normally without special \n" -#~ "processing.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "processing.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Viss <b>tilbakeringingsmodus</b> er <b>deaktivert</b>, vert handterte oppringningene utan spesielle \n" -#~ "prosedyrar.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "prosedyrar.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>server</b>, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" -#~ "is triggered.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "is triggered.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Viss tilbakeringingsmodus er sette til <b>servar</b>, vil ein tilbakeringing utløysast ved \n" -#~ "innkommende samtalar.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "innkommende samtalar.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>client</b>, the local system does the initial call then \n" -#~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Viss tilbakeringingsmodus er sette til <b>klient</b>, ringar først det lokale systemet opp, \n" -#~ "og ventar deretter på at den eksterne maskina skal ringa tilbake.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "og ventar deretter på at den eksterne maskina skal ringa tilbake.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Callback Delay</b> is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n" #~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n" -#~ "the client.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "the client.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Tilbakeringingsforsinkelse</b> er mengd sekund mellom først oppringing og\n" #~ "tilbakeringing (servar) eller \"legg på\" (klient). Dette verdet bør vera større for serveren enn for\n" -#~ "klienten.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "klienten.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>In <b>Additional ipppd Options</b>, add extra options for ipppd,\n" -#~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Fleire ipppd-alternativ:</b> Vel fleire alternativ for ipppd,\n" -#~ "til dømes +pap +chap for serverautentisering ved innkommende anrop.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "til dømes +pap +chap for serverautentisering ved innkommende anrop.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options" @@ -6133,37 +5940,31 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n" #~ "connection via <b>Add DSL CAPI Interface</b>. You can also do this later\n" -#~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Viss du har ein kombinert CAPI-kontrollar for ISDN/DSL, set du opp DSL-\n" #~ "sambandet med <b>Legg til CAPI-grensesnitt for DSL</b>. Dette kan du òg gjera seinare\n" -#~ "i oppsettsdialogen for DSL.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "i oppsettsdialogen for DSL.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>For networking over ISDN, there are two types of interfaces:\n" #~ "<b>RawIP</b> and <b>SyncPPP</b>. In most cases, use SyncPPP. It is\n" -#~ "the default for all common Internet providers.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "the default for all common Internet providers.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>For ISDN-samband er det to typar grensesnitt:\n" #~ "<b>RawIP</b> og <b>SyncPPP</b>. Du bør sannsynlegvis velja SyncPPP. Dette er\n" -#~ "standard for dei fleste internettleverandører.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "standard for dei fleste internettleverandører.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>To switch between various Internet providers, an\n" #~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n" -#~ "same interface.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "same interface.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Du treng ikkje eit grensesnitt for kvar leverandør for\n" #~ "for å skifte mellom ulike tjenesteleverandører. Du kan leggja til fleire tjenesteleverandører for\n" -#~ "same grensesnitt.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "same grensesnitt.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6231,24 +6032,18 @@ #~ "<p>If you select manual, start and stop the service manually by\n" #~ "issuing the following commands (while logged in as 'root'):\n" #~ "<tt>\n" -#~ " <br>" -#~ " <b>start: </b>ifup ippp0\n" -#~ " <br>" -#~ " <b>stop : </b>ifdown ippp0\n" -#~ " <br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ " <br> <b>start: </b>ifup ippp0\n" +#~ " <br> <b>stop : </b>ifdown ippp0\n" +#~ " <br>\n" #~ "</tt>\n" #~ "Note: ippp0 is an example</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Viss du vel manuelt, må du starta/stoppa tenesta manuelt ved\n" #~ "hjelp av følgjande kommandoar (du må vera innlogget som rot):\n" #~ "<tt>\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ " <b>Start: </b>ifup ippp0\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ " <b>Stopp : </b>ifdown ippp0\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<br> <b>Start: </b>ifup ippp0\n" +#~ "<br> <b>Stopp : </b>ifdown ippp0\n" +#~ "<br>\n" #~ "</tt>\n" #~ "Merk: ippp0 er eit døme</p>" @@ -6258,35 +6053,27 @@ #~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n" #~ "use the following commands:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" -#~ " <br>" -#~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" -#~ " <br>" -#~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" -#~ " <br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ " <br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" +#~ " <br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" +#~ " <br>\n" #~ "</tt>\n" #~ "You can also install the package <b>xibod</b> to have this happen automatically. If\n" #~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n" #~ "removes a channel.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Ved å velja <b>kanalsamling</b> set du opp ein 128 kBit-samband,\n" #~ "òg kalla Multilink PPP. For å opne eller lukka den andre kanalen\n" #~ "brukar du følgjande kommandoar:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" -#~ "<br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" +#~ "<br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" +#~ "<br>\n" #~ "</tt>\n" #~ "Du kan òg installera pakka <b>xibod</b> for å utføra dette automatisk. Når\n" #~ "meir båndbredde vert kravt, vert lagt ein ekstra kanal til. Når trafikken vert mindre, vert lukka\n" #~ "ein av kanalane.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6341,12 +6128,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Enter the IP addresses if you received a fixed IP address\n" -#~ "from your provider for syncppp or you use raw IP.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "from your provider for syncppp or you use raw IP.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Angje IP-addressene viss har fått fasta adresser\n" -#~ "frå tjenesteleverandøren for syncppp, eller viss du brukar rå IP.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "frå tjenesteleverandøren for syncppp, eller viss du brukar rå IP.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6354,27 +6139,23 @@ #~ "assigns you one temporary address per connection. In this case, the\n" #~ "outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n" #~ "This is the default with most providers.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Kryss av for <b>Dynamisk IP-adresse</b>\n" #~ "viss tjenesteleverandøren tildeler ei mellombels adresse for kvar tilkobling. I så fall er\n" #~ "den utgående adressa ukjent inntil sambandet er etablert.\n" #~ "Dette er standard for dei fleste tjenesteleverandører.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Check <b>Default Route</b> to use this interface as the\n" #~ "default route. Only one interface can be the default\n" -#~ "route.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "route.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Kryss av for <b>Standardrute</b> for å bruka dette grensesnittet som\n" #~ "standardrute. Berre eitt grensesnitt kan vera\n" -#~ "standardrute.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "standardrute.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "IP Address Settings" @@ -6456,37 +6237,31 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n" #~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n" -#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Viss du eit IST-KORT av eldre modell, kan du leggja inn verd for\n" #~ "inn/ut-port, minneadresser og avbruddslinjer.\n" -#~ "Sjå brukerveiledningen eller kontakt forhandleren der du kjøpte korta for å finna riktige verd.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Sjå brukerveiledningen eller kontakt forhandleren der du kjøpte korta for å finna riktige verd.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Start Mode: </b> With <b>OnBoot</b>, the driver is loaded during\n" #~ "system boot. For <b>Manual</b>, the driver must be started with the\n" #~ "<b>rcisdn start</b> command. Only the user root can do this.\n" -#~ "<b>HotPlug</b> is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<b>HotPlug</b> is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Oppstartsmodus: </b> Vel <b>Ved oppstart</b> for å lasta drivaren når\n" #~ "systemet startar opp. Viss du vel <b>Manuelt</b>, må drivaren startast med kommandoen\n" #~ "<b>rcisdn start</b>. Du må vera rot for å gjera dette.\n" -#~ "<b>Hotplug </b> er berre aktuelt for PCMCIA- og USB-einingar.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<b>Hotplug </b> er berre aktuelt for PCMCIA- og USB-einingar.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Multiple drivers exist for your ISDN card.\n" -#~ "Select one from the list.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Select one from the list.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>For nokon ISDN-kort finst det fleire drivarar.\n" -#~ "Vel ein driv frå lista.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Vel ein driv frå lista.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p><b>ISDN Protocol: </b>In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN.</p>" @@ -6495,22 +6270,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Area Code: </b> Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n" -#~ "line here, without a leading zero and without a country prefix.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "line here, without a leading zero and without a country prefix.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Retningsnummer: </b> Angje retningsnummeret for ISDN-\n" -#~ "linja her, utan innledende null og utan landskode.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "linja her, utan innledende null og utan landskode.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Dial Prefix: </b> If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n" -#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Linje ut: </b> Viss du må slå eit nummer for å kome ut på det offentlege telenettet, \n" -#~ "skriv du inn dette her. Nummeret vert berre brukt i ein intern S0-buss, og vanlegvis vert brukt \"0\".</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "skriv du inn dette her. Nummeret vert berre brukt i ein intern S0-buss, og vanlegvis vert brukt \"0\".</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck <b>Start ISDN Log</b>.</p>" @@ -6771,26 +6542,22 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If you are on a PBX, you probably need to enter a <b>Dial Prefix</b>.\n" -#~ "Often, this is <i>9</i> or <i>0</i>.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Often, this is <i>9</i> or <i>0</i>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Viss du er koblet til ein hussentral (PBX), må du sannsynlegvis angje ei<b>linje ut</b>.\n" -#~ "Dette er ofte <i>9</i> eller <i>0</i>.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Dette er ofte <i>9</i> eller <i>0</i>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Choose <b>Dial Mode</b> according to your phone link. Most telephone\n" #~ "companies use <i>Tone Dial</i> as the <b>Dial Mode</b>. Check the additional\n" #~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (<i>Speaker On</i>) or for your\n" -#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect Dial Tone</i>).</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect Dial Tone</i>).</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Vel <b>ringemodus</b> for telefonsystemet. Dei fleste teleselskaper\n" #~ "brukar <I>tonesignal</I> som <B>ringemodus</B>. Kryss av i andre\n" #~ "boksar for å slå på modemhøyttaleren (<i>Høyttaler på</i>)\n" -#~ "eller for at modemet skal venta på summetone (<i>Vent på summetone</i>).</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "eller for at modemet skal venta på summetone (<i>Vent på summetone</i>).</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6843,22 +6610,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Baud Rate</b> is a transmission speed that tells\n" -#~ "how many bits per second your computer communicates with your modem.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "how many bits per second your computer communicates with your modem.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Overføringshastighet</b> definerer\n" -#~ "kor mange bitar per sekund som vert overførde mellom datamaskina og modemet.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "kor mange bitar per sekund som vert overførde mellom datamaskina og modemet.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>All the relevant information about <b>Init Strings</b>\n" -#~ "should be in your modem manual.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "should be in your modem manual.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>All relevant informasjon om <b>Init-strengar</b>\n" -#~ "byrd finnast i modemet sitt brukerveiledning.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "byrd finnast i modemet sitt brukerveiledning.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "B&aud Rate" @@ -6949,26 +6712,22 @@ #~ "<p><b>Name Servers</b> are required to convert hostnames\n" #~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n" #~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n" -#~ "disable <b>DNS Modification</b> when connected.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "disable <b>DNS Modification</b> when connected.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Navneservere</b> vert kravd for å konverterar vertsnavn\n" #~ "(t.d. www.susa.com) til IP-adresser (t.d. 213.95.15.200). Du treng\n" #~ "berre å spesifisera navneservere viss du aktiverer automatisk oppringning eller\n" -#~ "deaktiverer <b>Endring av DNS</b> ved tilkobling.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "deaktiverer <b>Endring av DNS</b> ved tilkobling.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Ignore Prompts</b> disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n" #~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n" -#~ "option.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "option.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Ignorer spurnad</b> hindrar at førespurnader frå oppringingsserveren\n" #~ "registrerast. Viss det tek lang tid å etablera sambandet eller viss tilkoblingen mislukkast, kan du prøva dette\n" -#~ "alternativet.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "alternativet.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6985,12 +6744,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>The <b>Idle Time-Out</b> specifies the time after which an idle\n" -#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Tidsavbrudd ved inaktivitet</b> spesifiserer kor lang tid det skal\n" -#~ "gå før ein inaktiv samband frakobles (0 tyder at sambandet aldri frakobles).</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "gå før ein inaktiv samband frakobles (0 tyder at sambandet aldri frakobles).</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "min" @@ -7089,14 +6846,12 @@ #~ "<p>Check <b>Use Peer DNS</b> to change\n" #~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n" #~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n" -#~ "providers support <b>Use Peer DNS</b>.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "providers support <b>Use Peer DNS</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Kryss av for <b>Bruk DNS frå anna maskin</b> viss du vil endra \n" #~ "domenenavneservere etter at sambandet er etablert. Dette erstattar den\n" #~ "statiske DNS-oppsettet med IP-adresser for DNS-serveren. I dag tilbyr nesten\n" -#~ "alle tjenesteleverandører <b>Bruk DNS frå anna maskin</b>.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "alle tjenesteleverandører <b>Bruk DNS frå anna maskin</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -7167,81 +6922,52 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Provider\n" -#~ "Configuration</big></b><br>" -#~ "Please wait...<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett\n" -#~ "for tjenesteleverandør</big></b><br>" -#~ "Vent…<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "for tjenesteleverandør</big></b><br>Vent…<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Saving Provider\n" -#~ "Configuration</big></b><br>" -#~ "Please wait...<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Lagrar oppsett\n" -#~ "for tjenesteleverandør</big></b><br>" -#~ "Vent…<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "for tjenesteleverandør</big></b><br>Vent…<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Provider Setup</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your provider here.<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Provider Setup</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Configure your provider here.<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Tjenesteleverandøroppsett</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Sett opp tjenesteleverandøren her.<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Tjenesteleverandøroppsett</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Sett opp tjenesteleverandøren her.<br></p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Choose a provider from the list of available providers\n" -#~ "then press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "then press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Legg til ein tjenesteleverandør:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Legg til ein tjenesteleverandør:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Vel ein leverandør frå lista over tilgjengelege leverandørar\n" -#~ "og klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b>.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "og klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which\n" -#~ "to change the configuration opens.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "to change the configuration opens.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, får du opp ein ny dialog der\n" -#~ "du kan endra oppsettet.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "du kan endra oppsettet.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Provider Overview</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Provider Overview</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Obtain an overview of installed providers. Additionally,\n" -#~ "edit their configurations.<br>" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Oversyn over tjenesteleverandører</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Hent eit oversyn over installerte tjenesteleverandører. Du kan\n" @@ -7249,27 +6975,21 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new provider manually.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new provider manually.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Legg til ein leverandør:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Klikk <B>Legg til</B> for å setja opp ein ny leverandør manuelt.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Choose a provider to change or remove.\n" -#~ "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Vel ein leverandør du vil endra eller sletta.\n" -#~ "Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter behov.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter behov.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Select the appropriate <b>provider</b>.</p>" @@ -7303,13 +7023,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and find the best\n" #~ "dialing number, connect to the home page <b>%2</b> or call the hot line\n" -#~ "<b>%3</b>.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<b>%3</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>For å registrera deg for <b>%1</b> og finne riktig\n" #~ "oppringingsnummer, besøk nettsiden <b>%2</b> eller ring brukerstøttenummeret\n" -#~ "<b>%3</b>.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<b>%3</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -7322,12 +7040,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and find the best\n" -#~ "dialing number, call the hot line <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "dialing number, call the hot line <b>%2</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>For å registrera deg for <b>%1</b> og finne riktig\n" -#~ "oppringingsnummer, ring brukerstøttenummeret <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "oppringingsnummer, ring brukerstøttenummeret <b>%2</b>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Provider Parameters" @@ -7336,12 +7052,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Configure access to your Internet provider. If you have\n" -#~ "selected your provider from the list, these values are provided.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "selected your provider from the list, these values are provided.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Tilgjenge til internettleverandør: Viss du har\n" -#~ "valt ein leverandør frå lista, er følgjande verd tilgjengelege.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "valt ein leverandør frå lista, er følgjande verd tilgjengelege.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider.</p>" @@ -7404,16 +7118,14 @@ #~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n" #~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n" #~ "(readable by root only).\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Kryss av for <b>Spør alltid etter passord</b> for å bedast om passord kvar gong.\n" #~ "Din\n" #~ "internettleverandør tillèt kanskje ikkje at passord vert lagra på\n" #~ "disken. Viss du angjev passordet her, vert det lagra på disken i klartekst\n" #~ "(berre lesbart av rot).\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Authorization" @@ -7525,13 +7237,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space\n" #~ "(after the <b>/</b>) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n" -#~ "and click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "and click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>I <b>Brukernavn</b>-feltet, erstatt den tomme plassen\n" #~ "(etter <b>/</b>) med Kamp-brukernavnet ditt. Skriv deretter inn passord\n" -#~ "og klikk <b>Neste</b> (spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "og klikk <b>Neste</b> (spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Access AOL-DSL.</p>" @@ -7544,16 +7254,14 @@ #~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n" #~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n" #~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n" -#~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>I <b>Brukernavn</b>-feltet, erstatt den tomme plassen (før\n" #~ "<b>@</b>) med AOL-brukernavnet ditt. Skriv deretter inn passord og klikk <b>Neste</b>.\n" #~ "Viss du er ein ny AOL-kunde og ynskjer å ringa opp for første gong, må du\n" #~ "du skriva inn AOL PIN-koda éin gong. Viss du har eit Windows-system, finn du\n" #~ "PIN-koda i AOLs tilkoblingsprogram. Viss ikkje, må du ringa AOLs brukerstøttetelefon og be\n" -#~ "dei leggja inn PIN-koda for deg.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "dei leggja inn PIN-koda for deg.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL.</p>" @@ -7563,13 +7271,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n" #~ "the <b>/</b>) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n" -#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>I <b>Brukernavn</b>-feltet, erstatt den tomme plassen (etter\n" #~ "<b>/</b>) med 1&1-brukernavnet ditt. Skriv deretter inn passord og klikk <b>Neste</b>\n" -#~ "{(spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "{(spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL.</p>" @@ -7578,12 +7284,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n" -#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Skriv inn passord og klikk <b>Neste</b>\n" -#~ "(spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "(spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp T-Online Business DSL.</p>" @@ -7593,13 +7297,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n" #~ "the <b>/</b>) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n" -#~ "click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>I <b>Brukernavn</b>-feltet, erstatt den tomme plassen (etter\n" #~ "<b>/</b>) med T-Online Business-brukernavnet ditt. Skriv deretter inn passord og\n" -#~ " klikk <b>Neste</b> (spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ " klikk <b>Neste</b> (spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Provider Configuration" @@ -7611,21 +7313,17 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Device Control</big></b></p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Device Control</big></b></p>\n" #~ "<p>Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" #~ "deactivate a network interface. With <b>Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" #~ "Via QInternet</b>, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n" -#~ "<b>smpppd</b> installed and running.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<b>smpppd</b> installed and running.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Enhetskontroll</big></b></p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Enhetskontroll</big></b></p>\n" #~ "<p>Normalt har berre systemadministratoren tilgjenge til å aktivera og \n" #~ "deaktivere nettverksgrensesnitt. Med <b>Aktivum enhetskontroll for ikkje-rot-brukarar\n" #~ "vigd QInternet kan alle brukarar styra grensesnittet vigd QInternet. Dette krev at\n" -#~ "<b>smpppd</b> er installert og køyrer.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<b>smpppd</b> er installert og køyrer.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" @@ -8069,14 +7767,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n" #~ "<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" #~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" #~ "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Sett opp ein mellomtjener for Internett her (mellomlagring).</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>Sett opp ein mellomtjener for Internett her (mellomlagring).</p>\n" #~ "<p><b>Merk:</b> Du må normalt logga inn på nytt for å aktivare innstillingane, \n" #~ "men i nokre tilfelle kan det hende at programmet tek i bruk innstillingane umiddelbart. Undersøk \n" #~ "kva programmet (nettleser, ftp-klient osb.) støtter. </p>" @@ -8084,22 +7780,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" -#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Under <b>HTTP-mellomserveradresse</b> angjev du adressa til mellomserveren du brukar for å få tilgjenge\n" -#~ "til Internett (www).</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "til Internett (www).</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" -#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>HTTPS-mellomserveradresse</b> er adressa til mellomserveren som gjev deg sikkert tilgjenge\n" -#~ "til Internett (www).</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "til Internett (www).</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Example: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>" @@ -8127,35 +7819,29 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>No Proxy Domains</b> is a comma-separated list of domains\n" #~ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" -#~ "for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Ikkje mellomserverdomener</b> er ei liste over domener der førespurnader\n" #~ "skal handterast direkte utan mellomlagring,\n" -#~ "til dømes <i>%1</i>.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "til dømes <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~ "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n" -#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Viss du brukar ein mellomserver som krev autentisering, må du fylla ut felta\n" #~ "<b>Brukernavn for mellomserver</b> og <b>Passord for mellomserver</b>. Eit gyldig brukernavn\n" -#~ "kan berre innehalda ASCII-teikn (bortsedd frå apostrofar).</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "kan berre innehalda ASCII-teikn (bortsedd frå apostrofar).</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n" -#~ "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p>" -#~ " \n" +#~ "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Klikk <b>Test mellomserverinnstillinger</b>\n" -#~ "for å testa gjeldande oppsett for HTTP-, HTTPS- og FTP-mellomserver</p>" -#~ " \n" +#~ "for å testa gjeldande oppsett for HTTP-, HTTPS- og FTP-mellomserver</p> \n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Enable Proxy" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/nfs.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/nfs.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/nfs.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ "0..9, A..Z, a..z, punktum, – og _." #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 #, fuzzy msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ "med monteringspunktet '%1'." #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" @@ -202,8 +202,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n" -"share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>" -"\n" +"share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Bruk <B>Legg til</B>-knappen for å montera ein ny delt NFS-ressurs. For å endra oppsettet for\n" "ein montert delt ressurs, bruk <B>Rediger</B>-knappen. Fjern og avmonter ein vald delt ressurs med \n" @@ -215,8 +214,7 @@ "<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" "protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n" "to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct setting\n" -"of file/directory access rights.</p>" -"\n" +"of file/directory access rights.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Viss du må ha tilgjenge til delte NFSv4-ressursar (NFSv4 er ein nyare versjon\n" "
av NFS-protokollen), kryss av for <b>Aktivum NFSv4</b>. Det kan hende at du må angje eit\n" @@ -339,13 +337,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>Enter the <b>NFS Server Hostname</b>. With\n" "<b>Choose</b>, browse through a list of\n" -"NFS servers on the local network.</p>" -"\n" +"NFS servers on the local network.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Skriv inn <b>Vertsmaskinnavn for NFS-servar</b>. Med\n" "<i>Vel</i> kan du bla gjennom ei liste over\n" -"NFS-servera i lokalnettverket.</p>" -"\n" +"NFS-servera i lokalnettverket.</p>\n" #. help text 2/4 #. added "Select" button @@ -441,13 +437,13 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasjon av NFS-klient" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "Kunne ikkje oppretta katalogen '%1'." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -459,61 +455,61 @@ "NFS-klientkonfigurasjonen.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar NFS-konfigurasjon" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 #, fuzzy msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Deaktiver tenester" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 #, fuzzy msgid "Start services" msgstr "Aktiver tenester" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 #, fuzzy msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Deaktiverer tenester …" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 #, fuzzy msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Aktiverer tenester …" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Lagrar innstillingar for NFS-klient. Vent …" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "Kan ikkje montera NFS-oppføringer frå /etc/fstab." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "NFS-oppføringer" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "%1 oppføringer er konfigurerte" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/nis.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/nis.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/nis.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -110,25 +110,21 @@ msgid "" "<p>The <b>Broadcast</b> option enables searching\n" "in the local network to find a server after the specified servers\n" -"fail to respond. It is a security risk.</p>" -"\n" +"fail to respond. It is a security risk.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Alternativet <b>Kringkasting</b> aktiverer søk\n" "etter ein annan servar i lokalnettverket dersom dei spesifiserte serverne\n" -"ikkje svarar. Dette er ein sikkerhetsrisiko.</p>" -"\n" +"ikkje svarar. Dette er ein sikkerhetsrisiko.</p>\n" #. Translators: short for Expert settings #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Expert</b> gives access to some\n" -"less frequently used settings.</p>" -"\n" +"less frequently used settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Avansert</b> gjev tilgjenge til nokre\n" -"innstillingar som ikkje vert så ofte brukte.</p>" -"\n" +"innstillingar som ikkje vert så ofte brukte.</p>\n" #. pushbutton label #. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list @@ -161,33 +157,27 @@ #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" "To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" -"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>" -"\n" +"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Brannmurinnstillinger</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Brannmurinnstillinger</b><br>\n" "For å opne brannmuren og gje tilgjenge til ypbind-tenesta\n" "frå eksertne datamaskiner, vel <b>Opne port i brannmur</b>.\n" "For å velja grensesnitt som porten sal vert opna for, klikk <b>Brannmurinformasjon</b>.\n" -"Dette alternativet er tilgjengeleg berre dersom brannmuren er aktivert.</p>" -"\n" +"Dette alternativet er tilgjengeleg berre dersom brannmuren er aktivert.</p>\n" #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\n" -" and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</p>" -"\n" +" and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Angje NIS-domenet (t.d. døme.com)\n" -"og NIS-serverens adresse (t.d. nis.døme.com eller 10.20.1.1).</p>" -"\n" +"og NIS-serverens adresse (t.d. nis.døme.com eller 10.20.1.1).</p>\n" #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 @@ -202,8 +192,7 @@ "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" "STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" -"the netconfig manual page.</p>" -"\n" +"the netconfig manual page.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Vel korleis NIS-oppsettet skal endrast. Vanlegvis vert handtert dette av netconfig-skriptet, som samordnar data som er statistisk definert her med dynamiske data (t.d. frå DHCP-klient, NetworkManager osb.). Dette er standardinnstillingen, som er tilstrekkeleg for dei fleste oppsett.\n" "Viss du vel 'Berre manuelle endringar', vil ikkje netconfig lenger kunna endra oppsettet. I så fall kan du endra fila manuelt. Vel 'Egendefinert praksis' for å angje ein egendefinert streng som består av ei liste over grensesnittnavn adskilt av komene. Jokertegn kan brukast, og STATIC/STATIC_fALLBACK er forhåndsdefinerte spesialverdier. Du finn meir informasjon på manualsiden for netconfig.</p>" @@ -213,12 +202,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Specify multiple servers\n" -"by separating their addresses with spaces.</p>" -"\n" +"by separating their addresses with spaces.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Spesifiser fleire servera\n" -"ved å leggja inn fleire adresser adskilt av mellomrom.</p>" -"\n" +"ved å leggja inn fleire adresser adskilt av mellomrom.</p>\n" #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 @@ -302,10 +289,11 @@ msgstr "&Adresser for NIS-servera" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 #, fuzzy -msgid "Br&oadcast" -msgstr "Kr&ingkast" +msgid "&Broadcast" +msgstr "&Kringkasting" #. pushbutton label, find nis servers #. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) @@ -437,12 +425,6 @@ msgstr "&Servera (adskilt av mellomrom eller komma)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Broadcast" -msgstr "&Kringkasting" - -#. checkbox label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 #, fuzzy msgid "&SLP" @@ -687,3 +669,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NIS-serveren vart ikkje funnet." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Br&oadcast" +#~ msgstr "Kr&ingkast" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "Lagrar NTP-oppsett …" #. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" msgstr "<p>Klikk <b>Synkroniser no</b> for å stille inn riktig systemtid ved hjelp av valt NTP- servar. Viss du vil bruka NTP permanent, kryss av for <b>Lager NTP-oppsett</b>.</p>" @@ -37,56 +37,56 @@ msgstr "<p>Vel <b>Køyr NTP som nisse</b> for å starta NTP-tenesta som ein nisse. Viss ikkje, vil systemklokken justerast periodisk. Standardintervallet er 15 min. Du kan endra dette etter installasjonen i NTP-klientmodulen i <b>YaST</b>.</p>" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>Klikk <b>Sett opp</b> for å gå til avansert NTP-oppsett.</p>" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>" msgstr "<p>Synkronisering med NTP-serveren kan ikkje utførast før nettverket er sett opp.</p>" #. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "Vertsnavnet %1 for NTP-serveren er ugyldig" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "&NTP-serveradresse" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 #, fuzzy msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "Kjø&r NTP som nisse" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "Lagre NTP-opp&sett" #. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "S&ynkroniser no" #. push button label #. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 #, fuzzy msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "&Konfigurer …" #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" @@ -96,19 +96,19 @@ "utan at pakka %1 er installert" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Synkroniserer med NTP-servar …" #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "" #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" @@ -353,407 +353,382 @@ msgstr "JJY-mottakere" #. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 #, fuzzy msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "Konfigurasjonsmodul for NTP-klient." #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 #, fuzzy msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "Skriv ut status for NTP-nisse" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 #, fuzzy msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "Skriv ut alle konfigurerte synkroniseringsforbindelser" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "Aktivar NTP-nisse" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "Deaktiver NTP-nisse" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "Legg til ny synkroniseringsforbindelse" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "Rediger ein eksisterande synkroniseringsforbindelse" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "Slett ein synkroniseringsforbindelse" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "Angje serveradressen" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "Angje direkteforbindelsens adresse" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 #, fuzzy msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "Adressa det skal verta til kringkasta" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 #, fuzzy msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "Adressa kringkasting skal verta frå tillaten" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "Alternativ for sambandet" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 #, fuzzy msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "Alternativ for kalibrering av klokkedriver" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "Bruk serveren ved første synkronisering" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "Ikkje bruk serveren ved første synkronisering" #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 #, fuzzy msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "Synkroniseringsforbindelse ikkje spesifisert." #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 #, fuzzy msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "Spesifisert synkroniseringsforbindelse ikkje funnet." #. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 #, fuzzy msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "NTP-nisse er aktivert." -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 #, fuzzy msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "NTP-nisse er deaktivert." #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 #, fuzzy msgid "Server" msgstr "Servar" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "Peer" msgstr "Direkteforbindelse" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 #, fuzzy msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Kringkasting" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 #, fuzzy msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "Tillèt kringkasting" #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 #, fuzzy msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "Enhetsnummer: %1" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "Lokal radioklokke" #. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "Innstillingane kunne ikkje lesast." #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasjon av NTP-servar" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 #, fuzzy msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "NTP-konfigurasjon" -#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 #, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "Brannmurinnstillinger" - -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189 -#, fuzzy msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Generelle innstillingar" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "Sikkerhetsinnstillinger" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 #, fuzzy msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "Avansert NTP-konfigurasjon" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 #, fuzzy msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "Ny synkronisering" #. Server editing dialog #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 #, fuzzy msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Serverinnstillinger" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 #, fuzzy msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "NTP-servar" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 #, fuzzy msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "Lokal NTP-servar" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 #, fuzzy msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "Offentleg NTP-servar" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 #, fuzzy msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "NTP-servar" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "Lokal referanseklokke" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 #, fuzzy msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "Utgående kringkasting" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "Innkommende kringkasting" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 #, fuzzy msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "&Referanse-ID" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 #, fuzzy msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "&Stratum" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "Kalibreringsforsinkelse 1" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 #, fuzzy msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "Kalibreringsforsinkelse 2" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 #, fuzzy msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "Flagg &1" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "Flagg &2" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "Flagg &3" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 #, fuzzy msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "Flagg &4" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 #, fuzzy msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "Kalibrering av klokkedriver" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" +"<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av NTP-klient</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vent…<br>" -"</p>" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av NTP-klient</big></b><br>\n" +"Vent…<br></p>" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" "Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" +"<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for NTP-klient</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vent…<br>" -"</p>" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for NTP-klient</big></b><br>\n" +"Vent…<br></p>" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" "Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" -"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>" -"\n" -"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" -" You can change this when the system was set up." +"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" +"and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n" +"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Aktivar NTP-nisse</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aktivar NTP-nisse</big></b><br>\n" "Vel om NTP-nissen skal verta no aktivert og under kvar oppstart av systemet.\n" "NTP-nissen tolkar vertsnavn når han initialiseres.\n" -"Nettverksforbindelsen må aktiverast før NTP-nissen startar.</p>" -"\n" +"Nettverksforbindelsen må aktiverast før NTP-nissen startar.</p>\n" #. help text 2/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" "<b>Run NTP Daemon in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" "is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Chroot-varetekt</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Chroot-varetekt</big></b><br>\n" "For å køyra NTP-nissen i chroot-varetekt, vel\n" "<b>Køyr NTP-nisse i chroot-varetekt</b>. Det aukar tryggleiken å starta alle nissar i chroot-varetekt,\n" "og dette vert rådt til sterkt.</p>" @@ -761,118 +736,97 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br>" -" \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>" -"\n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Sikkert NTP-oppsett</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Sikkert NTP-oppsett</big></b><br>\n" "Ved å velja <b>Avgrens NTP-tenesta til valde servera</b> hindrar du eksterne maskiner i å visa og endra NTP-innstillingane på datamaskina \n" -"di. På den måten vert avgrensa NTP-tenesta til serverne som er oppførd i <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> og localhost.<br>" -" \n" -"Tilgangskontrollvalgene kan finjusterast i serveroversiktstabellen. Dette valet er ikkje tilgjengeleg viss NTP er sett opp via DHCP.</p>" -"\n" +"di. På den måten vert avgrensa NTP-tenesta til serverne som er oppførd i <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> og localhost.<br> \n" +"Tilgangskontrollvalgene kan finjusterast i serveroversiktstabellen. Dette valet er ikkje tilgjengeleg viss NTP er sett opp via DHCP.</p>\n" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" "your network server instead of setting them manually, set\n" "<b>Configure NTP Daemon via DHCP</b>. Ask your network administrator if\n" "the information about NTP servers is provided by the DHCP server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon vigde DHCP</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon vigde DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "For å henta informasjon om NTP-servera frå nettverksserveren\n" "vigde DHCP-protokollen i staden for å definera dei manuelt, vel\n" "<b>Konfigurer NTP-nisse vigde DHCP</b>. Spør nettverksadministratoren om\n" "informasjon om NTP-servera er tilgjengeleg vigd DHCP-serveren.</p>" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" "select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Konfigurerte servera</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Konfigurerte servera</big></b><br>\n" "For å tilpassa NTP-servera, direkteforbindelser, lokale klokker og NTP-kringkasting\n" "vel du den aktuelle linja og klikkar <b>Rediger</b>. For å leggja til ein ny synkroniseringsforbindelse,\n" "klikk <b>Legg til</b>. Vel ein eksisterande direkteforbindelse for synkronisering\n" "og klikk <b>Slett</b> for å slette henne.</p>" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>" -"\n" -"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Vis logg </big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Du kan visa loggene frå NTP-nissen ved å klikka på <b>Vis logg</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Vis logg </big></b><br>\n" +"Du kan visa loggene frå NTP-nissen ved å klikka på <b>Vis logg</b>.</p>\n" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>." msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avansert konfigurasjon</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avansert konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" "For å konfigurera denne vertsmaskinen til å synkronisera mot fleire eksterne vertsmaskiner eller mot\n" "ein lokalt tilkoblet klokke, vel <b>Avansert konfigurasjon</b>." #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Klokketype</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Klokketype</big></b><br>\n" "Vel drivaren for klokka som skal konfigurerast.</p>" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" "<b>Unit Number</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Enhetsnummer</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Enhetsnummer</big></b><br>\n" "Viss du har fleire klokker av same type, må du definera\n" "<b>Enhetsnummer</b>.</p>" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n" @@ -880,8 +834,7 @@ "For some clock types, it is not necessary to create a symbolic link or \n" "it must be created manually.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Eining</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Eining</big></b><br>\n" "For at klokka skal fungera, må du kanskje oppretta ei symbolsk lenkje til \n" "eininga klokka er kopla til. Kryss av for\n" "<b>Opprett symlink</b> for å gjera dette, og vel <b>Eining</b>. Klikk <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å finna eininga.\n" @@ -889,160 +842,137 @@ "han må opprettast manuelt.</p>" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Kalibrering av driver</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Kalibrering av driver</big></b><br>\n" "Klikk <b>Kalibrering av drivar</b> for å kalibrera klokkedriveren.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n" "To find an NTP server, ask your network administrator or Internet service\n" "provider.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>NTP-serverens adresse</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>NTP-serverens adresse</big></b><br>\n" "Vel NTP-serverens adresse under <b>Adresse</b>.\n" "For å finne ein NTP-servar, spør internettleverandøren eller\n" "nettverksadministratoren.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" "or from the list of known NTP servers, click <b>Select</b> and\n" "choose between <b>Local NTP Server</b> and <b>Public NTP Server</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Velja ein servar</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Velja ein servar</big></b><br>\n" "For å velja ein NTP-servar i lokalnettverket\n" "eller frå ei liste over kjende NTP-servera, klikk på <b>Vel</b> og\n" "vel <b>Lokal NTP-servar</b> eller <b>Offentleg NTP-servar</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" "click <b>Test</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Testa servertilgjengelighet</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Testa servertilgjengelighet</big></b><br>\n" "For å testa om den valde serveren køyrer og svarar som han skal,\n" "klikk <b>Test</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" "use <b>Address</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Adresse</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Adresse</big></b><br>\n" "Definer adressa til vertsmaskinen det skal synkroniserast mot\n" "under <b>Adresse</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n" "text field.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Adresse</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Adresse</big></b><br>\n" "Nytte tekstfeltet <b>Adresse</b> for å angje\n" "kringkastingsadressen.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" "<b>Address</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Adresse</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Adresse</big></b><br>\n" "Legg inn avsenderadressen for godkjende kringkastingspakker under \n" "<b>Adresse</b>.</p>" #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "<b>Options</b> text field. For details, see\n" -"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>" -"\n" +"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Val</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Val</big></b><br>\n" "Du kan finjustera synkroniseringskilden ved å skriva inn val i tekstfeltet\n" "<b>Alternativ</b>. Du finn meir informasjon i\n" "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n" "Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n" "<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n" "nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n" -"<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Val for tilgangskontroll</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Val for tilgangskontroll</big></b><br>\n" "Her kan du angje val for tilgangskontroll (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> i\n" "<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for denne serveren ved å velja kva slags handlingar ei ekstern\n" "maskin kan utføra på den NTP-nisse. Standardvalget er <i>notrap\n" "nomodify noquery</i> Dette valet er berre tilgjengeleg viss du har kryssa av for\n" "<b>Avgrens NTP-tenesta til konfigurerte servera</b> under\n" -"<b>Sikkerhetsinnstillinger</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Sikkerhetsinnstillinger</b>.</p>\n" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Forbindelsestype for synkronisering</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Forbindelsestype for synkronisering</big></b><br>\n" "Her vel du ein direkte synkroniseringsforbindelse som skal verta til lagd.</p>" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" @@ -1052,7 +982,7 @@ "under <b>Servar</b>.</p>" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" @@ -1062,7 +992,7 @@ "<b>Direkteforbindelse</b>.</p>" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" @@ -1072,7 +1002,7 @@ "vel du <b>Radioklokke</b>.</p>" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" @@ -1082,7 +1012,7 @@ "<b>Utgående kringkasting</b>.</p>" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" @@ -1092,7 +1022,7 @@ "og bruka dei til å definera lokal tid, vel du <b>Innkommende kringkasting<b>.</p>" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n" @@ -1104,43 +1034,38 @@ "velja han frå ei liste over kjende NTP-servera.</p>" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n" -"Network</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"Network</b></big><br>\n" "To find NTP servers in the local network using the\n" "Service Location Protocol (SLP), click <b>Lookup</b>.\n" "Then select a server from the list of found servers.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Søkja etter servera i lokalnettverket\n" -"</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"</big></b><br>\n" "For å finne NTP-servera i lokalnettverket ved hjelp av\n" "SLP (Service Location Protocol) klikkar du <b>Søk</b>.\n" "Vel deretter ein servar i lista over servera som vart funnen.</p>" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n" "Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Velja ein offentleg NTP-servar</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Velja ein offentleg NTP-servar</b></big><br>\n" "Vel NTP-serveren som skal brukast, i lista over<b>offentlege NTP-servera</b> list. For å vise\n" "NTP-servera berre for eit spesielt land, vel dette under <b>Land</b>.</p>" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" "for a particular country or region.\n" "Before using any NTP server from the list, ask your system administrator\n" @@ -1149,8 +1074,7 @@ "You may also see <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\n" "to find an NTP server near you.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Merk</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Merk</b></big><br>\n" "NTP-serverne på lista er kanskje ikkje tilgjengelege frå alle land, men berre\n" "for eit spesielt land eller område.\n" "Før du brukar NTP-serverne på lista, bør du spørja systemadministratoren\n" @@ -1160,61 +1084,52 @@ "for å finne ein NTP-servar i nærleiken.</p>" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Testa servertilgjengelighet:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Testa servertilgjengelighet:</big></b><br>\n" "Klikk på <b>Test</b> for å kontrollera om serveren svarar som han skal.</p>" #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" "three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" "permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" -"your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>" -"\n" +"your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Bruk tilfeldige servera</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Bruk tilfeldige servera</b></big><br>\n" "Denne tenesta vert tilboden av pool.ntp.org. Viss du kryssar av her,\n" "vert tre ulike servera lagt til i konfigurasjonen. Servernavnene er\n" "permanente, men DNS-oppføringene (IP) endrast kvar time. Dette tyder at\n" -"NTP-klienten verta med synkronisert ulike servera kvar time.</p>" -"\n" +"NTP-klienten verta med synkronisert ulike servera kvar time.</p>\n" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" "options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Kalibrering av klokkedriver</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Kalibrering av klokkedriver</b></big><br>\n" "Klokkedriveren må kanskje kalibrerast. I denne dialogen kan ulike alternativ\n" "for kalibrering definerast. Resultatet av bestemde alternativ avheng av\n" "drivaren. Nokre drivarar nyttar ikkje alle alternativa.</p>" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>" -"\n" +"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "For å få informasjon om vala kan du installera pakka\n" "<i>ntp-doc</i> og lesa\n" @@ -1231,19 +1146,19 @@ "Alle endringar vil gå tapt." #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "Start NTP-nissen på nytt" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start NTP-nissen på nytt" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning!\n" @@ -1259,7 +1174,7 @@ "nissen vil kanskje ikkje fungera riktig." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 #, fuzzy msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" @@ -1269,7 +1184,7 @@ "eit fullstendig vertsmaskinnavn, ein IPv4-adresse eller ein IPv6-adresse." #. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" @@ -1283,50 +1198,50 @@ "Vil du verkeleg erstatta gjeldande NTP-servar?" #. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "Vel eining" #. selection box header #. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 #, fuzzy msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "Offentlege NTP-&servera" #. message report (no server selected) #. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 #, fuzzy msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "Vel ein NTP-servar." #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 #, fuzzy msgid "All Countries" msgstr "Alle land" #. combo box header #. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 #, fuzzy msgid "&Country" msgstr "&Land" #. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 #, fuzzy msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "Søkar etter NTP-servera i lokalnettverket …" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. #. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" @@ -1338,115 +1253,115 @@ "og kanskje blokkerer nettverkssøk." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 #, fuzzy msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "Ingen NTP-servar vart funne på nettverket." #. combo box label #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 #, fuzzy msgid "Address" msgstr "Adresse" #. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "Ingen servar er valde." #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 #, fuzzy msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "A&dressa" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 #, fuzzy msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "A&vansert konfigurasjon" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 #, fuzzy msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "&Kalibrering av driver" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "Synkroniserings&intervall i minutt" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 #, fuzzy msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "Start NTP-nisse" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 #, fuzzy msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "Berre &manuelt" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 #, fuzzy msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "&Synkroniser utan nisse" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 #, fuzzy msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "No og under o&ppstart" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 #, fuzzy msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "Køyr NTP-nisse i chroot-&varetekt" #. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 #, fuzzy msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "Beg&reins NTP-tenesta til konfigurerte servera" #. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 #, fuzzy msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manuelt" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 #, fuzzy msgid "Auto" msgstr "Auto" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom" msgstr "Egendefinert" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 #, fuzzy msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "Reglene til&oppsett for kjøremiljø" #. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 #, fuzzy msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "&Egendefinerte regler" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 #, fuzzy msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "Br&uk vilkårlige servera frå pool.ntp.org" @@ -1454,15 +1369,15 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 #, fuzzy msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adresse" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 #, fuzzy msgid "&Select..." msgstr "&Vel …" @@ -1470,111 +1385,111 @@ #. push button #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 #, fuzzy msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Test" #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "Synkroniseringstype" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 #, fuzzy msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "Vis &logg …" #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 #, fuzzy msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "Klokke&type" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 #, fuzzy msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "Nummeret til&eining" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 #, fuzzy msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "Opprett &symlink" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 #, fuzzy msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Eining" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 #, fuzzy msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "Val for tilgangskontroll" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 #, fuzzy msgid "&Server" msgstr "&Servar" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 #, fuzzy msgid "&Peer" msgstr "&Direkteforbindelse" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 #, fuzzy msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "&Radioklokke" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 #, fuzzy msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "&Utgående kringkasting" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 #, fuzzy msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "&Innkommende kringkasting" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 #, fuzzy msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 #, fuzzy msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "Lok&alnettverk" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 #, fuzzy msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "&Offentleg NTP-servar" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 #, fuzzy msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "NTP-serverens plassering" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 #, fuzzy msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "&Søk" @@ -1591,172 +1506,105 @@ msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Initialiserer …" -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett av NTP-klient" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Read network configuration" -msgstr "Les nettverkskonfigurasjon" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Read NTP settings" -msgstr "Les NTP-innstillingar" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Reading network configuration..." -msgstr "Lesar nettverkskonfigurasjon …" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Reading NTP settings..." -msgstr "Lesar NTP-innstillingar …" - -#. progress step #. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that #. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" -#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for NTP-klient" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Write NTP settings" -msgstr "Lagre NTP-innstillingar" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Restart NTP daemon" -msgstr "Start NTP-nissen på nytt" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Lagrar innstillingane …" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." -msgstr "Startar NTP-nissen på nytt …" - -#. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." -msgstr "Kan ikkje oppdatera dynamisk oppsett." - -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." -msgstr "Kan ikkje starta NTP-nissen på nytt." - #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 #, fuzzy msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "NTP-nissen vert aktivert når systemet startar opp." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 #, fuzzy msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "NTP-nissen startar ikkje automatisk." #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 #, fuzzy msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Servera: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 #, fuzzy msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Radioklokker: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 #, fuzzy msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Direkteforbindelser: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 #, fuzzy msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Kringkast tidsinformasjon til: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 #, fuzzy msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Godta kringkasta tidsinformasjon frå: %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 #, fuzzy msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Kombiner statisk oppsett og DHCP-oppsett." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 #, fuzzy msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Berre statisk oppsett." -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Egendefinert oppsett." -#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 #, fuzzy msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "Kontrollerer NTP-servar …" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 #, fuzzy msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "Serveren er tilgjengeleg og svarar som han skal." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 #, fuzzy msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "Serveren er ikkje tilgjengeleg eller svarar ikkje som han skal." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" @@ -1765,6 +1613,85 @@ "Kan ikkje søkja etter NTP-servar på lokalnettet\n" "utan å ha installert %1-pakka." +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 #, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett av NTP-klient" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read network configuration" +msgstr "Les nettverkskonfigurasjon" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read NTP settings" +msgstr "Les NTP-innstillingar" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading network configuration..." +msgstr "Lesar nettverkskonfigurasjon …" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading NTP settings..." +msgstr "Lesar NTP-innstillingar …" + +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for NTP-klient" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Write NTP settings" +msgstr "Lagre NTP-innstillingar" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restart NTP daemon" +msgstr "Start NTP-nissen på nytt" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Lagrar innstillingane …" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." +msgstr "Startar NTP-nissen på nytt …" + +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." +msgstr "Kan ikkje oppdatera dynamisk oppsett." + +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." +msgstr "Kan ikkje starta NTP-nissen på nytt." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Firewall Settings" +#~ msgstr "Brannmurinnstillinger" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables." #~ msgstr "Kan ikkje lagra sysconfig-variablar." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/packager.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/packager.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/packager.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:19+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk \n" @@ -35,8 +35,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \n" "<b>Delete</b> button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" -"the current configuration.</p>" -"\n" +"the current configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Du kan fjerne oppføringer ved å velja dei\n" "i tabellen og klikka <b>Slette</b>-knappen.\n" @@ -200,13 +199,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>The installation CDs will be copied into the system\n" "to create a repository that can be used to install\n" -"other systems.</p>" -"\n" +"other systems.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Installasjon sin-Cdane vil kopierast til systemet\n" "for å oppretta ein pakkebrønn som kan brukast til å installera\n" -"andre system.</p>" -"\n" +"andre system.</p>\n" #. label for showing repositories #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 @@ -322,12 +319,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>The packager is being initialized and \n" -"the list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>" -"\n" +"the list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Vent medan pakkehandsamaren initialiseres\n" -"og lista over servera lastast ned frå nettet.</p>" -"\n" +"og lista over servera lastast ned frå nettet.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 @@ -384,26 +379,18 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b>URL:</b> %1<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Linked from:</b> %2<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Summary:</b> %3<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Description:</b> %4<br>" -"\n" +"<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n" +"<b>Linked from:</b> %2<br>\n" +"<b>Summary:</b> %3<br>\n" +"<b>Description:</b> %4<br>\n" "%5\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Nettadresse:</b> %1<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Lenkja frå:</b> %2<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Sammendrag:</b> %3<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Skildring:</b> %4<br>" -"\n" +"<b>Nettadresse:</b> %1<br>\n" +"<b>Lenkja frå:</b> %2<br>\n" +"<b>Sammendrag:</b> %3<br>\n" +"<b>Skildring:</b> %4<br>\n" "%5\n" "</p>" @@ -437,34 +424,26 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>List of default online repositories.\n" -"Click on a repository for details.</p>" -"\n" +"Click on a repository for details.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Her vert viste standardpakkebrønnene som er lasta ned frå Internett.\n" -"Klikk på ein pakkebrønn for å vise meir informasjon.</p>" -"\n" +"Klikk på ein pakkebrønn for å vise meir informasjon.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>" -"\n" +msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Viss du vil bruka éin eller fleire online-pakkebrønner,\n" -"vel dei du vil ha, og klikk <b>Neste</b></p>" -"\n" +"vel dei du vil ha, og klikk <b>Neste</b></p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>" -"\n" +msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Viss du vil bruka éin eller fleire online-pakkebrønner,\n" -"vel dei du vil ha, og klikk <b>Fullfør</b></p>" -"\n" +"vel dei du vil ha, og klikk <b>Fullfør</b></p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 @@ -481,7 +460,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>" msgstr "<p>Vent medan pakkebrønnhandsamaren lastar ned pakkebrønninformasjon…</p>" @@ -606,7 +585,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiserer …" @@ -635,12 +614,6 @@ msgid "&Media" msgstr "&Medium" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." -msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for pakkehandsamar …" - #. default (minimal) priority of a repository #: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 #, fuzzy @@ -682,7 +655,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "Nettadresse: %1" @@ -862,8 +835,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>" -"\n" +"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "I denne dialogen kan du administrera valde pakkebrønner og tenester.</p>" @@ -877,16 +849,13 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>" -"\n" +"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" "To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n" "YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Leggja til ny pakkebrønn.</P> eller ny teneste </b><br>" -"\n" +"<b>Leggja til ny pakkebrønn.</P> eller ny teneste </b><br>\n" "For å leggja til ein ny pakkebrønn, klikk <b>Legg til</b> og angje ein pakkebrønn eller ei teneste.\n" "YaST oppdagar automatisk om det finst ei teneste eller ein pakkebrønn på den angjevne staden.\n" "</p>" @@ -898,14 +867,12 @@ "<p>\n" "To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n" "have the CD set or the DVD available.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "For å installera pakker frå <b>CD</b>\n" "må du ha settet med CD-er eller DVD-ein tilgjengeleg.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 @@ -918,8 +885,7 @@ "CD is located, for example, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n" "Only the base path is required if all CDs are copied\n" "into one directory.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "CD-eine kan kopierast til <b>harddisken</b>\n" @@ -928,29 +894,24 @@ "CD er lagra, til dømes /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n" "Berre grunnstien vert kravd viss alle Cdane er kopierte\n" "til same katalog.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>" -"\n" +"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" "To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n" "<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Endre status for ein pakkebrønn eller ei tenesta</b><br>" -"\n" +"<b>Endre status for ein pakkebrønn eller ei tenesta</b><br>\n" "For å endra plasseringa til ein pakkebrønn, klikk <b>Rediger</b>. For å fjerne ein pakkebrønn, klikk\n" "<b>Slett</b>. For å aktivare eller deaktivere pakkebrønnen eller velja om han skal\n" "oppdaterast ved initialisering, vel pakkebrønnen i tabellen og bruk avkryssingsboksene nedanfor.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 @@ -994,7 +955,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 #, fuzzy msgid "Details:" @@ -1003,7 +964,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 #, fuzzy msgid "Try again?" @@ -1112,12 +1073,8 @@ #. Error popup #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Feil under gjenoppretting av pakkebrønnoppsett.</p>" -"\n" +msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Feil under gjenoppretting av pakkebrønnoppsett.</p>\n" #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame @@ -1574,8 +1531,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Manage known GPG public keys.</p>" -"\n" +"Manage known GPG public keys.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "I denne dialogen kan du administrera kjende offentlege GPG-nøklar.</p>" @@ -1584,15 +1540,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>" -"\n" +"<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" "To add a new GPG key, specify the path to the key file.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Leggja til ny GPG-nøkkel</b><br>" -"\n" +"<b>Leggja til ny GPG-nøkkel</b><br>\n" "For å leggja til ein ny GPG-nøkkel, klikk <b>Legg til</b> og angje stigen til nøkkelfilen.\n" "</p>" @@ -1618,14 +1571,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>" -"\n" +"<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" "To add a new GPG key, use <b>Add</b> and specify the path to the key file.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Leggja til ny GPG-nøkkel</b><br>" -"\n" +"<b>Leggja til ny GPG-nøkkel</b><br>\n" "For å leggja til ein ny GPG-nøkkel, klikk <b>Legg til</b> og angje stigen til nøkkelfilen.\n" "</p>" @@ -1637,15 +1588,13 @@ "<b>Modifying a GPG Key Status</b>\n" "To modify the trusted flag, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a GPG key, use\n" "<b>Delete</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Endre status for GPG-nøkkel</b>\n" "Bruk <b>Rediger</b> for å endra pålitelighetsstatus. Bruk\n" "<b>Slett</b> for å slette ein GPG-nøkkel.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. table header #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 @@ -1664,50 +1613,50 @@ "'%2'?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Legger til ny pakkebrønn" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Kontrollar pakkebrønntype" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "Legg til pakkebrønn" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Lesar pakkebrønnlisens" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Kontrollerer pakkebrønntype" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Legger til pakkebrønn" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Lesar pakkebrønnlisens" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository" msgstr "Pakkebrønn" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -1725,8 +1674,8 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1736,7 +1685,7 @@ "frå adressa '%1'." #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" @@ -1746,13 +1695,13 @@ "Vel ein annan protokoll eller pakk ut ISO-diskbildet på serveren." #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 #, fuzzy msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "Vil du endra adressa og freista igjen?" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" @@ -1761,6 +1710,12 @@ "For å søkja etter SLP-pakkebrønner\n" "må pakka %1 installerast" +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." +msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for pakkehandsamar …" + #. New add-on product might add also new agents. #. Functions Rereads all available agents. #. @@ -1768,52 +1723,67 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under klargjøring av installasjonssystemet." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 #, fuzzy msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Kontrollfilen %1 vart ikkje funnen på mediet." #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." msgstr "" +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unknown Product" +msgstr "Ukjent produkt" + +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Vent …" + #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Kan ikkje bruka tilleggsprodukter." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, adresse: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "Adresse: %1, Stig: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Tilleggsprodukter" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" @@ -1822,43 +1792,35 @@ "Installasjsonspakkebrønnen inneheld òg dei angjevne tilleggspakkebrønnene.\n" "Vel dei du vil bruka." -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Tilleggsprodukter som kan veljast" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Legg til valde &produkt" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Sett inn CD-ein med tilleggsproduktet" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Sett inn første installasjonsmedium." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Kan ikkje leggja til produktet %1." -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unknown Product" -msgstr "Ukjent produkt" - #. update the trusted flag #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 #, fuzzy @@ -1888,31 +1850,31 @@ msgstr "Kan ikkje kopiera nøkkelen til mellombels katalog." #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 #, fuzzy msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "&Vis liste over pakker som ikkje vart installert" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "&Vis fullt logg" #. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "Installasjon av nokre pakker mislukkast" #. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "Installasjon avbrote av brukar." #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 #, fuzzy msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "Medium %1" @@ -1921,14 +1883,14 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 #, fuzzy msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 #, fuzzy msgid "Done." msgstr "Fullført." @@ -1937,7 +1899,7 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 #, fuzzy msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "Neste: %1 -- %2" @@ -1945,7 +1907,7 @@ #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 #, fuzzy msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "Neste: %1" @@ -1953,7 +1915,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 #, fuzzy msgid "Total" msgstr "Totalt" @@ -1963,47 +1925,47 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Laster ned %1 (nedlastingsstørrelse %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 #, fuzzy msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (Gjenstår: %1%2 pakkar)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Laster ned pakker …" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 #, fuzzy msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (%1 av %2 pakker lasta ned)" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 #, fuzzy msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Slettar %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Installerer %1 (installert storleik %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 #, fuzzy msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Brukar delta-RPM: %1" @@ -2147,43 +2109,34 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 -msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>" +msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") #: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 msgid "" -"<ul>" -"<li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>" -"\n" -"<ul>" -"<li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li>" -"<li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" -"in the registration step</li>" -"<li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" -"</li>" -"</ul>" -"</li>" -"</ul>" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 #, fuzzy msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Ingen pakkebrønner funnet på '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" -"download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>" -"\n" +"download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Disse versjonsmerknadene er laga for den opphavlege versjonen og følgjer med\n" "på installasjonsmediene. Viss du har tilgjenge til Internett under installasjonen,\n" @@ -2191,36 +2144,36 @@ "frå SUSA Linux-webserveren.</b></p>" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 #, fuzzy msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Integrerer medium …" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Kunne ikkje integrera pakkebrønnen med oppdateringspakker." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Initialiserer pakkebrønner …" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Sett inn %1 CD 1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 ikkje funnet" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" @@ -2230,7 +2183,7 @@ "Du finn meir informasjon i loggfilen %1." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" @@ -2240,13 +2193,13 @@ "
Programvareforslaget vil handsamast på nytt." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 #, fuzzy msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Vurderer pakkeutvalg …" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -2255,71 +2208,77 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa lisensfilen %1" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "For å vise produktlisensen riktig må du plassera fila license.tek.gz i rotkatalogen på live-mediet når du byggjer diskbildet." #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 #, fuzzy msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Språk" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 #, fuzzy msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "&Ja, eg godkjenner lisensavtalen" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383 +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 +msgid "" +"This EULA can be found in the directory\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" -"on the first media in the file %1" +"on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" "Viss du vil skriva ut lisensavtalen, finn du han\n" "i fila fila %1 på det første mediet" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" -"the configuration will be aborted.</p>" -"\n" +"the configuration will be aborted.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Les lisensavtalen grundig, og vel\n" "eitt av alternativa. Viss du ikkje godkjenner lisensavtalen,\n" -"vil konfigurasjonen avbrytast.</p>" -"\n" +"vil konfigurasjonen avbrytast.</p>\n" #. dialog title #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 #, fuzzy msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Lisensavtale" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avbryta installasjonen av tilleggsproduktet?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" @@ -2329,7 +2288,7 @@ "Ynskjer du å avbryta?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" @@ -2339,19 +2298,20 @@ "av tilleggsprodukt. Ynskjer du å avbryta?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 #, fuzzy msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Systemet vert avslutta …" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 #, fuzzy msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "Lisensavtale" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" @@ -2473,7 +2433,7 @@ #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 #, fuzzy msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" @@ -2527,7 +2487,7 @@ msgstr "Last ne&d beskrivelsesfiler for pakkebrønnen" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" @@ -2537,65 +2497,63 @@ "av mediet, vel <b>ISO-bilete</b>.</p>" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n" -"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>" -"\n" +"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Angje plasseringa til det første mediet\n" -"viss pakkebrønnen er fordelt på fleire medium.</p>" -"\n" +"viss pakkebrønnen er fordelt på fleire medium.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Servernavn" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Stig til katalog eller ISO-bilete" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "&ISO-bilete" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 #, fuzzy msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "N&FS v4-protokoll" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 msgid "(default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "Pakkebrønnadresse" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 #, fuzzy msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotokoll" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "P&akkebrønnadresse" @@ -2603,45 +2561,45 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "Pakkebrønnadresse" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS-servar" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "CD- eller DVD-medium" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Harddisk" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 #, fuzzy msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB-pinne eller disk" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Lokal katalog" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 #, fuzzy msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Lokalt ISO-bilete" @@ -2651,153 +2609,136 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 #, fuzzy msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Servar og katalog" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 #, fuzzy msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Eit pakkebrønnnavn må angjevast." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "Pakkeb&rønnavn" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>" -"\n" -"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" +"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Pakkebrønnnavn</b></big><br>" -"\n" -"Nytte <b>Pakkebrønnnavn</b> for å angje pakkebrønnens namn. Viss feltet er tomt, vil Yast bruka produktnavnet (viss det er tilgjengeleg) eller nettadressen.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Pakkebrønnnavn</b></big><br>\n" +"Nytte <b>Pakkebrønnnavn</b> for å angje pakkebrønnens namn. Viss feltet er tomt, vil Yast bruka produktnavnet (viss det er tilgjengeleg) eller nettadressen.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 #, fuzzy msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "Namn på tena&ste" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>" -"\n" -"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" +"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Namn på teneste</b></big><br>" -"\n" -"Bruk <b>Namn på teneste</b> for å angje tjenestenavnet. Viss feltet er tomt, vil Yast bruka ein del av tenesta si nettadresse.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Namn på teneste</b></big><br>\n" +"Bruk <b>Namn på teneste</b> for å angje tjenestenavnet. Viss feltet er tomt, vil Yast bruka ein del av tenesta si nettadresse.</p>\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 #, fuzzy msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "Du må angje ein nettadresse." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL" msgstr "&Nettadresse" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Pakkebrønnadresse</b></big><br>" -"\n" -"Nytte <b>Nettadresse</b> for å angje adressa til pakkebrønnen." -"<p>" +"<p><big><b>Pakkebrønnadresse</b></big><br>\n" +"Nytte <b>Nettadresse</b> for å angje adressa til pakkebrønnen.<p>" #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Rediger deler av adressa" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Rediger heile adressa" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>NFS-servar</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>NFS-servar</b></big><br>\n" "Nytte <b>Servernavn</b> og <b>Stig til katalog eller ISO-bilete</b>\n" -"for å angje NFS-serverens vertsnavn og stigen på serveren." -"<p>" +"for å angje NFS-serverens vertsnavn og stigen på serveren.<p>" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" "This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 #, fuzzy msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 #, fuzzy msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" "Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>CD- eller DVD-medium</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>CD- eller DVD-medium</b></big><br>\n" "Vel <b>CD-ROM</b> eller <b>DVD-ROM</b> for å angje medietypen.</p>" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 #, fuzzy msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO-bildefil" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" @@ -2807,7 +2748,7 @@ "eller katalogen finst ikkje.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" @@ -2817,7 +2758,7 @@ "eller fila finst ikkje.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 #, fuzzy msgid "" "File '%1'\n" @@ -2829,68 +2770,62 @@ "Vil du bruka han likevel?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Stig til katalog" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 #, fuzzy msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "&Ren RPM-katalog" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n" "directory. If the directory contains only RPM packages without\n" "any metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\n" -"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Lokal katalog</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Lokal katalog</b></big><br>\n" "Bruk <b>Stig til katalog</b> for å angje stigen til katalogen.\n" "Om katalogen inneheld berre RPM-pakker utan noka form\n" "for metadata (f.eks ikkje noko produktinformasjon) må\n" "<b>Ren RPM-katalog</b> veljast.</p>" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 #, fuzzy msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "&USB masselagringsenhet" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 #, fuzzy msgid "&File System" msgstr "&Filsystem" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 #, fuzzy msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "&Katalog" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the directory of the repository.\n" "If the path is omitted, the system will use the root directory of the disk.\n" "If the directory contains only RPM packages without\n" "any metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\n" -"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>USB-pinne eller disk</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>USB-pinne eller disk</b></big><br>\n" "Vel USB-eininga som inneheld pakkebrønnen.\n" "Bruk <b>Stig til katalog</b> for å angje stigen til katalogen.\n" "Viss ikkje stigen er angjeven, vil systemet bruk disken sin rotkatalog.\n" @@ -2900,39 +2835,35 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" -"want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.</p>" -"\n" +"want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Filsystemet som vert nytta på eininga, vil verta finnast automatisk\n" "viss 'auto' er vald for filsystem. Viss filsystemet ikkje vert funnet\n" "eller viss du vil bruka eit spesielt filsystem, vel du dette frå lista.</p>" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 #, fuzzy msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Diskenhet" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the directory of the repository.\n" "If the path is omitted, the system will use the root directory of the disk.\n" "If the directory contains only RPM packages without\n" "any metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\n" -"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Vel disken som inneheld pakkebrønnen.\n" "Bruk <b>Stig til katalog</b> for å angje stigen til katalogen.\n" "Viss stigen ikkje er angjeven, vil systemet bruka disken sin rotkatalog.\n" @@ -2941,169 +2872,162 @@ "<b>Ren RPM-katalog</b>.</p>" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Stig til ISO-bilete" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n" "ISO image file.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Lokalt ISO-bilete</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Lokalt ISO-bilete</b></big><br>\n" "Bruk <b>Stig til ISO-bilete</b> for å angje stigen til\n" "fila som inneheld ISO-biletet av installasjonsmediet.</p>" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 #, fuzzy msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "Servar&namn" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 #, fuzzy msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Port" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 #, fuzzy msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Delt ressurs" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 #, fuzzy msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "&ISO-bilete" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Katalog på servar" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 #, fuzzy msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Au&tentisering" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 #, fuzzy msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anonym" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 #, fuzzy msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&Arbeidsgruppe eller domane" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 #, fuzzy msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Brukernavn" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 #, fuzzy msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Passord" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 #, fuzzy msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 #, fuzzy msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 #, fuzzy msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.\n" "To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n" -"<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" "For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image</b>. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" -"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Servar og katalog</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Servar og katalog</b></big><br>\n" "Nytte <b>Servernavn</b> og <b>Stig til katalog eller ISO-bilete</b>\n" "for å angje NFS-serverens vertsnavn og stigen på serveren.\n" "For å aktivare autentisering, fjern avkryssingen for <b>Anonym sitt</b>, og angje\n" -"<b>Brukernavn</b> og <b>Passord</b>." +"<b>Brukernavn</b> og <b>Passord</b>.<p>\n" "<p>\n" -"<p>\n" "For SMB/CIFS-pakkebrønner, angje namn på <b>Delt ressurs</b> og <b>Sti til katalog\n" "eller ISO-diskbilde</b>. \n" "Viss plasseringa er ei fil med eit ISO-diskbilde\n" -"av mediet, vel <b>ISO-diskbilde</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"av mediet, vel <b>ISO-diskbilde</b>.</p>\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" -"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>" -"\n" +"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Ein <b>Port</b>-nummer kan angjevast for ein HTTP/HTTPS-pakkebrønn.\n" -"La feltet vera blankt for å bruka standardporten.</p>" -"\n" +"La feltet vera blankt for å bruka standardporten.</p>\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 -msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +msgstr "Kontrollerer nettverksoppsett …" + #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" "or on the hard disk.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Medietype</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Medietype</b></big><br>\n" "Pakkebrønnen kan vera på ein CD, på ein nettverksserver\n" "eller på harddisken.</p>" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" @@ -3115,90 +3039,82 @@ "må du ha ein CD eller DVD med produktet tilgjengeleg.</p>" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" "Enter the path to the first CD, for example, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n" "Only the base path is required if all CDs are copied\n" -"into the same directory.</p>" -"\n" +"into the same directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Produkt-CD-er kan kopierast til harddisken.\n" "Angje kor første\n" "CD er lagra, til dømes /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n" "Berre grunnstien vert kravd viss alle CD-eine er kopiert\n" -"til same katalog.</p>" -"\n" +"til same katalog.</p>\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" "Specify the directory in which the packages from\n" -"the first CD are located, such as /data1/CD1.</p>" -"\n" +"the first CD are located, such as /data1/CD1.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Ein nettverksinstallasjon krev ein fungerande nettverksforbindelse.\n" "Angje katalogen der pakkene frå\n" -"første CD er plasserte, til dømes /data1/CD1.</p>" -"\n" +"første CD er plasserte, til dømes /data1/CD1.</p>\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Vel medietype." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Sett inn CD-ein med tilleggsproduktet" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Sett inn DVD-ein med tilleggsproduktet" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 #, fuzzy msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Ingen USB-disk vart funnen." #. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" "repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" -"automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>" -"\n" +"automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>La ned filer</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>La ned filer</b><br>\n" "Kvar pakkebrønn har filer som skildrar inneholdet i pakkebrønnen.\n" "Kryss av for <b>Last ned beskrivelsesfiler for pakkebrønnen</b> for å lasta dei ned\n" "når du lukkar denne Yast-modulen. Viss du ikkje kryssar av her, vil Yast\n" -"automatisk lasta ned filene når det er behov for dei seinare. </p>" -"\n" +"automatisk lasta ned filene når det er behov for dei seinare. </p>\n" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 #, fuzzy msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Medietype" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 #, fuzzy msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "Tilleggsprodukter" @@ -3206,7 +3122,7 @@ #. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration #. #. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "" @@ -3432,13 +3348,13 @@ msgstr "Ingen SLP-pakkebrønner vart funne på nettverket." #. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 #, fuzzy msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "Partisjonen \"%1\" treng %2 meir plass på disken." #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" @@ -3448,7 +3364,7 @@ "eller mellombels filer før du oppgraderer systemet." #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 #, fuzzy msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Fjern nokon pakkar frå utvalet." @@ -3472,12 +3388,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>All registered repositories are shown here.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Alle registrerte pakkebrønner verta her viste.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "All changes will be lost. Really exit?" @@ -3508,10 +3422,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Initialiser pakkehandsamaren" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..." -#~ msgstr "Kontrollerer nettverksoppsett …" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Initializing Software Manager ... " #~ msgstr "Initialiserer pakkehandsamaren …" @@ -3561,30 +3471,23 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Package Search</b></big><br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Use the functionality of <i>Webpin package search</i> to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><big><b>Package Search</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "Use the functionality of <i>Webpin package search</i> to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Pakkesøk</b></big><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><big><b>Pakkesøk</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Med denne YaST-modulen kan du bruka funksjonen <i>Webpin-pakkesøk</i>.\n" #~ "Han søkjer i alle kjende pakkebrønner som er oppretta av openSUSE build-service og openSUSE-fellesskapet.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Security</b></big><br>" -#~ " The software found is often not part of the\n" +#~ "<p><big><b>Security</b></big><br> The software found is often not part of the\n" #~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n" -#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Tryggleik</b></big><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><big><b>Tryggleik</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Programvara som vert funnen, er ofte ikkje ein del av sjølve distribusjonen, og det er opp\n" #~ "opp til deg om du vil stola på dei. Vi tek ikkje ansvaret viss du installerer denne typen\n" -#~ "programvare.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "programvare.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Select packages to install." @@ -3600,23 +3503,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p><b>No packages matching entered criteria were found.</b></p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Ingen pakkar som samsvarer med kriteria, vart funne</b>" -#~ "<p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Ingen pakkar som samsvarer med kriteria, vart funne</b><p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" #~ "To add a new GPG key, specify the path to the key file.\n" #~ "Check the <B>Trusted</B> check box if the key is trusted.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b>Leggja til ny GPG-nøkkel</b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<b>Leggja til ny GPG-nøkkel</b><br>\n" #~ "Legg til ein ny GPG-nøkkel ved å angje stigen til nøkkelfilen.\n" #~ "Kryss av for <B>Påliteleg</B> viss du stolar på nøkkelen.\n" #~ "</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/pkg-bindings.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/pkg-bindings.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/pkg-bindings.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-01-29 17:42+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk \n" @@ -42,12 +42,12 @@ msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Oppdaterer pakkebrønn</B></BIG></P><P>Pakkehandsamaren oppdaterer innhaldet i pakkebrønnen …</P>" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:655 +#: src/Package.cc:658 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "Kan ikkje velja pakken for installering." #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:661 +#: src/Package.cc:664 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "Pakken er ikkje tilgjengeleg." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/printer.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/printer.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/printer.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-13 20:03+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk \n" @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 @@ -236,8 +236,8 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 #, fuzzy @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "Description" msgstr "Skildring" @@ -487,8 +487,8 @@ #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 #, fuzzy msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "Ikkje noko er valt" @@ -1763,16 +1763,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Initializing printer Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Initializing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Initialiserer skriveroppsett</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vent…<br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Initialiserer skriveroppsett</big></b><br>\n" +"Vent…<br>\n" "</p>" #. Write dialog help 1/1: @@ -1780,16 +1776,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Finishing printer Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Finishing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Fullfører skriveroppsett</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vent…<br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Fullfører skriveroppsett</big></b><br>\n" +"Vent…<br>\n" "</p>" #. Overview dialog help 1/7: @@ -1797,29 +1789,22 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" +"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" "these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" -"device.<br>" -"\n" +"device.<br>\n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" "or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Oversyn over utskriftskø</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Ein skriverenhet vert brukt ikkje direkte, men via ein utskriftskø.<br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Oversyn over utskriftskø</big></b><br>\n" +"Ein skriverenhet vert brukt ikkje direkte, men via ein utskriftskø.<br>\n" "Når fleire program sender utskriftsjobber samstundes,\n" -"vert jobbane plassert i kø og seint til skrivaren i rekkjefølgd.<br>" -"\n" +"vert jobbane plassert i kø og seint til skrivaren i rekkjefølgd.<br>\n" "Det kan vera fleire ulike utskriftskøer for kvar skriv,\n" "til dømes ein ekstra kø med ein svart-kvitt-driv for ein fargeskriver\n" "eller ein PostScript-kø og ein kø med ein PCL-driv for ein PostScript+PCL-skriv.\n" @@ -1830,30 +1815,23 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Using Remote Queues:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Using Remote Queues:</big></b><br>\n" "Remote queues exist on other hosts in the network,\n" -"therefore they cannot be changed on this host.<br>" -"\n" +"therefore they cannot be changed on this host.<br>\n" "The remote queues listed here are known on this host.\n" "Usually they can be used directly by applications\n" "so there is no need to set up a local queue for a printer\n" -"that is already available via a remote queue.<br>" -"\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"that is already available via a remote queue.<br>\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Bruka eksterne køar:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Bruka eksterne køar:</big></b><br>\n" "Eksterne køar er på andre vertsmaskiner på nettverket\n" -"og kan difor ikkje endrast frå denne maskina.<br>" -"\n" +"og kan difor ikkje endrast frå denne maskina.<br>\n" "Dei eksterne køane som er angjevne her, er registrerte av denne vertsmaskinen,\n" "og kan difor brukast direkte av programma.\n" "Det er difor ikkje naudsynt å setja opp ein lokal skrivar\n" -"som allereie er tilgjengeleg via ein ekstern kø.<br>" -"\n" +"som allereie er tilgjengeleg via ein ekstern kø.<br>\n" "</p>" #. Overview dialog help 3/7: @@ -1861,14 +1839,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Configure a printer:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Configure a printer:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to set up a new queue for a printer device.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Sett opp ein skriv:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Sett opp ein skriv:</big></b><br>\n" "Klikk på <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp ein ny kø for ein skriv.\n" "</p>" @@ -1877,14 +1853,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Change the settings for a queue:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Change the settings for a queue:</big></b><br>\n" "Select a local queue and press <b>Edit</b>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Endre innstillingane for ein kø</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Endre innstillingane for ein kø</big></b><br>\n" "Vel ein lokal kø og klikk <b>Sett opp</b>.\n" "</p>" @@ -1893,14 +1867,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Remove a queue:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Remove a queue:</big></b><br>\n" "Select a local queue and press <b>Delete</b>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Slette ein kø:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Slette ein kø:</big></b><br>\n" "Vel ein lokal kø og klikk <b>Slett</b>.\n" "</p>" @@ -1909,14 +1881,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Print a test page:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Print a test page:</big></b><br>\n" "Select the queue and press <b>Print Test Page</b>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>'Skriv ut ein testside:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>'Skriv ut ein testside:</big></b><br>\n" "Vel køen og klikk <b>Skriv ut testside</b>.\n" "</p>" @@ -1925,20 +1895,17 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Refresh the list of queues:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Refresh the list of queues:</big></b><br>\n" "After changes to the network printing settings,\n" "the available remote queues may have changed.\n" "Usually it takes some time (up to several minutes)\n" "until such changes become known to the local host.\n" "Press <b>Refresh List</b> after some time to get an \n" "up-to-date list of available remote queues.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Oppdater lista over køar:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Oppdater lista over køar:</big></b><br>\n" "Spesielt etter endringar i samband med utskrift via nettverket,\n" "kan tilgjengelege eksterne køar endrast.\n" "Det tek ofte litt tid (inntil nokre minutt)\n" @@ -1953,18 +1920,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"AutoYaST supports only settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" +"AutoYaST supports only settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\n" "There is no AutoYaST support to set up local print queues.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>AutoYaST-oversyn over utskriftskøer</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"AutoYaST støttar berre innstillingar for utskrift med CUP sin via nettverket.<br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>AutoYaST-oversyn over utskriftskøer</big></b><br>\n" +"AutoYaST støttar berre innstillingar for utskrift med CUP sin via nettverket.<br>\n" "AutoYaST støttar ikkje oppsett av lokale utskriftskøer.\n" "</p>" @@ -1973,13 +1936,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\n" +"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>" -"\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" "Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" @@ -1990,13 +1950,10 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Sett opp ny kø for ein skriverenhet</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Ein skriverenhet vert brukt ikkje direkte, men via ein utskriftskø.<br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Sett opp ny kø for ein skriverenhet</big></b><br>\n" +"Ein skriverenhet vert brukt ikkje direkte, men via ein utskriftskø.<br>\n" "Når fleire program sender utskriftsjobber samstundes,\n" -"vert jobbane plassert i kø og sendt til skriverenheten i rekkjefølgd.<br>" -"\n" +"vert jobbane plassert i kø og sendt til skriverenheten i rekkjefølgd.<br>\n" "Same skriverenhet kan ha fleire utskriftskøer.\n" "Det kan vera behov for fleire utskriftskøer dersom fleire skriverdrivere\n" "skal nyttast for same skriv,\n" @@ -2011,22 +1968,16 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To set up a new queue:<br>" -"\n" -"Select the connection of the matching printer device,<br>" -"\n" -"find and assign a suitable printer driver, and<br>" -"\n" +"To set up a new queue:<br>\n" +"Select the connection of the matching printer device,<br>\n" +"find and assign a suitable printer driver, and<br>\n" "set a unique queue name.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Setja opp ein ny kø:<br>" -"\n" -"Vel tilkoblingen for den samsvarande skrivaren,<br>" -"\n" -"finn og aktiver ein eigna drivar og<br>" -"\n" +"Setja opp ein ny kø:<br>\n" +"Vel tilkoblingen for den samsvarande skrivaren,<br>\n" +"finn og aktiver ein eigna drivar og<br>\n" "angje eit unikt kønavn.\n" "</p>" @@ -2035,32 +1986,25 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>" -"\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" -"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>" -"\n" +"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" -"it is shown for each connection type.<br>" -"\n" +"it is shown for each connection type.<br>\n" "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" "For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" "(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Tilkobling</b> angjev korleis data vert sendt til skrivaren.<br>" -"\n" +"<b>Tilkobling</b> angjev korleis data vert sendt til skrivaren.<br>\n" "Viss feil tilkobling er vald, kan ingen data sendast til eininga,\n" -"og utskrift vil ikkje vera mogleg.<br>" -"\n" +"og utskrift vil ikkje vera mogleg.<br>\n" "Viss ein skrivar er tilgjengeleg via meir enn éin tilkoblingstype,\n" -"vil den visast under kvar tilkoblingstype.<br>" -"\n" +"vil den visast under kvar tilkoblingstype.<br>\n" "Særleg HP-einingar er ofte tilgjengelege både vigde tilkoblingene 'usb:/…'\n" "'hp:/…'.\n" "Den siste typen finst i HP-driverpakken 'hplip'.\n" @@ -2075,23 +2019,19 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" -"specific printer model.<br>" -"\n" +"specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>" -"\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" -"are shown by default.<br>" -"\n" +"are shown by default.<br>\n" "If driver descriptions match to the autodetected model name\n" "and if all matching driver descriptions seem to belong to the same model,\n" "the driver descriptions are sorted so that the most reasonable driver\n" "should be listed topmost and this one is automatically preselected.\n" "If no driver is automatically preselected, you must manually\n" -"find and select an appropriate driver.<br>" -"\n" +"find and select an appropriate driver.<br>\n" "On the other hand if a driver was automatically preselected,\n" "it does not necessarily mean that this driver is\n" "a reasonable driver for your particular needs.\n" @@ -2101,19 +2041,16 @@ "can only work based upon comparison of strings\n" "(the autodetected model name and the driver descriptions)\n" "so that the result can be only a best-guess proposal\n" -"how to set up your particular printer model.<br>" -"\n" +"how to set up your particular printer model.<br>\n" "Therefore check if the currently preselected values make sense\n" "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" -"to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>" -"\n" +"to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" "it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" -"and search through all available driver descriptions.<br>" -"\n" +"and search through all available driver descriptions.<br>\n" "Usually the default driver option settings should be reasonable\n" "so that the driver works for your particular printer model.\n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" @@ -2130,23 +2067,19 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Ein <b>drivar</b> sørgar for at ein spesifikk skrivermodell\n" -"vert med forsynt riktige data.<br>" -"\n" +"vert med forsynt riktige data.<br>\n" "Viss feil driv tilordnes, vert feil data sendt til skrivaren,\n" -"noko som resulterer i utskrifter av dårleg kvalitet, kaotiske utskrifter eller ingen utskrift i det heile.<br>" -"\n" +"noko som resulterer i utskrifter av dårleg kvalitet, kaotiske utskrifter eller ingen utskrift i det heile.<br>\n" "Redigeringsfeltet for driversøkestrengen vert automatisk utfylt\n" "med modellnavnet på den tilkoblede og valde skrivaren\n" "og drivarane med driverbeskrivelser som svarar til modellnavnet,\n" -"vert viste som standard.<br>" -"\n" +"vert viste som standard.<br>\n" "Viss driverbeskrivelsene tilsvarer modellnavnet som vart funne automatisk\n" "og viss det ser ut til at alle samsvarande driverbeskrivelser tilhøyrer same modell,\n" "vert driverbeskrivelsene sortert slik at den meste fornuftige drivaren\n" "som oftast er oppførd først og er forhåndsvalgt.\n" "Viss ingen drivar er automatisk forhåndsvalgt, må du\n" -"finna og velja ein eigna drivar manuelt.<br>" -"\n" +"finna og velja ein eigna drivar manuelt.<br>\n" "On the other hand if a driv was automatically preselected,\n" "it does nót necessarily mean that this driv is\n" "a reasonable driv for your particular needs.\n" @@ -2156,19 +2089,16 @@ "can only work based upon comparison of strings\n" "(the autodetected model name and the driv descriptions)\n" "so that the result can be only a best-guess proposal\n" -"how to set up your particular printar model.<br>" -"\n" +"how to set up your particular printar model.<br>\n" "Therefore check if the currently preselected values make sense\n" "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" -"to what you know what works best for your printar.<br>" -"\n" +"to what you know what works best for your printar.<br>\n" "If no driv description matchast to the autodetected model name,\n" "it does nót necessarily mean that there is no driv available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driv descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driv search string\n" -"and search through all available drivar descriptions.<br>" -"\n" +"and search through all available drivar descriptions.<br>\n" "Usually the default driv option settings should be reasonable\n" "so that the drivar works for your particular printar model.\n" "Some driv option settings musa match to your particular printar.\n" @@ -2189,16 +2119,14 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Application programs do not show the actual printer device\n" -"but its associated <b>queue name</b>.<br>" -"\n" +"but its associated <b>queue name</b>.<br>\n" "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_'\n" "are allowed for the queue name and it must start with a letter.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Programma viser ikkje sjølve skriverenheten,\n" -"men eit <b>kønavn</b> som er tilordnet skrivaren.<br>" -"\n" +"men eit <b>kønavn</b> som er tilordnet skrivaren.<br>\n" "Berre bokstavar (A-Z og a-z), tal (0-9 og understrek '_')\n" "er tillatne i kønavnet, og namnet må byrja med ein bokstav.\n" "</p>" @@ -2208,36 +2136,30 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"One of the print queues may be set to be <b>used by default</b>.<br>" -"\n" +"One of the print queues may be set to be <b>used by default</b>.<br>\n" "Application programs should use such a system default print queue\n" "if no other print queue was specified by the user.\n" "But there is no such thing as the 'one and only' default queue.\n" "Beside a system default queue any user can maintain his own\n" "default queue setting and furthermore any application program\n" "may implement its own particular way of default queue setting\n" -"(e.g. the application may remember the previously used queue).<br>" -"\n" +"(e.g. the application may remember the previously used queue).<br>\n" "For details see the openSUSE support database\n" -"article 'Print Settings with CUPS' at<br>" -"\n" +"article 'Print Settings with CUPS' at<br>\n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Ein av utskriftskøene kan <b>veljast som standard</b>.<br>" -"\n" +"Ein av utskriftskøene kan <b>veljast som standard</b>.<br>\n" "Installerte program skal bruka denne systemstandardkøen automatisk\n" "viss ikkje ein annan køa angjevast av brukaren.\n" "Men det kan vera meir enn 'ein ein einaste' standardkø.\n" "I tillegg til systemstandardkøen kan kvar enkelt brukar ha sin eigen\n" "standardkø, og enkeltprogrammer\n" "kan òg ha sin eiga innstilling for standardkø\n" -"(programmet kan t.d. hugsa den køen som vart brukt sist).<br>" -"\n" +"(programmet kan t.d. hugsa den køen som vart brukt sist).<br>\n" "openSUSE support database inneheld meir informasjon i\n" -"artikklen 'Print Settings with CUP sin' på<br>" -"\n" +"artikklen 'Print Settings with CUP sin' på<br>\n" "http://ein.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_settings_with_cUPs\n" "</p>" @@ -2246,8 +2168,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"An alternative way to set up HP devices is to <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>" -"\n" +"An alternative way to set up HP devices is to <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>\n" "HP's own tool 'hp-setup' provides setup support in particular\n" "for HP printers and HP all-in-one devices which require\n" "a proprietary driver plugin to be downloaded from HP and\n" @@ -2255,17 +2176,14 @@ "Furthermore 'hp-setup' can provide better setup support\n" "for HP network printers and HP all-in-one network devices\n" "because HP's own tool can implement special handling\n" -"for special HP network devices.<br>" -"\n" +"for special HP network devices.<br>\n" "For details see the openSUSE support database\n" -"article 'How to set-up a HP printer' at<br>" -"\n" +"article 'How to set-up a HP printer' at<br>\n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Ein annan måte å setja opp HP-einingar på er med kommandoen <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>" -"\n" +"Ein annan måte å setja opp HP-einingar på er med kommandoen <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>\n" "HPs eige 'hp-setup'-verktøy er spesielt eigna for oppsett\n" "av HP-skrivarar og HP all-i-eit-einingar som krev\n" "at eit proprietært driverinnstikk lastast ned frå HP og\n" @@ -2273,11 +2191,9 @@ "'hp-setup' kan dessutan gje betre støtte\n" "for HP nettverksskrivere og HP alt-i-eit-nettverksenheter\n" "fordi HPs eige verktøy kan implementera spesielle funksjonar\n" -"for einskilde HP-nettverksenheter.<br>" -"\n" +"for einskilde HP-nettverksenheter.<br>\n" "openSUSE support database inneheld meir informasjon i\n" -"artikkelen 'How to set-up a HP printar' på<br>" -"\n" +"artikkelen 'How to set-up a HP printar' på<br>\n" "http://ein.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_seit-up_a_hP_printer\n" "</p>" @@ -2286,17 +2202,13 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Modify a Print Queue</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"To modify a queue, select only what you really want to be changed.<br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Modify a Print Queue</big></b><br>\n" +"To modify a queue, select only what you really want to be changed.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Endre ein utskriftskø</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vel berre det du vil endra når du endrar ein utskriftskø.<br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Endre ein utskriftskø</big></b><br>\n" +"Vel berre det du vil endra når du endrar ein utskriftskø.<br>\n" "</p>" #. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: @@ -2304,27 +2216,22 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>" -"\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" -"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>" -"\n" +"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" -"it is shown for each connection type.<br>" -"\n" +"it is shown for each connection type.<br>\n" "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" "For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" "(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" -"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>" -"\n" +"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>\n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the new selected connection.\n" "The drivers for which the driver description matches the model name\n" -"are shown by default.<br>" -"\n" +"are shown by default.<br>\n" "If driver descriptions match the autodetected model name\n" "and if all matching driver descriptions seem to belong to the same model,\n" "the driver descriptions are sorted so that the most reasonable driver\n" @@ -2335,43 +2242,35 @@ "printer model. The automated driver selection\n" "compares strings (the autodetected model name and the driver \n" "descriptions) so the result can only be a best-guess proposal\n" -"how to set up your particular printer model.<br>" -"\n" +"how to set up your particular printer model.<br>\n" "Therefore check if the currently preselected values make sense.\n" "Feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" -"to what you know works best for your printer.<br>" -"\n" +"to what you know works best for your printer.<br>\n" "If no driver description matches the autodetected model name, it does \n" "not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" "and search through all available driver descriptions.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Ein <b>tilkobling</b> avgjer korleis data vert send til skriverenheten.<br>" -"\n" +"Ein <b>tilkobling</b> avgjer korleis data vert send til skriverenheten.<br>\n" "Viss feil tilkobling vert vald, kan ingen data sendast til eininga,\n" -"og ingen utskrifter vil utførast.<br>" -"\n" +"og ingen utskrifter vil utførast.<br>\n" "Viss ein skriverenhet er tilgjengeleg via meir enn éin tilkoblingstype,\n" -"vert viste han under kvar tilkoblingstype.<br>" -"\n" +"vert viste han under kvar tilkoblingstype.<br>\n" "Spesielt HP-einingar er ofte tilgjengelege både vigde 'usb:/…'-\n" "og 'hp:/…'-tilkoblinger.\n" "Sistnemnde er tilgjengeleg med HP-driverpakken 'hplip'.\n" "For enkle utskrifter bør begge typane fungera, men for alt anna\n" "(t.d. enhetsstatus vigde 'hp-toolbox' eller skanning med ein HP alt-i-ei-eining)\n" -"må 'hp:/…'-tilkoblingen vert nytta.<br>" -"\n" +"må 'hp:/…'-tilkoblingen vert nytta.<br>\n" "Når du erstattar gjeldande tilkobling med ein annan,\n" "vert redigeringsfeltet for driversøkestrengen automatisk utfylt\n" "med namnet på den automatiske registrerte modellen med den nye tilkoblingen, \n" "og drivarane som samsvarer med han tilkoblede og valde skrivaren,\n" -"vert vist som standard.<br>" -"\n" +"vert vist som standard.<br>\n" "Viss driverbeskrivelsene samsvarer med den automatiske registrerte modellen\n" "og det verkar som alle samsvarande driverbeskrivelser tilhøyrer same modell,\n" "vert sortert driverbeskrivelsene slik at den meste fornuftige drivaren\n" @@ -2384,12 +2283,10 @@ "berre fungerer ved å samanlikna søkestrenger\n" "(det automatisk registrerte modellnavnet og driverbeskrivelsene),\n" "slik at resultatet berre kan vera eit forslag om\n" -"korleis din skrivermodell kan vert opp sett.<br>" -"\n" +"korleis din skrivermodell kan vert opp sett.<br>\n" "Kontrollar difor om dei forhåndsvalgte verda verkar fornuftige\n" "og eksperiment gjerne med innstillingane\n" -"for å finne fram til det som fungerer best med skrivaren.<br>" -"\n" +"for å finne fram til det som fungerer best med skrivaren.<br>\n" "Viss ingen driverbeskrivelse samsvarer med det automatisk registrerte modellnavnet,\n" "tyder det ikkje naudsynlegvis at det ikkje finst nokon driv for den aktuelle modellen.\n" "Det er ofte berre modellnavnet i driverbeskrivelsen\n" @@ -2404,32 +2301,26 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" -"specific printer model.<br>" -"\n" +"specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>" -"\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" "You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>" -"\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>\n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" -"must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>" -"\n" +"must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>\n" "For other driver option settings you can choose what you like.\n" "For example any choice of the available printing resolutions\n" "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.<br>" -"\n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.<br>\n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" "(i.e. you must finish this dialog as a first step)\n" "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" -"by using this dialog again.<br>" -"\n" +"by using this dialog again.<br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" @@ -2442,32 +2333,26 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Ein <b>drivar</b> sørgar for at riktig informasjon vert produsert for\n" -"ein spesifikk skrivermodell.<br>" -"\n" +"ein spesifikk skrivermodell.<br>\n" "Viss feil drivar er vald, vil feil informasjon sendast til skrivaren,\n" -"noko som vil gje eit dårleg utskriftsresultat eller ingen utskrift i det heile.<br>" -"\n" +"noko som vil gje eit dårleg utskriftsresultat eller ingen utskrift i det heile.<br>\n" "Du kan anten velja ein annan driv og endra driverinnstillingene seinare,\n" -"eller halda på gjeldande driv og endra driverinnstillingene no.<br>" -"\n" +"eller halda på gjeldande driv og endra driverinnstillingene no.<br>\n" "Nokre driverinnstillinger må samsvara med skrivaren du brukar.\n" "Standard papirstørrelse for drivaren må til dømes\n" -"samsvara med papiret som faktisk er lagt inn i skrivaren.<br>" -"\n" +"samsvara med papiret som faktisk er lagt inn i skrivaren.<br>\n" "For andre driverinnstillinger, kan du velja kva du foretrekker.\n" "Du kan til dømes vel kva for ein som helst av\n" "oppløsningsvalgene som er tilgjengelege for drivaren.\n" "Det kan likevel henda at utskrift mislukkast viss du vel\n" "for høg oppløysing, til dømes viss du har ein laserskriver\n" -"som ikkje har nok minne til å produsera sider med høg oppløysing.<br>" -"\n" +"som ikkje har nok minne til å produsera sider med høg oppløysing.<br>\n" "Når du erstattar gjeldande driv med ein annan,\n" "må du først aktivera denne endringa for utskriftskøen\n" "slik at den nye drivaren vert brukt for køen\n" "(dvs. at du først må fullføra denne dialogen),\n" "og deretter justera alle drivervalg i neste trinn\n" -"ved å gå tilbake til denne dialogen.<br>" -"\n" +"ved å gå tilbake til denne dialogen.<br>\n" "Redigeringsfeltet for driversøkestrengen er forhåndsutfylt\n" "med skildringa for drivaren som vart brukt før tilkoblingen vart endra.\n" "Dette resulterer normalt i éin enkelt samsvarande drivar,\n" @@ -2516,30 +2401,23 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Set Driver Options</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Set Driver Options</big></b><br>\n" "Usually it is best to leave the driver defaults because\n" -"the defaults should be reasonable for most cases.<br>" -"\n" +"the defaults should be reasonable for most cases.<br>\n" "Additionally, the print dialogs in most applications\n" "show the driver options too so that each user can specify\n" -"driver options for each individual printout.<br>" -"\n" +"driver options for each individual printout.<br>\n" "The only setting which should be checked in any case is the paper size,\n" "which must be set to what is actually used by default in the printer.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Definera drivervalg</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Definera drivervalg</big></b><br>\n" "Det er vanlegvis best å bruka standardinnstillingene fordi\n" -"desse bør fungera bra for vanleg utskrift.<br>" -"\n" +"desse bør fungera bra for vanleg utskrift.<br>\n" "Utskriftsdialogene i dei vanlegaste programmen viser dessutan\n" "òg drivervalgene, slik at brukaren kan angje\n" -"drivervalg for kvar enkelt utskrift.<br>" -"\n" +"drivervalg for kvar enkelt utskrift.<br>\n" "Han einaste innstillignen som alltid bør kontrollerast, er papirstørrelsen.\n" "Han bør alltid samsvara med papirstørrelsen som faktisk vert brukt i skrivaren.\n" "</p>" @@ -2550,22 +2428,17 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Non-default settings may not work in all cases or have unexpected\n" -"consequences.<br>" -" \n" +"consequences.<br> \n" "For example, a high resolution setting may not work for a laser printer\n" "when its default built-in memory is insufficient to process high resolution\n" -"pages.<br>" -" \n" +"pages.<br> \n" "Or a high quality setting may print intolerably slow on an inkjet printer.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Det er ikkje sikkert at andre val enn standardinnstillingene fungerer, og dei kan gje uventa resultat.<br>" -"\n" +"Det er ikkje sikkert at andre val enn standardinnstillingene fungerer, og dei kan gje uventa resultat.<br>\n" "Det er t.d. ikkje sikkert at høg oppløysing fungerer for ein laserskriver\n" -"dersom skrivaren sin internminne ikkje er tilstrekkeleg for å produsera sider med høg oppløysing,<br>" -"\n" +"dersom skrivaren sin internminne ikkje er tilstrekkeleg for å produsera sider med høg oppløysing,<br>\n" "eller utskrif av høg kvalitet kan føra til svært treig handsaming i ein blekkskriver.\n" "</p>" @@ -2575,25 +2448,20 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "In certain cases printer-specific driver settings\n" -"must be adjusted to get the full functionality of a printer.<br>" -"\n" +"must be adjusted to get the full functionality of a printer.<br>\n" "In particular, when the printer has optional units installed like\n" "a duplex unit or optional paper feeders, the respective driver settings\n" -"should be checked and adjusted.<br>" -"\n" +"should be checked and adjusted.<br>\n" "For example, a duplex unit option must be set to 'installed' or 'true'\n" "otherwise the driver may ignore duplex printing option settings.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Men i nokre tilfelle må skriverspesifikke driverinnstillinger\n" -"brukast for å få fullt utbytta av funksjonane til skrivaren.<br>" -"\n" +"brukast for å få fullt utbytta av funksjonane til skrivaren.<br>\n" "Dette gjeld spesielt viss det er montert tilleggsenheter på skrivaren, som\n" "einingar for tosidig utskrift eller ekstra papirmatere. Då bør driverinnstillingene\n" -"kontrollerast og vert justert.<br>" -"\n" +"kontrollerast og vert justert.<br>\n" "Valet for ein duplex-eining må t.d. kanskje verta til sett 'installed' eller 'truga'.\n" "Elles kan det henda at drivaren ikkje brukar innstillingane for tosidig utskrift.\n" "</p>" @@ -2603,30 +2471,23 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big></b><br>\n" "If a printer driver package is not marked, it is not installed.\n" -"Select the package if you want to install it.<br>" -"\n" +"Select the package if you want to install it.<br>\n" "If a printer driver package is marked, it is installed.\n" "Deselect the package if you want to remove it.\n" "In the latter case, make sure that there is no printer configuration \n" -"which needs the driver.<br>" -"\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"which needs the driver.<br>\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"
<b><big>Legg til eller fjern skriverdrivere</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"
<b><big>Legg til eller fjern skriverdrivere</big></b><br>\n" "
Viss ein skriverdriver ikkje er merkte, er han ikkje installert,\n" -"
og du kan velja han for installasjon.<br>" -"\n" +"
og du kan velja han for installasjon.<br>\n" "
Viss ein skriverdriver er merkt, er han installert\n" "
og du kan fjerne merkingen for å fjerne henne.\n" "
I så fall må du forsikra deg om\n" -"
at det ikkje er noko oppsett som treng drivaren.<br>" -"\n" +"
at det ikkje er noko oppsett som treng drivaren.<br>\n" "
</p>" #. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: @@ -2634,19 +2495,15 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Add a Printer Description File</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Add a Printer Description File</big></b><br>\n" "To set up a printer configuration, a printer description file\n" -"(PPD file) is required.<br>" -"\n" +"(PPD file) is required.<br>\n" "If a PPD file is not located in the /usr/share/cups/model/ directory,\n" "it is not available to set up a printer configuration with it.\n" "Therefore you can specify the full path of a PPD file,\n" "which is located elsewhere on your system, to get it installed\n" -"in the /usr/share/cups/model/ directory.<br>" -"\n" -"Note that a printer description file is not a driver.<br>" -"\n" +"in the /usr/share/cups/model/ directory.<br>\n" +"Note that a printer description file is not a driver.<br>\n" "For non-PostScript printers the PPD file alone is\n" "not sufficient to set up a working printer configuration.\n" "In particular, it does not work for non-PostScript printers\n" @@ -2657,31 +2514,24 @@ "For non-PostScript printers, you need a printer driver\n" "and a PPD file which matches exactly the particular driver.\n" "Matching PPD files are automatically installed at the right place\n" -"when you install the above mentioned printer driver packages.<br>" -"\n" +"when you install the above mentioned printer driver packages.<br>\n" "Only for PostScript printers, a PPD file alone is usually\n" "sufficient to set up a working PostScript printer configuration.\n" "In particular, it is sufficient when the PPD file does not\n" "contain a 'cupsFilter' entry because such an entry would\n" -"reference a printer driver.<br>" -"\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"reference a printer driver.<br>\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"
<b><big>Legg til ein skriverbeskrivelsesfil</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"
<b><big>Legg til ein skriverbeskrivelsesfil</big></b><br>\n" "
For å setja opp ein skrivar krevjast det ein skriverbeskrivelsesfil\n" -"
(PPD-fil).<br>" -"\n" +"
(PPD-fil).<br>\n" "
Viss ein PPD-fil ikkje finst i /usr/share/cup sin/model/ directory,\n" "
er han ikkje tilgjengeleg for bruk i eit skriveroppsett.\n" "
Difor kan du angje heile filstien til ein PPD-fil\n" "
dersom han er plassert eit annan stad i systemet, slik at han vert installert\n" -"
i katalogen /usr/share/cup sin/model/.<br>" -"\n" -"
Hugs at ein skriverbeskrivelsesfil ikkje er ein driv.<br>" -"\n" +"
i katalogen /usr/share/cup sin/model/.<br>\n" +"
Hugs at ein skriverbeskrivelsesfil ikkje er ein driv.<br>\n" "
For ikkje-PostScript-skrivarar er ikkje PPD-fila åleine\n" "
tilstrekkeleg for eit fungerande skriveroppsett.\n" "
For ikkje-PostScript-skrivarar fungerer det ikkje\n" @@ -2692,14 +2542,12 @@ "
For ikkje-PostScript-skrivarar treng du ein skriverdriver\n" "
og ein PPD-fil som samsvarer nøyaktig med denne drivaren.\n" "
Samsvarande PPD-filer installerast automatisk på riktig stad\n" -"
når du installerer dei aktuelle skriverdriverpakkene.<br>" -"\n" +"
når du installerer dei aktuelle skriverdriverpakkene.<br>\n" "
For PostScript-skrivarar er berre ein PPD-fil vanlegvis\n" "
tilstrekkeleg for å setja opp ein fungerande skrivar.\n" "
Dette gjeld spesielt dersom PPD-fila ikkje\n" "
innholder ein 'cupsFilter'-oppføring. Ein sånn oppføring kan referera\n" -"
til ein skriverdriver.<br>" -"\n" +"
til ein skriverdriver.<br>\n" "
</p>" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: @@ -2707,20 +2555,15 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Angje tilkobling</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"<b>Tilkobling</b> angjev korleis data vert send til skrivaren.<br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Angje tilkobling</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Tilkobling</b> angjev korleis data vert send til skrivaren.<br>\n" "Viss feil tilkoblingstype vert vald, kan ingen informajon sendast til skrivaren,\n" "og ingen utskrift vil vera mogleg.\n" "</p>" @@ -2730,88 +2573,60 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n" +"A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n" "Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" -"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>" -"\n" +"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" -"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>" -"\n" +"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>" -"\n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>" -"\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n" "Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" -"a full device URI could be for example:<br>" -"\n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>" -"\n" -"Some examples:<br>" -"\n" +"a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" +"Some examples:<br>\n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" -"with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>" -"\n" -"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3<br>" -"\n" +"with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n" +"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n" "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.1 which is accessible\n" -"via port 9100 may have a device URI like:<br>" -"\n" -"socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>" -"\n" +"via port 9100 may have a device URI like:<br>\n" +"socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>\n" "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.2 which is accessible\n" "via LPD protocol with a remote LPD queue name 'LPT1'\n" -"may have a device URI like:<br>" -"\n" +"may have a device URI like:<br>\n" "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>URI for skriverenhet</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Ein tilkobling vert angjevne som ein såklat <b>eining si-URI</b>.<br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>URI for skriverenhet</big></b><br>\n" +"Ein tilkobling vert angjevne som ein såklat <b>eining si-URI</b>.<br>\n" "Det første ordet (såkalla URI-skjema) angjev dataoverføringstypen,\n" -"til dømes 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd' eller 'ipp'.<br>" -"\n" +"til dømes 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd' eller 'ipp'.<br>\n" "Etter skjemaet kan det vera få eller mange ekstra komponentar\n" -"som spesifiserer den aktuelle dataoverføringstypen meir detaljert.<br>" -"\n" +"som spesifiserer den aktuelle dataoverføringstypen meir detaljert.<br>\n" "Mellomrom er ikkje tillaten i ein URI.\n" "Difor er eit mellomromtegn i ein URI-komponent\n" -"koda som '%20' (20 er heksadesimalverdien for mellomromtegnet).<br>" -"\n" +"koda som '%20' (20 er heksadesimalverdien for mellomromtegnet).<br>\n" "Komponentane i ein URI er adskilt av spesielle teikn som\n" -"kolon ':', skråstrek '/', spørsmålstegn '?', eit '&' eller er lik-teikna '='.<br>" -"\n" +"kolon ':', skråstrek '/', spørsmålstegn '?', eit '&' eller er lik-teikna '='.<br>\n" "Til slutt kan det vera valfrie parametrar (adskilt av eit spørsmålstegn '?')\n" "eller forma 'option1=verd1&option2=verd2&option3=verd3' slik at\n" -"ei fullstendig eining si-URI til dømes kan vera:<br>" -"\n" -"ipp://servar.domane:631/skrivarar/kønavn?waitjob=falsa&waitprinter=falsa<br>" -"\n" -"Nokre døme:<br>" -"\n" +"ei fullstendig eining si-URI til dømes kan vera:<br>\n" +"ipp://servar.domane:631/skrivarar/kønavn?waitjob=falsa&waitprinter=falsa<br>\n" +"Nokre døme:<br>\n" "Ein USB-skrivermodell 'Fun Printar 1000+' produsert av 'ACME'\n" -"med serienummer 'A1B2C3' kan ha eining si-URI:<br>" -"\n" -"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printar%201000%2B?Seriell=A1B2C3<br>" -"\n" +"med serienummer 'A1B2C3' kan ha eining si-URI:<br>\n" +"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printar%201000%2B?Seriell=A1B2C3<br>\n" "A nettverk printar med IP 192.168.100.1 which er accessible\n" -"vigd pellert 9100 may har a Eining URI like:<br>" -"\n" -"socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>" -"\n" +"vigd pellert 9100 may har a Eining URI like:<br>\n" +"socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>\n" "A nettverk printar med IP 192.168.100.2 which er accessible\n" "vigd LPD Protokoll med a ekstern LPD queue Namn 'LPT1'\n" -"may har a Eining URI like:<br>" -"\n" +"may har a Eining URI like:<br>\n" "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" "</p>" @@ -2820,8 +2635,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Percent Encoding</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Percent Encoding</big></b><br>\n" "The issue is complicated.\n" "It is recommended to avoid reserved characters and spaces\n" "for component values in URIs if the values are under your control\n" @@ -2836,11 +2650,9 @@ "(e.g. only letters, digits, and underscore are known to work\n" "for a CUPS print queue name and case is not significant there).\n" "Therefore it is best to use only lowercase letters, digits,\n" -"and underscore for all values in all URIs if possible.<br>" -"\n" +"and underscore for all values in all URIs if possible.<br>\n" "Reserved characters and space characters in the value of a component\n" -"must be percent-encoded (also known as URL encoding).<br>" -"\n" +"must be percent-encoded (also known as URL encoding).<br>\n" "When an input field in the dialog is intended to enter\n" "only a single value for a single component of the URI\n" "(e.g. separated input fields for username and password),\n" @@ -2851,8 +2663,7 @@ "For example if a password is actually 'Foo%20Bar' (non-percent-encoded),\n" "it must be entered literally in the password input field in the dialog.\n" "The automated percent-encoding results 'Foo%2520Bar' which is how\n" -"the value of the password component is actually stored in the URI.<br>" -"\n" +"the value of the password component is actually stored in the URI.<br>\n" "In contrast when an input field in the dialog is intended to enter\n" "more that a single value for a single component of the URI\n" "(e.g. a single input field for all optional parameters\n" @@ -2869,61 +2680,36 @@ "a first optional parameter 'option=this' and\n" "a second optional parameter which is only 'that'.\n" "Therefore a single optional parameter 'option=this&that'\n" -"must be entered percent-encoded as 'option=this%26that'<br>" -"\n" +"must be entered percent-encoded as 'option=this%26that'<br>\n" "Input fields which require percent-encoded input\n" -"are denoted by a '[percent-encoded]' hint.<br>" -"\n" -"Listing of characters and their percent encoding:<br>" -"\n" -"space ' ' is percent encoded as %20<br>" -"\n" -"exclamation mark ! is percent encoded as %21<br>" -"\n" -"number sign # is percent encoded as %23<br>" -"\n" -"Dollar sign $ is percent encoded as %24<br>" -"\n" -"percentage % is percent encoded as %25<br>" -"\n" -"ampersand & is percent encoded as %26<br>" -"\n" -"apostrophe / single quotation mark ' is percent encoded as %27<br>" -"\n" -"left parenthesis ( is percent encoded as %28<br>" -"\n" -"right parenthesis ) is percent encoded as %29<br>" -"\n" -"asterisk * is percent encoded as %2A<br>" -"\n" -"plus sign + is percent encoded as %2B<br>" -"\n" -"comma , is percent encoded as %2C<br>" -"\n" -"slash / is percent encoded as %2F<br>" -"\n" -"colon : is percent encoded as %3A<br>" -"\n" -"semicolon ; is percent encoded as %3B<br>" -"\n" -"equals sign = is percent encoded as %3D<br>" -"\n" -"question mark ? is percent encoded as %3F<br>" -"\n" -"at sign @ is percent encoded as %40<br>" -"\n" -"left bracket [ is percent encoded as %5B<br>" -"\n" -"right bracket ] is percent encoded as %5D<br>" -"\n" -"For details see 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax' at<br>" -"\n" +"are denoted by a '[percent-encoded]' hint.<br>\n" +"Listing of characters and their percent encoding:<br>\n" +"space ' ' is percent encoded as %20<br>\n" +"exclamation mark ! is percent encoded as %21<br>\n" +"number sign # is percent encoded as %23<br>\n" +"Dollar sign $ is percent encoded as %24<br>\n" +"percentage % is percent encoded as %25<br>\n" +"ampersand & is percent encoded as %26<br>\n" +"apostrophe / single quotation mark ' is percent encoded as %27<br>\n" +"left parenthesis ( is percent encoded as %28<br>\n" +"right parenthesis ) is percent encoded as %29<br>\n" +"asterisk * is percent encoded as %2A<br>\n" +"plus sign + is percent encoded as %2B<br>\n" +"comma , is percent encoded as %2C<br>\n" +"slash / is percent encoded as %2F<br>\n" +"colon : is percent encoded as %3A<br>\n" +"semicolon ; is percent encoded as %3B<br>\n" +"equals sign = is percent encoded as %3D<br>\n" +"question mark ? is percent encoded as %3F<br>\n" +"at sign @ is percent encoded as %40<br>\n" +"left bracket [ is percent encoded as %5B<br>\n" +"right bracket ] is percent encoded as %5D<br>\n" +"For details see 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax' at<br>\n" "http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Prosentkodet</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Prosentkodet</big></b><br>\n" "Dette er komplisert.\n" "Det vert rådt til å unngå reserverte teikn og mellomrom\n" "eller komponentverdier i URI-er viss verda er under kontrollen din\n" @@ -2938,11 +2724,9 @@ "(t.d. er det berre bokstavar, tall og understrek som heilt sikkert fungerer i eit\n" "namn på ein CUP sin-utskriftskø, og her skilst det ikkje mellom små og store bokstavar).\n" "Difor er det best å bruka berre små bokstavar, tal,\n" -"og understrek i alle URI-er viss det er mogleg.<br>" -"\n" +"og understrek i alle URI-er viss det er mogleg.<br>\n" "Reserverte teikn og mellomromtegn i verdet for ein komponent\n" -"må vera prosentkodet (òg kalla URL-koda).<br>" -"\n" +"må vera prosentkodet (òg kalla URL-koda).<br>\n" "Når eit tekstfelt i ein dialog skal innehalda berre \n" "ein eit einskilt verd eller ein einskild komponent i URI-ein\n" "(t.d. adskilte felt for brukernavn og passord),\n" @@ -2953,8 +2737,7 @@ "Viss til dømes passordet faktisk er 'Foo%20Bar' (ikkje prosentkodet),\n" "må det skrivast inn akkurat sånn i passordfeltet i dialogen.\n" "Den automatiske prosentkodingen gjev 'Foo%2520Bar', som er korleis\n" -"verdet av passordkomponenten vert lagra i URI-ein.<br>" -"\n" +"verdet av passordkomponenten vert lagra i URI-ein.<br>\n" "Viss derimot tekstfeltet i ein dialog skal innehalda\n" "meir enn eit einskilt verd eller ein enkelt URI-komponent,\n" "(t.d. eit enkelt tekstfelt for alle valgparametere\n" @@ -2971,55 +2754,31 @@ "eit første valgparameter 'option=this' og\n" "eit andre valgparameter som berre er 'that'.\n" "Difor må ein enkel valgparameter 'option=this&that'\n" -"prosentkodes som 'option=this%26that'<br>" -"\n" +"prosentkodes som 'option=this%26that'<br>\n" "Felt som krev prosentkoding,\n" -"er merkte med '[prosentkodet]'.<br>" -"\n" -"Liste over teikn med tilhøyrande prosentkoding:<br>" -"\n" -"mellomrom ' ' prosentkodes som %20<br>" -"\n" -"utropstegn ! prosentkodes som %21<br>" -"\n" -"number sign # is percent encoded as %23<br>" -"\n" -"Dollartegnet $ prosentkodes som %24<br>" -"\n" -"prosent % prosentkodes som %25<br>" -"\n" -"eit & prosentkodes som %26<br>" -"\n" -"apostrof / enkelt hermeteikn ' prosentkodes som %27<br>" -"\n" -"venstre parentes ( prosentkodes som %28<br>" -"\n" -"høgre parentes ) prosentkodes som %29<br>" -"\n" -"stjerne * prosentkodes som %2A<br>" -"\n" -"plusstegn + prosentkodes som %2B<br>" -"\n" -"komma , prosentkodes som %2C<br>" -"\n" -"skråstrek / prosentkodes som %2F<br>" -"\n" -"kolon : prosentkodes som %3A<br>" -"\n" -"semikolon ; prosentkodes som %3B<br>" -"\n" -"er lik-teikn = prosentkodes som %3D<br>" -"\n" -"spørsmålstegn ? prosentkodes som %3F<br>" -"\n" -"alfakrøll @ prosentkodes som %40<br>" -"\n" -"venstre hakeparentes [ prosentkodes som %5B<br>" -"\n" -"høgre hakeparentes ] prosentkodes som %5D<br>" -"\n" -"For meir informasjon, sjå 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic på' at<br>" -"\n" +"er merkte med '[prosentkodet]'.<br>\n" +"Liste over teikn med tilhøyrande prosentkoding:<br>\n" +"mellomrom ' ' prosentkodes som %20<br>\n" +"utropstegn ! prosentkodes som %21<br>\n" +"number sign # is percent encoded as %23<br>\n" +"Dollartegnet $ prosentkodes som %24<br>\n" +"prosent % prosentkodes som %25<br>\n" +"eit & prosentkodes som %26<br>\n" +"apostrof / enkelt hermeteikn ' prosentkodes som %27<br>\n" +"venstre parentes ( prosentkodes som %28<br>\n" +"høgre parentes ) prosentkodes som %29<br>\n" +"stjerne * prosentkodes som %2A<br>\n" +"plusstegn + prosentkodes som %2B<br>\n" +"komma , prosentkodes som %2C<br>\n" +"skråstrek / prosentkodes som %2F<br>\n" +"kolon : prosentkodes som %3A<br>\n" +"semikolon ; prosentkodes som %3B<br>\n" +"er lik-teikn = prosentkodes som %3D<br>\n" +"spørsmålstegn ? prosentkodes som %3F<br>\n" +"alfakrøll @ prosentkodes som %40<br>\n" +"venstre hakeparentes [ prosentkodes som %5B<br>\n" +"høgre hakeparentes ] prosentkodes som %5D<br>\n" +"For meir informasjon, sjå 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic på' at<br>\n" "http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" "</p>" @@ -3027,12 +2786,10 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n" "Devices which are connected via USB\n" "are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n" -"For example:<br>" -"\n" +"For example:<br>\n" msgstr "" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: @@ -3040,26 +2797,20 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" "Access happens via three different network protocols.\n" "See the manual of your network printer or printserver box\n" -"to find out what your particular device supports:<br>" -"\n" -"<b>TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>" -"\n" +"to find out what your particular device supports:<br>\n" +"<b>TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>\n" "The IP address and a port number is needed to access it.\n" "Often the port number 9100 is the right one.\n" "It is the simplest, fastest, and generally the most reliable protocol.\n" -"The matching device URI is:<br>" -"\n" -"socket://ip-address:port-number<br>" -".\n" -"<b>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</b><br>" -"\n" +"The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +"socket://ip-address:port-number<br>.\n" +"<b>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</b><br>\n" "A LPD runs on the device and provides one or more LPD queues.\n" "The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n" "Almost all network printers and printserver boxes support it.\n" @@ -3067,50 +2818,36 @@ "But using a correct LPD queue which does not change\n" "the data or add additional formfeeds or banner pages\n" "could be essential for reliable printing.\n" -"The matching device URI is:<br>" -"\n" -"lpd://ip-address/queue<br>" -".\n" -"<b>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</b><br>" -"\n" +"The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +"lpd://ip-address/queue<br>.\n" +"<b>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</b><br>\n" "IPP is the native protocol for CUPS running on a real computer,\n" "but if IPP is implemented in a small printserver box,\n" "it is often not implemented properly. Only use IPP if the vendor\n" "actually documents official support for it. \n" -"The matching device URI is:<br>" -"\n" -"ipp://ip-address:port-number/resource<br>" -".\n" +"The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +"ipp://ip-address:port-number/resource<br>.\n" "What 'port-number' and 'resource' exactly is depends\n" -"on the particular network printer or printserver box model.<br>" -"\n" -"For <b>more information</b> have a look at<br>" -"\n" +"on the particular network printer or printserver box model.<br>\n" +"For <b>more information</b> have a look at<br>\n" "http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Eining si-URIer for tilgjenge til nettverksskriver eller utskriftsserverboks</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Eining si-URIer for tilgjenge til nettverksskriver eller utskriftsserverboks</big></b><br>\n" "Ein utskriftsserverboks er ei lita eining med nettverksforbindelse\n" "og dessutan USB- eller parallellportforbindelse til sjølve skrivaren.\n" "Ein nettverksskriver har ei tilsvarande eining innebygget.\n" "Tilgjenge er mogleg via tre ulike nettverksprotokoller.\n" "Brukerveiledningen for nettverksskriveren eller utskriftsserverboksen inneheld informasjon\n" -"om kva eininga støttar:<br>" -"\n" -"<b>TCP-port (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>" -"\n" +"om kva eininga støttar:<br>\n" +"<b>TCP-port (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>\n" "IP-adressa og eit portnummer vert kravt for å få tilgjenge.\n" "Portnummer 9100 er ofte riktig.\n" "Dette er den enklaste, raskaste og generelt meste pålitelege protokollen.\n" -"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>" -"\n" -"socket://ip-adresse:portnummer<br>" -"\n" -"<b>LDP (Line Printar Daemon)</b><br>" -"\n" +"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n" +"socket://ip-adresse:portnummer<br>\n" +"<b>LDP (Line Printar Daemon)</b><br>\n" "Ein LPD-nisse køyrer på eininga og produserer éin eller fleire LPD-køar.\n" "IP-adresse og eit LPD-kønavn vert kravt for å få tilgjenge.\n" "Nesten alle nettverksskrivere og utskriftsserverbokser støttar denne protokollen.\n" @@ -3118,25 +2855,18 @@ "Men å bruka eit riktig LPD-kønavn som ikkje endrar\n" "data eller legger til format eller bannersider,\n" "kan vera avgjerande for påliteleg utskrift.\n" -"Samsvarande enhetsURI er:<br>" -"\n" -"lpd://ip-adresse/kø<br>" -"\n" -"<b>IPP (Internet Printing Protocol)</b><br>" -"\n" +"Samsvarande enhetsURI er:<br>\n" +"lpd://ip-adresse/kø<br>\n" +"<b>IPP (Internet Printing Protocol)</b><br>\n" "IPP er standardprotokollen for CUP sin på ei fysisk datamaskin,\n" "men dersom IPP vert nytta på ein liten utskriftsserverboks,\n" "vert han ofte ikkje riktig implementert. Nytte IPP berre dersom produsenten\n" "dokumenterer offisiell støtte for protokollen. \n" -"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>" -"\n" -"ipp://ip-adresse:portnummer/ressurs<br>" -"\n" +"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n" +"ipp://ip-adresse:portnummer/ressurs<br>\n" "Kva 'portnummer' og 'ressurs' er, avheng av\n" -"nettverksskriver- eller utskriftsserverboksmodellen.<br>" -"\n" -"Du finn<b>meir informasjon</b> på<br>" -"\n" +"nettverksskriver- eller utskriftsserverboksmodellen.<br>\n" +"Du finn<b>meir informasjon</b> på<br>\n" "http://www.cup sin.org/documentation.php/network.html\n" "</p>" @@ -3145,34 +2875,27 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n" "In contrast to a printserver box a print server machine\n" -"means a real computer which offers a print service.<br>" -"\n" +"means a real computer which offers a print service.<br>\n" "Access happens via various different network protocols.\n" "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" -"provides in your particular network:<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>" -"\n" +"provides in your particular network:<br>\n" +"<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n" "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" -"to a SMB printer share.<br>" -"\n" +"to a SMB printer share.<br>\n" "A server name and a printer share name and optionally a workgroup name\n" "is needed to access it.\n" "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" "Have in mind that spaces and special characters in those values\n" -"must be percent-encoded (see above).<br>" -"\n" +"must be percent-encoded (see above).<br>\n" "By default CUPS runs backends (here smbspool) as user 'lp'.\n" "When printing in an Active Directory (R) environment (AD)\n" "the user 'lp' is not allowed to print in this environment\n" "so that the traditional way to print via smbspool as user 'lp'\n" -"would not work.<br>" -"\n" +"would not work.<br>\n" "For printing in an AD environment additionally\n" "the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed.\n" "In this case the CUPS backend 'smb' link\n" @@ -3195,77 +2918,55 @@ "and the user's workstation must send its printing data\n" "directly to the SMB printer share in the AD environment.\n" "In particular it does not work on a separated CUPS server machine\n" -"where users who submit print jobs are not logged in.<br>" -"\n" -"For the traditional way a matching full device URI is:<br>" -"\n" -"smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer<br>" -"\n" +"where users who submit print jobs are not logged in.<br>\n" +"For the traditional way a matching full device URI is:<br>\n" +"smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer<br>\n" "For example 'John Doe' with password '@home!' may use something like\n" -"the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>" -"\n" -"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>" -"\n" -"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>" -"\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>" -"\n" +"the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n" +"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n" +"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" -"of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>" -"\n" +"of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n" +"<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n" "A Line Printer Daemon (LPD) runs on a traditional UNIX server\n" "and provides one or more LPD queues.\n" "The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n" -"The matching device URI is:<br>" -"\n" -"lpd://ip-address/queue<br>" -"\n" -"<b>CUPS Server</b><br>" -"\n" +"The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +"lpd://ip-address/queue<br>\n" +"<b>CUPS Server</b><br>\n" "Usually you should not set up a local print queue to access\n" "a remote queue on a CUPS server. Instead do the setup\n" "in the <b>Print Via Network</b> dialog.\n" "Only if you really know that you must set up a local print queue\n" -"to access a remote queue on a CUPS server proceed here.<br>" -"\n" +"to access a remote queue on a CUPS server proceed here.<br>\n" "IPP is the native protocol for CUPS which runs on a server.\n" "The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n" -"The matching device URI is:<br>" -"\n" -"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>" -"\n" +"The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Eining si-URI-er for å skriva ut via ein utskriftsservermaskin</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Eining si-URI-er for å skriva ut via ein utskriftsservermaskin</big></b><br>\n" "I motsetnad til ein utskriftsserverboks er ein utskriftsservermaskin\n" -"ei vanleg datamaskin som tilbyr ein utskriftstjeneste.<br>" -"\n" +"ei vanleg datamaskin som tilbyr ein utskriftstjeneste.<br>\n" "Tilgjenge vert skaffa via ulike nettverksprotokoller.\n" "Spør nettverksadministratoren kva for ein protokoll utskriftsservermaskinen\n" -"i nettverket ditt nyttar:<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Windows (R) eller Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>" -"\n" +"i nettverket ditt nyttar:<br>\n" +"<b>Windows (R) eller Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n" "For å få tilgjenge til ein delt SMB-utskriftsserver, må pakka samba-client installerast.\n" "Pakka inneheld CUP sin-bakgrunnsprosessen 'smb', som er ei lenkje til\n" "programmet <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt>, som sender datum\n" -"til ein delt SMB-skrivar.<br>" -"\n" +"til ein delt SMB-skrivar.<br>\n" "Det vert kravt eit servernavn, namnet på ein delt skrivar og eventuelt eit arbeidsgruppenavn\n" "for å få tilgjenge.\n" "Det kan dessutan henda at det vert kravt brukernavn og passord for å få tilgjenge.\n" "Hugs at mellomrom og spesialtegn i desse verda\n" -"må vera prosentkodet (sjå ovanfor).<br>" -"\n" +"må vera prosentkodet (sjå ovanfor).<br>\n" "Som standard køyrer CUP sin bakgrunnsprosesser (her smbspool) som brukaren 'LP'.\n" "Ved utskrift i eit Active Directory (R)-miljø (AD)\n" "har ikkje brukaren 'LP' lov til å skriva ut,\n" "slik at den vanlege utskriftsmetoden vigde smbspool som brukaren 'LP'\n" -"ikkje vil fungera.<br>" -"\n" +"ikkje vil fungera.<br>\n" "For utskrift i eit AD-miljø må òg\n" "pakka samba-krb-printing installerast.\n" "I dette tilfellet må lenkja til CUP sin-bakgrunnsprosessen 'smb' link\n" @@ -3288,49 +2989,33 @@ "og brukaren sin arbeidsstasjon må senda sine utskrift data\n" "direkte til den delte SMB-skrivaren i AD-miljøet.\n" "Det vil ikkje fungera på ein separat CUP sin-servermaskin\n" -"der brukarar som sender utskriftsjobber ikkje er logga på.<br>" -"\n" -"For den tradisjonelle metoden er ein samsvarande og fullstendig eining si-URI:<br>" -"\n" -"smb://brukernavn:passord@arbeidsgruppe/servar/skriv<br>" -"\n" +"der brukarar som sender utskriftsjobber ikkje er logga på.<br>\n" +"For den tradisjonelle metoden er ein samsvarande og fullstendig eining si-URI:<br>\n" +"smb://brukernavn:passord@arbeidsgruppe/servar/skriv<br>\n" "Til dømes kan 'Ola Nordmann' med passordet '@home!' bruka no slikt som\n" -"denne eining si-URI-ein for å få tilgjenge til ein delt 'Fun Printar 1000+':<br>" -"\n" -"smb://Ola%20Nordmann:%40home%21@MINGRUPPE/homeserver/Fun%20Printar%201000%2B<br>" -"\n" -"For <b>meir informasjon</b>, sjå <tt>ein smbspool</tt> og<br>" -"\n" -"http://ein.openSUSE.org/SDB:printing_via_sMB_(Samba)_share_or_windows_share<br>" -"\n" +"denne eining si-URI-ein for å få tilgjenge til ein delt 'Fun Printar 1000+':<br>\n" +"smb://Ola%20Nordmann:%40home%21@MINGRUPPE/homeserver/Fun%20Printar%201000%2B<br>\n" +"For <b>meir informasjon</b>, sjå <tt>ein smbspool</tt> og<br>\n" +"http://ein.openSUSE.org/SDB:printing_via_sMB_(Samba)_share_or_windows_share<br>\n" "'Windows' og 'Active Directory' er registrerte varemerke\n" -"for Microsoft Corporation i USA og/eller andre land.<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Tradisjonell UNIX-servar (LPR)</b><br>" -"\n" +"for Microsoft Corporation i USA og/eller andre land.<br>\n" +"<b>Tradisjonell UNIX-servar (LPR)</b><br>\n" "Ein linjeutskriftsnisse (LPD) køyrar på ein tradisjonell UNIX-servar\n" "og tilbyr éin eller fleire LPD-køar.\n" "Det vert kravt ein ip-adresse og eit LPD-kønavn for å få tilgjenge.\n" -"Ei samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>" -"\n" -"lpd://ip-adresse/kø<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Servane til-CUP</b><br>" -"\n" +"Ei samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n" +"lpd://ip-adresse/kø<br>\n" +"<b>Servane til-CUP</b><br>\n" "Normalt set du ikkje opp ein lokal utskriftskø for å få tilgjenge\n" "til ein ekstern kø på servane til ein-CUP. Dette vert i staden opp sett\n" "i dialogen <b>Skriv ut via nettverket</b>.\n" "Bara viss du veit nøyaktig kva du gjer, bør du setja opp ein lokal kø for å få\n" -"tilgjenge til ein ekstern kø på servane til ein-CUP.<br>" -"\n" +"tilgjenge til ein ekstern kø på servane til ein-CUP.<br>\n" "IPP er den interne protokollen for CUP sin som køyrer på ein servar.\n" "Den offisielle IANA-porten for IPP er 631.\n" -"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>" -"\n" -"ipp://ip-adresse:631/skrivarar/kø<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Novell Netware-utskriftsserver (IPX)</b><br>" -"\n" +"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n" +"ipp://ip-adresse:631/skrivarar/kø<br>\n" +"<b>Novell Netware-utskriftsserver (IPX)</b><br>\n" "For å få tilgjenge til utskriftskøer på ein Novell Netware-utskriftsserver\n" "må pakka ncpfs installerast.\n" "Pakka inneheld CUP sin-bakgrunnsprosessen 'novell', som køyrer\n" @@ -3338,10 +3023,8 @@ "Til ein Novell Netware-utskriftskø.\n" "Eit servernavn og eit utskriftskønavn vert kravt for å få tilgjenge it.\n" "Det kan òg henda at det vert kravt brukernavn og passord for å få tilgjenge.\n" -"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>" -"\n" -"novell://brukernavn:passord@servar/kø<br>" -"\n" +"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n" +"novell://brukernavn:passord@servar/kø<br>\n" "For <b>meir informasjon</b>, sjå <tt>ein nprint</tt> og\n" "annan dokumentasjon i pakka ncpfs.\n" "</p>" @@ -3351,114 +3034,79 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n" "<b>Specify an Arbitrary Device URI</b>\n" "if you know the exact right device URI for your particular case\n" -"or to modify an existing device URI in a special way.<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)</b><br>" -"\n" +"or to modify an existing device URI in a special way.<br>\n" +"<b>Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)</b><br>\n" "To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'pipe' which runs\n" "the program that you specified here.\n" -"The matching device URI is:<br>" -"\n" -"pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>" -"\n" +"The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +"pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>\n" +"<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>\n" "To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>" -"\n" +"The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>\n" "The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n" "which is then called by beh.\n" "This way beh can, depending on its configuration,\n" "repeat the call of the backend or simply hide the error status\n" "of the backend from being seen by the CUPS daemon.\n" -"The matching device URI is:<br>" -"\n" -"beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI<br>" -"\n" +"The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +"beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI<br>\n" "If nodisable is '1' beh always exits successfully\n" "so that the queue gets never disabled but on the other hand\n" -"print jobs are lost if there is an error.<br>" -"\n" +"print jobs are lost if there is an error.<br>\n" "Attempts is the number of attempts to recall the backend\n" -"in case of an error. '0' means infinite retries.<br>" -"\n" +"in case of an error. '0' means infinite retries.<br>\n" "Delay is the number of seconds between two attempts\n" -"to call the backend.<br>" -"\n" -"The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>" -"\n" -"Example:<br>" -"\n" -"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>" -"\n" +"to call the backend.<br>\n" +"The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n" +"Example:<br>\n" +"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n" "The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" -"and the print job is lost.<br>" -"\n" -"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>" -"\n" +"and the print job is lost.<br>\n" +"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Spesielle eining si-URI-er</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Spesielle eining si-URI-er</big></b><br>\n" "<b>Angje ein annan URI-type</b>\n" "viss du kjenner nøyaktig eining si-URI i eit spesielt tilfelle\n" -"eller for å endra ein eksisterande enehtes-URI på ein spesiell måte.<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Send utskriftsdata til anna program (pipa)</b><br>" -"\n" +"eller for å endra ein eksisterande enehtes-URI på ein spesiell måte.<br>\n" +"<b>Send utskriftsdata til anna program (pipa)</b><br>\n" "For å gjera dette må pakka cup sin-backends installerast.\n" "Pakka inneheld CUP sin-grunnsystemet 'pipa', som køyrer\n" "programmet du angjev her.\n" -"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>" -"\n" -"pipa:/stig/til/målkommando<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Feilhåndteringskjede for grunnsystem (beh)</b><br>" -"\n" +"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n" +"pipa:/stig/til/målkommando<br>\n" +"<b>Feilhåndteringskjede for grunnsystem (beh)</b><br>\n" "For å bruka dette må pakka cup sin-backends installerast.\n" -"Pakka inneheld CUP sin-grunnsystemet 'beh'.<br>" -"\n" +"Pakka inneheld CUP sin-grunnsystemet 'beh'.<br>\n" "'beh'-systemet er eit innpakning rundt det vanlege grunnsystemet,\n" "som deretter vil kallast beh.\n" "På den måten kan beh, avhengig av oppsettet,\n" "gjenta grunnsystemkommanoden eller skjula ein feilstatus\n" "for grunnsystemet for CUP sin-nissen.\n" -"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>" -"\n" -"beh:/ikkedeaktiver/forsøk/forskinkelse/opprinneligEnhets-URI<br>" -"\n" +"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n" +"beh:/ikkedeaktiver/forsøk/forskinkelse/opprinneligEnhets-URI<br>\n" "Viss ikkedeaktiver er '1', vil beh alltid avsluttast utan feil\n" "slik at køen aldri vert deaktivert, men på den andre sida vil\n" -"utskriftsjobber fjernast viss det oppstår ein feil.<br>" -"\n" +"utskriftsjobber fjernast viss det oppstår ein feil.<br>\n" "Forsøk er mengd forsøk på å aktivera grunnsystemet på nytt\n" -"viss det oppstår ein feil. '0' tyder uavgrensa mengd nye forsøk.<br>" -"\n" +"viss det oppstår ein feil. '0' tyder uavgrensa mengd nye forsøk.<br>\n" "Forseinking er mengd sekund mellom to forsøk\n" -"på å aktivera grunnsystemet.<br>" -"\n" -"Siste parameter er den originale eining si-URI-ein som køen hadde tidlegare.<br>" -"\n" -"Døme:<br>" -"\n" -"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-adresse:portnummer<br>" -"\n" +"på å aktivera grunnsystemet.<br>\n" +"Siste parameter er den originale eining si-URI-ein som køen hadde tidlegare.<br>\n" +"Døme:<br>\n" +"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-adresse:portnummer<br>\n" "beh-grunnsystemet freistar å få tilgjenge til ein nettverksskriver 3 gonger med forseinkinga til 5 sekund\n" "mellom forsøka. Viss tilkobling framleis mislukkast, vert ikkje køen deaktivert,\n" -"med utskriftsjobben vert fjerna.<br>" -"\n" -"Du finn <b>meir informasjon</b> i <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cup sin/backend/beh</tt> og på <br>" -"\n" -"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/ein/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler<br>" -"\n" +"med utskriftsjobben vert fjerna.<br>\n" +"Du finn <b>meir informasjon</b> i <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cup sin/backend/beh</tt> og på <br>\n" +"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/ein/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler<br>\n" "</p>" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: @@ -3466,34 +3114,26 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>\n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" -"to make printers available via network.<br>" -"\n" +"to make printers available via network.<br>\n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" "and accordingly on your host the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" -"which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>" -"\n" -"CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.<br>" -"\n" -"Regarding firewall:<br>" -"\n" +"which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n" +"CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.<br>\n" +"Regarding firewall:<br>\n" "Check if a firewall is active for a network zone\n" "in which printers are published via network.\n" "By default the SuSEfirewall allows any incoming information\n" "via a network interface which belongs to the 'internal zone'\n" -"because this zone is trusted by default.<br>" -"\n" +"because this zone is trusted by default.<br>\n" "It does not make sense to do printing in a trusted internal network\n" "with a network interface which belongs to the untrusted 'external zone'\n" "(the latter is the default setting for network interfaces to be safe).\n" "In particular do not disable firewall protection for CUPS\n" "(i.e. for IPP which uses TCP port 631 and UDP port 631)\n" -"for the untrusted 'external zone'.<br>" -"\n" +"for the untrusted 'external zone'.<br>\n" "To use remote printers in a trusted internal network\n" "and be protected by the firewall against unwanted access\n" "from any external network (in particular from the Internet),\n" @@ -3502,30 +3142,22 @@ "Use the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\n" "to gain security plus usefulness in your network\n" "and using remote printers in a trusted internal network\n" -"will work without any further firewall setup.<br>" -"\n" +"will work without any further firewall setup.<br>\n" "For details see the openSUSE support database\n" -"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>" -"\n" +"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Utskrift via nettverk</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"CUP sin (Common Unix Printing System) verta vanlegvis brukt til utskrift via nettverket.<br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Utskrift via nettverk</big></b><br>\n" +"CUP sin (Common Unix Printing System) verta vanlegvis brukt til utskrift via nettverket.<br>\n" "Som standard brukar CUP sin ein såkalla 'Browsing'-modus\n" -"for å gjera skrivarar tilgjengelege via nettverket.<br>" -"\n" +"for å gjera skrivarar tilgjengelege via nettverket.<br>\n" "I dette tilfellet må eksterne CUP sin-servera publisera skrivarane sine via nettverket,\n" "og vertsmaskinene må køyra CUP sin-nissen (cupsd),\n" -"ein prosess som lyttar etter innkommende informasjon om publiserte skrivarar.<br>" -"\n" -"CUP sin Browsing-informasjon vert motteken via UDP-port 631.<br>" -"\n" -"Om brannmurar:<br>" -"\n" +"ein prosess som lyttar etter innkommende informasjon om publiserte skrivarar.<br>\n" +"CUP sin Browsing-informasjon vert motteken via UDP-port 631.<br>\n" +"Om brannmurar:<br>\n" "Kontrollar om ein brannmur er aktivert for nettverkssonen\n" "der skrivarar vert publisert via nettverket.\n" "Som standard tillèt SuSEfirewall all innkommende informasjon\n" @@ -3548,11 +3180,9 @@ "Bruk brannmurmodulen i YaST for å utføra dette grunnoppsettet\n" "for eit effektivt og sikkert nettverk.\n" "Eksterne skrivarar kan då brukast i eit påliteleg internt nettverk\n" -"utan ytterlegare brannmurinnstillinger.<br>" -"\n" +"utan ytterlegare brannmurinnstillinger.<br>\n" "Du finn meir informasjon i openSUSE support database\n" -"i artikkelen 'Anda til CUP SANE Firewall settings' på<br>" -"\n" +"i artikkelen 'Anda til CUP SANE Firewall settings' på<br>\n" "http://ein.opensuse.org/SDB:CUP sin_and_sANE_firewall_settings\n" "</p>" @@ -3566,8 +3196,7 @@ "or when you cannot accept incoming information about published printers\n" "(e.g. because you must have firewall protection for the network zone\n" "in which printers are published), you can request printer information\n" -"from CUPS servers (provided the CUPS servers allow your access).<br>" -"\n" +"from CUPS servers (provided the CUPS servers allow your access).<br>\n" "For each CUPS server which is requested, a cups-polld process\n" "is launched by the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) on your host.\n" "By default each cups-polld polls a remote CUPS server\n" @@ -3580,8 +3209,7 @@ "eller viss du ikkje kan godkjenna innkommende informasjon om publiserte skrivarar\n" "(t.d. fordi du har brannmurbeskyttelse mot nettverkssonen\n" "der skrivarane er publiserte), kan du spørja etter skriverinformasjon\n" -"frå CUP sin-servera (viss du har tilgjenge til CUP sin-serverne).<br>" -"\n" +"frå CUP sin-servera (viss du har tilgjenge til CUP sin-serverne).<br>\n" "For servane til kvar-CUP som får ein førespurnad, vert ein cup sin-polld-prosess\n" "starta av CUP sin-nissen (cupsd) på din vertsmaskin.\n" "Standardinnstillingen er at kvar cup sin-polld skannar servane til ein-ekstern CUP\n" @@ -3595,8 +3223,7 @@ "<p>\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>" -"\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -3608,8 +3235,7 @@ "<p>\n" "Viss du skriv ut berre via nettverket og viss du alltid brukar servane til same-CUP,\n" "er det ikkje naudsynt å bruka Søket til-CUP og ha nissen til ein-CUP køyrande på vertsmaskinen.\n" -"Då er det enklare å angje CUP sin-serveren og gje direkte tilgjenge til han.<br>" -"\n" +"Då er det enklare å angje CUP sin-serveren og gje direkte tilgjenge til han.<br>\n" "Ein mogleg ulempe er at program kan hengja\n" "eit bel (inntill eit tidsavbrudd) når dei freistar\n" "å koble til Servane til-CUP medan han ikkje er tilgjengeleg\n" @@ -3628,8 +3254,7 @@ "or when you must access a network printer directly,\n" "or when you use another kind of print server\n" "e.g. when printing via a Windows (R) or Samba server\n" -"or when printing via a traditional Unix server.<br>" -"\n" +"or when printing via a traditional Unix server.<br>\n" "'Windows' is a registered trademark\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.\n" "</p>" @@ -3640,8 +3265,7 @@ "eller viss du må ha direkte tilgjenge til ein nettverksskriver,\n" "eller viss du brukar ein annan type utskriftsserver,\n" "t.d. utskrift via ein Windows (R). eller Sambaserver\n" -"eller utskrift via ein tradisjonell Unix-servar.<br>" -"\n" +"eller utskrift via ein tradisjonell Unix-servar.<br>\n" "'Windows' er a registrert varemerke\n" "for Microsoft Corporation i USA og/eller andre land.\n" "</p>" @@ -3651,28 +3275,22 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n" "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" -"its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>" -"\n" +"its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" "and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" -"which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>" -"\n" +"which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Dela utskriftskøer og publisera dei via nettverket</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Dela utskriftskøer og publisera dei via nettverket</big></b><br>\n" "Vanlegvis bør CUP sin (Common Unix Printing System) verta opp sett for å bruka\n" -"såkalla 'lyttemodus' for å gjera skrivarar tilgjengelege via nettverket.<br>" -"\n" +"såkalla 'lyttemodus' for å gjera skrivarar tilgjengelege via nettverket.<br>\n" "I så fall publiserer CUP sin-serveren sine lokale skrivarar via nettverket\n" "og CUP sin-nissen (cupsd) må køyra på CUP sin-klientane\n" -"for å laut etter innkommende informasjon om publiserte skrivarar.<br>" -"\n" +"for å laut etter innkommende informasjon om publiserte skrivarar.<br>\n" "CUP sin-informasjonen vert motteken via UDP-port 631.\n" "</p>" @@ -3682,14 +3300,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>" -"\n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>\n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" -"and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>" -"\n" -"It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>" -"\n" +"and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\n" +"It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>\n" "If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" "(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" @@ -3700,8 +3315,7 @@ "Angje deretter om skrivarar skal publiserast for klientane eller ikkje.\n" "I eit lokalnettverk er det vanlegast å setja opp CUP sin-lytting slik at\n" "alle vertsmaskiner i lokalnettverket har har eksternt tilgjenge\n" -"og publisera skrivarane til alle desse vertsmaskinene.<br>" -"\n" +"og publisera skrivarane til alle desse vertsmaskinene.<br>\n" "Det er ikkje naudsynt å publisera skrivarane i alle tilfelle.\n" "Viss du berre har servane til éin-CUP, er det ikkje naudsynt å bruka CUP sin-lytting.\n" "I så fall er det enklare å spesifisera CUP sin-serveren på klientsystemene\n" @@ -3714,38 +3328,32 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n" -"which remote hosts are allowed to access the CUPS server.<br>" -"\n" +"which remote hosts are allowed to access the CUPS server.<br>\n" "Allow remote access for computers within the local network\n" "will allow access from all hosts in the local network.\n" "A remote host is in the local network when it has an IP address\n" "that belongs to the same network as the CUPS server\n" "and when the network connection of the host\n" "uses a non-PPP interface on the CUPS server\n" -"(an interface whose IFF_POINTOPOINT flag is not set).<br>" -"\n" +"(an interface whose IFF_POINTOPOINT flag is not set).<br>\n" "Alternatively or additionally an explicite list of network interfaces\n" -"from which remote access is allowed can be specified.<br>" -"\n" +"from which remote access is allowed can be specified.<br>\n" "Alternatively or additionally an explicite list of\n" "allowed IP addresses and/or networks can be specified.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Det finst fleire metodar, som kan brukast parallelt, for å angje\n" -"kva for eksterne maskiner som skal ha tilgjenge til CUP sin-serveren.<br>" -"\n" +"kva for eksterne maskiner som skal ha tilgjenge til CUP sin-serveren.<br>\n" "Å tillat eksternt tilgjenge for maskiner i lokalnettverket\n" "vil gje tilgjenge for alle vertsmaskiner i lokalnettverket.\n" "Ein ekstern vertsmaskin er medlem av lokalnettverket Viss han har ein IP-adresse\n" "som tilhøyrer same nettverk som CUP sin-serveren\n" "og viss vertsmaskinens nettverksforbindelse\n" "brukar eit ikkje-PPP-grensesnitt på CUP sin serveren\n" -"(eit grensesnitt som ikkje har eit definert IFF_pOINTOPOINT-flagg).<br>" -"\n" +"(eit grensesnitt som ikkje har eit definert IFF_pOINTOPOINT-flagg).<br>\n" "Alternativt eller i tillegg kan det opprettast ein eksplisitt liste over nettverksgrensesnitt\n" -"som skal tillatast eksternt tilgjenge.<br>" -"\n" +"som skal tillatast eksternt tilgjenge.<br>\n" "Alternativt eller i tillegg kan det opprettast ein eksplisitt liste over\n" "tillatne IP-adresser og/eller nettverk.\n" "</p>" @@ -3755,28 +3363,23 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Regarding firewall:<br>" -"\n" +"Regarding firewall:<br>\n" "A firewall is used to protect running server processes\n" "(in this case the CUPS server process 'cupsd')\n" -"on your host against unwanted access via network.<br>" -"\n" +"on your host against unwanted access via network.<br>\n" "Printing via network happens in a trusted internal network\n" "(nobody lets arbitrary users from whatever external network\n" "print on his printer) and usually the users need\n" -"physical printer access to get their paper output.<br>" -"\n" +"physical printer access to get their paper output.<br>\n" "By default the SuSEfirewall lets any network traffic pass\n" "via a network interface which belongs to the 'internal zone'\n" -"because this zone is trusted by default.<br>" -"\n" +"because this zone is trusted by default.<br>\n" "It does not make sense to do printing in a trusted internal network\n" "with a network interface which belongs to the untrusted 'external zone'\n" "(the latter is the default setting for network interfaces to be safe).\n" "Do not disable firewall protection for CUPS\n" "(i.e. for IPP which uses TCP port 631 and UDP port 631)\n" -"for the untrusted 'external zone'.<br>" -"\n" +"for the untrusted 'external zone'.<br>\n" "To make printers accessible in a trusted internal network\n" "and be protected by the firewall against unwanted access\n" "from any external network (in particular from the Internet),\n" @@ -3785,37 +3388,30 @@ "Use the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\n" "to gain security plus usefulness in your network and\n" "sharing printers in a trusted internal network\n" -"will work without any further firewall setup.<br>" -"\n" +"will work without any further firewall setup.<br>\n" "For details see the openSUSE support database\n" -"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>" -"\n" +"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Om brannmurar:<br>" -"\n" +"Om brannmurar:<br>\n" "Ein brannmur vert nytta for å verna køyrande serverprosesser\n" "(i dette tilfellet CUP sin-serverprosessen 'cupsd')\n" -"på din vertsmaskin mot uønska tilgjenge via nettverket.<br>" -"\n" +"på din vertsmaskin mot uønska tilgjenge via nettverket.<br>\n" "Utskrift via nettverket vert utført i eit påliteleg internt nettverk\n" "(ingen lèt vilkårlige brukarar frå nokre eksterne nettverk\n" "skriva ut på skrivaren sin), og brukarar treng normalt\n" -"fysisk skrivertilgang for å henta utskrifter.<br>" -"\n" +"fysisk skrivertilgang for å henta utskrifter.<br>\n" "Som standard slepp SuSEfirewall gjennom all nettverkstrafikk\n" "via eit nettverksgrensesnitt som tilhøyrer 'intern sone'\n" -"fordi denne sona er påliteleg.<br>" -"\n" +"fordi denne sona er påliteleg.<br>\n" "Det gjev inga meining å skriva ut via eit påliteleg internt nettverk\n" "med eit nettverksgrensesnitt som er tilordnet ein upålitelig 'ekstern sone'\n" "(det siste er av sikkerhetsgrunner standardinnstillingen for nettverksgrensesnitt).\n" "Ikkje deaktiver brannmurbeskyttelsen for CUP sin\n" "(dvs. for IPP som brukar TCP port 631 og UDP via port 631)\n" -"for den upålitelige 'ekstern sone'.<br>" -"\n" +"for den upålitelige 'ekstern sone'.<br>\n" "For å få tilgjenge til skrivarar i eit påliteleg internt nettverk\n" "og vernast av brannmuren mot uønska tilgjenge\n" "frå eksterne nettverk (spesielt Internett),\n" @@ -3824,11 +3420,9 @@ "Bruk brannmurmodulen i YaST for å utføra dette grunnoppsettet.\n" "Det gjev eit sikkert og effektivt nettverk, og\n" "skrivarane kan delast i eit påliteleg internt nettverk\n" -"utan ytterlegare brannmurinnstillinger.<br>" -"\n" +"utan ytterlegare brannmurinnstillinger.<br>\n" "Du finn meir informasjon i openSUSE support database\n" -"i artikkelen Anda til CUP SANE Firewall settings' at<br>" -"\n" +"i artikkelen Anda til CUP SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\n" "http://ein.opensuse.org/SDB:CUP sin_and_sANE_firewall_settings\n" "</p>" @@ -3837,8 +3431,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>\n" "Operation policies are the rules used for each operation in CUPS.\n" "Such operations are for example 'print something', 'cancel a printout',\n" "'configure a printer', 'modify or remove a printer configuration',\n" @@ -3846,8 +3439,7 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Handlingspraksis for CUP sin</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Handlingspraksis for CUP sin</big></b><br>\n" "Handlingspraksiser er reglene som vert brukte for kvar handling i CUP sin.\n" "Slike handlingar kan til dømes vera 'skriv ut noko', 'avbryt ein utskrift',\n" "'sett opp ein skriv', 'endra eller slett eit skriveroppsett'\n" @@ -3859,11 +3451,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n" "The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n" -"CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device.<br>" -"\n" +"CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device.<br>\n" "Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n" "(for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" "and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n" @@ -3875,23 +3465,17 @@ "This could happen when any attempt to establish\n" "the communication with the printer is useless\n" "so that it does no make sense to retry the job.\n" -"<br>" -"\n" -"The following error policies exist:<br>" -"\n" -"Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>" -"\n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>" -"\n" +"<br>\n" +"The following error policies exist:<br>\n" +"Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Regler ved Feilen til-CUP</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Regler ved Feilen til-CUP</big></b><br>\n" "Reglene for feil definerer standardregelen som vil brukast dersom\n" -"CUP sin mislukkast i å senda ein utskirftsjobb til ein skriverenhet.<br>" -"\n" +"CUP sin mislukkast i å senda ein utskirftsjobb til ein skriverenhet.<br>\n" "Avhengig av måten skrivaren er tilkoblet på,\n" "(til dømes'parallell', 'usb', 'sokkel', 'lpd' eller 'ipp'),\n" "og avhenig av feiltypen,\n" @@ -3903,14 +3487,10 @@ "Dette kan skje dersom alle forsøk på å\n" "kommunisera med skrivaren vil vera nytteløse,\n" "slik at det ikkje er nokon vits i å freista å senda jobben på nytt.\n" -"<br>" -"\n" -"Følgjande regker ved feil finst:<br>" -"\n" -"Stopp skrivaren, og hald på jobben for utskrift seinare.<br>" -"\n" -"Send jobben på nytt frå byrjinga etter å venta litt (30 sekund som standard).<br>" -"\n" +"<br>\n" +"Følgjande regker ved feil finst:<br>\n" +"Stopp skrivaren, og hald på jobben for utskrift seinare.<br>\n" +"Send jobben på nytt frå byrjinga etter å venta litt (30 sekund som standard).<br>\n" "Avbryt og slett jobben, og hald fram med neste jobb.\n" "</p>" @@ -3919,17 +3499,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>\n" "Check the check box to run YaST's automatic configuration\n" -"for printers which are connected to the local host.<br>" -"\n" +"for printers which are connected to the local host.<br>\n" "For each autodetected local connected printer,\n" "YaST tests if there exists already a configuration.\n" "If there is not yet a configuration,\n" "YaST tries to find a matching driver for the printer\n" -"and if one is found, the printer is configured.<br>" -"\n" +"and if one is found, the printer is configured.<br>\n" "The resulting configuration is basically the same\n" "as if one would have selected an autodetected printer\n" "in the 'Add New Printer Configuration' dialog\n" @@ -3937,17 +3514,14 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Automatisk oppsett av lokalt tilkoblede skrivarar</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Automatisk oppsett av lokalt tilkoblede skrivarar</big></b><br>\n" "Kryss av i boksen for å køyra automatisk oppsett\n" -"av skrivarar som er koblet direkte til maskina.<br>" -"\n" +"av skrivarar som er koblet direkte til maskina.<br>\n" "For kvar lokal skriv som vert automatisk registrert,\n" "kontrollerer YaST om det finst eit eksisterande oppsett.\n" "Viss det ikkje finst noko oppsett,\n" "freistar YaST å finna ein eigna drivar for skrivaren\n" -"og setja opp skrivaren viss ein drivar vert funnen.<br>" -"\n" +"og setja opp skrivaren viss ein drivar vert funnen.<br>\n" "Det resulterande oppsettet vert i prinsippet det same\n" "som om brukaren hadde valt ein automatisk oppdaga skrivar\n" "i dialogen «Legg til nytt skriveroppsett»\n" @@ -3959,17 +3533,13 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\n" "The RPM package 'udev-configure-printer' provides\n" -"automatic configuration when USB printers are plugged in.<br>" -"\n" +"automatic configuration when USB printers are plugged in.<br>\n" "When its check box is initially not checked, it is not installed\n" -"and then you can select it so that it will be installed.<br>" -"\n" +"and then you can select it so that it will be installed.<br>\n" "When its check box is initially checked, it is already installed\n" -"and then you can un-select it so that it will be removed.<br>" -"\n" +"and then you can un-select it so that it will be removed.<br>\n" "When udev-configure-printer is installed,\n" "automatic USB printer configuration happens via the entries\n" "in its udev config file /lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules\n" @@ -3981,17 +3551,13 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Automatisk oppsett av USB-skrivarar</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<b><big>Automatisk oppsett av USB-skrivarar</big></b><br>\n" "Pakka 'udev-configure-printar' sørgar for\n" -"automatisk oppsett av USB-skrivarar når dei kobles til.<br>" -"\n" +"automatisk oppsett av USB-skrivarar når dei kobles til.<br>\n" "Viss valet ikkje er avkrysset, er ikkje pakka installert.\n" -"I så fall kan du kryssa av i boksen for å installera henne.<br>" -"\n" +"I så fall kan du kryssa av i boksen for å installera henne.<br>\n" "Viss valet allereie er avkrysset, er pakka installert,\n" -"og du kan velja å fjerna henne.<br>" -"\n" +"og du kan velja å fjerna henne.<br>\n" "Viss udev-configure-printar er installert,\n" "vil USB-skrivarar verta automatisk sett opp vigd oppføringene i\n" "den aktuelle udev-oppsettfilen /lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules,nsom i turen sin utløyser køyring av fila 'udev-configure-printar add'\n" @@ -4026,65 +3592,65 @@ #. Authors: Johannes Meixner #. #. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "Show" msgstr "Vis" #. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local" msgstr "&Lokal" #. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 #, fuzzy msgid "&Remote" msgstr "Ekste&rn" #. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasjon" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 #, fuzzy msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 #, fuzzy msgid "Location" msgstr "Plassering" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 #, fuzzy msgid "Default" msgstr "Standard" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" #. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "Opp&dater liste" #. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 #, fuzzy msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "Skriv ut &testside" @@ -4095,7 +3661,7 @@ #. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. #. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 #, fuzzy msgid "" "A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" @@ -4112,7 +3678,7 @@ #. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). #. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed #. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" @@ -4136,7 +3702,7 @@ #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" @@ -4146,14 +3712,14 @@ "(dette kan ta eit bel)" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 #, fuzzy msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "Vil du ikkje lengjer brukar den utilgjengelige CUP sin-serveren '%1'?" #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 #, fuzzy msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "For å halda fram må du stadfesta at '%1' ikkje lenger vil brukast." @@ -4161,20 +3727,20 @@ #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 #, fuzzy msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "Ein servar du ikkje har tilgjenge til, fører til ei endelaus rekkje av forseinkingar og feil." #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 #, fuzzy msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "Servane til-CUP %1" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 #, fuzzy msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "Kontrollerer om servane til ein-CUP er tilgjengeleg …" @@ -4182,42 +3748,42 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 #, fuzzy msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "Vel ein oppføring." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "Kan ikkje sletta" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 #, fuzzy msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "Dette er eit eksternt oppsett. Berre lokale oppsett kan slettes." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "Stadfest sletting" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 #, fuzzy msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "Det valde oppsettet vil slettast umiddelbart, og kan ikkje gjenopprettes." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "Slett oppsettet %1" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "Ikkje slett" @@ -4229,24 +3795,24 @@ #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "Stadfest sletting av ei klasse" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "Ei slette klasse kan ikkje gjenopprettes med dette verktøyet." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 #, fuzzy msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "Avviser utskriftsjobber" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 #, fuzzy msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "Testsiden kan ikkje skrivast ut fordi utskriftsjobber vert avvist." @@ -4254,13 +3820,13 @@ #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 #, fuzzy msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "Utskrift deaktivert" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 #, fuzzy msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "Testsiden kan ikkje skrivast ut fordi utskrift er deaktivert." @@ -4270,28 +3836,28 @@ #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 #, fuzzy msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "Det er utskriftsjobber i køen som kanskje vil slettast før testsiden skrivast ut." #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "Slett ventande utskriftsjobber for %1" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "Slett dei før utskrift av testside" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 #, fuzzy msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "Skriv ut testsiden etter dei andre utskriftsjobbene" @@ -4300,7 +3866,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "Kunne ikkje sletta alle jobbar i køen for %1." @@ -4320,32 +3886,32 @@ #. + (Printed with CUPS) show #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 #, fuzzy msgid "Test printout" msgstr "Utskriftstest" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 #, fuzzy msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "Skriv ut éin eller to sider, t.d. for å testa tosidig utskrift" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 #, fuzzy msgid "Single test page" msgstr "Éin testside" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 #, fuzzy msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "To testsider" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "Kunne ikkje skriva ut testside for %1." @@ -4354,28 +3920,28 @@ #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 #, fuzzy msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "Vent til testutskriften er fullførde" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 #, fuzzy msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "Testside send til %1. Utskriften bør snart starta." #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 #, fuzzy msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "Testutskriften var vellukka" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 #, fuzzy msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "Testutskrift mislukkast." @@ -4396,62 +3962,62 @@ #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 #, fuzzy msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "Det er utskriftsjobber i køen som kan slettast no." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "Slett alle ventande jobbar" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "Ikkje slett" #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 #, fuzzy msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "Fila /var/log/cup sin/error_log inneheld heile loggen." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 #, fuzzy msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "CUP sin-logg for handsaming av testside for %1 (berre engelsk)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 #, fuzzy msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "Fila /var/log/cup sin/error_log inneheld Informasjonen til-CUP." #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 #, fuzzy msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "Be ein administrator for det eksterne systemet om hjelp viss ein utskrift via eit eksternt system mislukkast." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 #, fuzzy msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "Det er ein konflikt mellom ekstern CUP sin-serverinnstilling og nytt oppsett." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "Kan ikkje endra" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 #, fuzzy msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "Dette er eit eksternt oppsett. Berre lokale oppsett kan endrast." @@ -4987,14 +4553,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"AutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>" -"\n" +"AutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\n" "There is no AutoYaST support for local print queues.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"AutoYaST-innstillingar for utskrift med CUP sin via nettverket.<br>" -"\n" +"AutoYaST-innstillingar for utskrift med CUP sin via nettverket.<br>\n" "Det er ingen AutoYaST-støtte for lokale utskriftskøer.\n" "</p>" @@ -5550,77 +5114,56 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n" #~ "are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n" -#~ "For example:<br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "parallel:/dev/lp0<br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "For example:<br>\n" +#~ "parallel:/dev/lp0<br>\n" +#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n" +#~ "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>\n" #~ "Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n" #~ "When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n" -#~ "with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device.<br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device.<br>\n" #~ "To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n" #~ "the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" -#~ "The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP.<br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP.<br>\n" #~ "In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n" #~ "are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n" #~ "The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n" #~ "what the serial port in the printer requires,\n" #~ "see the manual of your serial printer.\n" -#~ "Example device URIs:<br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Example device URIs:<br>\n" +#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n" +#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n" #~ "To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" #~ "The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" #~ "to a bluetooth printer.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b><big>Eining si-URI-er for direktetilkoblede einingar</big></b><br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "<b><big>Eining si-URI-er for direktetilkoblede einingar</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Einingar som kobles til vigde parallellporten eller vigde USB,\n" #~ "vert registrert automatisk, og ei eining si-URI is genererast automatisk.\n" -#~ "Til dømes:<br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "parallel:/dev/LP0<br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printar?serial=A1B2C3<br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "hp:/usb/HP_laserJet?serial=1234<br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Til dømes:<br>\n" +#~ "parallel:/dev/LP0<br>\n" +#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printar?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n" +#~ "hp:/usb/HP_laserJet?serial=1234<br>\n" #~ "Normalt vil berre automatisk genererte eining si-URI-er fungera.\n" #~ "Viss eininga ikkje vert oppdaga automatisk, vil det normalt ikkje vera mogleg å kommunisera\n" -#~ "med eininga, og ingen data vil sendast til han.<br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "med eininga, og ingen data vil sendast til han.<br>\n" #~ "For å få tilgjenge til ein HP-skriv eller ein alt-i-ei-eining vigd 'hp'-grunnsystemet\n" #~ "må RPM-pakka hplip installerast.\n" -#~ "Pakka inneheld HPs utskrifts- og skanneprogramvare HPLIP.<br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Pakka inneheld HPs utskrifts- og skanneprogramvare HPLIP.<br>\n" #~ "Einingar som kobles til via ein serieport, bluetooth,\n" #~ "eller SCSI vert vanlegvis registrert ikkje automatisk, slik at ei eining si-URI må\n" #~ "angjevast manuelt.\n" #~ "URI-parametrar for serielle einingar må samsvara med\n" #~ "skrivaren sin serieport.\n" #~ "Sjå brukerveiledningen for den serielle skrivaren.\n" -#~ "Døme på eining si-URI-er:<br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bitar sine=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>" -#~ "\n" -#~ "scsi:/dev/sg9<br>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "Døme på eining si-URI-er:<br>\n" +#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bitar sine=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n" +#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n" +#~ "scsi:/dev/sg9<br>\n" #~ "For å få tilgjenge til ei eining vigd bluetooth må RP-pakka bluez-cup sin installerast.\n" #~ "Pakka inneheld CUP sin-grunnsystemet 'bluetooth', som sender data\n" #~ "til ein bluetooth-skriv.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/rdp.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/rdp.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/rdp.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -78,13 +78,11 @@ #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a RDP\n" "client, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\n" -"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>" -"\n" +"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title @@ -98,52 +96,52 @@ msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" #. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "" #. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "" #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/rear.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/rear.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/rear.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -146,9 +146,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440 -msgid "" -"<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving." -"<p>" +msgid "<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving.<p>" msgstr "" #. prepare advanced menu @@ -234,11 +232,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Analyzing system" +msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Reading rear settings" +msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/registration.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/registration.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/registration.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -19,30 +19,6 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" -#. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Local Registration Servers" -msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver" - -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 -msgid "" -"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" -"or the default SUSE registration server." -msgstr "" - -#. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No registration server selected." -msgstr "Bruk egendefinert registreringsserver" - -#. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" -msgstr "Oppset for Novell kundesenter" - #. popup message #. popup message #. popup message @@ -60,9 +36,9 @@ #. dialog title #. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration #. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 @@ -77,24 +53,24 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Registreringa er fullførd." #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" #. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system #. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "Serverens CA-sertifikat:" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 #, fuzzy msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "Serverens CA-sertifikat:" @@ -102,8 +78,8 @@ #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 #, fuzzy msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Registreringskode" @@ -256,30 +232,26 @@ msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "Fingeravtrykk:" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" -msgstr "" - +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 -msgid "Connection time out." +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" +"the connection is reliable." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 #, fuzzy msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Registreringskode" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -295,34 +267,34 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 #, fuzzy -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "Registreringskode" +msgid "Connection to registration server failed." +msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Registreringa kan ikkje utførast." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +"Retry the operation later." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 #, fuzzy msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Detaljer …" @@ -330,7 +302,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been #. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, #. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -340,23 +312,23 @@ msgstr "" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -364,6 +336,24 @@ "protocol is installed at the server." msgstr "" +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 #, fuzzy @@ -371,20 +361,20 @@ msgstr "Oppset for Novell kundesenter" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -393,7 +383,7 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" @@ -402,15 +392,15 @@ #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name #. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Registreringskode" #. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "Registreringskode" @@ -421,30 +411,30 @@ #. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 #, fuzzy msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul" -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "Registreringskode" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" @@ -452,7 +442,7 @@ msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -460,7 +450,7 @@ #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -475,7 +465,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed #. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] #. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -486,41 +476,41 @@ #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Ukjend feil" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Startar registrering …" #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -570,8 +560,7 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" -"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>" -"\n" +"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n" "<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -591,35 +580,39 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 #, fuzzy msgid "Details" msgstr "Detaljer …" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "" #. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -635,7 +628,7 @@ msgstr "" #. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" @@ -695,32 +688,32 @@ msgstr "" #. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "" #. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon #. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "" #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Registreringskode" @@ -748,10 +741,8 @@ msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "Registreringskode" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -760,64 +751,74 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 #, fuzzy msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Innstillingar for SMT-servar" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 #, fuzzy msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "Serverens CA-sertifikat:" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Serverens CA-sertifikat:" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 #, fuzzy msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "SMT-sertifikat: %1" #. the UI defition for the main dialog #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgid "Register System via %s" +msgstr "Registreringskode" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" +msgstr "Registreringsserver:" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Registrering" #. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 #, fuzzy msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul" @@ -826,52 +827,35 @@ #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #. the main dialog content #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." +msgstr "" + #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" "\n" "You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" +"Customer Center for online registration." msgstr "" -#. label text describing the registration (1/2) -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" -"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" -"a registered system." -msgstr "" - -#. label text describing the registration (2/2), -#. not displayed in installed system -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 -msgid "" -"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" -"installation has completed." -msgstr "" - #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 #, fuzzy -msgid "Network Configuration..." +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "Oppset for Novell kundesenter" #. SSL error message @@ -898,22 +882,22 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>" +msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) @@ -921,17 +905,6 @@ msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>" msgstr "" -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 -msgid "Invalid URL." -msgstr "" - -#. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" -msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver" - #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 @@ -962,19 +935,19 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "Oppdaterer pakkebrønner …" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "SMT-Servar: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "" @@ -1035,17 +1008,17 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "" @@ -1055,38 +1028,38 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1136,18 +1109,82 @@ "You can manually register the system from scratch." msgstr "" -#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [ArrayYast::SlpServiceClass::Service] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#, fuzzy msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Kontrollerer …" -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 #, fuzzy msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Bruk lokal registreringsserver" +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 #, fuzzy +msgid "Service selection" +msgstr "Innstillingar for SMT-servar" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +msgid "Select a detected service from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No service was selected." +msgstr "Bruk egendefinert registreringsserver" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Registration failed." +#~ msgstr "Registreringskode" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +#~ msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Migration Repositories" #~ msgstr "Oppdaterer pakkebrønner" @@ -1435,8 +1472,7 @@ #~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Under registreringsprosessen vil ein Novell-servar kontaktast (eller ein lokal registreringsserver viss det finst for føretaket ditt).\n" @@ -1637,11 +1673,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Other information used for registration is shown in <b>Registration\n" -#~ "Data</b>.<br>" -#~ "To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then enter the\n" +#~ "Data</b>.<br>To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then enter the\n" #~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>.<br>" -#~ "Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" +#~ "-a</tt>.<br>Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" #~ "key-value pair with <b>Delete</b> or modify an existing pair with <b>Edit</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Annan informasjon som vert brukt ved registreringa, vert vist under <b>Registreringsdata</b>. Legg til ein nytt nøkkel/verd-par ved å trykkja <b>Legg til</b> og angje aktuelle verd. Desse parametrane kan sendast med kommandoen <tt>susa_register -a</tt>. Bruk kommandoen <tt>susa_register -p</tt> for å vise meir informasjon om parametrane. Fjern eit par med <b>Slett</b> eller endre eit eksisterande par med <b>Rediger</b>.</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/reipl.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/reipl.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/reipl.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -28,12 +28,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" -"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" +"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Etter at maskina er slegen av, last systemet på nytt\n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ "med WWPN '%2'\n" "og LUN '%3'.\n" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -174,63 +174,45 @@ #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing reipl Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing reipl Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer reipl-oppsett</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vent…<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer reipl-oppsett</big></b><br>\n" +"Vent…<br></p>\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" +"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving reipl Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving reipl Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar reipl-oppsett</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vent…<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar reipl-oppsett</big></b><br>\n" +"Vent…<br></p>\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" "Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Configure dialog help 1 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:55 @@ -246,8 +228,7 @@ "listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" -"necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>" -"\n" +"necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Vel ein av metodane for omstart av maskina med valgknappene\n" "under <b>reipl-metodar</b>. Avhengig av kva maskina støttar,\n" @@ -286,8 +267,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>The <b>worldwide port number</b> (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n" -"letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>" -"\n" +"letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Det <b>globale portnummeret</b> (WWPN) må verta med angjeve små\n" "bokstavar som ein heksverdi med 16 siffer, t.d. 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>" @@ -321,8 +301,7 @@ "<p>The <b>boot record logical block address</b> (LBA) specifies the master\n" "boot record and is currently always 0.</p>" msgstr "" -" " -"<p><b>Logisk blokkadresse for oppstartsoppføring</b> (LBA) angjev\n" +" <p><b>Logisk blokkadresse for oppstartsoppføring</b> (LBA) angjev\n" "hovedoppstartsoppføringen og er førebels alltid 0.</p>" #. Configure dialog help 9 Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-client.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -525,63 +525,45 @@ #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av Samba-klient</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vent…<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av Samba-klient</big></b><br>\n" +"Vent…<br></p>\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialiseringen</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Du kan trygt avslutta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <B>Avbryt</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialiseringen</big></b><br>\n" +"Du kan trygt avslutta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <B>Avbryt</b>.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for Samba-klient</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vent…<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for Samba-klient</big></b><br>\n" +"Vent…<br></p>\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" "Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title #. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) @@ -595,24 +577,20 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" -"Specify the name of the membership.</p>" -"\n" +"Specify the name of the membership.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Ein Linux-klient kan vera medlem av ein arbeidsgruppe, eit NT-domane eller eit Active Directory-domane. \n" -"Her spesifiserer du namnet på medlemskapen </p>" -"\n" +"Her spesifiserer du namnet på medlemskapen </p>\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>" -"\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Nytte SMB-informasjon for Linux-autentisering</b> tillèt \n" -"verifisering av passord mot NT-serveren eller Kerberos-serveren ved medlemskap i eit AD-domane.</p>" -"\n" +"verifisering av passord mot NT-serveren eller Kerberos-serveren ved medlemskap i eit AD-domane.</p>\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 @@ -626,34 +604,26 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>" -"\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Når du klikkar <b>OK</b>, vil systemet kontrollera medlemskapen og\n" -"tillata denne vertsmaskinen å verta medlem i eit eventuelt NT-eller Active Directory-domane.</p>" -"\n" +"tillata denne vertsmaskinen å verta medlem i eit eventuelt NT-eller Active Directory-domane.</p>\n" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Spesifiser namnet på NT-domenet eller Active Directory-domenet.</p>" -"\n" +msgid "<p>Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Spesifiser namnet på NT-domenet eller Active Directory-domenet.</p>\n" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>When you press <b>Next</b>, the system verifies the domain and\n" -"allows this host to join the domain.</p>" -"\n" +"allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Når du klikkar <b>Fullfør</b>, vil systemet kontrollera domenet og\n" -"tillata denne vertsmaskinen å verta medlem.</p>" -"\n" +"tillata denne vertsmaskinen å verta medlem.</p>\n" #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 @@ -700,14 +670,12 @@ "<p>\n" "To synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\n" "as an NTP client. Access the configuration with <b>NTP Configuration</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "For å synkronisera tida med ein NTP-servar, konfigurerer du maskina\n" "som ein NTP-klient. Dette kan du gjera under <b>NTP-konfigurasjon</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. default value of Machine Account #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 @@ -1011,90 +979,90 @@ msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 #, fuzzy msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "<p><b>Arbeidsgruppe eller domane</b>: %1</p>" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "" #. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 #, fuzzy msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1" msgstr "Frakoblet autentisering aktivert" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 #, fuzzy msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 #, fuzzy msgid "No" msgstr "Nei" #. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" -"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" +"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" "Fordi brukarar er koblet til denne Sambaen-serveren,\n" "er serverkonfigurasjonen lasta på nytt utan omstart av serveren.\n" @@ -969,119 +969,85 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av Samba-servar </big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vent…<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av Samba-servar </big></b><br>\n" +"Vent…<br></p>\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" +"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for Samba-servar </big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vent…<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for Samba-servar </big></b><br>\n" +"Vent…<br></p>\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring:</big></b><br>\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" "Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n" "Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Val av arbeidsgruppe eller domane</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Val av arbeidsgruppe eller domane</big></b><br>\n" "Vel eit eksisterande namn på ein arbeidsgruppe eller et domen, eller skriv eit nytt namn og klikk <b>Neste</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>" -"\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>\n" "<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>" -"\n" +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n" "<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Samba-servertype</big></b></p>" -"\n" -"<p>Ein domenekontroller tillèt Windows-klientar å logga på eit Windows-domane.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Samba-servertype</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>Ein domenekontroller tillèt Windows-klientar å logga på eit Windows-domane.</p>\n" "<p>Den sekundære kontrolleren brukar ein annan domenekontroller for validering.\n" -"Den primære kontrolleren brukar sin eigen informasjon om brukarar og passord.</p>" -"\n" +"Den primære kontrolleren brukar sin eigen informasjon om brukarar og passord.</p>\n" "<p>Tilgjengelege val i konfigurasjonsdialogen avheng av innstillingane her.</p>" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>" -"\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n" "<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Samba-servertype</big></b></p>" -"\n" -"<p>Ein domenekontroller tillèt Windows-klientar å logga på eit Windows-domane.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Samba-servertype</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>Ein domenekontroller tillèt Windows-klientar å logga på eit Windows-domane.</p>\n" "<p>Tilgjengelege val i konfigurasjonsdialogene \n" "avheng av innstillingane her.</p>" @@ -1095,12 +1061,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n" -"are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br>" -"</p>" +"are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p>Dette er ei liste over konfigurerte delte ressursar, anten dei \n" -"er aktiverte eller deaktiverte, og litt grunnleggjande informasjon om dei.<br>" -"</p>" +"er aktiverte eller deaktiverte, og litt grunnleggjande informasjon om dei.<br></p>" #. Share list dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 @@ -1126,15 +1090,13 @@ "Homes is a special system share for accessing home directories\n" "of users. The system shares can be hidden from the table\n" "by selecting <b>Do Not Show System Shares</b> in the <b>Filter</b>\n" -"menu.</p>" -"\n" +"menu.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Nokre delte ressursar er spesielle. Ressursen\n" "Homes er til dømes ein spesiell systemressurs som gjev tilgjenge til brukarane sine\n" "hjemmekataloger. Delte systemressurser kan skjulast i tabellen\n" "ved å velja <b>Ikkje vis delte systemressurser</b> i <b>Filter</b>-\n" -"menyen.</p>" -"\n" +"menyen.</p>\n" #. Share list dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 @@ -1142,29 +1104,23 @@ msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new share, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "already existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \n" -"remove the information about a share.</p>" -"\n" +"remove the information about a share.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Bruk <b>Legg til</b> for å leggja til ein ny delt ressurs, <b>Rediger</b> for å endra\n" "eksisterande delte ressursar og <b>Slett</b> for å slette\n" -"informasjonen om ein delt ressurs.</p>" -"\n" +"informasjonen om ein delt ressurs.</p>\n" #. Identity dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Identity</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Identity</big></b><br>\n" "These options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\n" -"primary role in the network.</p>" -"\n" +"primary role in the network.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Identitet</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Identitet</big></b><br>\n" "Med desse vala kan du setja opp serverens identitet og\n" -"kva for ein primær rolle han skal ha i nettverket.</p>" -"\n" +"kva for ein primær rolle han skal ha i nettverket.</p>\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 @@ -1175,16 +1131,14 @@ "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" -"<b>Not a DC</b> value.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Not a DC</b> value.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Grunninnstillingene avgjer domenets og\n" "serverens rolle. <b>Sekundær domenekontroller</b> og <b>Primær domenekontroller</b> tillèt Windows-klientar å logga på eit Windows-domane. Den sekundære kontrolleren \n" "brukar ein annan domenekontroller for validering. Den primære kontrolleren\n" "nyttar eigen informasjon om brukarar og passord.\n" "Viss serveren ikkje skal vera ein domenekontroller, vel verdet\n" -"<b>Ingen DC</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Ingen DC</b>.</p>\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 @@ -1193,14 +1147,12 @@ "<p>The <b>Base Settings</b> set up the domain and the\n" "server role. <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allows Windows clients\n" "to log in to a Windows domain. If the server should not participate\n" -"as a domain controller, choose <b>Not a DC</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"as a domain controller, choose <b>Not a DC</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Grunninnstillinger</b> avgjer domenets og\n" "serverens rolle. <b>Primær domenekontroller</b> tillèt\n" "Windows-klientar å logga på eit Windows-domane. Viss serveren ikkje skal vera\n" -"ein domenekontroller, vel verdet <b>Ingen DC</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"ein domenekontroller, vel verdet <b>Ingen DC</b>.</p>\n" #. Samba role dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 @@ -1211,16 +1163,14 @@ "a NetBIOS name. The Samba server can be a \n" "WINS server or can use another server for its\n" "queries. In the latter case, choose <b>Remote WINS Server</b>\n" -"and enter the IP address of the WINS server.</p>" -"\n" +"and enter the IP address of the WINS server.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>WINS</b> er ein nettverksprotokoll som konverterer\n" "nettverksidentifikasjon på lågt nivå (til dømes IP adresse) for ein vertsmaskin til eit\n" "NetBIOS-namn. Samba-serveren kan vera ein \n" "<b>WINS-servar</b> eller han kan bruka ein annan servar ved\n" "førespurnader. Vel i så fall <b>Ekstern WINS-servar</b>\n" -"og angje WINS-serverens IP-adresse.</p>" -"\n" +"og angje WINS-serverens IP-adresse.</p>\n" #. Samba role dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 @@ -1237,31 +1187,25 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>" -"\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Avanserte innstillingar</b> gjev tilgjenge til \n" -"detaljerte oppsett, brukerautentiseringskilder og avanserte generelle innstillingar.</p>" -"\n" +"detaljerte oppsett, brukerautentiseringskilder og avanserte generelle innstillingar.</p>\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Trusted Domains</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Trusted Domains</big></b><br>\n" "NT-style trusted domains represent a possibility to assign\n" "access rights to users from another domain.\n" "Here, create a list of domains for which \n" -"the Samba server should provide access.</p>" -"\n" +"the Samba server should provide access.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Sikre domener</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Sikre domener</big></b><br>\n" "Med sikre domener av NT-typen kan tilgangsrettigheter\n" "tilordnes brukarar frå eit anna domane.\n" "Her kan du oppretta ei liste over domener som \n" -"Samba-serveren skal gje tilgjenge til.</p>" -"\n" +"Samba-serveren skal gje tilgjenge til.</p>\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 #, fuzzy @@ -1271,95 +1215,75 @@ "and a password in the dialog that opens. The password is used by the Samba\n" "server to access the trusted domain. After <b>OK</b> is pressed,\n" "the trust relationship is established. To delete a domain,\n" -"choose it in the list and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"choose it in the list and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å leggja til eit note domane på lista, klikk <b>Legg til</b>.\n" "Angje namnet på det sikre domenet\n" "og eit passord i dialogen som kjem opp. Passordet vert brukt av Samba-\n" "serveren for å få tilgjenge til det sikre domenet. Når du klikkar <b>OK</b>,\n" "vert det sikre sambandet etablert. For å slette eit domane,\n" -"vel du det i lista og klikkar <b>Slett</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"vel du det i lista og klikkar <b>Slett</b>.</p>\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>For more details about how trusted domains work,\n" -"see the Samba HOWTO collection.</p>" -"\n" +"see the Samba HOWTO collection.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Du finn meir informasjon om korleis sikre domener fungerer,\n" -"i <i>HOWTO-samlinga for Samba</i>.</p>" -"\n" +"i <i>HOWTO-samlinga for Samba</i>.</p>\n" #. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Edit a Share</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Here, fine-tune the options of a share.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Edit a Share</big></b><br>\n" +"Here, fine-tune the options of a share.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Rediger delt ressurs</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Her kan du finjustera alternativa for ein delt ressurs.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Rediger delt ressurs</big></b><br>\n" +"Her kan du finjustera alternativa for ein delt ressurs.</p>\n" #. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" -"an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>" -"\n" +"an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Bruk <b>Legg til</b> for å leggja til eit nytt konfigurasjonsalternativ, <b>Rediger</b> for å endra\n" -"eit eksisterande alternativ og <b>Slett</b> for å slette eit alternativ.</p>" -"\n" +"eit eksisterande alternativ og <b>Slett</b> for å slette eit alternativ.</p>\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avansert generell konfigurasjon</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Her kan du finjustera generelle alternativ for serveren.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avansert generell konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" +"Her kan du finjustera generelle alternativ for serveren.</p>\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" -"already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>" -"\n" +"already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Bruk <b>Legg til</b> for å leggja til eit nytt konfigurasjonsalternativ, <b>Rediger</b> for å endra\n" -"eit eksisterande alternativ og <b>Slett</b> for å slette eit alternativ.</p>" -"\n" +"eit eksisterande alternativ og <b>Slett</b> for å slette eit alternativ.</p>\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big></b><br>\n" "Here, set up details about use of LDAP by the Samba\n" -"server.</p>" -"\n" +"server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>LDAP-alternativ for Samba-serveren</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>LDAP-alternativ for Samba-serveren</big></b><br>\n" "Her kan du velja detaljerte innstillingar for bruk av LDAP via Samba-\n" -"serveren.</p>" -"\n" +"serveren.</p>\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 @@ -1369,54 +1293,42 @@ "the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b> is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" -"<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Søk i base-DN</b> (Distinguished Name) er\n" "staden der søk etter informasjon skal byrja, og <b>Administrasjon sin-DN</b> er utgangspunktet når\n" "nye brukarar og grupper skal opprettast. Viss administrasjon sin-DN krev\n" "eit passord for skrivetilgang, må dette angjevast ved å bruka\n" -"<b>Vel passord for LDAP-administrasjon</B>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Vel passord for LDAP-administrasjon</B>.</p>\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Merk:</b>Innstillingane vert lagra før passordet for LDAP-administrasjon er angjeve.</p>" -"\n" +msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b>Merk:</b>Innstillingane vert lagra før passordet for LDAP-administrasjon er angjeve.</p>\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>User Authentication Information Backends</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>User Authentication Information Backends</big></b><br>\n" "Choose where the Samba server should look for the authentication\n" "information. Samba does not support multiple backends at once anymore,\n" -"only one is allowed.</p>" -"\n" +"only one is allowed.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Bakstykke for brukerautentisering</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Bakstykke for brukerautentisering</big></b><br>\n" "Her vel du kor Samba-serveren skal søkja etter autentiseringsinformasjon.\n" -"Samba støttar ikkje fleire bakstykke samstundes lengjer, berre eit bakstykke er tillate.</p>" -"\n" +"Samba støttar ikkje fleire bakstykke samstundes lengjer, berre eit bakstykke er tillate.</p>\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" -"by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Viss du vil endra brukaren autentiseringskilde, må du først fjerne gjeldande kjelde\n" -"ved å trykkja <b>Slett</b>. Legg deretter til ein ny med <b>Legg til</b>-knappen.</p>" -"\n" +"ved å trykkja <b>Slett</b>. Legg deretter til ein ny med <b>Legg til</b>-knappen.</p>\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 @@ -1425,38 +1337,32 @@ "<p><b>smbpasswd file</b> is the file using the same format as\n" "the previous versions of Samba. Its layout is similar to the\n" "passwd file. It is possible to have a multiple files in this \n" -"format.</p>" -"\n" +"format.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>smbpasswd-fil</b> har same format som\n" "tidlegare versjonar av Samba. Oppsettet er omtrent som i\n" "passwd-fila. Fleire filer i dette formatet er \n" -"mogleg.</p>" -"\n" +"mogleg.</p>\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>LDAP</b> is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\n" -"the information.</p>" -"\n" +"the information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>LDAP</b> er ein nettadresse for ein LDAP-servar der det skal søkjast etter\n" -"informasjonen.</p>" -"\n" +"informasjonen.</p>\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>TDB database</b> uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" -"to store and look up the information.</p>" -"\n" +"to store and look up the information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>TDB-database</b> brukar ein intern Samba-database i binærformat\n" -"for lagring og søk etter informasjon.</p>" -"\n" +"for lagring og søk etter informasjon.</p>\n" #. we don't seem to support mysql anymore #. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ @@ -1481,15 +1387,11 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Add a New Share</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Add a New Share</big></b><br>\n" +"Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Legg til ny delt ressurs</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Her kan du leggja inn grunnleggjande informasjon om ein ny delt ressurs.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Legg til ny delt ressurs</big></b><br>\n" +"Her kan du leggja inn grunnleggjande informasjon om ein ny delt ressurs.</p>\n" #. add new share dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 @@ -1510,14 +1412,12 @@ "<p>There are two types of shares. A <b>Printer</b> share\n" "is presented as a printer to clients. A <b>Directory</b> share \n" "is presented as a network disk. <b>Share Path</b> must be\n" -"entered for a directory share.</p>" -"\n" +"entered for a directory share.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Det er to typar delte ressursar. Ein <b>skriverressurs</b>\n" "visast som ein skrivar for klientane. Ein <b>katalogressurs</b> \n" "vert viste som ein nettverksdisk. <b>Stig til delt ressurs</b> må\n" -"angjevast for ein katalogressurs.</p>" -"\n" +"angjevast for ein katalogressurs.</p>\n" #. add new share dialog help 4/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 @@ -1525,32 +1425,26 @@ msgid "" "<p>If <b>Read-Only</b> is checked, users\n" "of a service may not create or modify files in the service's\n" -"directory.</p>" -"\n" +"directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Viss <b>Skrivebeskyttet</b> er avkrysset, kan ikkje\n" "brukarane av ei teneste oppretta eller endra filer katalogen til\n" -"tenesta.</p>" -"\n" +"tenesta.</p>\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Inherit ACLS</b> can be used to ensure\n" "that if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\n" -"honored when creating a subdirectory.</p>" -"\n" +"honored when creating a subdirectory.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Overta ACLS</b> kan brukast for å sikre\n" "at viss standard-ACLer finn for overordna katalogar, vil desse alltid\n" -"takast omsyn til når underkataloger vert oppretta.</p>" -"\n" +"takast omsyn til når underkataloger vert oppretta.</p>\n" #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br>" -" Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 @@ -1561,41 +1455,29 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>LDAP Settings</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>LDAP Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" "<p>\n" "Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" -"</p>" -"<p>\n" +"</p><p>\n" "In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" "<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" -"</p>" -"<p>\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>." -"<p>" +"</p><p>\n" +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.<p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>LDAP-innstillingar</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>LDAP-innstillingar</big></b><br>\n" "Her angjev du LDAP-serveren som skal verta til brukt autentisering.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" "<p>\n" "Ved å angje <b>LDAP-passord for grunnsystem</b> kan brukerinformasjon lagrast i LDAP-filstrukturen som nettadressen spesifiserer. Med <b>LDAP Idmap-grunnsystem</b> kan SID/uid/gjev-mappingtabeller lagrast i LDAP.\n" -"</p>" -"<p>\n" +"</p><p>\n" "Under Autentisering kan rettane for LDAP-serveren definerast, inkludert full administrator-DN.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" "<b>Grunn-DN for søk</b> er LDAP-suffikset som vert lagt til Samba-spesifikke LDAP-objekt.\n" -"</p>" -"<p>\n" -"For å testa sambandet til LDAP-serveren, klikk <b>Test samband</b>. For å bruka avanserte LDAP-innstillingar eller standardverdier, klikk <b>Avanserte innstillingar</b>." -"<p>" +"</p><p>\n" +"For å testa sambandet til LDAP-serveren, klikk <b>Test samband</b>. For å bruka avanserte LDAP-innstillingar eller standardverdier, klikk <b>Avanserte innstillingar</b>.<p>" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 @@ -1607,12 +1489,10 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" "<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Replikasjonsdvale</b> er mengd millisekunder Samba vil vil venta etter å ha skrive til LDAP-serveren, slik at LDAP-replikasjonene kan halda tritt.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Replikasjonsdvale</b> er mengd millisekunder Samba vil vil venta etter å ha skrive til LDAP-serveren, slik at LDAP-replikasjonene kan halda tritt.</p>\n" "<p><b>Tidsavbrudd</b> angjev tidsavbruddet for LDAP-handlingar (i sekund).</p>" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget @@ -1625,12 +1505,10 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" "<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Slett DN</b> angjev om slettehandlingen skal sletta hel LDAP-oppføringen eller bara Samba-spesifikke attributt.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Slett DN</b> angjev om slettehandlingen skal sletta hel LDAP-oppføringen eller bara Samba-spesifikke attributt.</p>\n" "<p>Med <b>Synkroniser passord</b> kan du definera synkronisering av LDAP-passordet med NT- og LM-kryptering. Manualsiden <tt>smb.conf</tt> inneheld meir informasjon.</p>" #. translators: warning text @@ -1696,13 +1574,11 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" "detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" -"expert global settings.</p>" -"\n" +"expert global settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Avanserte innstillingar</b> gjev tilgjenge til \n" "avanserte konfigurasjonar, t.d. LDAP-innstillingar, brukerautentiseringskilder og\n" -"avanserte generelle innstillingar.</p>" -"\n" +"avanserte generelle innstillingar.</p>\n" #. translators: combo box value #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/security.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/security.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/security.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -133,235 +133,235 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukjent" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 #, fuzzy msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "Aktivar magiske SysRq-tastar" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "Nytte sikre filrettigheter" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "Eksternt tilgjenge til grafisk innlogging" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "Lagre systemtiden tilbake til maskinvareklokken" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 #, fuzzy msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "Generer alltid syslog-melding for cron-skript" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "Køyr DHCP-nissen i chroot-varetekt" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "Køyr DHCP-nissen som dhcp-brukar" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "Ekstern grafisk innlogging for rotbruker" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "Eksternt tilgjenge til X-servar" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "Eksternt tilgjenge til systemet for e-posttransport" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "Start tenester på nytt etter oppdatering" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "Deaktiver tenester når programvare vert fjerna" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "Aktiver TCP-syncookies" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "IPv4-overføring" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "IPv6-overføring" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "<P>Berre grunnleggjande systemtjenester er aktiverte.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "Aktiver ekstra tenester i kjørenivå 3" #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure" msgstr "Konfigurer" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 #, fuzzy msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktivert" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 #, fuzzy msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Deaktivert" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 #, fuzzy msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "Sikkerhetsinnstilling" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 #, fuzzy msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 #, fuzzy msgid "Security Status" msgstr "Sikkerhetsstatus" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 #, fuzzy msgid "Help" msgstr "Hjelp" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid " or " msgstr " eller " #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 #, fuzzy msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" msgstr "<P>Følgjande grunnleggjande systemtjenester er ikkje aktiverte i kjørenivå %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 #, fuzzy msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>Alle grunnleggjande systemtjenester er aktiverte.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 #, fuzzy msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" msgstr "<P>Følgjande tilleggstjenester er aktiverte i kjørenivå %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 #, fuzzy msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>" msgstr "<P>Kontroller lista over tenester, og deaktiver alle ubrukte tenester.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 #, fuzzy msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>Berre grunnleggjande systemtjenester er aktiverte.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 #, fuzzy msgid "Description" msgstr "Skildring" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "Sikkerhetsoversikt" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 #, fuzzy msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "Endre &status" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 #, fuzzy msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Skildring" #. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "" #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "Oppstartsinnstillinger" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "Oppstartsrettigheter" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "Diverse innstillingar" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "Passordinnstilliinger" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 #, fuzzy msgid "Checks" msgstr "Kontroller" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 #, fuzzy msgid "Password Age" msgstr "Passordvarighet" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ "verd enn største mengd." #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" @@ -381,129 +381,61 @@ "Maksimal passordlengde for den valde krypteringsmetoden er %1." #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "Innloggingsinnstillinger" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 #, fuzzy msgid "Login" msgstr "Innlogging" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" +"<br>Please wait...<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialiserer sikkerhetskonfigurasjon</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"Vent…<br>" -"</p>" +"<br>Vent…<br></p>" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialiseringen</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialiseringen</big></b><br>\n" "Du kan trygt avslutta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <B>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"Please wait...<br>" -"</p>" +"<br>Please wait...<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Lagrar sikkerhetskonfigurasjon</big></b>\n" -"<br>" -"Vent…<br>" -"</p>" +"<br>Vent…<br></p>" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.</p>" -#. Boot dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>" -"\n" -"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Tryggleik ved oppstart</big></b></p>" -"\n" -"<p>Bruk denne dialogen for å endra ulike innstillingar for tryggleik ved oppstart.</p>" - -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" -"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" -"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" -"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" -"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" -"workstation and server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" -"Vel korleis systemet skal reagera når nokon trykkjer\n" -"CTRL + ALT + DEL i konsollmodus. Normalt vert systemet\n" -"starta på nytt, men nokon gonger kan det vera gunstig\n" -"å ignorera kommandoen, til dømes viss systemet både fungerer som\n" -"arbeidsstasjon og servar.</p>" - -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n" -"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Slå av maskina frå innloggingsskjermen</b>\n" -"Angje kven som kan slå av maskina frå KDM.</p>" -"\n" - -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Systemdvale</b>:\n" -"Angje betingelsene for at brukarar skal kunna bruka dvalefunksjonen. Som standard har brukaren på den aktive konsollen slike rettar.\n" -"Andre val er å la alle brukarar gjera dette, eller alltid krevja autentisering.</p>" -"\n" - -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" "<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n" "<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" " booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" @@ -517,7 +449,7 @@ "</p>" #. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n" @@ -527,14 +459,14 @@ "til eit lokalt nettverk eller til Internett.</p>" #. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks.</p>" msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n" @@ -544,27 +476,25 @@ "servar for eikor teneste.</p>" #. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 #, fuzzy msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Egendefinerte innstillingar</b>: Lag ditt eige oppsett.</p>" #. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n" "<p>These login settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Tryggleik ved innlogging</b></big></p>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Tryggleik ved innlogging</b></big></p>\n" "<p>Disse innloggingsinnstillingene\n" "er hovudsakleg lagra i fila /etc/login.defs.</p>" #. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n" @@ -578,14 +508,13 @@ "for lenge viss dei skriv inn feil passord. Tre sekund er eit fornuftig verd (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" #. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" "system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Registrer vellukka innloggingsforsøk:</b> Logging av vellukka innloggingsforsøk\n" "er nyttig. Det kan bidra til å oppdaga uautorisert tilgjenge til\n" @@ -593,7 +522,7 @@ "</p>" #. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n" @@ -605,7 +534,7 @@ "til maskina via ein innloggingshandsamar kan vera ein sikkerhetsrisiko.</p>" #. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>These password settings\n" @@ -615,7 +544,7 @@ "er hovudsakleg lagra i fila /etc/login.defs.</p>" #. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n" @@ -627,7 +556,7 @@ "Viss du kryssar av i boksen, vert nye passord kontrollert mot desse reglene.</p>" #. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n" @@ -643,7 +572,7 @@ "Dette valet kan berre endrast viss <b>Kontrollar nytt passord</b> er valt.</p>" #. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n" @@ -655,13 +584,13 @@ "Angje 0 dersom ingen passord skal lagrast.</p>" #. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 #, fuzzy msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Krypteringsmetode for passord:</b></p>" #. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" @@ -673,7 +602,7 @@ "avhengig av kompatibilitet med andre system.</p>" #. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" @@ -683,13 +612,13 @@ "distribusjonar, men ikkje av andre system eller eldre programvare.</p>" #. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er standard hash-metode. Det vert ikkje rådt til å bruka andre algoritmar dersom det ikkje er naudsynt av kompatibilitetshensyn.</p>" #. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n" @@ -699,7 +628,7 @@ "største mengd dagar som eit passord kan nyttast.</p>" #. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n" @@ -711,7 +640,7 @@ "gjer det mindre sannsynleg at nokon kan gjetta eit passord.</p>" #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n" @@ -721,7 +650,7 @@ "<p>I denne dialogen kan du endra ulike innstillingar i samband med oppretting av brukarar.</p>" #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n" @@ -731,7 +660,7 @@ "Definer minste og største mengd moglege brukernavn.</p>" #. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n" @@ -741,7 +670,7 @@ "Definer minste og største mengd moglege gruppenavn.</p>" #. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n" @@ -751,7 +680,7 @@ "<p>I denne dialogen kan du endra diverse innstillingar i samband med lokal tryggleik.</p>" #. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n" @@ -759,35 +688,31 @@ "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" "Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" "This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" -"or by intruders.</p>" -"<p>\n" +"or by intruders.</p><p>\n" "With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" "Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" "be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\n" -"decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>" -"\n" +"decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Filrettigheter</b>: Innstillingar for tilgjenge\n" "til spesielle systemfiler vert definert på grunnlag av informasjonen i /etc/permissions.secure\n" "eller /etc/permissions.easy. Kva for ei fil som vert brukt, avheng av dette valet.\n" "Når du køyrer SuSEconfig, vert definert desse rettane i samsvar med /etc/permissions.*.\n" "Dette reparerer feilkonfigurerte filrettigheter, anten desse er endra ved eit uhell\n" -"eller av ein inntrenger.</p>" -"<p>\n" +"eller av ein inntrenger.</p><p>\n" "Med <b>Enkel</b> vert dei fleste systemfiler som berre kan lesast av rotbrukeren\n" "i secure-fila, endra slik at andre brukarar òg kan lesa desse filene.\n" "Med <b>Sikker</b> kan einskilde systemfiler, t.d. /var/log/messages, berre\n" "vert viste av rotbrukeren. Nokre program kan berre startast som rot eller av\n" "nissar, ikkje av vanlege brukarar.\n" "Den sikraste innstillinga er <b>Paranoid</B>. Med denne innstillinga må du\n" -"definera kva for brukarar som kan køyra X- og setuid-program.</p>" -"\n" +"definera kva for brukarar som kan køyra X- og setuid-program.</p>\n" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n" @@ -803,7 +728,7 @@ " (nokon filer) eller <b>root</b> (alle filer).</p>" #. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n" @@ -817,23 +742,21 @@ "derimot utelukkande søkestien (variabelen PATH).</p>" #. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br>" -" A DOS\n" +"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n" "system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Gjeldande katalog i søkesti for vanlege brukarar</b><br>" -" I systemet til eit-\n" +"<p><b>Gjeldande katalog i søkesti for vanlege brukarar</b><br> I systemet til eit-\n" "DO vil systemet først søkja etter kjørbare filer (program) i gjeldande katalog,\n" "og deretter i gjeldande søkesti. UNIX-liknande system brukar\n" "derimot utelukkande søkestien (variabelen PATH).</p>" #. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" @@ -851,7 +774,7 @@ "i systemet.</p>" #. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" @@ -862,7 +785,7 @@ "slik at denne vert gjennomsøkt sist.</p>" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" @@ -872,45 +795,42 @@ "gjeldande katalog ved å bruka prefikset \"./\". Døme: \"./configure\".</p>" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br>" -" If you check this option, you\n" +"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n" "will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Aktivar magiske SysRq-tastar</b><br>" -" Viss du kryssar av for dette alternativet, vil du\n" +"<p><b>Aktivar magiske SysRq-tastar</b><br> Viss du kryssar av for dette alternativet, vil du\n" "alltid ha ei viss grad av kontroll over systemet sjølv etter eit havari (t.d. under\n" -"oppsett av kjernen). Du finn meir informasjon i /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>" -"." +"oppsett av kjernen). Du finn meir informasjon i /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 #, fuzzy msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>" msgstr "<P><B>Sikkerhetsoversikt</B><BR>Dette er eit oversyn over dei viktigaste sikkerhetsinnstillingene.</P>" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" msgstr "<P>Klikk på lenkjene for å endra gjeldande verd for eit val.</P>" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>" msgstr "<P>Ei hake i kolonnen <B>Sikkerhetsstatus</B> tyder at gjeldande verd for valet er sikker.</P>" #. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 #, fuzzy msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>Gjeldande verd kunne ikkje lesast. Tenesta er sannsynlegvis ikkje installert, eller valet manglar i systemet.</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" @@ -923,7 +843,7 @@ "logins, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "<P>Ein innloggingshandsamar presenterer ein grafisk innloggingsskjerm som er tilgjengeleg for heile nettverket, òg av ein X-servar som køyrer på ein anna maskin viss systemet er sett opp på den måten.</P><P>Vindauga som vert viste, vil då overføra data over heile nettverket. Viss dette nettverket ikkje er heilt påliteleg, kan ein åtakar laut på nettverkstrafikken og skaffa seg tilgjenge, ikkje berre til det grafiske innhaldet på skjermen, men òg til brukernavn og passord som vert nytta.</P><P>Viss du ikkje treng <EM>XDMCP</EM> for ekstern grafisk innlogging, bør du deaktivere dette valet.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" @@ -932,27 +852,27 @@ "correct log messages.</P>" msgstr "<P>Ved oppstart vert stilt systemtiden av datamaskina si maskinvareklokke. Difor må maskinvareklokken stillast før systemet vert slege av.</P><P>Konsistent systemtid er avgjerande for at systemet skal oppretta riktige loggmeldinger.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 #, fuzzy msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" msgstr "<P>Funksjonsfeil kan vanlegvis påvisast av spesielle hendingar. Syslog-meldingar om hendingar som inntreffer regelmessig, er viktige for å finnar årsakene til problem, og ein manglande oppføring kan fortelja meir enn om heile systemloggen manglar.</P><P>Man kan difor seia at syslog-meldingar om systemhendelser berre er nyttige dersom dei finst.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 #, fuzzy msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" msgstr "<P>Chroot-miljø vert brukte for å avgrensa ein prosess berre til naudsynte filer og plassera desse i ein separat underkatalog. Deretter vert køyrde prosessen av ein endra rotbruker (chroot=changedroot) med tilgjenge til den katalogen.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 #, fuzzy msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>" msgstr "<P>DHCP-klientnissen bør køyrast som brukaren <EM>dhcpd</EM> for å minimera trusselen ved ein eventuell veikskap i programkoden.</P><P>Hugs at dhcpd ikkje må køyrast som <EM>rot</EM> eller med høve for <EM>CAP_sYS_cHROOT</EM> dersom chroot-varetekten skal vera effektiv.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 #, fuzzy msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>" msgstr "<P>For å minimera nytta av rotprivilegier bør ikkje administratorar logga på ein X-vindusøkt som <EM>rot</EM>.</P><P>Dette valet hjelper ikkje mot uforsiktige administratorar, men vil hindra åtakarar i å logga inn som <EM>rot</EM> via den grafiske innloggingsskjermen dersom dei gjettar passordet eller får fatt i det på annan måte.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" @@ -965,14 +885,14 @@ "Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" msgstr "<P>X-vindusklienter, t.d. program som opnar eit vindauge på skjermen, kobler seg til X-serveren som køyrer på den fysiske maskina. Program kan òg køyra på eit anna system og visa innhald på X-serveren via nettverksforbindelser.</P><P>Når dette er aktivert, vil X-serveren lytta på port 6000 pluss skjermnummeret. Fordi nettverkstrafikk vert overførde ukryptert og difor er utsette for nettverkssniffing, og fordi ein port som vert halden open av eit program – i dette tilfellet X-serveren – gjev høve til angrep, er det sikrast å deaktivere dette valet.</P><P>For å vise X-vindusklienter via eit nettverk vert rådt til det å bruka eit sikkert skal (<EM>ssh</EM>), slik at X-vindusklienter kan koble til X-serveren via ein kryptert ssh-samband.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" "itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "<P>Systemet for e-postlevering køyrer alltid. Som standard er det likevel ikkje eksponert utanfor systemet, fordi det ikkje lyttar på SMTP-nettverksport 25.</P><P>Viss du ikkje leverer e-post til systemet vigde SMTP-protokollen, bør du deaktivere dette valet.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" @@ -985,7 +905,7 @@ "reason to do so.</P>" msgstr "<P>Viss ei pakke som innholder ei aktivert teneste vert oppdatert, vil tenesta startast på nytt etter at filene i pakka er oppdatert.</P><P>Dette er som oftast fornuftig og trygt fordi mange tenester treng tilgjenge til kjøremiljøer eller oppsettfiler. Desse tenestene vil elles ha framhalde å køyra til dei vart stoppa, t.d. ved at aktiverte nissar deaktiveres.</P><P>Denne innstillinga bør berre endrast viss det finst spesielle grunnar til dette.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" @@ -998,46 +918,125 @@ "reason to do so.</P>" msgstr "<P>Viss ei pakke som innholder ei aktivert teneste avinstalleres, vil tenesta stoppast før filene i pakka vert fjerna.</P><P>Dette er som oftast fornuftig og trygt fordi mange tenester treng tilgjenge til kjøremiljøene eller oppsettfilene. Desse tenestene ville elles ha framhalde å køyra til dei vart stoppa, t.d. ved at aktiverte nissar deaktiveres.</P><P>Denne innstillinga bør berre endrast viss det finst spesielle grunnar til dette.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 #, fuzzy msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" msgstr "<P>Eit system kan overkøyrast av så mange tilkoblingsforsøk, at det ikkje er meir tilgjengeleg minne, noko som fører til ein DO sin-sårbarhet (Denial of Service).</P><P>Nytte av syncookies er ein metode som kan hjelpa i sånne situasjonar, men i oppsett med ei svært stort mengd legitime tilkoblingsforsøk frå same kjelde, kan ei <EM>Aktivert</EM>-innstilling føra til problem med at TCP-tilkoblinger avvisast ved høy belastning.</P><P>I dei fleste miljø er likevel syncookies første forsvarslinje mot Angrepet til-DO, så den sikre innstillinga er <EM>aktivert</EM>.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 #, fuzzy msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "<P>IP-overføring tyder vidaresending av nettverkspakker som vert motteken, men som ikkje er berekna for nokon av systemet sitt eigne nettverksgrensesnitt, d.v.s. nettverkskortenes adresser.</P><P>Viss eit system vidaresender nettverkstrafikk via ISO/OSI 3, vert kalla det ein ruter. Viss du ikkje treng rutingfunksjonen, bør du deaktivere dette valet.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 #, fuzzy msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>" msgstr "<P>Denne innstillinga gjeld berre for <EM>IPv4</EM>.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>" msgstr "<P>Denne innstillinga gjeld berre for <EM>IPv6</EM>.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 #, fuzzy msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" msgstr "<P>Med magiske SysRq-tastar har du ei viss grad av kontroll over systemet sjølv om det havarerer (t.d. under feilsøking av kjernen) eller viss systemet ikkje svarar.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 #, fuzzy msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>" msgstr "<P>Det er forhåndsdefinerte filrettigheter i /etc/permissions.*-filene. Dei mest restriktive filrettighetene er definerte som 'secure' eller 'paranoid'.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 #, fuzzy msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>" msgstr "<P>Grunnleggjande systemtjenester må aktiverast for at systemet skal vera konsistent og kunne køyra sikkerhetsrelaterte tenester.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 #, fuzzy msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>" msgstr "<P>Alle aktiverte tenester er ein potensiell sikkerhetsrisiko. Det vert difor rådt til å deaktivere alle tenester som ikkje vert brukte av systemet.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Tryggleik ved oppstart</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>Bruk denne dialogen for å endra ulike innstillingar for tryggleik ved oppstart.</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" +"Vel korleis systemet skal reagera når nokon trykkjer\n" +"CTRL + ALT + DEL i konsollmodus. Normalt vert systemet\n" +"starta på nytt, men nokon gonger kan det vera gunstig\n" +"å ignorera kommandoen, til dømes viss systemet både fungerer som\n" +"arbeidsstasjon og servar.</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" +"Vel korleis systemet skal reagera når nokon trykkjer\n" +"CTRL + ALT + DEL i konsollmodus. Normalt vert systemet\n" +"starta på nytt, men nokon gonger kan det vera gunstig\n" +"å ignorera kommandoen, til dømes viss systemet både fungerer som\n" +"arbeidsstasjon og servar.</p>" + +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" +"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +"combination. %s</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" +"Vel korleis systemet skal reagera når nokon trykkjer\n" +"CTRL + ALT + DEL i konsollmodus. Normalt vert systemet\n" +"starta på nytt, men nokon gonger kan det vera gunstig\n" +"å ignorera kommandoen, til dømes viss systemet både fungerer som\n" +"arbeidsstasjon og servar.</p>" + +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n" +"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Slå av maskina frå innloggingsskjermen</b>\n" +"Angje kven som kan slå av maskina frå KDM.</p>\n" + +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Systemdvale</b>:\n" +"Angje betingelsene for at brukarar skal kunna bruka dvalefunksjonen. Som standard har brukaren på den aktive konsollen slike rettar.\n" +"Andre val er å la alle brukarar gjera dette, eller alltid krevja autentisering.</p>\n" + #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 #, fuzzy @@ -1106,194 +1105,267 @@ "Minste mengd gruppenavn kan ikkje vera større enn det\n" "største." -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" -msgstr "&Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105 -#, fuzzy msgid "Ignore" msgstr "Ignorer" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "Reboot" msgstr "Start på nytt" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "Halt" msgstr "Slå av" +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Only root" +msgstr "Berre rotbruker" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +msgid "All Users" +msgstr "Alle brukarar" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Nobody" +msgstr "Ingen" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" +msgstr "&Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del" + #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 #, fuzzy msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "Tillat ekstern &grafisk innlogging" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "&Magiske SysRq-tastar" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable" msgstr "Deaktiver" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "Aktiver alle funksjonar" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "&Forseinking etter mislukka innloggingsforsøk" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "Teen til&stør" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 #, fuzzy msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "M&inste" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" -msgstr "&Slå av maskina frå KDM-innloggingsskjermen:" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Only root" -msgstr "Berre rotbruker" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161 -#, fuzzy -msgid "All Users" -msgstr "Alle brukarar" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Nobody" -msgstr "Ingen" - -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 -#, fuzzy msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "Systemdvale" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "Nytter på aktiv konsoll" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 #, fuzzy msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "Alle kan bruka dvalefunksjonen" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "Autentisering vert alltid kravde" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 #, fuzzy msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for p&assord" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "&Kontroller nye passord" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "Mengder passord som skal lagre&es" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 #, fuzzy msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "&Minste godkjende passordlengde" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 #, fuzzy msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "&Mengd dagar for varsel om utløp av passord" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 #, fuzzy msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "&Filrettigheter" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 #, fuzzy msgid "Easy" msgstr "Enkel" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 #, fuzzy msgid "Secure" msgstr "Sikker" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 #, fuzzy msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "Paranoid" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 #, fuzzy msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "&Brukarar som kan køyra updatedb" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 #, fuzzy msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "St&ørste" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 #, fuzzy msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Minste" +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" +msgstr "&Slå av maskina frå KDM-innloggingsskjermen:" + #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 #, fuzzy msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" @@ -1312,73 +1384,73 @@ msgstr "Initialiserer …" #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar sikkerhetskonfigurasjon" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "Lagre sikkerhetsinnstillinger" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 #, fuzzy msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "Lagre inittab-innstillingar" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "Lagre PAM-innstillingar" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 #, fuzzy msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "Lagre sikkerhetsinnstillinger" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "Lagrar sikkerhetsinnstillinger …" #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "Lagrar inittab-innstillingar …" #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "Lagrar PAM-innstillingar …" #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "Lagrar sikkerhetsinnstillinger …" #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "Gjeldande sikkerhetsnivå: Brukerdefinerte innstillingar" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "Gjeldande sikkerhetsnivå: %1" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/services-manager.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/services-manager.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/services-manager.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -217,21 +217,17 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n" "The current setup does not provide any functionality now.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>" -"\n" +"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n" "This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" -" list of services.</p>" -"\n" +" list of services.</p>\n" "<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" -"and a particular service requires opening them.</p>" -"\n" +"and a particular service requires opening them.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 @@ -273,11 +269,11 @@ #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. #. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "" -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/snapper.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/snapper.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/snapper.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-13 19:48+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk \n" @@ -50,66 +50,66 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "Skildring" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "User data" msgstr "Brukardata" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "Oppryddingsalgoritme" #. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "Endra augneblinksbilete %{num}" #. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "Endra augneblinksbilete %{pre} og %{post}" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "Før (%{pre})" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "Etter (%{post})" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Lag nytt augneblinksbilete" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "Enkelt augneblinksbilete" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Før" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "Etter, para med:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" @@ -120,199 +120,199 @@ "%1" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Augneblinksbilete" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Single" msgstr "Enkelt" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "Før og etter" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete …" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Gjeldande oppsett" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Startdato" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Sluttdato" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "User Data" msgstr "Brukardata" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Vis endringar" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "Endra" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Oversikt over valt augneblinksbilete" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Finn endra filer …" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Reknar ut filendringar …" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "Ny fil vart oppretta." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "Fila vert sletta." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "Filinnhaldet vart ikkje endra." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Fila finst ikkje i nokon av augneblinksbileta." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Filinnhaldet vart endra." #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Filmodusen vart endra frå «%1» til «%2»." #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Fileigarskapet vart endra frå «%1» til «%2»." #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Filgruppeeigarskapet vart endra frå «%1» til «%2»." #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "&Gjenopprett frå første" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Gjenopprett" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "G&jenopprett frå andre" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "Vis forskjellen mellom augneblinksbilete og gjeldande system" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "Vis forskjellen mellom gjeldande system og augneblinksbilete:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "Vis forskjellar mellom første og andre augneblinksbilete" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "Vis forskjellar mellom første augneblinksbilete og gjeldande system" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "Vis forskjellar mellom andre augneblinksbilete og gjeldande system" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "Tidspunkt for augneblinksbilete:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "Tidspunkt for første augneblinksbilete:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "Tidspunkt for andre augneblinksbilete:" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Opna" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Gjenopprett valt bilete" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -343,121 +343,89 @@ "frå augneblinksbiletet «%2» til gjeldande system?" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "Inga fil valt for gjenoppretting." #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Gjenopprettar filer" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>" -"\n" +"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n" "<p>\n" "%2\n" -"</p>" -"\n" -"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>" -"\n" -"<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>" -"Are you sure?" +"</p>\n" +"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>\n" +"<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>Are you sure?" msgstr "" -"<p>Desse filene vil verta gjenopprettet frå øyeblikksbildet '%1':</p>" -"\n" +"<p>Desse filene vil verta gjenopprettet frå øyeblikksbildet '%1':</p>\n" "<p>\n" "%2\n" -"</p>" -"\n" -"<p>Filer som finst i det originale øyeblikksbildet, vil kopierast til gjeldande system.</p>" -"\n" -"<p>Filer som ikkje finne sin i øyeblikksbildet, vil slettast.</p>" -"Er du sikker på at du vil gjera dette?" +"</p>\n" +"<p>Filer som finst i det originale øyeblikksbildet, vil kopierast til gjeldande system.</p>\n" +"<p>Filer som ikkje finne sin i øyeblikksbildet, vil slettast.</p>Er du sikker på at du vil gjera dette?" #. Read dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>" -#| "\n" -#| "Please wait...<br>" -#| "</p>" -#| "\n" +#| "<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete</big></b><br>" -"\n" -"Vent litt …<br>" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete</big></b><br>\n" +"Vent litt …<br></p>\n" #. Summary dialog help: #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b>" -#| "<p>\n" -#| "<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are used for storing file system state in certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation proceeded between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>" -#| "\n" -#| "<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the file system changes new in specified snapshot.</p>" -#| "\n" +#| "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n" +#| "<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are used for storing file system state in certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation proceeded between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n" +#| "<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the file system changes new in specified snapshot.</p>\n" msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b>" -"<p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n" "<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" "of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>" -"\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n" "<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" -"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>" -"\n" +"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppsett av augneblinksbilete</big></b>" -"<p>\n" -"<p>Tabellen viser ei liste over augneblinksbilete av rotfilsystemet. Det finst tre typar augneblinksbilete, <b>enkle</b>, <b>før</b> og <b>etter</b>. Enkle bilete vert brukte til lagring av filsystemstatusen på eit bestemt tidspunkt, mens før og etter vert brukte til å definera handlingar som er utførde mellom desse to augneblinksbileta. Før- og etter-bileta er oppførde parvis i tabellen.</p>" -"\n" -"<p>Vel eit augneblinksbilete eller eit augneblinksbiletepar og trykk <b>Vis endringar</b> for å vise endringane i filsystemet i det valde biletet.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppsett av augneblinksbilete</big></b><p>\n" +"<p>Tabellen viser ei liste over augneblinksbilete av rotfilsystemet. Det finst tre typar augneblinksbilete, <b>enkle</b>, <b>før</b> og <b>etter</b>. Enkle bilete vert brukte til lagring av filsystemstatusen på eit bestemt tidspunkt, mens før og etter vert brukte til å definera handlingar som er utførde mellom desse to augneblinksbileta. Før- og etter-bileta er oppførde parvis i tabellen.</p>\n" +"<p>Vel eit augneblinksbilete eller eit augneblinksbiletepar og trykk <b>Vis endringar</b> for å vise endringane i filsystemet i det valde biletet.</p>\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b>" +#| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" #| "<p>\n" -#| "<p>\n" #| "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you can see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" -#| "</p>" -#| "\n" +#| "</p>\n" #| "<p>\n" #| "When file is selected in the tree, you can see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" #| "</p>" msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b>" +"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"<p>\n" "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" "<p>\n" "When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oversikt over augneblinksbilete</big></b>" +"<p><b><big>Oversikt over augneblinksbilete</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"<p>\n" "Filstrukturen viser alle filene som er endra mellom opprettinga av første («før») og andre («etter») augneblinksbilete. Til høgre ser du skildringa som vart generert då første augneblinksbilete vart oppretta og tidspunktet då dei to augneblinksbileta vart oppretta.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" "<p>\n" "Når ei fil er vald i filstrukturen, ser du endringane som er gjorde i ho. Standardinnstillinga er at endringar mellom det valde augneblinksbiletparet vert vist, men du kan òg samanlikna fila med andre versjonar.\n" "</p>" @@ -466,33 +434,26 @@ #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b>" +#| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" #| "<p>\n" -#| "<p>\n" #| "The tree shows all the files that are different between selected snapshot and current system. On the right side, you can see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" -#| "</p>" -#| "\n" +#| "</p>\n" #| "<p>\n" #| "When file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" #| "</p>" msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b>" +"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"<p>\n" "The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" "<p>\n" "When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oversikt over augneblinksbilete</big></b>" +"<p><b><big>Oversikt over augneblinksbilete</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"<p>\n" "Filstrukturen viser alle filene som er ulike i det valde augneblinksbiletet og gjeldande system. Til høgre er det ei skildring av augneblinksbiletet og tidspunktet det vart oppretta.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" "<p>\n" "Når ei fil er vald i filstrukturen, vert skilnaden mellom augneblinksbiletversjonen og versjonen i det gjeldande systemet vist.\n" "</p>" @@ -667,11 +628,5 @@ #~ msgid "File /etc/sysconfig/snapper is not available." #~ msgstr "Fila «/etc/sysconfig/snappar» er ikkje tilgjengeleg" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: " -#~ "<p>%2</p>" -#~ "Are you sure?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Desse filene vert kopierte frå augneblinksbiletet «%1» til det gjeldande systemet: " -#~ "<p>%2</p>" -#~ "Er du sikker på at du vil gjera dette?" +#~ msgid "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: <p>%2</p>Are you sure?" +#~ msgstr "Desse filene vert kopierte frå augneblinksbiletet «%1» til det gjeldande systemet: <p>%2</p>Er du sikker på at du vil gjera dette?" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -142,15 +142,13 @@ "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" "setup (like changing filesystem types), choose\n" "<b>%1</b> and modify the settings in the expert\n" -"partitioner dialog.</p>" -"\n" +"partitioner dialog.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Viss du berre vil gjera små justeringer av det foreslegne\n" "oppsettet (t.d. endra filsystemtyper) vel\n" "<b>%1</b> og utfør desse endirngene i dialogen for\n" -"avansert partisjonering.</p>" -"\n" +"avansert partisjonering.</p>\n" #. help text continued #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 @@ -162,8 +160,7 @@ "currently present on the disks. Select\n" "<b>%1</b>.\n" "This is also the option to choose for\n" -"advanced configurations like RAID and encryption.</p>" -"\n" +"advanced configurations like RAID and encryption.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Viss forslaget ikkje passar for deg, kan du oppretta\n" @@ -171,8 +168,7 @@ "på diskane som utgangspunkt. Vel i så fall \n" "<b>%1</b>.\n" "Bruk òg dette valet for avanserte alternativ\n" -"som RAID og kryptering.</p>" -"\n" +"som RAID og kryptering.</p>\n" #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp @@ -193,8 +189,13 @@ msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "Det er ikkje nok ledig plass til å foreslå ein separat partisjon for /home." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 #, fuzzy +msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." +msgstr "Det er ikkje tilordnet noko rotfilsystem!" + +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -295,8 +296,7 @@ "The actual resizing will not be performed until after you confirm all your\n" "settings in the last installation dialog. Until then your Windows\n" "partition will remain untouched.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -314,15 +314,13 @@ "<p>\n" "To skip resizing your Windows partition, press\n" "<b>Back</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" "Viss du ikkje vil endra storleiken på Windows-\n" "partisjonen, klikk<b>Tilbake</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size #. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size @@ -350,16 +348,14 @@ "The upper bar graph displays the current situation.\n" "The lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation (after\n" "the partition resize).\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" "Det øvre stolpediagrammet viser gjeldande situasjon.\n" "Det nedre stolpediagrammet viser situasjonen etter installasjonen (etter\n" "at storleiken på partisjonene er endra).\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text (graphical mode), continued #. help text (graphical mode), continued @@ -370,8 +366,7 @@ "<p>\n" "Drag the slider or enter a numeric value in either\n" "input field to adjust the suggested values.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -427,15 +422,13 @@ "<p>Enter a value for the size of your <b>Linux</b> installation.\n" "The partitions will automatically be created within this range\n" "as required for &product;.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Angje eit verd for storleiken på <b>Linux</b>- installasjonen.\n" "Naudsynte partisjoner for &product; vil opprettast\n" "på dette området.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -445,8 +438,7 @@ "\n" "<p>\n" "<b>Windows Used</b> is the size of the space your Windows partition uses.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -741,14 +733,12 @@ "<p>\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" "are shown here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Alle harddiskar som vart funne automatisk, er viste\n" "her. Vel den harddisken du vil installera &product; på.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help part 2 of 3 #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 @@ -756,13 +746,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Du kan venta med å velja kva for ein del av disken du vil installera &product; på.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help part 3 of 3 #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 @@ -773,15 +761,13 @@ "The <b>Custom Partitioning</b> option for experts allows full\n" "control over partitioning the hard disks and assigning\n" "partitions to mount points when installing &product;.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" "Med alternativet <b>Egendefinert partisjonering</b> har avanserte brukarar\n" "full kontroll over partisjoneringen av diskane og tilordningen av monteringspunkter under installasjonen av &product;.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning #. Information what to do, background information @@ -965,13 +951,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel kor på harddisken du vil installera &product;.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 @@ -980,8 +964,7 @@ "<p>\n" "Use either the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the\n" "partitions or free regions shown.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Du kan anten bruka <b>heile harddisken</b> eller éin eller fleire av\n" @@ -1011,13 +994,11 @@ "<p>\n" "<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" "lost. </i></b> There will be no way to recover this data.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><i>Dei merkte områda vil slettast, og alle data som er lagra her, vil slettast. </i></b> Desse dataa vil ikkje kunna gjenopprettes.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) #. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) @@ -1053,21 +1034,19 @@ "lost</b> in the installation. When shrinking Windows, we <b>strongly\n" "recommend a data backup</b>, because the data must be reorganized.\n" "This may fail under rare circumstances.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Viss du slettar Windows, vil alle data på partisjonen <b>gå tapt\n" "og kan ikkje gjenopprettes</b>. Før du krympar Windows rår til vi på\n" "det <b>sterkaste\n" "at du sikkerhetskopierer viktige data</b>, fordi dataa må omorganiserast. I sjeldne tilfelle kan feil oppstå.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Foreslå separat partisjon for &hjemmekatalog" @@ -1089,7 +1068,7 @@ msgstr "Forslagstype" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" @@ -1105,7 +1084,7 @@ "Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" @@ -1122,7 +1101,7 @@ "Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" @@ -1138,7 +1117,7 @@ "Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" @@ -1155,7 +1134,7 @@ #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" @@ -1165,7 +1144,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1187,7 +1166,7 @@ "Vil du bruka dette oppsettet?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1203,7 +1182,7 @@ "Vil du verkeleg bruka denne storleiken på oppstartspartisjonen?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1215,7 +1194,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" @@ -1234,7 +1213,7 @@ "Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet utan ein /boot-partisjon?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" @@ -1254,11 +1233,11 @@ "\n" "Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" -"\n" +"%s\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1413,7 +1392,7 @@ "Vil du verkeleg halda på partisjonen uformatert?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" @@ -1423,7 +1402,7 @@ "Fjern henne frå RAID før du gjer endringar.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" @@ -1433,7 +1412,7 @@ "Fjern henne frå volumgruppen før du gjer endringar.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" @@ -1443,7 +1422,7 @@ "Fjern henne frå volumet før du gjer endringar.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" @@ -1453,7 +1432,7 @@ "Fjern henne frå RAID før du slettar henne.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" @@ -1462,13 +1441,13 @@ "Eininga (%2) nyttast av %1.\n" "Fjern %1 før du slettar henne.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 #, fuzzy msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Kan ikkje slettes medan han er montert." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" @@ -1479,7 +1458,7 @@ " partisjon med høgare nummer er i bruk.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" @@ -1493,7 +1472,7 @@ "Klikk Avbryt viss du ikkje veit nøyaktig kva du gjer.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1509,7 +1488,7 @@ "før du slettar den utvida partisjonen.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1525,7 +1504,7 @@ "den utvida partisjonen.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1546,14 +1525,14 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Ikkje gløym kva du skriv inn her!" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Passord er ikkje naudsynt." @@ -1586,7 +1565,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Skriv inn eit passord for filsystemet:" @@ -1598,7 +1577,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "&Gjenta passordet:" @@ -1624,7 +1603,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" @@ -1636,7 +1615,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" @@ -2004,9 +1983,7 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>" -"\n" +msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Her kan du oppretta og fjerne undervolumer \n" @@ -2045,7 +2022,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -2062,7 +2039,7 @@ msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Du må angje eit namn på undervolumet." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" @@ -2071,12 +2048,12 @@ "Berre undervolumnavn som byrjar med «@/» er tillat!\n" "Legg automatisk til «@/» føre undervolumnavnet." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 #, fuzzy msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Undervolumnavnet %1 finst allereie." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 #, fuzzy msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Alle tidlegare endringar i dialogen vil gå tapt!" @@ -2087,13 +2064,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Opprett eit kryptert filsystem.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text for cryptofs #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 @@ -2101,13 +2076,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Tilgjenge til eit kryptert filsystem.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text for cryptofs #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 @@ -2117,19 +2090,17 @@ "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" "mounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\n" "Linux file system.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Hugs at filsystemet berre er verna når det ikkje\n" "er montert. Når det er montert, er det like sikkert som alle andre\n" "Linux-filsystemer.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" @@ -2137,21 +2108,19 @@ "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Dette monteringspunktet tilsvarer eit mellombels filsystem som /tmp eller var/tmp.\n" "Du treng ikkje å angje noko krypteringspassord. I så fall vil systemet oppretta\n" "eit tilfeldig passord ved systemoppstart. Dette tyder at alle data på desse\n" "filsystemene går tapt når du slår av maskina.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" @@ -2159,36 +2128,32 @@ "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Viss du gløymer passordet ditt, vil du mista tilgjenge til alle data i filsystemet.\n" "Ver nøye med val av passord. Ein kombinasjon av bokstavar og tall\n" "vert rådd til. For å sikre at passordet vert skrive inn riktig, \n" "må det skrivast inn to gonger.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Du må skilja mellom store og små bokstavar. Eit passord bør ha\n" "minst %1 teikn, og bør normalt ikkje innehalda spesialtegn\n" "(t.d. bokstavar med aksent).\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text, continued #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 @@ -2198,20 +2163,18 @@ "Possible characters are\n" "<tt>%1</tt>, blanks, uppercase and lowercase\n" "letters (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>), and digits <tt>0</tt> to <tt>9</tt>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Moglege teikn er\n" "<tt>%1</tt>, mellomrom, små og store\n" "bokstavar (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) og tall <tt>0</tt> til <tt>9</tt>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" @@ -2228,8 +2191,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Du vil bedast om å skriva inn krypteringspassordet.\n" @@ -2243,14 +2205,12 @@ "If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Viss det krypterte filsystemet ikkje inneheld nokon systemfil og difor ikkje vert kravde for oppdateringa, kan du velja <b>Hopp over</b>. I dette tilfellet\n" " finn det ikkje stad noko tilgjenge til filsystemet under oppdatering.\n" -" </p>" -"\n" +" </p>\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 #, fuzzy @@ -2445,7 +2405,7 @@ "til einingar som manglar eller ha ukjent filsystem." #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2470,13 +2430,13 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 #, fuzzy msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Filsystemet er montert på %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" @@ -2487,13 +2447,13 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 #, fuzzy msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Avmonter" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" @@ -2502,17 +2462,17 @@ "Du kan freista avmontera det no eller avbryta.\n" "Klikk på Avbryt viss du ikkje veit nøyaktig kva du held på med." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 #, fuzzy msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Det er ikkje mogleg å oppretta ein partisjon på %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 #, fuzzy msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Det er ikkje mogleg å oppretta ein partisjon på %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Det er ikkje mogleg å oppretta ein partisjon på %1." @@ -2599,8 +2559,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" -"device.</p>" -"\n" +"device.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Dobbeltklikk på ein oppføring i tabellen\n" "for å gå til eit vindauge med detaljert informasjon om den aktuelle\n" @@ -2825,9 +2784,8 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit" @@ -2860,9 +2818,8 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2886,8 +2843,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Rediger …" @@ -2904,8 +2861,7 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 #, fuzzy @@ -2923,8 +2879,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" -"selected Btrfs volume.</p>" -"\n" +"selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Her vert viste detaljert informasjon om\n" "valde BTRFS-volum.</p>" @@ -2934,8 +2889,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" -"selected Btrfs volume.</p>" -"\n" +"selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Her vert viste alle einingar som vert brukte av\n" "valt BTRFS-volum.</p>" @@ -2979,33 +2933,39 @@ msgstr "<p>Vel storleiken på den nye partisjonen.</p>" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 #, fuzzy +msgid "EFI Boot Partition" +msgstr "Formater partisjon" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "Operating System" msgstr "Standard filsystem" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "" #. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n" @@ -3015,20 +2975,19 @@ "og ynskte filsystemtype.</p>" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" -"volume will delete all data on it.</p>" -"\n" +"volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å kryptera alle data på\n" "volumet, vel <b>Krypter eining</b>. Viss du endrar krypteringen på eit eksisterande\n" "volum, vil alle data på volumet slettast.</p>" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n" @@ -3038,56 +2997,56 @@ " og monteringspunktet ( /, /boot, /usr, /var osb.).</p>" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 #, fuzzy msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Formateringsvalg" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 #, fuzzy msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Formater partisjon" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Ikkje formater partisjon" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Ikkje monter partisjonen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Monteringsvalg" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Monter partisjonen" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Monteringspunkt" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 #, fuzzy msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fs&tab-val …" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Kryptofiler må krypterast." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" @@ -3101,19 +3060,19 @@ "Kryss av for formatering òg.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Krypteringsfiler må ha eit monteringspunkt." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 #, fuzzy msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs må ha eit monteringspunkt." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" @@ -3129,40 +3088,38 @@ "</p>" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" "password empty, but then the swap device cannot be used for hibernating\n" "(suspend to disk).\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Filsystemet swap er brukte for dette volumet. Du treng ikkje å angje noko krypteringspassord,\n" "men swap-eininga vil i så fall ikkje kunne verta til brukt dvalefunksjoner\n" "(diskdvale).\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 #, fuzzy msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Alle data som er lagra på volumet, vil gåt tapt!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 #, fuzzy msgid "Password" msgstr "Passord" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3173,7 +3130,7 @@ "Du kan ikkje endra storleik på den valde partisjonen fordi filsystemet\n" "på denne partisjonen ikkje støttar endring av storleik.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 #, fuzzy msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" @@ -3181,7 +3138,7 @@ msgstr "Det er ikkje mogleg å oppretta ein partisjon på %1." #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -3191,24 +3148,24 @@ "fordi filsystemet ser ut til å vera inkonsistent." #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Endre storleik på partisjon %1" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Endre storleik på logisk volum %1" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 #, fuzzy msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Gjeldande storleik: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 #, fuzzy msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Brukt storleik: %1" @@ -3217,8 +3174,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -3231,7 +3188,7 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 #, fuzzy @@ -3239,14 +3196,14 @@ msgstr "Maksimal storleik (%1)" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 #, fuzzy msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Minimum storleik (%1)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 #, fuzzy @@ -3254,14 +3211,14 @@ msgstr "Egendefinert storleik" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>" msgstr "<p>Vel ein ny storleik.</p>" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 #, fuzzy @@ -3272,7 +3229,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" @@ -3286,13 +3243,13 @@ "endra storleiken." #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 #, fuzzy msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Resultat frå %1" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Skannar diskar på nytt …" @@ -3331,8 +3288,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" -"BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.</p>" -"\n" +"BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Her vert vist alle enhetstilordnere\n" "som ikkje allereie er med i ein annan visning. Multipath-diskar,\n" @@ -3514,59 +3470,59 @@ msgstr "Det angjevne området er ugyldig." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Legg til partisjon på %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Rediger partisjonen %1" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 #, fuzzy msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Ingen ledig plass på den flytte partisjonen %1." #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Vil du flytta partisjonen %1 framover?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "Vil du flytta partisjonen %1 bakover?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Vil du flytta partisjonen %1?" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 #, fuzzy msgid "Forward" msgstr "Framover" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 #, fuzzy msgid "Backward" msgstr "Bakover" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Stadfest sletting av alle partisjoner" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" @@ -3575,7 +3531,7 @@ "Disken «%1» inneheld minst éin partisjon.\n" "Viss du held fram, vil følgjande partisjoner slettast:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Vil du verkeleg slette alle partisjoner på «%1»?" @@ -3583,26 +3539,31 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 #, fuzzy msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "Ingen harddisk valt." #. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 #, fuzzy msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Disken er i bruk, og kan ikkje endrast." #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 #, fuzzy msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "Vel ny partisjonstabelltype for %1." #. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" @@ -3612,33 +3573,33 @@ "på %1, og alle RAID-einingar og volumgrupper som brukar partisjoner på %1." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Ingen disk valt." #. popup text #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "Vil du verkeleg slette BIOS RAID %1?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil sletta partisjonert RAID %1?" #. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 #, fuzzy msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "Denne disken inneheld ingen partisjoner som kan slettes." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 #, fuzzy msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "Det er ikkje mogleg å oppretta ein partisjon på %1." @@ -3647,16 +3608,16 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "Ingen partisjon er valde." #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" @@ -3666,13 +3627,13 @@ "redigerast. For å redigera henne %1, sørg for at han ikkje er i bruk." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "Ein utvida partisjon kan ikkje vert redigert." #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" @@ -3682,13 +3643,13 @@ "og kan ikkje flyttast." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 #, fuzzy msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "Ein utvida partisjon kan ikkje vert flytt." #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" @@ -3698,33 +3659,30 @@ "vert endra. For å endra storleik på %1, sørg for at han ikkje er i bruk." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 #, fuzzy msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "Du kan ikkje endra storleiken på ein utvida partisjon." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" -"this disk.</p>" -"\n" +"this disk.</p>\n" "<p>Disks marked with the sign '*' contain one or\n" "more partitions. After cloning, these\n" -"partitions will be deleted.</p>" -"\n" +"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Vel éin eller fleire (viss tilgjengelege) harddiskar\n" "som skal ha same partisjonsoppsett som\n" -"denne disken.</p>" -"\n" +"denne disken.</p>\n" "<p>Diskar merket med '*' inneheld éin eller\n" "fleire partisjoner. Etter kloning vil desse\n" "partisjonene slettast.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" @@ -3733,12 +3691,12 @@ "Følgjande partisjoner vil slettast\n" "og alle data på dei vil gå tapt:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil sletta desse partisjonene?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 #, fuzzy msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" @@ -3749,7 +3707,7 @@ "disk må ha minst éin partisjon).\n" "Opprett nokon partisjoner før du klonar disken." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" @@ -3758,23 +3716,23 @@ "Denne disken kan ikkje klonast. Det finst ingen eigna\n" "diskar som kan ha same partisjonsoppsett." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 #, fuzzy msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "Klon partisjonsoppsettet for %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 #, fuzzy msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "Tilgjengelege måldisker:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "Vel ein måldisk for å oppretta ein klona." #. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" @@ -3784,7 +3742,7 @@ "Vil du verkeleg køyra dasdfmt for disken %1?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" @@ -3889,8 +3847,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>This view shows all hard disks including\n" -"iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>" -"\n" +"iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Her vert vist alle harddiskar, inkludert\n" "iSCSI-diskar, BIOS RAID-einingar og Multipath-diskar med sine partisjoner.</p>" @@ -3947,8 +3904,7 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 #, fuzzy @@ -3967,8 +3923,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" -"partitions are shown here.</p>" -"\n" +"partitions are shown here.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Her vert vist alle partisjoner på den valde\n" "harddisken. Viss harddisken vert brukt av t.d. BIOS RAID eller Multipath, vil\n" @@ -3980,8 +3935,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" -"software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>" -"\n" +"software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Her vert viste alle einingar som vert brukte av den\n" "valde harddisken. Visningen er berre tilgjengeleg for BIOS RAID, partisjonert\n" @@ -4021,8 +3975,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" -"the table.</p>" -"\n" +"the table.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>YaST2 har gjennomsøkt harddiskane og funne\n" "eit gammalt Linux-system med monteringspunkter. Til høgre ser du ei liste over monteringspunktene som vart funnen. Dei gamle monteringspunktene\n" @@ -4086,12 +4039,12 @@ msgstr "Feil passord." #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "Stadfest sletting av partisjon som vert brukt av LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" @@ -4102,17 +4055,17 @@ "For at systemet skal vera konsistent vil følgjande volumgruppe\n" "med tilhøyrande logiske volum verta sletter:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Vil du sletta partisjonen «%1» og volumgruppen «%2» no?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "Stadfest sletting av partisjonen som vert brukte av RAID" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" @@ -4123,13 +4076,13 @@ "For at systemet skal vera konsistent, vil følgjande\n" "RAID-eining slettast:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Vil du sletta partisjonen «%1» og RAID «%2» no?" #. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil sletta alle partisjonene på %1?" @@ -4137,13 +4090,13 @@ #. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. now delete partition!! #. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "Vil du verkeleg slette %1?" #. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -4154,7 +4107,7 @@ #. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. #. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 #, fuzzy msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "Ikkje partisjonert" @@ -4163,37 +4116,37 @@ #. or the end of the disk if #. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one #. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 #, fuzzy msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "Ikkje tilordnet" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ingen endringar i partisjoneringen.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>" msgstr "<p>Endringar i partisjoneringen:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ingen endringar i lagringsinnstillingene.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>" msgstr "<p>Lagringsinnstillinger:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>" msgstr "<p>Lagringsinnstillinger:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ingen endringar i lagringsinnstillingene.</p>" @@ -4230,49 +4183,37 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>" -"This must be an absolute path to the file\n" -"containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Stig til loop-fil</b><br>" -"Dette må vera den absolutte stigen til fila\n" -"som inneheld datum for for han krypterte loop-eininga som skal verta opp sett.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Stig til loop-fil</b><br>Dette må vera den absolutte stigen til fila\n" +"som inneheld datum for for han krypterte loop-eininga som skal verta opp sett.</p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>" -"If this is checked, the file will be created\n" +"<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be created\n" "with the size given in the next field. <b>NOTE:</b> If the file already\n" -"exists, all data in it is lost.</p>" -"\n" +"exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Opprett loop-fil:</b><br>" -"Viss dette er avkrysset, vil fila opprettast med storleiken som vert angjeven i neste felt. <b>MERK:</b> Viss fila \n" -"finst allereie, vil alle data i han gå tapt.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Opprett loop-fil:</b><br>Viss dette er avkrysset, vil fila opprettast med storleiken som vert angjeven i neste felt. <b>MERK:</b> Viss fila \n" +"finst allereie, vil alle data i han gå tapt.</p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Size:</b><br>" -"This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" -"created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" +"created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Storleik:</b><br>" -"Dette er storleiken på loop-fila. Filsystemet\n" -"som skal opprettast i han krypterte loop-eininga, vil ha denne storleiken.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Storleik:</b><br>Dette er storleiken på loop-fila. Filsystemet\n" +"som skal opprettast i han krypterte loop-eininga, vil ha denne storleiken.</p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 @@ -4282,15 +4223,13 @@ "<p><b>NOTE:</b> During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" "checks of file size and path names because the file system is not\n" "accessible. It will be created at the end of the installation. Be\n" -"careful when providing the size and path name.</p>" -"\n" +"careful when providing the size and path name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p><b>MERK:</b>Under installasjon vil det ikkje utførast nokon\n" "konsistenskontroller med omsyn til filstørrelser og filstier fordi filsystemet ikkje er \n" "tilgjengeleg. Dette vil opprettast når installasjonen vert fullførd. Vêr \n" -"nøye med storleiken og filstien du angjev.</p>" -"\n" +"nøye med storleiken og filstien du angjev.</p>\n" #. input field label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 @@ -4339,13 +4278,13 @@ "å oppretta ei fil." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "Legg til krypteringsfil" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "Rediger krypteringsfilen %1" @@ -4701,13 +4640,13 @@ msgstr "Brukast av" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Legg til logisk volum på %1" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Rediger det logiske volumet %1 på %2" @@ -4750,9 +4689,9 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 #, fuzzy msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "Ingen logiske volum er valde." @@ -4764,7 +4703,7 @@ msgstr "Det er ingen ledig plass i volumgruppen \"%1\"." #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" @@ -4774,7 +4713,7 @@ "redigerast. For å redigera %1, sørg for at det ikkje er i bruk." #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" @@ -5024,54 +4963,43 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>" -"\n" +"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> Dette nivået aukar ytinga til disken.\n" -"Det er <b>INGEN</b> redundans i denne modusen. Viss ein av diskane havarerer, vil det ikkje vera mogleg å gjenopprette datum.</p>" -"\n" +"Det er <b>INGEN</b> redundans i denne modusen. Viss ein av diskane havarerer, vil det ikkje vera mogleg å gjenopprette datum.</p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>" -"This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" +"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" "used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" "disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" -"used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>" -"\n" +"used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>" -"Denne modusen har best redundans. Han kan brukast\n" +"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Denne modusen har best redundans. Han kan brukast\n" "med to eller fleire diskar. Modusen lagar ein nøyaktig kopi av alle data på alle\n" "diskar. Så lenge éin av diskane fungerer, vil ingen datum gå tapt. Partisjonene\n" -"som vert brukte for dette RAIDET-typen, bør ha omtrent same storleik.</p>" -"\n" +"som vert brukte for dette RAIDET-typen, bør ha omtrent same storleik.</p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>" -"This mode combines management of a larger number\n" +"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n" "of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>" -"\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>" -"Denne modusen kan handtera ei større mengd \n" +"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Denne modusen kan handtera ei større mengd \n" "diskar, og har likevel noko redundans. Modusen kan brukast for tre eller fleire diskar.\n" -"Viss éin disk havarerer, er alle data framleis intakt. Viss to diskar havarerer samstundes, går alle data tapt.</p>" -"\n" +"Viss éin disk havarerer, er alle data framleis intakt. Viss to diskar havarerer samstundes, går alle data tapt.</p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "<p><b>Raid Name</b> gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" -"available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.</p>" -"\n" +"available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. helptext @@ -5080,25 +5008,21 @@ msgid "" "<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" "the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>" -"\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Legg til partisjoner i RAID.</b> Avhengig av\n" "RAID-type, vil ledig diskplass tilsvara summen av desse partisjonene (RAID0), storleiken på\n" -"den minste partisjonen (RAID 1) eller (N-1)*minste partisjon (RAID 5).</p>" -"\n" +"den minste partisjonen (RAID 1) eller (N-1)*minste partisjon (RAID 5).</p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" -"to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>" -"\n" +"to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p> Generelt bør partisjonene liggja på ulike diskar,\n" -"for oppnå optimal redundans og yting.</p>" -"\n" +"for oppnå optimal redundans og yting.</p>\n" #. heading #. Column header @@ -5159,17 +5083,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>" -"It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" +"<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" "of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>" -"\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Datapakkestørrelse:</b><br>" -"Dette er den samlinga\n" +"<p><b>Datapakkestørrelse:</b><br>Dette er den samlinga\n" "av datum som kan lagrast på einingane. Ein fornuftig datapakkestørrelse for RAID 5 er 128 kB. For RAID 0\n" -"er 32 kB eit godt utgangspunkt. For RAID 1 tyder ikkje datapakkestørrelsen så mye.</p>" -"\n" +"er 32 kB eit godt utgangspunkt. For RAID 1 tyder ikkje datapakkestørrelsen så mye.</p>\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 #, fuzzy @@ -5183,10 +5103,8 @@ "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" "Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Paritetsalgoritme:</b><br>" -"Paritetsalgoritmen som skal brukast for RAID5/6.\n" -"Venstresymetrisk gjev best yting på vanlege roterande diskar.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Paritetsalgoritme:</b><br>Paritetsalgoritmen som skal brukast for RAID5/6.\n" +"Venstresymetrisk gjev best yting på vanlege roterande diskar.</p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -5221,19 +5139,19 @@ msgstr "<p>Endre einingane som vert brukte for RAID.</p>" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 #, fuzzy msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Legg til RAID %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Endre storleik på RAID %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "Rediger RAID %1" @@ -5500,8 +5418,7 @@ "device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" "persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n" -"<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>" -"\n" +"<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Standardmontering med</b> angjev monteringsmetoden\n" "for nyopprettet filsystemer. <i>Enhetsavn</i> brukar kjernen sin\n" @@ -5515,8 +5432,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n" -"system type for newly created file systems.</p>" -"\n" +"system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Standard filsystem</b> angjev\n" "filsystemtypen for nyopprettede filsystemer.</p>" @@ -5528,8 +5444,7 @@ "<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" -"kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>" -"\n" +"kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Ordning av nyopprettede partisjoner</b>\n" "angjev korleis opprettedepartisjoner skal ordnast. <b>sylinder</b> angjev tradisjonell ordning ved sylindergrenser på disken. <b>optimal</b> ordnar \n" @@ -5563,7 +5478,7 @@ msgstr "<p>Dette er eit installasjonssammendrag.</p>" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "Legg til Tmpfs-monteringspunkt" @@ -5601,8 +5516,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" -"selected tmpfs volume.</p>" -"\n" +"selected tmpfs volume.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Her vert viste detaljert informasjon om\n" "valde BTRFS-volum.</p>" @@ -5935,12 +5849,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n" -"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>" -"\n" +"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Veksleminneprioritet:</b>\n" -"Angje veksleminneprioriteten. Eit høgare tal gjev høgare prioritet.</p>" -"\n" +"Angje veksleminneprioriteten. Eit høgare tal gjev høgare prioritet.</p>\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -5957,8 +5869,7 @@ "the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Monter som skrivebeskyttet:</b>\n" -"Ingen data kan verta til skrive filsystemet. Standardverdien er 'nei'.</p>" -"\n" +"Ingen data kan verta til skrive filsystemet. Standardverdien er 'nei'.</p>\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 @@ -5971,8 +5882,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n" -"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>" -"\n" +"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Ingen tilgangstid:</b>\n" "Tilgangstidene vert ikkje oppdaterte når ei fil vert lesen. Standardverdien er \"Nei\".</p>" @@ -5988,12 +5898,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n" -"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>" -"\n" +"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kan monterast av brukar:</b>\n" -"Filsystemet kan monterast av vanleg brukar. Standardverdien er \"Nei\".</p>" -"\n" +"Filsystemet kan monterast av vanleg brukar. Standardverdien er \"Nei\".</p>\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -6009,16 +5917,14 @@ "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" "with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>" -"\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Ikkje monter ved oppstart:</b>\n" "Filsystemet vert montert ikkje automatisk under oppstart av systemet.\n" "Ein oppføring i /etc/fstab vert oppretta, og filsystemet verta med\n" "montert tilhøyrande val med kommandoen <tt>mount <monteringspunktt></tt>\n" "(<monteringspunkt> er katalogen som filsystemet vert montert i).\n" -"Standardverdien er 'nei'.</p>" -"\n" +"Standardverdien er 'nei'.</p>\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 @@ -6032,13 +5938,11 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" -"Default is false.</p>" -"\n" +"Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Aktivar diskkvoter:</b>\n" "Filsystemet verta med montert aktiverte diskkvoter for brukarar.\n" -"Standard er deaktivert.</p>" -"\n" +"Standard er deaktivert.</p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 @@ -6053,13 +5957,10 @@ "<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" -"written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>" -"\n" +"written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>" -"\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>" -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Dataindekseringsmodus:</b>\n" "Spesifiserer indekseringsmodus for fildata.\n" @@ -6067,8 +5968,7 @@ "vert lagra i hovedfilsystemet. Høg ytelsespåvirkning.\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- Alle data vert sende automatisk til hovedfilsystemet\n" "før metadata sendast til indeksen. Medium ytelsespåvirkning.\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Datarekkefølgen vert ikkje oppretthalden. Ingen ytelsespåvirkning.</p>" -"\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Datarekkefølgen vert ikkje oppretthalden. Ingen ytelsespåvirkning.</p>\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -6081,12 +5981,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n" -"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>" -"\n" +"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tilgangskontrollister (ACL):</b>\n" -"Aktivar tilgangskontrollister for filsystemet.</p>" -"\n" +"Aktivar tilgangskontrollister for filsystemet.</p>\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 @@ -6099,12 +5997,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n" -"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>" -"\n" +"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Utvida brukerattributter:</b>\n" -"Tillat utvida brukerattributter for filsystemet.</p>" -"\n" +"Tillat utvida brukerattributter for filsystemet.</p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 @@ -6123,13 +6019,11 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" -"Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>" -"\n" +"Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tilfeldig valgverdi:</b>\n" "I dette feltet kan du leggja inn gyldige monteringsalternativer for fjerde felt i /etc/fstab.\n" -"Ulike val må vera adskilt av komene.</p>" -"\n" +"Ulike val må vera adskilt av komene.</p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 @@ -6142,12 +6036,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n" -"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>" -"\n" +"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tegnsett for filnavn:</b>\n" -"Vel kva for eit tegnsett som skal brukast ved visning av filnavn på Windows-partisjoner.</p>" -"\n" +"Vel kva for eit tegnsett som skal brukast ved visning av filnavn på Windows-partisjoner.</p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -6160,12 +6052,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>" -"\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tegnsett for korte FAT-namn:</b>\n" -"Dette tegnsettes vert brukt ved konvertering til korte filnavn i FAT-filsystemer.</p>" -"\n" +"Dette tegnsettes vert brukt ved konvertering til korte filnavn i FAT-filsystemer.</p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -6194,12 +6084,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>" -"\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>FAT-storleik:</b>\n" -"Angjev kva for ein type allokeringstabeller som vert nytta (12-, 16-, eller 32-bitar). Viss auto vert valde, vil YaST2 automatisk velja det verdet som passar best til storleiken på filsystemet.</p>" -"\n" +"Angjev kva for ein type allokeringstabeller som vert nytta (12-, 16-, eller 32-bitar). Viss auto vert valde, vil YaST2 automatisk velja det verdet som passar best til storleiken på filsystemet.</p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -6218,8 +6106,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n" -"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>" -"\n" +"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Underkat. i rot:</b>\n" "Vel maksimalt mengd underkataloger i rot-katalogen.</p>" @@ -6235,8 +6122,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>" -"\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Sorteringsfunksjon:</b>\n" "Spesifiser namnet på sorteringsfunksjonen som skal brukast for å svartare filnavn i katalogar. Vel eit alternativ ovanfor.</p>" @@ -6252,12 +6138,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>" -"\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>FS-revisjon:</b>\n" -"Dette alternativet definerer kva for ein formatrevisjon som skal verta for brukt reiserfs. '3.5' står for bakoverkompatibilitet med kjernar frå 2.2.x serien. '3.6' er nyare, men kan berre verta med brukte kjerneversjoner frå og med 2.4.</p>" -"\n" +"Dette alternativet definerer kva for ein formatrevisjon som skal verta for brukt reiserfs. '3.5' står for bakoverkompatibilitet med kjernar frå 2.2.x serien. '3.6' er nyare, men kan berre verta med brukte kjerneversjoner frå og med 2.4.</p>\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -6271,12 +6155,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>" -"\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Blokkstørrelse:</b>\n" -"Spesifiser blokkstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige verd er 512, 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blokk. Viss auto er valde, vert ein standardblokkstørrelse på 4096 nytta.</p>" -"\n" +"Spesifiser blokkstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige verd er 512, 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blokk. Viss auto er valde, vert ein standardblokkstørrelse på 4096 nytta.</p>\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -6291,12 +6173,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n" -"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>" -"\n" +"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Inode-storleik:</b>\n" -"Spesifiser inode storleiken for filsystemet.</p>" -"\n" +"Spesifiser inode storleiken for filsystemet.</p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 @@ -6309,12 +6189,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>" -"\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Prosentandel for inode-storleik:</b>\n" -"\"Prosentandel for inode-storleik\" spesifiserer den maksimale prosentandelen av filsystemet som kan tilordnes inoder.</p>" -"\n" +"\"Prosentandel for inode-storleik\" spesifiserer den maksimale prosentandelen av filsystemet som kan tilordnes inoder.</p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -6329,14 +6207,12 @@ "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" -"is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>" -"\n" +"is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Inode-justert:</b>\n" "\"Inode-justert\" spesifiserer om inode-tilordningen skal justerast eller \n" "ikkje. Standardverdien er \"justert\". Justert inode-tilgjenge\n" -"er vanlegvis meir effektivt enn ujustert tilgjenge.</p>" -"\n" +"er vanlegvis meir effektivt enn ujustert tilgjenge.</p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 @@ -6360,8 +6236,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Log Size</b>\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>" -"\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Loggstørrelse</b>\n" "Definer loggstørrelsen (i megabyte). Viss auto er valt, vil standardverdien vera 40 % av samla storleik.</p>" @@ -6395,26 +6270,22 @@ "<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" "argument is 'stride', which takes the number of blocks in a\n" -"RAID stripe as its argument.</p>" -"\n" +"RAID stripe as its argument.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>'Stride-lengd i blokker:</b> \n" "Vel RAID-relaterte alternativ for filsystemet. Førebels er berre 'stride' \n" "støtta, ein funksjon som brukar mengd blokker i eit RAID- 'stripe' som\n" -"argument.</p>" -"\n" +"argument.</p>\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>" -"\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Blokkstørrelse:</b>\n" -"Spesifiser blokkstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige verd er 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blokk. Dersom auto er valde, vil blokkstørrelsen avgjerast av filsystemstørrelsen og kva filsystemet vert forventa å verta brukt til.</p>" -"\n" +"Spesifiser blokkstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige verd er 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blokk. Dersom auto er valde, vil blokkstørrelsen avgjerast av filsystemstørrelsen og kva filsystemet vert forventa å verta brukt til.</p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -6433,14 +6304,12 @@ "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" "inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" -"value for this parameter.</p>" -"\n" +"value for this parameter.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Byte per inode:</b>\n" "Spesifiser tilhøvet mellom byte og inode. YaST2 opprettar ein inode for peren <til kvar-byte-inode> byte diskplass. Jo større byte per inode-verdet er, dess fleire inoder vil opprettast.\n" "Dette verdet bør generelt ikkje vera mindre enn blokkstørrelsen i filsystemet for å unngå at for mange inoder vert oppretta. Det er ikkje mogleg å utvida \n" -"mengd inoder etter at filsystemet er laget, så det er viktig å velja eit fornuftig verd her.</p>" -"\n" +"mengd inoder etter at filsystemet er laget, så det er viktig å velja eit fornuftig verd her.</p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 @@ -6476,12 +6345,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n" -"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>" -"\n" +"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Deaktiver regelmessige kontrollar:</b>\n" -"Deaktiver regelmessig kontroll av filsystemet ved oppstart.</p>" -"\n" +"Deaktiver regelmessig kontroll av filsystemet ved oppstart.</p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 @@ -6494,12 +6361,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n" -"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>" -"\n" +"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Katalogindeks:</b>\n" -"Her kan du bruka hash-b-strukturar for raskare søk i store katalogar.</p>" -"\n" +"Her kan du bruka hash-b-strukturar for raskare søk i store katalogar.</p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 @@ -6513,29 +6378,50 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" -"know what you are doing.</p>" -"\n" +"know what you are doing.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Ingen journal:</b>\n" "Journalfunksjonen deaktiveres for filsystemet. Bruk dette valet berre viss\n" -"du veit kva du gjer.</p>" -"\n" +"du veit kva du gjer.</p>\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 -msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" +"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" +"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n" +"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n" +"\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" +"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n" +"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Partisjoneringen på disken %1 kan anten ikkje lesast av\n" +"partisjoneringsverktøyet parted, som vert nytta for å endra\n" +"partisjonstabellen eller verta ikkje støtta av dette verktøyet.\n" +"\n" +"Du kan bruka partisjonene på disken %1 som dei er eller\n" +"formatera dei og tilordne monteringspunkter til dei, men du\n" +"kan ikkje leggja til, redigera, endra storleikar eller sletta partisjoner frå denne\n" +"disken her.\n" + +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" "partition table.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" @@ -6549,16 +6435,16 @@ "kan ikkje leggja til, redigera, endra storleikar eller sletta partisjoner frå denne\n" "disken her.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" +"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n" "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n" +"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n" "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n" "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" @@ -6573,7 +6459,7 @@ "disken her.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6589,7 +6475,7 @@ "disken.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6608,7 +6494,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Storleiken kunne ikkje endrast:" @@ -6622,7 +6508,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" @@ -6636,7 +6522,7 @@ "Eit ugyldig krypteringspassord er kanskje angjeve.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" @@ -6648,7 +6534,7 @@ "Prøv igjen." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -6661,28 +6547,28 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Angje krypteringspassord" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 #, fuzzy msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Angje eit passord" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 #, fuzzy msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Følgjande krypterte volum er allereie tilgjengelege." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Aktivering av krypterte volum" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" @@ -6695,13 +6581,13 @@ "Passorda må kjennast viss det er behov for voluma, anten \n" "under ei oppdatering eller viss dei inneheld eit fysisk kryptert LVM-volum." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 #, fuzzy msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Vil du angje eit krypteringspassord?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" @@ -6713,59 +6599,59 @@ "Passordet vil freistast for alle einingane." #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Angje krypteringspassord" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 #, fuzzy msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Det finst ingen krypterte volum å låsa opp." #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 #, fuzzy msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Angje passordet for ein av følgjande einingar:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 #, fuzzy msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Angje passordet for følgjande eining:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 #, fuzzy msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Freistar å låsa opp krypterte volum …" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 #, fuzzy msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Passordet låste ikkje opp noko volum." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 #, fuzzy msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE-disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 #, fuzzy msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI-disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 #, fuzzy msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 #, fuzzy msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" @@ -6773,17 +6659,17 @@ #. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does #. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 #, fuzzy msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "Vil du halda fram til trass for feilen?" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 #, fuzzy msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" @@ -6791,7 +6677,7 @@ "Partisjonen %1 kan ikkje fjernast fordi andre partisjoner på\n" "disken %2 er i bruk." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6802,7 +6688,7 @@ "Eininga %1 kan ikkje endrast fordi han vert nytta som vekselminne,\n" "og er naudsynt for å køyra installasjonen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6813,7 +6699,7 @@ "Eininga %1 kan ikkje endrast fordi han inneheld installasjonsdata\n" "som er naudsynt for installasjonen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6824,7 +6710,7 @@ "Eininga %1 kan ikkje fjernast fordi han vert nytta som vekselminne,\n" "og er naudsynt for å køyra installasjonen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6835,7 +6721,7 @@ "Eininga %1 kan ikkje fjernast fordi han inneheld installasjonsdata\n" "som er naudsynt for installasjonen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6848,7 +6734,7 @@ "%2, som vert nytta som vekselminne, og er naudsynt for å køyra\n" "installasjonen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6861,7 +6747,7 @@ "installasjonen.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6873,12 +6759,12 @@ "disken %2 er i bruk." #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 #, fuzzy msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Det er ikkje tilordnet noko rotfilsystem!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Installasjonen vil mislukkast!" @@ -6886,7 +6772,7 @@ #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Følgjande kunne ikkje verta til lagde: %1" @@ -7639,61 +7525,45 @@ "Lagringssystemet er låst av programmet \"%1\" (%2).\n" "Dette programmet må avsluttast før du kan halda fram." -#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired +#. bsc#983003 #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "Det er ikkje mogleg å endra storleik på grunn av inkonistent fs. Freist å kontrollera fs frå Windows." -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" -msgstr "Opprett &LVM-basert forslag" - -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" -msgstr "Kr&ypter volumgruppen" - #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 #, fuzzy msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Alternativ for filsystem:" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 #, fuzzy msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Foreslå separat partisjon for &hjemmekatalog" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 #, fuzzy msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Forslag til innstillingar" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 -#, fuzzy +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" -"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" -"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>" -"\n" +"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n" +"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n" +"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"For å oppretta eitt LVM-basert forslag, vel den aktuelle knappen.</p>" -"\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7702,38 +7572,54 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Angje passordet for det den foreslegne krypteringen." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 #, fuzzy msgid "Password:" msgstr "Passord:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Gjenta passordet for å stadfesta:" +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" +msgstr "Opprett &LVM-basert forslag" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "Opprett &LVM-basert forslag" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "Opprett &LVM-basert forslag" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. #. @@ -7783,6 +7669,18 @@ msgstr "Synleg informasjon om lagringsenheter:" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" +#~ msgstr "Kr&ypter volumgruppen" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" +#~ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "For å oppretta eitt LVM-basert forslag, vel den aktuelle knappen.</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." #~ msgstr "Lagrar filsystemoppsett …" @@ -7837,14 +7735,12 @@ #~ "<p>\n" #~ "To import the mount points from an existing Linux\n" #~ "system choose <b>%1</b>. You can still make modification\n" -#~ "afterwards in the expert partitioner dialog.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "afterwards in the expert partitioner dialog.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "For å importera monteringspunkter frå eit eksisterande Linux-\n" #~ "system, vel <b>%1</b>. Du kan framleis justera oppsettet\n" -#~ "etterpå i den avanserte partisjoneringsdialogen.</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "etterpå i den avanserte partisjoneringsdialogen.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Use &Btrfs as Default File System" @@ -7953,16 +7849,14 @@ #~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" #~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Dette monteringspunktet tilsvarer eit mellombels filsystem som /tmp eller var/tmp.\n" #~ "Du treng ikkje å angje noko krypteringspassord. I så fall vil systemet oppretta \n" #~ "eit tilfeldig passord ved systemoppstart. Dette tyder at alle data på desse \n" #~ "filsystemene går tapt når du slår av maskina.\n" -#~ "</p>" -#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "No BTRFS device selected." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/update.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/update.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/update.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -83,46 +83,36 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To avoid any loss of information during update,\n" -"create a <b>backup</b> prior to updating.</p>" -"\n" +"create a <b>backup</b> prior to updating.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å unngå tap av data under oppgradering\n" -"kan du oppretta ein <b>sikkerhetskopi</b> før oppgraderingen.</p>" -"\n" +"kan du oppretta ein <b>sikkerhetskopi</b> før oppgraderingen.</p>\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 2/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Warning:</b> This will not be a complete\n" -"backup. Only modified files will be saved.</p>" -"\n" +"backup. Only modified files will be saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Advarsel:</b> Dette er ikkje ein fullt\n" -"sikkerhetskopi. Berre endra filer vil lagrast.</p>" -"\n" +"sikkerhetskopi. Berre endra filer vil lagrast.</p>\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 3/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:106 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Select the desired options.</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vel alternativ.</p>" -"\n" +msgid "<p>Select the desired options.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Vel alternativ.</p>\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 4/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:112 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Create a Backup of Modified Files:</b>\n" -"Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.</p>" -"\n" +"Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Opprett ein sikkerhetskopi av endra filer:</b>\n" -"Lagrar endra filer som vert erstatta under oppgraderingen.</p>" -"\n" +"Lagrar endra filer som vert erstatta under oppgraderingen.</p>\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 @@ -130,13 +120,11 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Create a Complete Backup of\n" "/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" -"sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.</p>" -"\n" +"sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Opprett ein fullt sikkerhetskopi av\n" "/etc/sysconfig:</b> Dette dekker alle konfigurasjonsfiler som er ein del av\n" -"sysconfig-systemet, òg filer som ikkje vert erstatta.</p>" -"\n" +"sysconfig-systemet, òg filer som ikkje vert erstatta.</p>\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:130 @@ -145,14 +133,12 @@ "<p><b>Remove Old Backups from the Backup\n" "Directory:</b> If your current system already is the result of an earlier\n" "update, there may be old configuration file backups. Select this option to\n" -"remove them.</p>" -"\n" +"remove them.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Slett gamle sikkerhetskopier frå\n" "sikkerhetskopieringskatalogen:</b> Viss dette systemet er oppgradert tidlegare,\n" "kan det finnast sikkerhetskopier av konfigurasjonsfilene. Vel dette alternativet for å\n" -"slette desse.</p>" -"\n" +"slette desse.</p>\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 7/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:142 @@ -253,12 +239,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>The update option offers two different modes. In\n" -"either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.</p>" -"\n" +"either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Oppgraderingsalternativet har to moduser.\n" -"Uansett rår til vi å sikkerhetskopiere personlege data.</p>" -"\n" +"Uansett rår til vi å sikkerhetskopiere personlege data.</p>\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151 @@ -267,13 +251,11 @@ "<p><b>With New Software:</b> This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" "the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" -"software selection.</p>" -"\n" +"software selection.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Med ny programvare:</b> Denne standardinnstillingen \n" "oppgraderer den eksisterande programvara og installerer alle nye funksjonar og fordeler i den nye <tt>%1</tt> versjonen. Utvalet er basert på det forrige forhåndsdefinerte\n" -" programvarevalget.</p>" -"\n" +" programvarevalget.</p>\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4 #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:164 @@ -282,14 +264,12 @@ "<p><b>Only Installed Packages:</b> This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. <i>Note:</i>\n" "New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" -"not available after the update. You might miss new features.</p>" -"\n" +"not available after the update. You might miss new features.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Berre installerte pakker:</b> Med dette valet\n" "vert berre oppgradert pakker som allereie er installert i systemet. <i>Merk:</i>\n" "Ny programvare i det forhåndsdefinerte programvareutvalget, til dømes nye YaST-modular, vil\n" -"ikkje vera tilgjengelege etter oppgraderingen. Du kan gå glipp av nye funksjonar.</p>" -"\n" +"ikkje vera tilgjengelege etter oppgraderingen. Du kan gå glipp av nye funksjonar.</p>\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4 #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 @@ -297,13 +277,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>After the update, some software might not\n" "function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete those\n" -"packages during the update.</p>" -"\n" +"packages during the update.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Etter oppgraderingen kan det henda at einskilde program\n" "ikkje fungerer lengjer. Vel <b>Slett pakkar som ikkje vedlikeholdes</b> for å slette slike\n" -"pakkar under oppgraderingen.</p>" -"\n" +"pakkar under oppgraderingen.</p>\n" #. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 @@ -446,13 +424,11 @@ #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>" -"\n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" -"Oppgradering til ny versjon (%1 → %2) medan systemet køyrer, vert ikkje støtta.<br>" -"\n" +"Oppgradering til ny versjon (%1 → %2) medan systemet køyrer, vert ikkje støtta.<br>\n" "Start systemet på nytt frå installasjonsmediumet og val normal oppgradering\n" "eller deaktiver pakkebrønner for produkt med andre versjonar." @@ -481,8 +457,7 @@ "<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" "installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n" -"deleted.</p>" -"\n" +"deleted.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Oppgraderingsvalg</big></b>\n" "Her vel du korleis systemet skal oppgraderast.\n" @@ -502,7 +477,7 @@ msgstr "Ingen av desse filene finst:%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" @@ -545,13 +520,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel partisjonen eller systemet som skal startast.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 @@ -565,13 +538,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel partisjonen eller systemet som skal oppgraderast.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 @@ -586,14 +557,12 @@ "<p>\n" "<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\n" "general overview of your system's partitions.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Vis alle partisjoner</b> utvidar lista til eit\n" "generelt oversyn partisjonene i systemet.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. table header #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 @@ -875,20 +844,14 @@ #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>" -"\n" -"<b>udev IDs:</b> %5,<br>" -"\n" +"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n" +"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n" +"<b>udev IDs:</b> %5,<br>\n" "<b>udev path:</b> %6" msgstr "" -"<b>Filsystem:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>" -"\n" -"<b>Nemning:</b> %3, <b>Storleik:</b> %4,<br>" -"\n" -"<b>udev-ID-er:</b> %5,<br>" -"\n" +"<b>Filsystem:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n" +"<b>Nemning:</b> %3, <b>Storleik:</b> %4,<br>\n" +"<b>udev-ID-er:</b> %5,<br>\n" "<b>udev-filsti:</b> %6" #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 @@ -1014,20 +977,20 @@ #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Ukjent produkt" #. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case #. and we don't continue further -#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 msgid "" "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 msgid "" "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" "%{packages}" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -149,719 +149,6 @@ msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." msgstr "Ikkje be om manglande informasjon; vis feilmelding i staden." -#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137 -#, fuzzy -msgid "User Authentication Method" -msgstr "Metode for brukerautentisering" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"<b>Authentication</b><br>" -"\n" -"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n" -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"<b>Autentisering</b><br>" -"\n" -"Her du kan du velja autentiseringsmetode for brukarar i systemet.\n" -"</p>" - -#. helptext 2/3 -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 -#, fuzzy -msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Vel <b>Lokal</b> viss du vil autentisere brukarar bara ved hjelp av lokale filer <i>/etc/passwd</i> og <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>" - -#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -#, fuzzy -msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "Viss du har ein annan installasjon eller eit anna system, kan du oppretta brukarar basert på denne kjelda. Vel <b>Les brukerinformasjon frå tidlegare installasjon</b> for å gjera dette. Med dette valet kan du bruka ein eksisterande eller oppretta ein ny hjemmekatalog for kvar brukar på den spesifiserte staden for denne installasjonen." - -#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&LDAP" -msgstr "&LDAP" - -#. radiobutton to select nis user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143 -#, fuzzy -msgid "N&IS" -msgstr "N&IS" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#. menubutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Samba" -msgstr "&Samba" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Windows Domain" -msgstr "&Windows-domane" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. radiobutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 -#, fuzzy -msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" -msgstr "L&okal (/etc/passwd)" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48 -#, fuzzy -msgid "eDirectory LDAP" -msgstr "eDirectory LDAP" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Viss du brukar ein NIS- eller LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata eller viss du vil\n" -"autentisere brukarar mot ein NT-servar, vel det aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter\n" -"<b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Viss du brukar ein NIS- eller LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata, vel det\n" -"aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter <b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" -"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Viss du brukar ein LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata eller viss du vil\n" -"autentisere brukarar mot ein NT-servar, vel det aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter\n" -"<b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Viss du brukar ein LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata, vel det\n" -"aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter <b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>" - -#. helptext: additional kerberos support -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -#, fuzzy -msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Kryss av for <b>Sett opp Kerberos-autentisering</b> for å konfigurera Kerberos etter at du har valt brukerinformasjonskilde.</p>" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" -msgstr "Les b&rukerinformasjon frå ein tidlegare installasjon" - -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Choose" -msgstr "&Vel" - -#. frame title for authentication methods -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Authentication Method" -msgstr "Metode for brukerautentisering" - -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication" -msgstr "Sett opp &Kerberos-autentisering" - -#. selection box label -#. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Select Users to Read" -msgstr "Vel brukarar som skal le&sjåast" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Select or Deselect &All" -msgstr "Vel eller vel bort &alle" - -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" -msgstr "Passord for systemadministratoren \"root\"," - -#. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise users to remember their new password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." -msgstr "Ikkje gløym kva du skriv inn her." - -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Label: get password for user root -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Password for root User" -msgstr "&Passord for rotbruker" - -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Con&firm Password" -msgstr "B&ekreft passord" - -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "&Test tastaturoppsett" - -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -msgid "E&xpert Options..." -msgstr "A&vanserte alternativ …" - -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" -"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" -"every system and is called into action whenever\n" -"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" -"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Til skilnad frå vanlege brukarar, som til dømes jobbar med tekst og\n" -"grafikk eller surfar på nettet, finst brukaren \"root\" i\n" -"alle system, og må aktiverast kvar gong ei administrativ\n" -"oppgåve skal utførast. Logg inn som rot når\n" -"du har behov for å vera systemadministrator, aldri elles.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" - -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" -"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"reenter it in a second field.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Fordi rotbrukeren har omfattande rettar, bør passordet \n" -"for \"root\" verta med valt omhu. Ein kombinasjon av bokstavar og tall\n" -"vert rådd til. For å sikre at passordet vart skrive riktig, må det skrivast inn\n" -"på nytt i det andre feltet.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" - -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" -"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Alle regler for brukerpassord gjeld for rotpassordet òg:\n" -"Skil mellom store og små bokstavar. Eit passord bør bestå av minst 5 teikn,\n" -"og bør normalt ikkje innehalda bokstavar med aksentar eller tødlar.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" - -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Ikkje gløym dette rotpassordet\n" -"</p>" - -#. additional help text about password -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Viss du har til føremål å bruka dette passordet til å oppretta sertifikat,\n" -"må det har ei lengd på minst %1 teikn.</p>" - -#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -#, fuzzy -msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Kontrollar om gjeldande tastaturoppsett er riktig ved å skriva inn tekst i feltet <b>Test tastaturoppsett</b>.</p>" - -#. report misspellings of the password -#. report misspellings of the password -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two user password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The passwords do not match.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" -"Passorda er ikkje identiske.\n" -"Prøv igjen." - -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. report if user forgot to enter a password -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191 -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"No password entered.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" -"Passord vart ikkje angjeve.\n" -"Prøv igjen." - -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %1 characters." -msgstr "" -"Viss du har til føremål å oppretta sertifikat,\n" -"bør passordet ha minst %1 teikn." - -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Really use this password?" -msgstr "Vil du verkeleg bruka dette passordet?" - -#. Error msg (yes/no) -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The root password could not be set.\n" -"You might not be able to log in.\n" -"Try setting it again?\n" -msgstr "" -"Eit rotpassord kunne ikkje definerast.\n" -"Du vil kanskje ikkje kunna logga inn.\n" -"Vil du freista igjen?\n" - -#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..." -msgstr "Initialisering av modul for konfigurasjon av autentisering …" - -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Package %1 is not installed.\n" -"Install it now?\n" -msgstr "" -"Pakka %1 er ikkje installert.\n" -"Vil du installera han no?\n" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 -#, fuzzy -msgid "DES" -msgstr "DEI sine" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 -#, fuzzy -msgid "MD5" -msgstr "MD5" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SHA-256" -msgstr "SHA-256" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SHA-512" -msgstr "SHA-512" - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Password Encryption Type" -msgstr "Passordkrypteringstype" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&DES" -msgstr "&DEI sine" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&MD5" -msgstr "&MD5" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SHA-&256" -msgstr "SHA-&256" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SHA-&512" -msgstr "SHA-&512" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Authentication</b><br>" -"</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Innloggingsinnstillinger</b></p>" - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 -#, fuzzy -msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>" -msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for passord er %1." - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -#, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er standard hash-metode. Det vert ikkje rådt til å bruka andre algoritmar dersom det ikkje er naudsynt av kompatibilitetshensyn.</p>" - -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#, fuzzy -msgid "User's &Full Name" -msgstr "Det fulle namnet til &brukaren" - -#. input field for login name -#. input field for login name -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Username" -msgstr "&Brukernavn" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#, fuzzy -msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" -msgstr "Bru&k dette passordet for systemadministrator" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" -msgstr "Motta s&ystemmeldinger" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Automatic Login" -msgstr "&Automatisk innlogging" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Create New User" -msgstr "Opprett ny brukar" - -#. yes-no popup headline -#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the -#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Empty User Login" -msgstr "Brukernavn ikkje angjeven" - -#. yes-no popup contents -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" -"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" -"Leave it empty?" -msgstr "" -"Å la brukernavnfeltet vera tomt er berre føremålstenleg\n" -"i nettverksmiljøer som brukar ein autentiseringsserver.\n" -"Skal feltet vera tomt?" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n" -"assign to this user account.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Angje <b>Det fulle namnet til brukaren</b>, <b>Brukernavn</b> og <b>Passord</b> for\n" -"denne brukerkontoen.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Skil mellom store og små bokstavar når du vel passord.\n" -"Passord må ikkje innehalda bokstavar med aksentar eller tødlar.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" - -#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" -" %2 and %3 characters.\n" -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Med gjeldande passordkryptering (%1) må lengda til passordet vera mellom\n" -"%2 og %3 teikn.\n" -"</p>" - -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Viss du har til føremål å bruka dette passordet til å oppretta sertifikat,\n" -"må det har ei lengd på minst %1 teikn.</p>" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"For å sikre at passordet vart skrive riktig inn\n" -"må det skrivast inn ein gong til i det andre feltet. Ikkje gløym passordet.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" -"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"For <b>Brukernavn</b> må bara bokstavar (ingen teikn med aksentar), tall og teiknet <tt>._-</tt> nyttast.\n" -"Ikkje bruk store bokstavar her viss du ikkje veit nøyaktig kva du gjer.\n" -"Brukernavn har fleire avgrensingar enn passord. Du kan omdefinera\n" -"avgrensingane i fila /etc/login.defs. Du finn meir informasjon på manualsiden for fila.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 -#, fuzzy -msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" -msgstr " Kryss av for Bruk dette passordet viss same passord som vart angjeve for første brukar, skal verta for nytta rotbrukeren" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. these are used only during installation time -#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Brukernavnet og passordet som vert her oppretta, vert kravt for å logga på og arbeid med Linux-systemet. Viss <b>Automatisk innlogging</b> vert aktivert, vert Innloggingsprosedyren sløyfa, og denne brukaren vert logga inn automatisk.</p>" -"\n" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"E-post til rotbrukeren vil vidaresendast til denne brukaren viss du kryssar av for <b>Motta systemmeldinger</b>.</p>" -"\n" - -#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well -#. as password encryption (see fate 302980) -#. @return true if user accepted expert settings -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "Avanserte innstillingar" - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." -msgstr "Autentiseringsmetoden er lokal" - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The password encryption method is %s." -msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for passord er %1." - -#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 -#, fuzzy -msgid "User %s will be imported." -msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." -msgstr[0] "Brukaren %1 vil importerast." -msgstr[1] "Brukaren %1 vil importerast." - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Change..." -msgstr "&Endre …" - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Summary" -msgstr "Sammendrag" - -#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %s characters." -msgstr "" -"Viss du har til føremål å oppretta sertifikat,\n" -"bør passordet ha minst %1 teikn." - #. translators: command line help text for Users module #: src/clients/users.rb:102 #, fuzzy @@ -1007,12 +294,6 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "Ny UID for brukaren" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." -msgstr "Lagrar brukeroppsett …" - #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 #, fuzzy @@ -1031,18 +312,14 @@ "<p>\n" "The list of attributes is given by the value of \"objectClass\"\n" "(which is currently:\n" -"<br>" -"%1).\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<br>%1).\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Lista over attributt er generert ut frå verdet for \"objectClass\"\n" "(som er:\n" -"<br>" -"%1).\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"<br>%1).\n" +"</p>\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:122 @@ -1050,13 +327,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Edit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Rediger kvart enkelt attributt ved å bruka <b>Rediger</b>. Nokre attributt \n" -"kan vera obligatoriske i samsvar med brukermalen i <b>LDAP-klientmodulen</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"kan vera obligatoriske i samsvar med brukermalen i <b>LDAP-klientmodulen</b>.</p>\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -1198,12 +473,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>" -"\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Angje ein størrelsesgrense ved å definera mengd 1 kB-blokkar som\n" -"brukaren kan ha i sitt filsystem. Du kan òg angje ein inode-grense som definerer mengd inoder som brukaren kan nytta i sitt filsystem.</p>" -"\n" +"brukaren kan ha i sitt filsystem. Du kan òg angje ein inode-grense som definerer mengd inoder som brukaren kan nytta i sitt filsystem.</p>\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 @@ -1228,12 +501,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>" -"\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Angje ein størrelsesgrense ved å definera ei mengd 1 kB-blokkar som\n" -"gruppa kan bruka på dette filsystemet. Du kan òg definera ein inode-grense i form av ei mengd inoder som gruppa kan bruka på filsystemet.</p>" -"\n" +"gruppa kan bruka på dette filsystemet. Du kan òg definera ein inode-grense i form av ei mengd inoder som gruppa kan bruka på filsystemet.</p>\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 @@ -1318,109 +589,6 @@ msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sekunder" -#. authentication type -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 -#, fuzzy -msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "LDAP" - -#. authentication type -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 -#, fuzzy -msgid "NIS" -msgstr "NIS" - -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)" -msgstr " -domane" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69 -#, fuzzy -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" -msgstr "<%1>Rotpassord<%2> definert" - -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74 -#, fuzzy -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" -msgstr "<%1>Rotpassord<%2> ikkje definert" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" -msgstr "Ingen <%1>nytter<%2> sat opp" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93 -#, fuzzy -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3" -msgstr "<%1>Autentiseringsmetode<%2>: %3" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos." -msgstr "<%1>Autentiseringsmetode<<%2>: %3 og Kerberos." - -#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated) -#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116 -#, fuzzy -msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import" -msgstr "<%1>Brukarane<%2> %3 valt for import" - -#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124 -#, fuzzy -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported." -msgstr "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 vil importerast." - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134 -#, fuzzy -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" -msgstr "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 definert" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is full name, %4 login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143 -#, fuzzy -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" -msgstr "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 (%4) definert" - -#. summary line -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" -msgstr "Passordkrypteringsmetode: %1" - -#. rich text label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170 -#, fuzzy -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "Brukerinnstillinger" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&User" -msgstr "&Brukar" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Root Password" -msgstr "&Rotpassord" - #. password entering label #: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 #, fuzzy @@ -1582,17 +750,13 @@ msgid "" "<p>This could cause problems with delivering mail\n" "to this user, because mail systems generally do not\n" -"support case-sensitive names.<br>" -"\n" -"You could solve this problem by editing the alias table.</p>" -"\n" +"support case-sensitive names.<br>\n" +"You could solve this problem by editing the alias table.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Dette kan forårsaka problem ved levering av e-post\n" "til denne brukaren fordi e-postsystemer normalt ikkje\n" -"støttar at det skilst mellom små og store bokstavar.<br>" -"\n" -"Du kan løysa dette problemet ved å redigera alias-tabellen.</p>" -"\n" +"støttar at det skilst mellom små og store bokstavar.<br>\n" +"Du kan løysa dette problemet ved å redigera alias-tabellen.</p>\n" #. The login name contains uppercase 3/3 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:80 @@ -1612,6 +776,25 @@ "krypteringsinnstillingene for denne brukaren,\n" "må du skriva inn det gjeldande passordet til brukaren." +#. The two user password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. report misspellings of the password +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The passwords do not match.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"Passorda er ikkje identiske.\n" +"Prøv igjen." + #. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 #, fuzzy @@ -1645,6 +828,14 @@ msgstr "&Endre hjemmekatalogeier" #. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User's &Full Name" +msgstr "Det fulle namnet til &brukaren" + +#. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 #, fuzzy msgid "&First Name" @@ -1662,12 +853,34 @@ msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." msgstr "Bara medlemskap i tilleggsgrupper kan endrast for eksterne brukarar." +#. input field for login name +#. input field for login name +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "&Brukernavn" + #. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" +msgstr "Motta s&ystemmeldinger" + +#. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 #, fuzzy msgid "A&utomatic Login" msgstr "A&utomatisk innlogging" +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +#, fuzzy +msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" +msgstr "Bru&k dette passordet for systemadministrator" + #. check box label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 #, fuzzy @@ -1869,6 +1082,36 @@ msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "Pro&gramtillegg" +#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the +#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Empty User Login" +msgstr "Brukernavn ikkje angjeven" + +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" +"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" +"Leave it empty?" +msgstr "" +"Å la brukernavnfeltet vera tomt er berre føremålstenleg\n" +"i nettverksmiljøer som brukar ein autentiseringsserver.\n" +"Skal feltet vera tomt?" + +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Really use this password?" +msgstr "Vil du verkeleg bruka dette passordet?" + #. popup question #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 #, fuzzy @@ -1975,6 +1218,22 @@ msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "Gruppe&informasjon" +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DES" +msgstr "DEI sine" + +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +msgid "MD5" +msgstr "MD5" + #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 #, fuzzy @@ -1982,89 +1241,101 @@ "<p>\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" "lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Skil mellom store og små bokstavar når du vel passord.\n" "Passord må ikkje innehalda bokstavar med aksentar eller tødlar.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +" %2 and %3 characters.\n" "</p>" -"\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Med gjeldande passordkryptering (%1) må lengda til passordet vera mellom\n" +"%2 og %3 teikn.\n" +"</p>" +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"For å sikre at passordet vart skrive riktig inn\n" +"må det skrivast inn ein gong til i det andre feltet. Ikkje gløym passordet.\n" +"</p>\n" + #. Help text 0/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, set default values to use when creating new local or system users.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Her definerer du standardverdier som kal vert brukt når nye lokale brukarar eller systembrukere vert oppretta.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Help text 1/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Default Group</b><br>" -"\n" +"<b>Default Group</b><br>\n" "The group name of a new user's primary group.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Standardgruppe/b><br>" -"\n" +"<b>Standardgruppe/b><br>\n" "Namnet på primærgruppen for ein ny brukar.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Help text 1.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:116 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Secondary Groups</b><br>" -"\n" +"<b>Secondary Groups</b><br>\n" "Names of additional groups to which to assign new users.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Sekundære grupper</b><br>" -"\n" +"<b>Sekundære grupper</b><br>\n" "Namnet på fleire grupper som nye brukarar skal tilordnes.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Help text 2/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\n" "The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Standard innloggingsskall</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Standard innloggingsskall</b><br>\n" "Namnet på den nye brukaren sin innloggingsskall. Vel eit frå lista eller angje stigen til skalla.</P>\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Default Home</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\n" "The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Standard hjemmekatalog</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Standard hjemmekatalog</b><br>\n" "Søkestiprefikset til ein ny brukar sin hjemmekatalog. Brukernavnet vil leggjast til\n" "etter denne stigen for å oppretta standarnavnet på brukaren sin hjemmekatalog.\n" "</P>\n" @@ -2073,42 +1344,32 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>" -"\n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Hjemmekatalogmal</b><br>" -"\n" -"Innhaldet i denne katalogen vil kopierast til brukaren sin hjemmekatalog når ein ny brukar vert til lagd. </p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Hjemmekatalogmal</b><br>\n" +"Innhaldet i denne katalogen vil kopierast til brukaren sin hjemmekatalog når ein ny brukar vert til lagd. </p>\n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Umask for Home Directory</b><br>" -"\n" -"Umask to use for creating new home directories.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Umask for Home Directory</b><br>\n" +"Umask to use for creating new home directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Umask for hjemmekatalog</b><br>" -"\n" -"Umask som skal nyttast når nye hjemmekataloger vert oppretta.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Umask for hjemmekatalog</b><br>\n" +"Umask som skal nyttast når nye hjemmekataloger vert oppretta.</p>\n" #. Help text 5/6: #. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n" "The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Utløpsdato</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Utløpsdato</b><br>\n" "Datoen når kontoen til brukaren skal deaktiveres. Datoen må angjevast i formatet\n" "ÅÅÅÅ-MM-DD. La feltet vera tomt viss kontoen aldri skal utløpe.</P>\n" @@ -2173,12 +1434,10 @@ "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagringsprosessen:</big></b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagringsprosessen:</big></b><br>\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" "Ein annan dialog vil gje deg melding om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:203 @@ -2188,16 +1447,28 @@ "Enter the <b>First Name</b>, <b>Last Name</b>, \n" "<b>Username</b>, and\n" "<b>Password</b> to assign to this user.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Angje <b>Førenamn</b>, <b>Etternamn</b>,\n" "<b>Brukernavn</b> og\n" "<b>Passord</b> for brukaren.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" +#. alternative help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n" +"assign to this user account.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Angje <b>Det fulle namnet til brukaren</b>, <b>Brukernavn</b> og <b>Passord</b> for\n" +"denne brukerkontoen.\n" +"</p>\n" + #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 #, fuzzy @@ -2209,8 +1480,7 @@ "Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Brukernavnet</b> kan generers på grunnlag av det fulle namnet ved å\n" @@ -2219,8 +1489,7 @@ "Ikkje bruk store bokstavar her viss du ikkje veit nøyaktig kva du gjer.\n" "Brukernavn har fleire avgrensingar enn passord. Du kan omdefinera\n" "avgrensingane i fila /etc/login.defs. Du finn meir informasjon på manualsiden for fila.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. alternative help text 2/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:241 @@ -2232,8 +1501,7 @@ "Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "For <b>Brukernavn</b> må bara\n" @@ -2241,9 +1509,29 @@ "Ikkje bruk store bokstavar her viss du ikkje veit nøyaktig kva du gjer.\n" "Brukernavn har fleire avgrensingar enn passord. Du kan omdefinera\n" "avgrensingane i fila /etc/login.defs. Du finn meir informasjon på manualsiden for fila.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" +#. these are used only during installation time +#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Brukernavnet og passordet som vert her oppretta, vert kravt for å logga på og arbeid med Linux-systemet. Viss <b>Automatisk innlogging</b> vert aktivert, vert Innloggingsprosedyren sløyfa, og denne brukaren vert logga inn automatisk.</p>\n" + +#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"E-post til rotbrukeren vil vidaresendast til denne brukaren viss du kryssar av for <b>Motta systemmeldinger</b>.</p>\n" + #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 #, fuzzy @@ -2257,26 +1545,22 @@ "<p>\n" "To see more details, such as the home directory or the user ID, click\n" "<b>Details</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "For å vise meir informasjon, t.d. hjemmekatalog eller brukar-ID, klikk\n" "<b>Detaljar</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. alternative help text 5/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"For å redigera diverse passordinnstilliinger for denne brukaren (t.d. utløpsdato), klikk <b>Passordinnstilliinger</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"For å redigera diverse passordinnstilliinger for denne brukaren (t.d. utløpsdato), klikk <b>Passordinnstilliinger</b>.</p>\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -2294,13 +1578,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the group data here. \n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Angje gruppeinformasjonen her. \n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:318 @@ -2312,8 +1594,7 @@ "two and eight characters. \n" "You can redefine the list of characters allowed for group names in\n" "the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Gruppenavn:</b>\n" @@ -2321,8 +1602,7 @@ "to og åtte teikn.\n" "Du kan omdefinera avgrensingane for teikn i gruppenavn i\n" "fila /etc/login.defs. Du finn meir informasjon på manualsiden for fila.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text 3/6, %1 is number #: src/include/users/helps.rb:329 @@ -2334,8 +1614,7 @@ "internal representation. These values are between 0 and\n" "%1. Some of the IDs are already assigned during installation. You will be\n" "warned if you try to use an already set one.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Gruppe-ID (gjev):</b>\n" @@ -2343,8 +1622,7 @@ "til internt bruk. Desse verda er mellom 0 og %1.\n" "Nokre av Idene vert tildelte under installasjonen. Du får ein\n" "advarsel dersom du freistar å bruka ei ID som er i bruk.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:342 @@ -2356,8 +1634,7 @@ "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Passord:</b>\n" @@ -2365,8 +1642,7 @@ "byter til denne nye gruppa (sjå manualsiden for <tt>newgrp</tt>), kan du tildela \n" "eit passord til gruppa. Av sikkerhetsgrunner vert ikkje passordet vist\n" "her. Dette er ikkje obligatorisk.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:353 @@ -2375,14 +1651,12 @@ "<p>\n" "<b>Confirm Password:</b>\n" "Enter the password a second time to avoid typing errors.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Gjenta passordet:</b>\n" "Passordet må stadfestast for å unngå skrivefeil.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:361 @@ -2391,14 +1665,12 @@ "<p>\n" "<b>Group Members:</b>\n" "Here, select which users should be members of this group.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Gruppemedlemmer:</b>\n" "Her vel du kva for brukarar som skal vera medlemmar i denne gruppa.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. additional helptext for EditFroup dialog #: src/include/users/helps.rb:373 @@ -2432,8 +1704,7 @@ "the user ID. For normal users, you should use\n" "a UID larger than %1 because the smaller UIDs are used\n" "by the system for special purposes and pseudo logins.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Brukar-ID (uid):</b>\n" @@ -2441,8 +1712,7 @@ "For vanlege brukarar bør du bruka\n" "ein UID som er større enn %1, fordi lågare UID-er brukast\n" "av systemet til spesielle føremål og til pseudoinnlogginger.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text 3/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:408 @@ -2452,15 +1722,13 @@ "If you change the UID of an existing user, the rights of the files\n" "this user owns must be changed. This is done automatically\n" "for the files in the user's home directory, but not for files \n" -"located elsewhere.</p>" -"\n" +"located elsewhere.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Viss du endrar UID for ein eksisterande brukar, må rettane til filene\n" "som denne brukaren eige, vert endra. Dette vert utført automatisk\n" "for filene i brukaren sin hjemmekatalog, men ikkje for filer \n" -"som er lagra andre stadar.</p>" -"\n" +"som er lagra andre stadar.</p>\n" #. help text 4/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:417 @@ -2471,16 +1739,14 @@ "The home directory of the user. Normally this is\n" "/home/username. \n" "To select an existing directory, click <b>Browse</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Hjemmekatalog:</b>\n" "Brukaren sin hjemmekatalog. Dette er vanlegvis\n" "/home/brukernavn. \n" "Klikk <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja ein eksisterande katalog.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 @@ -2494,13 +1760,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>To create only an empty home directory,\n" "check <b>Empty Home</b>. Otherwise, the new home directory\n" -"is created from the default skeleton (%1).</p>" -"\n" +"is created from the default skeleton (%1).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For berre å oppretta ein tom hjemmekatalog,\n" "kryss av for <b>Tom hjemmekatalog</b>. Viss ikkje, vert den nye hjemmekatalogen\n" -"opprettast frå standardmalen (%1).</p>" -"\n" +"opprettast frå standardmalen (%1).</p>\n" #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 @@ -2545,15 +1809,13 @@ "Some additional user data could be set here. This field may contain up to\n" "three parts, separated by commas. The standard usage is to write\n" "<i>office</i>,<i>work phone</i>,<i>home phone</i>. This information is \n" -"shown when you use the <i>finger</i> command on this user.</p>" -"\n" +"shown when you use the <i>finger</i> command on this user.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Meir informasjon</b>\n" "Ytterlegare brukerinformasjon kan verta her definert. Dette feltet kan innehalda inntil\n" "tre deler adskilt av komene. Det er vanleg å skriva inn\n" "<i>kontor</i>,<i>telefon arbeid</i>,<i>telefon heime</i>. Denne informasjonen vil\n" -"visast når du brukar kommandoen <i>finger</i> for denne brukaren.</p>" -"\n" +"visast når du brukar kommandoen <i>finger</i> for denne brukaren.</p>\n" #. help text 6/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:512 @@ -2596,26 +1858,22 @@ "<p>\n" "<b>Additional Groups:</b>\n" "Select additional groups in which the user should be a member.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Tilleggsgrupper</b>\n" "Vel tilleggsgrupper som brukaren skal vera medlem av.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Here, see the list of plug-ins, the\n" -"extensions of user and group configuration.</p>" -"\n" +"extensions of user and group configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Dette er ei liste over programtillegg, fleire \n" -"konfigurasjonsmuligheter for brukarar og grupper.</p>" -"\n" +"konfigurasjonsmuligheter for brukarar og grupper.</p>\n" #. helptext for plugin dialog 2/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:548 @@ -2663,16 +1921,14 @@ "Users can be warned before their passwords expire. Set \n" "how long before expiration the warning should be issued. Set -1 to disable\n" "the warning. \n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Advarsel før utløp av passord</B><BR>\n" "Brukarane kan varslast før passordet utløper. Definer \n" "kor mange dagar før passordet utløper, brukaren skal varslast. Bruk verdet -1 for å deaktivere\n" "varslingen. \n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:588 @@ -2725,38 +1981,30 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Configuration Overview</b><br>" -"\n" +"<b>Configuration Overview</b><br>\n" "Here, see a summary of modules that could affect sources\n" "of user accounts or authentication type.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Konfigurasjonsoversikt</b><br>" -"\n" +"<b>Konfigurasjonsoversikt</b><br>\n" "Her får du eit sammendrag over modular som kan påverka kor informasjon om\n" "brukerkontoer eller autentiseringstyper skal verta frå henta.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Changing the Values</b><br>" -"\n" +"<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\n" "You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Endre verd</b><br>" -"\n" +"<b>Endre verd</b><br>\n" "Du kan konfigurer desse innstillingane ved å aktivera aktuelle modular. Vel modul med <b>Konfigurer</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 @@ -2792,9 +2040,7 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vel om passordkvaliteten skal kontrollerast når passord vert endra eller vert oppretta. Vel <b>Ingen kontroll</b> viss det ikkje skal gjerast kontroll av passord. Med <b>Godta passord som ikkje kan kontrollerast</b> godtakast passord sjølv om kontrollen ikkje kan utførast, til dømes viss brukaren har angjeve eit kryptert passord. Med <b>Godta berre kontrollerte passord</b> avvisast passord viss kvalitetskontrollen mislukkast eller passordet ikkje kan kontrollerast." -"<p>" +msgstr "<p>Vel om passordkvaliteten skal kontrollerast når passord vert endra eller vert oppretta. Vel <b>Ingen kontroll</b> viss det ikkje skal gjerast kontroll av passord. Med <b>Godta passord som ikkje kan kontrollerast</b> godtakast passord sjølv om kontrollen ikkje kan utførast, til dømes viss brukaren har angjeve eit kryptert passord. Med <b>Godta berre kontrollerte passord</b> avvisast passord viss kvalitetskontrollen mislukkast eller passordet ikkje kan kontrollerast.<p>" #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 @@ -2824,8 +2070,7 @@ "Brukarane kan varslast før passordet utløper. Definer \n" "kor mange dagar før passordet utløper, brukaren skal varslast. Bruk verdet -1 for å deaktivere\n" "varslingen. \n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 @@ -3003,14 +2248,12 @@ "<p>If home directories of LDAP users should be stored on this machine,\n" "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" -"user home directories.</p>" -"\n" +"user home directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Kryss av for aktuelt val viss LDAP-katalogane til brukarar skal lagrast\n" "på denne maskina. Det har ingen direkte konsekvensar å endra dette verdet.\n" "Han tener berre som informasjon for brukermodulen i YaST, der brukarane sine hjemmekataloger\n" -"kan administrerast.</p>" -"\n" +"kan administrerast.</p>\n" #. help text caption #. help text @@ -3019,13 +2262,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n" "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" -"have changed your configuration.</p>" -"\n" +"have changed your configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Klikk <b>Konfigurer</b> for å konfigurera innstellingar som er lagra på\n" "LDAP-serveren. Du vil vart beden om passord viss du ikkje er tilkoplet enno,\n" -"eller viss konfigurasjonen din er endra.</p>" -"\n" +"eller viss konfigurasjonen din er endra.</p>\n" #. password policy help text caption #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681 @@ -3143,7 +2384,8 @@ msgstr "Systembrukere" #. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#. New user is the default option +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Users" msgstr "Lokale brukarar" @@ -3234,6 +2476,12 @@ msgstr "Samba-grupper" #. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NIS" +msgstr "NIS" + +#. richtext label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 msgid "SSSD" msgstr "" @@ -3255,6 +2503,12 @@ msgid "&SSSD" msgstr "" +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Samba" +msgstr "&Samba" + #. tab header #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 #, fuzzy @@ -3380,15 +2634,13 @@ "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" "<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel ein passordkrypteringsmetode for lokale brukarar og systembrukere.\n" "<b>DEI sine</b>, standardmetoden i Linux, fungerer i alle nettverksmiljøer, men\n" "passorda kan ikkje innehalda meir enn åtte teikn.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. Help text for password expert dialog 3/5 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:480 @@ -3404,6 +2656,12 @@ "nettverksprotokoller støttar ikkje dette, og det kan oppstå problem i samband med NIS.\n" "</p>" +#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er standard hash-metode. Det vert ikkje rådt til å bruka andre algoritmar dersom det ikkje er naudsynt av kompatibilitetshensyn.</p>" + #. Label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 #, fuzzy @@ -3416,6 +2674,30 @@ msgid "Encryption Type" msgstr "Krypteringstype" +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&DES" +msgstr "&DEI sine" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&MD5" +msgstr "&MD5" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA-&256" +msgstr "SHA-&256" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA-&512" +msgstr "SHA-&512" + #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 #, fuzzy @@ -3434,14 +2716,12 @@ "<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Det ser ut som om du køyrer ein NIS-servar. I nokon nettverksmiljøer\n" "vil du kanskje ikkje kunna logga inn på ein NIS-klient dersom eit brukerpassord er\n" "kryptert med ein annan metode enn DEI sine.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:593 @@ -3479,39 +2759,29 @@ msgid "" "<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\n" "configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" -"If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>" -"\n" +"If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Med<b>Standard</b> kan du lasta standardfilteret frå oppsettmodulene\n" "for brukarar og grupper som er lagra på LDAP-serveren (verd for 'susesearchFilter'-attributt).\n" -"Viss du ikkje er tilkoblet enno, vil du vart beden om å angje passord.</p>" -"\n" +"Viss du ikkje er tilkoblet enno, vil du vart beden om å angje passord.</p>\n" #. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Example:</b>\n" -"<br>" -"With the user filter\n" -"<br>" -"\n" +"<br>With the user filter\n" +"<br>\n" "<tt>(&(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n" -"<br>" -"\n" -"only obtain users with a username beginning with 'u'.</p>" -"\n" +"<br>\n" +"only obtain users with a username beginning with 'u'.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Døme:</b>\n" -"<br>" -"Med brukerfilteret\n" -"<br>" -"\n" +"<br>Med brukerfilteret\n" +"<br>\n" "<tt>(&(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n" -"<br>" -"\n" -"finn du berre brukarar med brukernavn som byrjar på 'u'.</p>" -"\n" +"<br>\n" +"finn du berre brukarar med brukernavn som byrjar på 'u'.</p>\n" #. radiobutton label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763 @@ -3606,43 +2876,33 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Funksjonane som er skildra nedanfor, er tilgjengelege berre viss du brukar KDM som innloggingshandsamar.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>" -"\n" -"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n" +"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Automatisk innlogging</b><br>" -"\n" -"<b>Innloggingsprosedyren</b> kan sløyfast ved å velja <b>Automatisk innlogging</b>. I så fall vert brukaren som er vald i lista, logga automatisk inn.</p>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Automatisk innlogging</b><br>\n" +"<b>Innloggingsprosedyren</b> kan sløyfast ved å velja <b>Automatisk innlogging</b>. I så fall vert brukaren som er vald i lista, logga automatisk inn.</p>\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>" -"\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Innlogging utan passord</b><br>" -"\n" +"<p><b>Innlogging utan passord</b><br>\n" "Viss dette alternativet er avkrysset, kan alle brukarar logga inn utan å skriva inn\n" -"passord. Viss ikkje, vil brukaren bedast om passord sjølv om du har valt automatisk innlogging for vedkomande.</p>" -"\n" +"passord. Viss ikkje, vil brukaren bedast om passord sjølv om du har valt automatisk innlogging for vedkomande.</p>\n" #. dialog label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 @@ -3774,6 +3034,13 @@ #. type of user/group #. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 +#, fuzzy +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "LDAP" + +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 #, fuzzy msgid "System" @@ -3836,15 +3103,13 @@ "Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Linux er eit flerbrukersystem. Fleire ulike brukarar kan loggast\n" "inn på systemet samstundes. For å unngå forvirring må kvar brukar ha ein unik \n" "identitet. Dessutan må kvar brukar tilhøyra minst éi gruppe.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 @@ -3852,13 +3117,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n" -"Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Brukarar og grupper er ordna i ulike sett. Du kan endra settet som vert vist i tabellen med <b>Bruk filter</b>.\n" -"Tilpass visningen med <b>Tilpass filter</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"Tilpass visningen med <b>Tilpass filter</b>.</p>\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 @@ -3868,15 +3131,13 @@ "Click <b>Expert Options</b> to edit various expert settings, such as\n" "password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" "users, or login settings. With <b>Write Changes Now</b>, save\n" -"all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>" -"\n" +"all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Klikk <b>Avanserte alternativ</b> for å redigera diverse avanserte innstillingar, t.d.\n" "passordkrypteringstype, metode for brukerautentisering, standardverdier for nye\n" "brukarar eller innloggingsinnstillinger. Med <b>Lager endringar no</b>\n" -"kan du lagra alle endringar du har gjort så langt utan å avslutta konfigurasjonsmodulen.</p>" -"\n" +"kan du lagra alle endringar du har gjort så langt utan å avslutta konfigurasjonsmodulen.</p>\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550 @@ -3885,14 +3146,12 @@ "<p>\n" "To save the modified user and group settings to your system, press\n" "<b>%1</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "For å lagra endra nytter- og gruppeinnstillinger i systemet, klikk\n" "<b>%1</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1571 @@ -3902,16 +3161,14 @@ "<p>\n" "Use this dialog to get information about existing users and add or modify\n" "users. \n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" "I denne dialogen kan du finna informasjon om eksisterande brukarar og dessutan leggja til eller endra\n" "\n" "brukarar. \n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1580 @@ -3919,13 +3176,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "To shift to the group dialog, select <b>Groups</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "For å byte til gruppedialogen, vel <b>Grupper</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1587 @@ -3934,14 +3189,12 @@ "\n" "<p>\n" "To create a new user, click <b>Add</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" "For å oppretta ein ny brukar, klikk <b>Legg til</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1595 @@ -3950,14 +3203,12 @@ "<p>\n" "To edit or delete an existing user, select one user from the list and\n" "click <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "For å redigera eller slette ein eksisterande brukar, vel ein brukar frå lista og\n" "klikk <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1616 @@ -3966,14 +3217,12 @@ "\n" "<p>\n" "Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" "I denne dialogen kan du visa informasjon om eksisterande grupper og dessutan leggja til eller endra grupper.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1624 @@ -3981,13 +3230,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "To shift to the user dialog, select <b>Users</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel <b>Brukarar</b> for å byte til brukerdialogen.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1631 @@ -3996,14 +3243,12 @@ "\n" "<p>\n" "To create a new group, click <b>Add</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" "Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å oppretta ei ny gruppe.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1639 @@ -4012,14 +3257,12 @@ "<p>\n" "To edit or delete an existing group, select one group from the list and\n" "click <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "For å redigera eller slette ei eksisterande gruppe, vel ei gruppe frå lista og\n" "klikk <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b>.\n" -"</p>" -"\n" +"</p>\n" #. popup error label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1679 @@ -4176,6 +3419,16 @@ msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation." msgstr "Pakka %1 er ikkje tilgjengeleg for installasjon." +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Package %1 is not installed.\n" +"Install it now?\n" +msgstr "" +"Pakka %1 er ikkje installert.\n" +"Vil du installera han no?\n" + #. dialog caption #: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 #, fuzzy @@ -4196,6 +3449,433 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiserer …" +#. List of errors found for a given password +#. +#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user +#. +#. @param passwd [String] password to check +#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or +#. validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you intend to create certificates,\n" +"the password should have at least %s characters." +msgstr "" +"Viss du har til føremål å oppretta sertifikat,\n" +"bør passordet ha minst %1 teikn." + +#. Localized help text about CA constraints +#. +#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Viss du har til føremål å bruka dette passordet til å oppretta sertifikat,\n" +"må det har ei lengd på minst %1 teikn.</p>" + +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." +msgstr "Lagrar brukeroppsett …" + +#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>" +msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for passord er %1." + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er standard hash-metode. Det vert ikkje rådt til å bruka andre algoritmar dersom det ikkje er naudsynt av kompatibilitetshensyn.</p>" + +#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget +#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Password Encryption Type" +msgstr "Passordkrypteringstype" + +#. advise users to remember their new password +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." +msgstr "Ikkje gløym kva du skriv inn her." + +#. Label: get password for user root +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Password for root User" +msgstr "&Passord for rotbruker" + +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Con&firm Password" +msgstr "B&ekreft passord" + +#. text entry label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "&Test tastaturoppsett" + +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" +"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" +"every system and is called into action whenever\n" +"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" +"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Til skilnad frå vanlege brukarar, som til dømes jobbar med tekst og\n" +"grafikk eller surfar på nettet, finst brukaren \"root\" i\n" +"alle system, og må aktiverast kvar gong ei administrativ\n" +"oppgåve skal utførast. Logg inn som rot når\n" +"du har behov for å vera systemadministrator, aldri elles.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued 2 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"reenter it in a second field.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Fordi rotbrukeren har omfattande rettar, bør passordet \n" +"for \"root\" verta med valt omhu. Ein kombinasjon av bokstavar og tall\n" +"vert rådd til. For å sikre at passordet vart skrive riktig, må det skrivast inn\n" +"på nytt i det andre feltet.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued 3 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" +"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Alle regler for brukerpassord gjeld for rotpassordet òg:\n" +"Skil mellom store og små bokstavar. Eit passord bør bestå av minst 5 teikn,\n" +"og bør normalt ikkje innehalda bokstavar med aksentar eller tødlar.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued 4 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Ikkje gløym dette rotpassordet\n" +"</p>" + +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" +msgstr "Passord for systemadministratoren \"root\"," + +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"No password entered.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"Passord vart ikkje angjeve.\n" +"Prøv igjen." + +#. reenable suggestion +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" +"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Vel <b>Lokal</b> viss du vil autentisere brukarar bara ved hjelp av lokale filer <i>/etc/passwd</i> og <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create new user" +msgstr "Opprett ny brukar" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Skil mellom store og små bokstavar når du vel passord.\n" +"Passord må ikkje innehalda bokstavar med aksentar eller tødlar.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The password length should be between %{min}\n" +" and %{max} characters.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Med gjeldande passordkryptering (%1) må lengda til passordet vera mellom\n" +"%2 og %3 teikn.\n" +"</p>" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"For <b>Brukernavn</b> må bara bokstavar (ingen teikn med aksentar), tall og teiknet <tt>._-</tt> nyttast.\n" +"Ikkje bruk store bokstavar her viss du ikkje veit nøyaktig kva du gjer.\n" +"Brukernavn har fleire avgrensingar enn passord. Du kan omdefinera\n" +"avgrensingane i fila /etc/login.defs. Du finn meir informasjon på manualsiden for fila.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" +msgstr " Kryss av for Bruk dette passordet viss same passord som vart angjeve for første brukar, skal verta for nytta rotbrukeren" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "Les b&rukerinformasjon frå ein tidlegare installasjon" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" +"be imported.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +msgid "Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" +"a local user.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Local User" +msgstr "Lokale brukarar" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +msgid "" +"The new username cannot be blank.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +msgid "" +"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Create New User" +msgstr "Opprett ny brukar" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "Les b&rukerinformasjon frå ein tidlegare installasjon" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Choose Users" +msgstr "Systembrukere" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +msgid "&Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Automatic Login" +msgstr "&Automatisk innlogging" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No users selected" +msgstr "Ingen brukar er spesifisert." + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#, fuzzy +msgid "%d user will be imported" +msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" +msgstr[0] "Brukaren %1 vil importerast." +msgstr[1] "Brukaren %1 vil importerast." + +#. selection box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Select Users to Read" +msgstr "Vel brukarar som skal le&sjåast" + +#. check box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgstr "Vel eller vel bort &alle" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA-256" +msgstr "SHA-256" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA-512" +msgstr "SHA-512" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "Passordkrypteringsmetode: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Password &Encryption Type" +msgstr "Passordkrypteringstype" + +#. rich text label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User Settings" +msgstr "Brukerinnstillinger" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&Brukar" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Root Password" +msgstr "&Rotpassord" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" +msgstr "<%1>Rotpassord<%2> definert" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" +msgstr "<%1>Rotpassord<%2> ikkje definert" + +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" +msgstr "Ingen <%1>nytter<%2> sat opp" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported" +msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported" +msgstr[0] "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 vil importerast." +msgstr[1] "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 vil importerast." + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" +msgstr "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 definert" + +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is full name, %4 login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" +msgstr "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 (%4) definert" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "Passordkrypteringsmetode: %1" + #. User name for user: "root" #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 #, fuzzy @@ -4737,7 +4417,7 @@ #. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), #. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:740 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:722 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" @@ -4757,237 +4437,237 @@ "etter at dei er riktig montert. Vil du halda fram brukerkonfigurasjonen?" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:988 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:970 #, fuzzy msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "Fleire brukarar samsvarer med vilkåra." #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer brukar- og gruppekonfigurasjon" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 #, fuzzy msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "Les standardinnstillinger for innlogging" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 #, fuzzy msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "Les standardinnstillinger for system" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 #, fuzzy msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "Les konfigurasjonstype" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561 #, fuzzy msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "Les spesialinnstillinger for brukar" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 #, fuzzy msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "Les brukarar og grupper" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 #, fuzzy msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "Opprett mellomlagerstrukturer" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "Lesar standardinnstillinger for innlogging …" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "Les standardinnstillinger for system …" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "Lesar konfigurasjonstype …" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "Lesar spesialinnstillinger …" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "Les brukarar og grupper …" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 #, fuzzy msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "Opprettar mellomlagerstrukturer …" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137 #, fuzzy msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "Brukaren finst ikkje." #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389 #, fuzzy msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "Gruppa finst ikkje." #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar brukar- og gruppekonfigurasjon" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 #, fuzzy msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "Lagre LDAP-brukarar og -grupper" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 #, fuzzy msgid "Write groups" msgstr "Lagre grupper" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 #, fuzzy msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "Søk etter sletta brukarar" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 #, fuzzy msgid "Write users" msgstr "Lagre brukarar" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275 #, fuzzy msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "Lagre passord" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "Lagre spesialinnstillinger" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "Les standardinnstillinger for innlogging" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "Lagrar LDAP-brukarar og -grupper …" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "Lagrar grupper …" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "Søkar etter sletta brukarar …" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "Lagrar brukarar …" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "Lagrar passord …" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "Lagrar spesialinnstillinger …" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "Lagrar standardinnstillinger for innlogging …" #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." msgstr "Fila %s kunne ikkje lesast riktig og vil ikkje vart lagra." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under sletting av brukarar." #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "Fila %s kunne ikkje lesast riktig og vil ikkje vart lagra." #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under konfigurasjon av vidaresending av rotbrukerens e-post." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 #, fuzzy msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "Det finst ingen tilgjengeleg UID for denne brukertypen." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4997,7 +4677,7 @@ "Vel eit gyldig heiltal mellom %i og %i." #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" @@ -5007,7 +4687,7 @@ "Vil du bruka det likevel?" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -5019,7 +4699,7 @@ "Vil du verkeleg bruka henne?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -5031,7 +4711,7 @@ "Er du sikker at du vil endra typen til 'local'?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -5042,7 +4722,7 @@ "fordi verdet er mindre enn %i. \n" "Er du sikker at du vil endra typen til 'system'?" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -5052,7 +4732,7 @@ "Brukernavnet kan tilhøyra ein eksisterande NIS- eller LDAP-brukar." #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985 #, fuzzy msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" @@ -5064,7 +4744,7 @@ "Prøv eit anna brukernavn." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" @@ -5074,7 +4754,7 @@ "innehalda eit kolon (:). Prøv igjen." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" @@ -5086,7 +4766,7 @@ "Rediger oppføringene." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -5098,7 +4778,7 @@ "Prøv igjen." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -5108,7 +4788,7 @@ "Vel ein annan stig for hjemmekatalogen." #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" @@ -5118,7 +4798,7 @@ "Prøv igjen." #. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" @@ -5130,7 +4810,7 @@ "Vil du verkeleg bruka denne stigen?" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" @@ -5141,7 +4821,7 @@ #. chown is not needed (#25200) #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -5153,7 +4833,7 @@ "Vil du bruka denne katalogen?" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -5167,7 +4847,7 @@ "Vil du bruka denne katalogen?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" @@ -5177,13 +4857,13 @@ "Vil du bruka dette skalet?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236 #, fuzzy msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "Ingen GJEV er tilgjengeleg for denne gruppetypen." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -5193,7 +4873,7 @@ "Vel eit gyldig heiltal mellom %i og %i." #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" @@ -5203,7 +4883,7 @@ "Vil du bruka det likevel?" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -5215,7 +4895,7 @@ "Vil du verkeleg bruka henne?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -5227,7 +4907,7 @@ "Er du sikker på at du vil endra gruppetypen til 'local'?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -5239,7 +4919,7 @@ "Er du sikker på at du vil endra gruppetypen til 'system'?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" @@ -5249,7 +4929,7 @@ "Prøv igjen." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -5259,7 +4939,7 @@ "Prøv igjen." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" @@ -5273,7 +4953,7 @@ "Prøv igjen." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397 #, fuzzy msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" @@ -5284,13 +4964,13 @@ "du skreiv inn og eit eksisterande gruppenavn.\n" "Prøv eit anna namn." -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "Brukaren %s finst ikkje." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" @@ -5302,7 +4982,7 @@ "som standardgruppe." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" @@ -5314,25 +4994,25 @@ "Slett desse brukarane frå gruppa først." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Brukarar</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Grupper</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Innstillingar for innlogging</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610 #, fuzzy msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "Brukaren %1 vert logga automatisk inn" @@ -5354,22 +5034,22 @@ "finst på LDAP-serveren. Vil du oppretta han no?" #. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Diskkvotekonfigurasjon" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" msgstr "" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." msgstr "" @@ -5514,8 +5194,8 @@ "%2" #. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -5527,7 +5207,7 @@ "Prøv igjen." #. help text (default part shown in more places) -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" @@ -5543,7 +5223,7 @@ "</p>" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The user's full name cannot contain\n" @@ -5555,43 +5235,43 @@ "Prøv igjen." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 #, fuzzy msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password." msgstr "Du har brukt gruppenavnet som ein del av passordet." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 #, fuzzy msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password." msgstr "Du har nytta brukernavnet som ein del av passordet." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 #, fuzzy msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." msgstr "Du har brukt berre små bokstavar for passordet." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 #, fuzzy msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password." msgstr "Du har brukt berre store bokstavar for passordet." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 #, fuzzy msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." msgstr "Du har brukt eit palindrom som passord." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 #, fuzzy msgid "You have used only digits for the password." msgstr "Du har brukt berre tal for passordet." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" @@ -5601,7 +5281,7 @@ "Det vil forkortast til %s teikn?" #. error message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too simple:\n" @@ -5611,13 +5291,13 @@ "%s." #. popup error, %i is number -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "The password should have at least %i characters." msgstr "Passordet bør innehalda minst %i teikn." #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No username entered.\n" @@ -5627,7 +5307,7 @@ "Prøv igjen." #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "" "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -5637,7 +5317,7 @@ "Prøv igjen." #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The username may contain only\n" @@ -5651,7 +5331,7 @@ "Prøv igjen." #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 #, fuzzy msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" @@ -5662,16 +5342,14 @@ "skreiv inn og eit anna brukernavn.\n" "Prøv eit anna brukernavn." -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 #, fuzzy msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..." msgstr "Hentar %1-utviding …" -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 #, fuzzy msgid "Releasing %1 extension..." msgstr "Frigjer -utviding" @@ -5750,6 +5428,176 @@ msgstr "Fleire brukarar samsvarer med vilkåra." #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "User Authentication Method" +#~ msgstr "Metode for brukerautentisering" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Authentication</b><br>\n" +#~ "Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Autentisering</b><br>\n" +#~ "Her du kan du velja autentiseringsmetode for brukarar i systemet.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +#~ msgstr "Viss du har ein annan installasjon eller eit anna system, kan du oppretta brukarar basert på denne kjelda. Vel <b>Les brukerinformasjon frå tidlegare installasjon</b> for å gjera dette. Med dette valet kan du bruka ein eksisterande eller oppretta ein ny hjemmekatalog for kvar brukar på den spesifiserte staden for denne installasjonen." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&LDAP" +#~ msgstr "&LDAP" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "N&IS" +#~ msgstr "N&IS" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Windows Domain" +#~ msgstr "&Windows-domane" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" +#~ msgstr "L&okal (/etc/passwd)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "eDirectory LDAP" +#~ msgstr "eDirectory LDAP" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Viss du brukar ein NIS- eller LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata eller viss du vil\n" +#~ "autentisere brukarar mot ein NT-servar, vel det aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter\n" +#~ "<b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" +#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Viss du brukar ein NIS- eller LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata, vel det\n" +#~ "aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter <b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" +#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Viss du brukar ein LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata eller viss du vil\n" +#~ "autentisere brukarar mot ein NT-servar, vel det aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter\n" +#~ "<b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" +#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Viss du brukar ein LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata, vel det\n" +#~ "aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter <b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Kryss av for <b>Sett opp Kerberos-autentisering</b> for å konfigurera Kerberos etter at du har valt brukerinformasjonskilde.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Choose" +#~ msgstr "&Vel" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Authentication Method" +#~ msgstr "Metode for brukerautentisering" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication" +#~ msgstr "Sett opp &Kerberos-autentisering" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "E&xpert Options..." +#~ msgstr "A&vanserte alternativ …" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +#~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Viss du har til føremål å bruka dette passordet til å oppretta sertifikat,\n" +#~ "må det har ei lengd på minst %1 teikn.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Kontrollar om gjeldande tastaturoppsett er riktig ved å skriva inn tekst i feltet <b>Test tastaturoppsett</b>.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n" +#~ "the password should have at least %1 characters." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Viss du har til føremål å oppretta sertifikat,\n" +#~ "bør passordet ha minst %1 teikn." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The root password could not be set.\n" +#~ "You might not be able to log in.\n" +#~ "Try setting it again?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eit rotpassord kunne ikkje definerast.\n" +#~ "Du vil kanskje ikkje kunna logga inn.\n" +#~ "Vil du freista igjen?\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..." +#~ msgstr "Initialisering av modul for konfigurasjon av autentisering …" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Innloggingsinnstillinger</b></p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Expert Settings" +#~ msgstr "Avanserte innstillingar" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." +#~ msgstr "Autentiseringsmetoden er lokal" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The password encryption method is %s." +#~ msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for passord er %1." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Change..." +#~ msgstr "&Endre …" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Summary" +#~ msgstr "Sammendrag" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)" +#~ msgstr " -domane" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3" +#~ msgstr "<%1>Autentiseringsmetode<%2>: %3" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos." +#~ msgstr "<%1>Autentiseringsmetode<<%2>: %3 og Kerberos." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import" +#~ msgstr "<%1>Brukarane<%2> %3 valt for import" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "No Password Entered" #~ msgstr "Passord er ikkje angjeven" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/vm.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/vm.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/vm.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-17 17:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk \n" @@ -27,13 +27,13 @@ msgstr "Set opp den virtuelle maskina …" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "x86_64 er den einaste arkitekturen som vert støtta som vert for virtuelle maskiner. Din arktitektur er " #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -43,175 +43,167 @@ #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Kontrollar installerte pakkar" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Oppsett av nettverksbru" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "Set opp VM-tenaren (domene 0)" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214 -msgid "" -"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p>" -"<p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Oppsett av VM-tenar</b></big></p>" -"<p>VM-tenaren vert sett opp i to steg.</p>" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 +msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" +msgstr "<p><big><b>Oppsett av VM-tenar</b></big></p><p>VM-tenaren vert sett opp i to steg.</p>" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" msgstr "<p>Dei nødvendige pakkane vert først installerte. Systemet byter så tiloppstartslasteren GRUB (viss denne ikkje alt vert brukt), og ei Xen-blokk vert lagd til i oppstartsmenyen viss ho ikkje finst der frå før.</p>" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel.</p>" msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" msgstr "<p>GRUB må brukast, då han støttar standarden som trengst for å starta Xen- og Linux-kjernen.</p>" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<p>When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" msgstr "<p>Når oppsettet er fullført, kan du starta VM-tenaren frå oppstartsmenyen.</p>" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "Installasjonen vert avbroten." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Hypervisor og verktøy er installerte." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "Set opp den virtuelle maskina …" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "Hypervisor og verktøy er installerte." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Installasjonen vert avbroten." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Installasjonen vert avbroten." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "Køyrer i tekstmodus. Vil du likevel installera grafiske komponentar?" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Kontrollerer pakker …" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Installerer pakkar …" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Kan ikkje installera nødvendige pakker." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "" #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Set opp standard nettverksbru …" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Nettverksbru." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506 -msgid "" -"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p>" -"<p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>For vanlege nettverksoppsett med virtuelle maskiner bør du bruka ei nettverksbru.</p>" -"<p>Vil du setja opp ei standard nettverksbru?</p>" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 +msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" +msgstr "<p>For vanlege nettverksoppsett med virtuelle maskiner bør du bruka ei nettverksbru.</p><p>Vil du setja opp ei standard nettverksbru?</p>" #. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV #. Progress::NextStage(); @@ -222,35 +214,35 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "For å installera Xen-gjester må maskina startast på nytt for å lasta inn nødvendige drivarar.\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "For å installera Xen-gjester må maskina startast på nytt for å lasta inn nødvendige drivarar.\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervisor og verktøy er installerte." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervisor og verktøy er installerte." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/vpn.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/vpn.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/vpn.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -200,12 +200,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "" #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "" @@ -286,102 +286,102 @@ msgstr "" #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "" #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "" #. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Client" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "" @@ -466,32 +466,32 @@ msgstr "" #. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "" #. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "" #. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "" #. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" @@ -499,28 +499,28 @@ msgstr "" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281 -msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "" #. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "" #. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr ""